www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.MCF5206E UM/D, rev.1 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc...MCF5206E ColdFire .com (R) Integrated Microprocessor User's Manual e DataShe Motorola reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Motorola makes no warranty, representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Motorola assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. "Typical" parameters can and do vary in different applications. All operating parameters, including "Typicals" must be validated for each customer application by customer's technical experts. Motorola does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Motorola products are not designed, intended, or authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other applications intended to support or sustain life, or for any other application in which the failure of the Motorola product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur. Should Buyer purchase or use Motorola products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and hold Motorola and its officers, employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees arising out of, directly or indirectly, any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claim alleges that Motorola was negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part. Motorola and are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Motorola, Inc. is an Equal Opportunity/Affirmative Action Employer. .com (c) MOTOROLA, 1998 All Rights Reserved. For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com ColdFire is a Registered Trademark of Motorola, Inc. All other trademarks reside with their respective owners. .com For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DOCUMENTATION FEEDBACK FAX 512-891-8593--Documentation Comments Only (no technical questions please) http: / / www.mot.com/hpesd/docs_survey.html--Documentation Feedback Only The Technical Communications Department welcomes your suggestions for improving our documentation and encourages you to complete the documentation feedback form at the World Wide Web address listed above. In return for your efforts, you will receive a small token of our appreciation. Your help helps us measure how well we are serving your information requirements. The Technical Communications Department also provides a fax number for you to submit any questions or comments about this document or how to order other documents. Please provide the part number and revision number (located in upper right-hand corner of the cover) and the title of the document. When referring to items in the manual, please reference by the page number, paragraph number, figure number, table number, and line number if needed. Please do not fax technical questions to this number. When sending a fax, please provide your name, company, fax number, and phone number including area code. For Internet Access: Web Only: http: // www.motorola.com/coldfire For Hotline Questions: .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe FAX (US or Canada): 1-800-248-8567 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com iii DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Applications and Technical Information For questions or comments pertaining to technical information, questions, and applications, please contact one of the following sales offices nearest you. -- Sales Offices -- Field Applications Engineering Available Through All Sales Offices GERMANY, Langenhagen/ Hanover 49(511)789911 UNITED STATES ALABAMA, Huntsville (205) 464-6800 GERMANY, Munich 49 89 92103-0 ARIZONA, Tempe (602) 897-5056 GERMANY, Nuremberg 49 911 64-3044 CALIFORNIA, Agoura Hills (818) 706-1929 GERMANY, Sindelfingen 49 7031 69 910 CALIFORNIA, Los Angeles (310) 417-8848 GERMANY, Wiesbaden 49 611 761921 CALIFORNIA, Irvine (714) 753-7360 852-4808333 CALIFORNIA, Rosevllle (916) 922-7152 HONG KONG, Kwai Fong Tai Po 852-6668333 CALIFORNIA, San Diego (619) 541-2163 (91-812)627094 CALIFORNIA, Sunnyvale (408) 749-0510 INDIA, Bangalore 972(3)753-8222 COLORADO, Colorado Springs (719) 599-7497 ISRAEL, Tel Aviv COLORADO, Denver (303) 337-3434 ITALY, Milan 39(2)82201 CONNECTICUT, Wallingford (203) 949-4100 JAPAN, Aizu 81(241)272231 FLORIDA, Maitland (407) 628-2636 JAPAN, Atsugi 81(0462)23-0761 FLORIDA, Pompano Beach/ JAPAN, Kumagaya 81(0485)26-2600 Fort Lauderdale (305) 486-9776 81(092)771-4212 FLORIDA, Clearwater (813) 538-7750 JAPAN, Kyushu 81(0292)26-2340 GEORGlA, Atlanta (404) 729-7100 JAPAN, Mito 81(052)232-1621 IDAHO, Boise (208) 323-9413 JAPAN, Nagoya 81(06)305-1801 ILLINOIS, Chicago/Hoffman Estates (708) 490-9500 JAPAN, Osaka INDlANA, Fort Wayne (219) 436-5818 JAPAN, Sendai 81(22)268-4333 INDIANA, Indianapolis (317) 571-0400 JAPAN, Tachikawa 81(0425)23-6700 INDIANA, Kokomo (317) 457-6634 JAPAN, Tokyo 81(03)3440-3311 IOWA, Cedar Rapids (319) 373-1328 JAPAN, Yokohama 81(045)472-2751 KANSAS, Kansas City/Mission (913) 451-8555 82(51)4635-035 MARYLAND, Columbia (410) 381-1570 KOREA, Pusan 82(2)554-5188 MASSACHUSETTS, Marborough (508) 481-8100 KOREA, Seoul .com Penang 60(4)374514 MASSACHUSETTS, Woburn (617) 932-9700 MALAYSIA, 52(5)282-2864 MICHIGAN, Detroit (313) 347-6800 MEXICO, Mexico City 52(36)21-8977 MINNESOTA, Minnetonka (612) 932-1500 MEXICO, Guadalajara MISSOURI, St. Louis (314) 275-7380 Marketing 52(36)21-9023 NEW JERSEY, Fairfield (201) 808-2400 Customer Service 52(36)669-9160 NEW YORK, Fairport (716) 425-4000 NETHERLANDS, Best (31)49988 612 11 NEW YORK, Hauppauge (516) 361-7000 PUERTO RICO, San Juan (809)793-2170 NEW YORK, Poughkeepsie/Fishkill (914) 473-8102 (65)2945438 NORTH CAROLINA, Raleigh (919) 870-4355 SINGAPORE 34(1)457-8204 OHIO, Cleveland (216) 349-3100 SPAIN, Madrid or 34(1)457-8254 OHIO, Columbus/Worthington (614) 431-8492 46(8)734-8800 OHIO, Dayton (513) 495-6800 SWEDEN, Solna OKLAHOMA, Tulsa (800) 544-9496 SWITZERLAND, Geneva 41(22)7991111 OREGON, Portland (503) 641-3681 SWITZERLAND, Zurich 41(1)730 4074 PENNSYLVANIA, Colmar (215) 997-1020 TAlWAN, Taipei 886(2)717-7089 Philadelphia/Horsham (215) 957-4100 THAILAND, Bangkok (66-2)254-4910 TENNESSEE, Knoxville (615) 584-4841 UNITED KINGDOM, Aylesbury 44(296)395-252 TEXAS, Austin (512) 873-2000 TEXAS, Houston (800) 343-2692 FULL LINE REPRESENTATIVES TEXAS, Plano (214) 516-5100 COLORADO, Grand Junction VIRGINIA, Richmond (804) 285-2100 Cheryl Lee Whltely (303) 243-9658 WASHINGTON, Bellevue (206) 454-4160 KANSAS, Wichita Seattle Access (206) 622-9960 Melinda Shores/Kelly Greiving (316) 838 0190 WISCONSIN, Milwaukee/Brookfield (414) 792-0122 NEVADA, Reno CANADA Galena Technology Group (702) 746 0642 BRITISH COLUMBIA, Vancouver (604) 293-7605 NEW MEXICO, Albuquerque ONTARIO, Toronto (416) 497-8181 S&S Technologies, lnc. (505) 298-7177 ONTARIO, Ottawa (613) 226-3491 UTAH, Salt Lake City QUEBEC, Montreal (514) 731-6881 Utah Component Sales, Inc. (801) 561-5099 WASHINGTON, Spokane INTERNATIONAL Doug Kenley (509) 924-2322 AUSTRALIA, Melbourne (61-3)887-0711 AUSTRALIA, Sydney (61(2)906-3855 ARGENTINA, Buenos Aires Argonics, S.A. (541) 343-1787 BRAZIL, Sao Paulo 55(11)815-4200 CHINA, Beijing 86 505-2180 HYBRID COMPONENTS RESELLERS FINLAND, Helsinki 358-0-35161191 Elmo Semiconductor (818) 768-7400 Car Phone 358(49)211501 Minco Technology Labs Inc. (512) 834-2022 FRANCE, Paris/Vanves 33(1)40 955 900 Semi Dice Inc. (310) 594-4631 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com iv MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. PREFACE The MCF5206E ColdFire(R) Integrated Microprocessor User's Manual describes the programming, capabilities, and operation of the MCF5206E device. Refer to the ColdFire Family Programmer's Reference Manual Rev 1.0 (MCF5200PRMREV1/D) for information on the ColdFire Family of microprocessors. CONTENTS This user manual is organized as follows: Section 1: Introduction Section 2: Signal Description Section 3: ColdFire Core Section 4: Instruction Cache Section 5: SRAM Section 6: Bus Operation Section 7: DMA Controller Module Section 8: System Integration Module (SIM) Section 9: Chip-Select Module Section 10: Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) Module Section 11: DRAM Controller Section 12: UART Modules Section 13: M-Bus Module .com Section 14: Timer Module Section 15: Debug Support Section 16: IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (JTAG) Section 17: Electrical Characteristics Section 18: Mechanical Characteristics Appendix A: MCF5206E Memory Map Appendix B: Porting from M68000 Index t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com v DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com .com vi MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Introduction Signal Description ColdFire Core Instruction Cache SRAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Bus Operation DMA Controller Module System Integration Module (SIM) Chip Select Module .com t4U.com Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) 10 DRAM Controller UART Modules MBus Module 11 12 13 e DataShe Timer Module 14 Debug Support IEEE 1149.1 JTAG 15 16 Electrical Characteristics 17 Mechanical Characteristics 18 Appendix A: MCF5206E Memory Map Appendix B: Porting from M68000 A B .com For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Introduction Signal Description ColdFire Core Instruction Cache SRAM Bus Operation DMA Controller Module System Integration Module (SIM) Chip Select Module .com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 9 t4U.com 10 Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) 11 DRAM Controller 12 UART Modules 13 M-Bus Module 14 Timer Module 15 Debug Support 16 IEEE 1149.1 JTAG 17 Electrical Characteristics 18 Mechanical Characteristics A B Appendix A: MCF5206E Memory Map Appendix B: Porting from M68000 e DataShe .com For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS Paragraph Number Title Section 1 Introduction 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3.1 1.3.1.1 1.3.1.2 1.3.1.3 1.3.1.4 1.3.1.5 1.3.2 1.3.3 1.3.4 1.3.5 1.3.6 1.3.7 1.3.8 1.3.9 1.3.10 1.3.11 1.3.11.1 1.3.11.2 1.3.12 1.3.13 1.3.14 1.3.15 1.3.16 1.3.17 Background ..........................................................................................1-1 MCF5206E Features ............................................................................1-2 Functional Blocks .................................................................................1-4 ColdFire Processor Core ............................................................1-5 Processor States ............................................................1-6 Programming Model .......................................................1-6 MAC Registers Summary .............................................1-10 Addressing Capabilities Summary ................................1-10 Instruction Set Overview ...............................................1-10 MAC Module .............................................................................1-15 Hardware Divide Module ..........................................................1-15 Instruction Cache .....................................................................1-15 Internal SRAM ..........................................................................1-15 .com DRAM Controller ......................................................................1-16 Direct Memory Access (DMA) ..................................................1-16 UART Modules .........................................................................1-16 Timer Module ...........................................................................1-16 Motorola Bus (M-Bus) Module ..................................................1-16 System Interface ......................................................................1-17 External Bus Interface ..................................................1-17 Chip Selects ..................................................................1-17 8-Bit Parallel Port (General Purpose I/O) .................................1-17 Interrupt Controller ...................................................................1-17 System Protection ....................................................................1-18 JTAG ........................................................................................1-18 System Debug Interface ...........................................................1-18 Pinout and Package .................................................................1-18 Section 2 Signal Description 2.1 2.2 2.2.1 2.2.2 2.2.3 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com vii Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe Introduction ...........................................................................................2-1 Address Bus .........................................................................................2-3 Address Bus (A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3]) .................................2-4 Address Bus (A[23:0]) ................................................................2-4 Data Bus (D[31:0]) ......................................................................2-4 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 2.3 2.3.1 2.3.2 2.3.3 2.4 2.4.1 2.5 2.5.1 2.5.2 2.5.3 2.5.4 2.5.5 2.5.6 2.5.7 2.5.8 2.6 2.6.1 2.6.2 2.6.3 2.7 2.7.1 2.7.2 2.7.3 2.8 2.8.1 2.8.2 2.8.3 2.9 2.9.1 2.9.2 2.9.3 2.9.4 2.10 2.10.1 2.10.2 2.11 2.11.1 2.12 2.12.1 2.12.2 2.13 2.13.1 Title Page Number t4U.com Chip Selects ......................................................................................... 2-4 Chip Selects (A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3]) ................................. 2-5 Chip Selects (CS[3:0]) ................................................................ 2-5 Byte Write Enables (A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3]) ....................... 2-5 Interrupt control signals ........................................................................ 2-5 Interrupt Priority Level/ Interrupt Request ................................. 2-7 Bus Control Signals .............................................................................. 2-8 Read/Write (R/W) Signal ............................................................ 2-8 Size (SIZ[1:0]) ............................................................................ 2-9 Transfer Type (TT[1:0]) .............................................................. 2-9 Access Type and Mode (ATM) ................................................... 2-9 Transfer Start (TS) ................................................................... 2-10 Transfer Acknowledge (TA) ..................................................... 2-10 Asynchronous Transfer Acknowledge (ATA) ........................... 2-10 Transfer Error Acknowledge (TEA) .......................................... 2-11 Bus Arbitration Signals ....................................................................... 2-11 Bus Request (BR) .................................................................... 2-11 Bus Grant (BG) ........................................................................ 2-11 Bus Driven (BD) ....................................................................... 2-12 .com Clock and Reset Signals .................................................................... 2-12 Clock Input (CLK) ..................................................................... 2-12 Reset (RSTI) ............................................................................ 2-12 Reset Out (RTS[2]/RSTO) ....................................................... 2-12 DRAM Controller Signals ................................................................... 2-13 Row Address Strobes (RAS[1:0]) ............................................. 2-13 Column Address Strobes (CAS[3:0]) ....................................... 2-13 DRAM Write (DRAMW) ............................................................ 2-14 UART Module Signals ........................................................................ 2-14 Receive Data (RxD[1], RxD[2]) ................................................ 2-14 Transmit Data (TxD[1], TxD[2]) ................................................ 2-15 Request To Send (RTS[1], RTS[2]/RSTO) .............................. 2-15 Clear To Send (CTS[1], CTS[2]) .............................................. 2-15 Timer Module Signals ........................................................................ 2-15 Timer Input (TIN[2], TIN[1]) ...................................................... 2-15 Timer Output (TOUT[2], TOUT[1]) ........................................... 2-15 DMA Module Signals .......................................................................... 2-15 DMA Request (DREQ[0], DREQ[1]) ......................................... 2-15 M-Bus Module Signals ....................................................................... 2-16 M-Bus Serial Clock (SCL) ........................................................ 2-16 M-Bus Serial Data (SDA) ......................................................... 2-16 General Purpose I/O Signals ............................................................. 2-16 General Purpose I/O (PP[7:4]/PST[3:0]) .................................. 2-16 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com viii MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 2.13.2 2.14 2.14.1 2.14.2 2.14.3 2.14.4 2.14.5 2.14.6 2.15 2.15.1 2.15.2 2.15.3 2.15.4 2.15.5 2.16 2.16.1 2.16.2 2.17 Title Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) (PP[3:0]/DDATA[3:0]) ......2-16 Debug Support Signals ......................................................................2-16 Processor Status (PP[7:4]/PST[3:0]) ........................................2-16 Debug Data (PP[3:0]/DDATA[3:0]) ...........................................2-17 Development Serial Clock (TRST/DSCLK) ..............................2-17 Break Point (TMS/BKPT) .........................................................2-18 Development Serial Input (TDI/DSI) .........................................2-18 Development Serial Output (TDO/DSO) ..................................2-18 JTAG Signals .....................................................................................2-18 Test Clock (TCK) ......................................................................2-18 Test Reset (TRST/DSCLK) ......................................................2-18 Test Mode Select (TMS/BKPT) ................................................2-19 Test Data Input (TDI/DSI) .........................................................2-19 Test Data Output (TDO/DSO) ..................................................2-19 Test Signals ........................................................................................2-20 Motorola Test Mode (MTMOD) ................................................2-20 High Impedance (HIZ) ..............................................................2-20 Signal Summary .................................................................................2-20 .com e DataShe Section 3 ColdFire Core 3.1 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.1.1 3.2.1.2 3.2.1.3 3.2.1.4 3.2.1.5 3.2.2 3.2.3 3.2.4 3.2.4.1 3.2.4.2 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.5.3 3.5.4 Processor Pipelines ..............................................................................3-1 Processor Register Description ............................................................3-2 User Programming Model ..........................................................3-2 Data Registers (D0-D7) .................................................3-2 Address Registers (A0-A6) ............................................3-2 Stack Pointer (A7) ...........................................................3-2 Program Counter ............................................................3-2 Condition Code Register .................................................3-3 MAC Unit User Programming Model ..........................................3-4 Hardware Divide Module ............................................................3-4 Supervisor Programming Model .................................................3-4 Status Register ...............................................................3-4 Vector Base Register (VBR) ...........................................3-5 Exception Processing Overview ...........................................................3-5 Exception Stack Frame Definition ........................................................3-7 Processor Exceptions ...........................................................................3-8 Access Error Exception ..............................................................3-8 Address Error Exception ............................................................3-9 Illegal Instruction Exception ........................................................3-9 Privilege Violation .......................................................................3-9 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com ix DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 3.5.5 3.5.6 3.5.7 3.5.8 3.5.9 3.5.10 3.5.11 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 Title Page Number Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Trace Exception ......................................................................... 3-9 Debug Interrupt ........................................................................ 3-10 RTE and Format Error Exceptions ........................................... 3-10 TRAP Instruction Exceptions ................................................... 3-10 Interrupt Exception ................................................................... 3-10 Fault-on-Fault Halt ................................................................... 3-11 Reset Exception ....................................................................... 3-11 Instruction Execution Timing .............................................................. 3-11 Timing Assumptions ................................................................. 3-11 MOVE Instruction Execution Times ......................................... 3-12 Section 4 Instruction Cache t4U.com 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.2 4.3.3 4.3.4 4.3.5 4.4 4.4.1 4.4.2 4.4.2.1 4.4.2.2 Features of Instruction Cache .............................................................. 4-1 Instruction Cache Physical Organization ............................................. 4-1 Instruction Cache Operation ................................................................ 4-2 Interaction With Other Modules .................................................. 4-3 Memory Reference Attributes .................................................... 4-3 .com Cache Coherency and Invalidation ............................................ 4-3 Reset .......................................................................................... 4-4 Cache Miss Fetch Algorithm/Line Fills ....................................... 4-4 Instruction Cache Programming Model ................................................ 4-5 Instruction Cache Registers Memory Map ................................. 4-5 Instruction Cache Register ......................................................... 4-6 Cache Control Register (CACR) ..................................... 4-6 Access Control Registers (ACR0, ACR1) ....................... 4-8 Section 5 SRAM e DataShe 5.1 5.2 5.3 5.3.1 5.3.2 5.3.2.1 5.3.3 5.3.4 SRAM Features .................................................................................... 5-1 SRAM Operation .................................................................................. 5-1 Programming Model ............................................................................. 5-1 SRAM Register Memory Map .................................................... 5-1 SRAM Register .......................................................................... 5-2 SRAM Base Address Register (RAMBAR) ..................... 5-2 SRAM Initialization ..................................................................... 5-3 Power Management ................................................................... 5-4 .com x MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number Title Section 6 Bus Operation 6.1 6.2 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.5 6.2.6 6.2.7 6.2.8 6.2.9 6.2.10 6.3 6.3.1 6.4 6.5 6.5.1 6.5.2 6.5.3 6.5.4 6.5.5 6.5.6 6.5.7 6.5.8 6.5.9 6.5.10 6.5.11 6.5.12 6.6 6.7 6.7.1 6.8 6.9 6.9.1 6.9.2 6.10 6.10.1 6.10.2 6.10.3 6.10.4 Features ...............................................................................................6-1 Bus and Control Signals .......................................................................6-1 Address Bus (A[27:0]) ................................................................6-1 Data Bus (D[31:0]) ......................................................................6-2 Transfer Start (TS) .....................................................................6-2 Read/Write (R/W) .......................................................................6-2 Size (SIZ[1:0]) ............................................................................6-2 Transfer Type (TT[1:0]) ..............................................................6-3 Access Type and Mode (ATM) ...................................................6-3 Asynchronous Transfer Acknowledge (ATA) .............................6-4 Transfer Acknowledge (TA) ........................................................6-4 Transfer Error Acknowledge (TEA) ............................................6-5 Bus Exceptions .....................................................................................6-5 Double Bus Fault ........................................................................6-5 Bus Characteristics ..............................................................................6-5 Data Transfer Mechanism ....................................................................6-6 Bus Sizing ..................................................................................6-7 .com Bursting Read Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line ..............6-16 Bursting Write Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line ..............6-19 Burst-Inhibited Read Transfer: Word, Longword, and Line ......6-22 Burst-Inhibited Write Transfer: Word, Longword, and Line ......6-26 Asynchronous-Acknowledge Read Transfer ............................6-29 Asynchronous Acknowledge Write Transfer ............................6-32 Bursting Read Transfers with Asynchronous Acknowledge..... 6-34 Bursting Write Transfers with Asynchronous Acknowledge .... 6-37 Burst-Inhibited Read Transfers with Asynch. Acknowledge..... 6-41 Burst-Inhibited Write Transfers with Asynch. Acknowledge ..... 6-44 Termination Tied to GND .........................................................6-47 Misaligned Operands .........................................................................6-48 Acknowledge Cycles ..........................................................................6-49 Interrupt Acknowledge Cycle ....................................................6-50 Bus Errors ..........................................................................................6-52 Bus Arbitration ....................................................................................6-54 Two Master Bus Arbitration Protocol (Two-Wire Mode) ...........6-54 Multiple Bus Master Arbitration Protocol (Three-Wire Mode) ...6-61 External Bus Master Operation ..........................................................6-67 External Master Read Transfer ............................................... 6-69 External Master Write Transfer ............................................... 6-72 External Master Bursting Read .................................................6-74 External Master Bursting Write .................................................6-77 Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xi DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 6.11 6.11.1 6.11.2 6.11.3 Title Page Number Reset Operation ................................................................................. 6-81 Master Reset............................................................................. 6-81 Normal reset ............................................................................. 6-83 Software Watchdog Timer Reset Operation ............................ 6-84 Section 7 DMA Controller Module t4U.com 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.4.1 7.4.2 7.4.3 7.4.4 7.4.5 7.4.6 7.5 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.6 7.6.1 7.6.2 7.6.2.1 7.6.2.2 7.7 7.7.1 7.7.1.1 7.7.1.2 7.7.2 7.7.2.1 7.7.2.2 7.7.2.3 7.7.3 7.7.3.1 7.7.3.2 Introduction .......................................................................................... 7-1 DMA Signal Description ....................................................................... 7-3 DMA Module Overview ........................................................................ 7-3 DMA Controller Module Programming Model ...................................... 7-6 Source Address Register (SAR) ................................................ 7-6 Destination Address Register (DAR) .......................................... 7-7 Byte Count Register (BCR) ........................................................ 7-7 DMA Control Register ................................................................ 7-8 DMA Status Register (DSR) ..................................................... 7-10 DMA Interrupt Vector Register ................................................. 7-12 Transfer Request Generation ............................................................. 7-12 .com Cycle Steal Mode ..................................................................... 7-12 Continuous Mode ..................................................................... 7-12 Data Transfer Modes ......................................................................... 7-13 Single Address Transactions ................................................... 7-13 Dual Address Transactions ...................................................... 7-13 Dual Address Reads ..................................................... 7-13 Dual Address Writes ..................................................... 7-13 DMA Controller Module Functional Description ................................. 7-14 Channel Initialization and Startup ............................................ 7-14 Channel Prioritization ................................................... 7-14 Programming the DMA Controller Module .................... 7-14 Data Transfers ......................................................................... 7-15 External DMA Request Operation ................................ 7-15 Auto-Alignment ............................................................. 7-16 BandWidth Control ....................................................... 7-17 Channel Termination ................................................................ 7-17 Error Conditions ............................................................ 7-17 Interrupts ...................................................................... 7-17 Section 8 System Integration Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe 8.1 .com xii Introduction .......................................................................................... 8-1 DataSheet 4 U .comMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 8.1.1 8.2 8.2.1 8.2.2 8.2.3 8.2.4 8.2.5 8.3 8.3.1 8.3.2 8.3.2.1 8.3.2.2 8.3.2.3 8.3.2.4 8.3.2.5 8.3.2.6 8.3.2.7 8.3.2.8 8.3.2.9 8.3.2.10 8.4 8.4.1 Title Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Features .....................................................................................8-1 SIM Operation ......................................................................................8-1 Module Base Address Register (MBAR) ....................................8-1 Bus Timeout Monitor ..................................................................8-2 Spurious Interrupt Monitor ..........................................................8-2 Software Watchdog Timer ..........................................................8-3 Interrupt Controller .....................................................................8-3 Programming Model .............................................................................8-6 SIM Registers Memory Map .......................................................8-6 SIM Registers .............................................................................8-7 Module Base Address Register (MBAR) ........................8-7 SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) ................................8-8 Interrupt Control Register (ICR) ......................................8-9 Interrupt Mask Register (IMR) ......................................8-11 Interrupt Pending Register (IPR) ..................................8-12 Reset Status Register (RSR) ........................................8-13 System Protection Control Register (SYPCR) ..............8-13 Software Watchdog Interrupt Vector Register (SWIVR) 8-15 Software Watchdog Service Register (SWSR) .............8-16 .com Pin Assignment Register (PAR) ....................................8-16 Bus Arbitration Control .......................................................................8-18 Bus Master Arbitration Control (MARB) ...................................8-18 Section 9 Chip-Select Module e DataShe 9.1 9.1.1 9.2 9.2.1 9.2.1.1 9.2.1.2 9.2.1.3 9.2.1.4 9.2.1.5 9.3 9.3.1 9.3.1.1 9.3.1.2 9.3.1.3 9.3.2 9.3.3 Introduction ...........................................................................................9-1 Features .....................................................................................9-1 Chip Select Module I/O ........................................................................9-1 Control Signals ...........................................................................9-1 Chip Select (CS[7:0]) ......................................................9-1 Write Enable (WE[3:0]) ...................................................9-1 Address Bus ...................................................................9-3 Data Bus .........................................................................9-4 Transfer acknowledge (TA) ............................................9-4 Chip Select Operation ..........................................................................9-4 Chip Select Bank Definition ........................................................9-5 Base Address and Address masking ..............................9-5 Access Permissions ........................................................9-6 Control Features .............................................................9-6 Global Chip Select Operation .....................................................9-8 General Chip Select Operation ..................................................9-8 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xiii DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 9.3.3.1 9.3.3.2 9.3.3.3 9.3.3.4 9.3.3.5 9.3.3.6 9.3.4 9.3.4.1 9.3.4.2 9.3.4.3 9.4 9.4.1 9.4.2 9.4.2.1 9.4.2.2 9.4.2.3 9.4.2.4 Title Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Nonburst Transfer with no Address Setup or Hold ......... 9-9 Nonburst Transfer With Address Setup ........................ 9-10 Nonburst Transfer With Address Setup and Hold ........ 9-11 Burst Transfer and Chip Selects ................................... 9-13 Burst Transfer With Address Setup .............................. 9-15 Burst Transfer With Address Setup and Hold ............... 9-17 External Master Chip Select Operation .................................... 9-20 External Master Nonburst Transfer .............................. 9-20 External Master Burst Transfer ..................................... 9-22 External Master Burst Transfer with Setup and Hold ... 9-24 Programming Model ........................................................................... 9-26 Chip Select Registers Memory Map ......................................... 9-26 Chip Select Controller Registers .............................................. 9-28 Chip Select Address Register (CSAR0 - CSAR7) ........ 9-28 Chip Select Mask Register (CSMR0 - CSMR7) ........... 9-29 Chip Select Control Register (CSCR0 - CSCR7) ......... 9-31 Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) ................... 9-38 Section 10 .com Parallel Port (General Purpose I/O Module) e DataShe 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.3.1 10.3.2 10.3.2.1 10.3.2.2 Introduction ........................................................................................ 10-1 Parallel Port Operation ....................................................................... 10-1 Programming Model ........................................................................... 10-1 Parallel Port Registers Memory Map ....................................... 10-1 Parallel Port Registers ............................................................. 10-2 Port A Data Direction Register (PADDR) ..................... 10-2 Port A Data Register (PADAT) ..................................... 10-2 Section 11 DRAM Controller 11.1 11.1.1 11.2 11.2.1 11.2.1.1 11.2.1.2 11.2.1.3 11.2.2 11.2.3 11.3 .com xiv Introduction ......................................................................................... 11-1 Features ................................................................................... 11-1 DRAM Controller I/O .......................................................................... 11-1 Control Signals ......................................................................... 11-1 Row Address Strobes (RAS[0], RAS[1]) ....................... 11-1 Column Address Strobes(CAS[0:3]) ............................. 11-2 DRAM Write (DRAMW) ................................................ 11-3 Address Bus ............................................................................. 11-3 Data Bus .................................................................................. 11-4 DRAM Controller Operation ............................................................... 11-4 DataSheet 4 U .comMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 11.3.1 11.3.1.1 11.3.1.2 11.3.2 11.3.2.1 11.3.2.2 11.3.2.3 11.3.2.4 11.3.2.5 11.3.2.6 11.3.3 11.3.3.1 11.3.3.2 11.3.4 11.3.4.1 11.3.4.2 11.3.4.3 11.3.4.4 11.3.4.5 11.3.5 11.3.6 11.3.7 11.3.8 11.3.8.1 11.3.8.2 11.3.8.3 11.3.8.4 11.4 11.4.1 11.4.2 11.4.2.1 11.4.2.2 11.4.2.3 11.4.2.4 11.4.2.5 11.5 Title Page Number t4U.com Reset Operation .......................................................................11-4 Master Reset ................................................................11-5 Normal Reset ................................................................11-5 Definition of DRAM Banks ........................................................11-5 Base Address and Address Masking ............................11-5 Access Permissions ......................................................11-7 Timing ...........................................................................11-8 Page Mode ...................................................................11-8 Port Size/Page Size ......................................................11-8 Address Multiplexing .....................................................11-8 Normal Mode Operation .........................................................11-15 Nonburst Transfer In Normal Mode ............................11-16 Burst Transfer In Normal Mode ..................................11-18 Fast Page Mode Operation ....................................................11-21 Burst Transfer In Fast Page Mode ..............................11-21 Page Hit Read Transfer In Fast Page Mode ...............11-23 Page-Hit Write Transfer in Fast Page Mode ...............11-25 Page Miss Transfer in Fast Page Mode .....................11-27 Bus Arbitration ............................................................11-30 .com Burst Page-Mode Operation ...................................................11-32 Extended Data-Out (EDO) DRAM Operation .........................11-35 Refresh Operation ..................................................................11-38 External Master Use of the DRAM Controller .........................11-40 External Master Nonburst Transfer in Normal Mode ..11-41 External Master Burst Transfer in Normal Mode ........11-44 External Master Burst Transfer in Burst Page Mode ..11-47 Limitations ...................................................................11-50 Programming Model .........................................................................11-50 DRAM Controller Registers Memory Map ..............................11-50 DRAM Controller Registers ....................................................11-51 DRAM Controller Refresh Register (DCRR) ...............11-51 DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR) .................11-52 DRAM Controller Address Reg. (DCAR0 - DCAR1) ...11-58 DRAM Controller Mask Reg. (DCMR0 - DCMR1) ......11-59 DRAM Controller Control Reg. (DCCR0 - DCCR1) ....11-60 DRAM Initialization Example ............................................................11-61 Section 12 UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe 12.1 12.1.1 .com MOTOROLA Module Overview ................................................................................12-2 Serial Communication Channel ................................................12-2 DataSheet 4 U .comMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xv www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 12.1.2 12.1.3 12.2 12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3 12.2.4 12.3 12.3.1 12.3.2 12.3.2.1 12.3.2.2 12.3.2.3 12.3.3 12.3.3.1 12.3.3.2 12.3.3.3 12.3.4 12.3.5 12.3.5.1 12.3.5.2 12.3.5.3 12.4 12.4.1 12.4.1.1 12.4.1.2 12.4.1.3 12.4.1.4 12.4.1.5 12.4.1.6 12.4.1.7 12.4.1.8 12.4.1.9 12.4.1.10 12.4.1.11 12.4.1.12 12.4.1.13 12.4.1.14 12.4.2 12.4.2.1 12.4.2.2 12.4.2.3 Title Page Number t4U.com Baud-Rate Generator/Timer ..................................................... 12-3 Interrupt Control Logic .............................................................. 12-3 UART Module Signal Definitions ........................................................ 12-3 Transmitter Serial Data Output (TxD) ...................................... 12-3 Receiver Serial Data Input (RxD) ............................................. 12-4 Request-To-Send (RTS) .......................................................... 12-4 Clear-To-Send (CTS) ............................................................... 12-4 Operation ........................................................................................... 12-5 Baud-Rate Generator/Timer ..................................................... 12-5 Transmitter and Receiver Operating Modes ............................ 12-6 Transmitter ................................................................... 12-6 Receiver ....................................................................... 12-9 FIFO Stack ................................................................. 12-11 Looping Modes ....................................................................... 12-12 Automatic Echo Mode ................................................ 12-12 Local Loopback Mode ................................................ 12-12 Remote Loopback Mode ............................................ 12-12 Multidrop Mode ...................................................................... 12-14 Bus Operation ........................................................................ 12-16 .com Read Cycles ............................................................... 12-16 Write Cycles ............................................................... 12-16 Interrupt Acknowledge Cycles .................................... 12-16 Register Description and Programming ........................................... 12-16 Register Description ............................................................... 12-16 Mode Register 1 (UMR1) ............................................ 12-17 Mode Register 2 (UMR2) ............................................ 12-19 Status Register (USR) ................................................ 12-21 Clock-Select Register (UCSR) ................................... 12-24 Command Register (UCR) ......................................... 12-24 Receiver Buffer (URB) ................................................ 12-27 Transmitter Buffer (UTB) ............................................ 12-28 Input Port Change Register (UIPCR) ......................... 12-28 Auxiliary Control Register (UACR) ............................. 12-29 Interrupt Status Register (UISR) ................................. 12-29 Interrupt Mask Register (UIMR) .................................. 12-30 Timer Upper Preload Register 1 (UBG1) .................... 12-31 Timer Upper Preload Register 2 (UBG2) .................... 12-31 Interrupt Vector Register (UIVR) ................................ 12-31 Programming .......................................................................... 12-33 UART Module Initialization ......................................... 12-33 I/O Driver Example ..................................................... 12-33 Interrupt Handling ....................................................... 12-33 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com xvi MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 12.5 Title Page Number UART Module Initialization Sequence ..............................................12-34 Section 13 M-Bus Module t4U.com 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.4.1 13.4.2 13.4.3 13.4.4 13.4.5 13.4.6 13.4.7 13.4.8 13.4.9 13.5 13.5.1 13.5.2 13.5.3 13.5.4 13.5.5 13.6 13.6.1 13.6.2 13.6.3 13.6.4 13.6.5 13.6.6 13.6.7 Overview ............................................................................................13-1 Interface Features ..............................................................................13-1 M-Bus System Configuration ..............................................................13-2 M-Bus Protocol ...................................................................................13-3 START Signal ...........................................................................13-3 Slave Address Transmission ....................................................13-3 Data Transfer ...........................................................................13-4 Repeated START Signal ..........................................................13-4 STOP Signal .............................................................................13-4 Arbitration Procedure ...............................................................13-4 Clock Synchronization ..............................................................13-5 Handshaking ............................................................................13-5 Clock Stretching .......................................................................13-5 Programming Model ...........................................................................13-6 M-Bus Address .com ............................................13-6 Register (MADR) M-Bus Frequency Divider Register (MFDR) ...........................13-6 M-Bus Control Register (MBCR) ...........................................13-8 M-Bus Status Register (MBSR) ................................................13-9 M-Bus Data I/O Register (MBDR) ..........................................13-11 M-Bus Programming Examples ........................................................13-11 Initialization Sequence ...........................................................13-11 Generation of START .............................................................13-11 Post-Transfer Software Response .........................................13-12 Generation of STOP ...............................................................13-13 Generation of Repeated START ............................................13-14 Slave Mode ............................................................................13-14 Arbitration Lost .......................................................................13-14 Section 14 Timer Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.3.1 14.3.2 14.3.3 .com MOTOROLA Overview of the Timer Module ...........................................................14-1 Overview of Key Features ..................................................................14-1 General-Purpose Timer Units .............................................................14-2 Selecting the Prescaler ............................................................14-3 Capture Mode ...........................................................................14-3 Configuring the Timer for Reference Compare ........................14-3 DataSheet 4 U .comMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xvii www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 14.3.4 14.4 14.4.1 14.4.1.1 14.4.1.2 14.4.1.3 14.4.1.4 14.4.1.5 Title Page Number Configuring the Timer for Output Mode .................................... 14-3 Programming Model ........................................................................... 14-3 Understanding the General-Purpose Timer Registers ............. 14-3 Timer Mode Register (TMR) ......................................... 14-4 Timer Reference Register (TRR) .................................. 14-5 Timer Capture Register (TCR) ..................................... 14-5 Timer Counter (TCN) .................................................... 14-5 Timer Event Register (TER) ......................................... 14-6 Section 15 Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com 15.1 15.2 15.2.1 15.2.2 15.2.3 15.2.3.1 15.2.3.2 15.2.3.3 15.2.3.4 15.3 15.3.1 15.3.1.1 15.3.1.2 15.3.2 15.3.3 15.3.3.1 15.3.3.2 15.3.3.3 15.3.3.4 15.3.3.5 15.3.3.6 15.4 15.4.1 Real-Time Trace ................................................................................ 15-1 Background Debug Mode (BDM) ....................................................... 15-4 CPU Halt .................................................................................. 15-4 BDM Serial Interface ................................................................ 15-6 BDM Command Set ................................................................. 15-7 BDM Command Set Summary ..................................... 15-8 ColdFire BDM Commands ............................................ 15-9 .com Command Sequence Diagram ................................... 15-10 Command Set Descriptions ........................................ 15-11 Real-Time Debug Support ............................................................... 15-26 Theory of Operation ............................................................... 15-26 Emulator Mode ........................................................... 15-27 Debug Module Hardware ............................................ 15-28 Concurrent BDM and Processor Operation ........................... 15-28 Programming Model ............................................................... 15-29 Address Breakpoint Registers (ABLR, ABHR) ........... 15-30 Address Attribute Breakpoint Register (AATR) .......... 15-30 Program Counter Breakpoint Register (PBR, PBMR) 15-32 Data Breakpoint Register (DBR, DBMR) .................... 15-32 Trigger Definition Register (TDR) ............................... 15-33 Configuration/Status Register (CSR) .......................... 15-35 Motorola Recommended BDM Pinout .............................................. 15-38 Differences Between the ColdFire BDM and CPU32 BDM .... 15-38 Section 16 IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port/JTAG e DataShe 16.1 16.2 16.3 .com xviii Overview ............................................................................................ 16-2 JTAG Pin Descriptions ....................................................................... 16-2 JTAG Register Descriptions ............................................................... 16-3 DataSheet 4 U .comMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 16.3.1 16.3.1.1 16.3.1.2 16.3.1.3 16.3.1.4 16.3.1.5 16.3.1.6 16.3.2 16.3.3 16.3.4 16.4 16.5 16.6 16.7 16.8 Title Page Number Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... JTAG Instruction Shift Register ...............................................16-3 EXTEST Instruction .....................................................16-3 IDCODE .......................................................................16-4 SAMPLE/PRELOAD Instruction ..................................16-4 HIGHZ Instruction ........................................................16-4 CLAMP Instruction .......................................................16-5 BYPASS Instruction .....................................................16-5 IDcode Register ........................................................................16-5 JTAG Boundary-Scan Register ................................................16-6 JTAG Bypass Register .............................................................16-6 TAP Controller ....................................................................................16-6 Restrictions .........................................................................................16-7 Disabling the IEEE 1149.1 Standard Operation .................................16-8 Motorola MCF5206E BSDL Description .............................................16-9 Obtaining the IEEE 1149.1 Standard .................................................16-9 Section 17 Electrical Characteristics t4U.com e DataShe 17.1 17.1.1 17.1.2 17.1.3 17.1.4 17.2 17.3 17.3.1 17.3.2 17.3.3 17.3.4 17.3.5 17.3.6 17.3.7 17.3.8 17.3.9 17.3.10 17.3.11 17.3.12 17.3.12.1 17.3.12.2 17.3.12.3 17.3.13 .com Maximum Ratings................................................................................17-1 Supply, Input Voltage and Storage Temperature .....................17-1 Operating Temperature ............................................................17-2 Thermal Resistance .................................................................17-2 Output Loading .........................................................................17-2 DC Electrical Specifications ...............................................................17-3 AC Electrical Specifications ................................................................17-4 Clock Input Timing Specifications ............................................17-4 Clock Input Timing Diagram .....................................................17-4 Processor Bus Input Timing Specifications ..............................17-5 Input Timing Waveform Diagram ..............................................17-6 Processor Bus Output Timing Specifications ...........................17-7 Output Timing Waveform Diagram ...........................................17-8 Processor Bus Timing Diagrams ..............................................17-9 Timer Module AC Timing Specifications ................................17-15 Timer Module Timing Diagram ...............................................17-15 UART Module AC Timing Specifications ................................17-16 UART Module Timing Diagram ..............................................17-16 M-Bus Module AC Timing Specifications ...............................17-17 Input Timing Specifications Between SCL and SDA ...17-17 Output Timing Specifications Between SCL and SDA 17-18 Timing Specifications Between CLK and SCL, SDA ...17-18 M-Bus Module Timing Diagram ..............................................17-19 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xix DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) Paragraph Number 17.3.14 17.3.15 17.3.16 17.3.17 17.3.18 17.3.19 Title Page Number General-Purpose I/O Port AC Timing Specifications ............. 17-20 General-Purpose I/O Port Timing Diagram ............................ 17-20 DMA Controller AC Timing Specifications .............................. 17-21 DMA Controller Timing Diagram ............................................ 17-21 IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) AC Timing Specifications ..................... 17-21 IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) Timing Diagram .................................... 17-22 Section 18 Mechanical Data Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 18.1 18.1.1 18.2 18.3 Package Diagram & Pinout ................................................................ 18-2 Package/Frequency Availability .............................................. 18-2 Documentation ................................................................................... 18-3 Development Tools ............................................................................ 18-3 Appendix A MCF5206E Memory Map Summary Appendix B .com Porting From M68000 Family Devices t4U.com e DataShe B.1 B.2 B.3 B.4 B.5 C-Compilers and Host Software ............................................................B-i Target Software Port .............................................................................B-i Initialization Code ................................................................................. B-ii Exception Handlers .............................................................................. B-ii Supervisor Registers ........................................................................... B-iii .com xx MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS Figure Number 1-1. 1-2. 3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. 4-1. 6-1. 6-2. 6-3. 6-4. 6-5. 6-6. 6-7. 6-8. 6-9. 6-10. 6-11. 6-12. 6-13. 6-14. 6-15. 6-16. 6-17. 6-18. 6-19. 6-20. 6-21. 6-22. 6-23. 6-24. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xxi Title Page NumberMCF5206E Block Diagram ............................................................................... 1-4 Programming Model........................................................................................ 1-8 ColdFire Processor Core Pipelines .................................................................. User Programming Model ................................................................................ MAC Unit User Programming Model................................................................ Supervisor Programming Model....................................................................... Exception Stack Frame Form........................................................................... 3-1 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-7 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Instruction Cache Block Diagram..................................................................... 4-2 Signal Relationships to CLK............................................................................. 6-6 Internal Operand Representation..................................................................... 6-8 .com MCF5206E Interface to Various Port Sizes...................................................... 6-8 Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Read Transfer Flowchart ................................. 6-11 Longword-Read Transfer From a 32 bit Port (No Wait States) ...................... 6-12 Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Write Transfer Flowchart.................................. 6-14 Word-Write Transfer to a 16 bit Port (No Wait States)................................... 6-15 Bursting Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer Flowchart.................... 6-17 Bursting Word-Read From an 8 bit Port (No Wait States) ............................. 6-18 Word-, Longword-, and Line-Write Transfer Flowchart .................................. 6-20 Line-Write Transfer to a 32 bit Port (No Wait States)..................................... 6-21 Burst-Inhibited Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer Flowchart.......... 6-24 Burst-Inhibited Longword Read From an 8 bit Port (No Wait States) ............ 6-25 Burst-Inhibited Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Write Transfer Flowchart ......... 6-27 Burst-Inhibited Longword-Write Transfer to a 16 bit Port (No Wait States)............................................................................................. 6-28 Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Read Transfer Flowchart ................................. 6-30 Byte-Read Transfer from an 8-Bit Port Using Async. Termination............ 6-31 Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Write Transfer Flowchart................................ 6-32 Byte-Write Transfer to a 32-Bit Port Using Async. Termination .....................6-33 Bursting Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer Flowchart ....................6-35 Bursting Longword-Read from 16 bit Port ......................................................6-36 Word-, Longword-, and Line-Write Transfer Flowchart ...................................6-38 Bursting Line-Write from 32 bit Port Using Async. Termination ....................6-39 Burst-Inhibited Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer Flowchart ..........6-42 t4U.com e DataShe DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) Figure Number 6-25. 6-26. 6-27. 6-28. 6-29. 6-30. 6-31. 6-32. 6-33. 6-34. 6-35. 6-36. 6-37. 6-38. 6-39. 6-40. 6-41. 6-42. 6-43. 6-44. 6-45. 6-46. 6-47. 6-48. 6-49. 6-50. 6-51. 7-1. 7-2. 7-3. 7-4. 7-5. 7-6. 9-1. 9-2. 9-3. 9-4. 9-5. .com xxii MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA Title Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Burst-Inhibited Word Read from 8 bit Port Using Async. Termination ........... 6-43 Burst-Inhibited Word-, Longword-, and Line-Write Transfer Flowchart .......... 6-45 Burst-Inhibited Longword-Write Transfer to 16 bit Port .................................. 6-46 Example of a Misaligned Longword Transfer ................................................. 6-48 Example of a Misaligned Word Transfer ........................................................ 6-48 Interrupt Acknowledge Cycle Flowchart......................................................... 6-50 Interrupt Acknowledge Bus Cycle Timing (No Wait States)........................... 6-51 Bursting Longword-Read Access from 16 bit Port ........................................ 6-53 MCF5206E Two-Wire Mode Bus Arbitration Interface ................................... 6-55 Two-Wire Implicit and Explicit Bus Ownership............................................... 6-57 Two-Wire Bus Arbitration with Bus Lock Negated ......................................... 6-58 Two-Wire Bus Arbitration with Bus Lock Asserted......................................... 6-59 MCF5206E Two-Wire Bus Arbitration Protocol State Diagram ...................... 6-60 Three-Wire Implicit and Explicit Bus Ownership ............................................ 6-63 Three-Wire Bus Arbitration with Bus Lock Bit Asserted................................. 6-64 MCF5206E Bus Arbitration Protocol State Diagram ...................................... 6-65 Alternate Master Read Transfer using MCF5206E -Generated Transfer Acknowledge Flowchart................................................................... 6-70 Alternate Master Read Transfer...................................................................... 6-71 .com Alternate Master Write Transfer..................................................................... 6-72 Alternate Master Write Transfer Using Transfer-Acknowledge Timing ......... 6-73 Alternate Master Bursting Read Transfer Flowchart ...................................... 6-75 Alternate Master Bursting Longword Read Transfer to an 8 bit Port ............ 6-76 Alternate Master Bursting Write Transfer Flowchart ...................................... 6-79 Alternate Master Bursting Longword Write Transfer to a 16 bit Port ............. 6-80 Master Reset Timing...................................................................................... 6-82 Normal Reset Timing ..................................................................................... 6-83 Software Watchdog Timer Reset Timing ....................................................... 6-84 DMA Signal Diagram ....................................................................................... 7-2 Single-Address Transfers ................................................................................ 7-5 Dual-Address Transfer..................................................................................... 7-5 DMA Controller Module Register Model Per Channel ..................................... 7-6 External Request Timing - Cycle-Steal Mode, Single-Address Mode............ 7-15 External Request Timing - Cycle-Steal Mode, Dual-Address Mode .............. 7-16 MCF5206E Interface to Various Port Sizes...................................................... 9-4 Longword Write Transfer from a 32 bit Port .................................................... 9-9 Word Write Transfer to a 16 bit Port ............................................................... 9-10 Byte Write Transfer from an 8 bit Port .......................................................... 9-12 Longword Burst Read Transfer from a 16 bit Port ......................................... 9-14 e DataShe DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) Figure Number 9-6. 9-7. 9-8. 9-9. 9-10. 9-11. 9-12. 9-13. 9-14. 9-15. 9-16. 9-17. 9-18. 9-19. 9-20. 11-1. 11-2. 11-3. 11-4. 11-5. 11-6. 11-7. 11-8. 11-9. 11-10. 11-11. 11-12. 11-13. 11-14. 11-15. 11-16. 11-17. 11-18. 11-19. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xxiii Title Page Number Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Longword Burst Read Transfer from a 16 bit Port ..........................................9-16 Word Burst Read Transfer from an 8 bit Port..................................................9-18 Alternate Master Longword Read Transfer from a 32 bit Port ........................9-21 Alternate Master Longword Read Transfer from a 16 bit Port ......................9-23 Alternate Master Longword Read Transfer from a 16 bit Port ...................... 9-25 Chip-Select and Write-Enable Assertion with ASET = 0 Timing ....................9-34 Chip-Select and Write-Enable Assertion with ASET = 1 Timing .................... 9-34 Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 0 .............................................................9-36 Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 1 ............................................................9-36 Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 0 .............................................................9-37 Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 1 .............................................................9-38 Default Memory Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 0 ..................................9-41 Default Memory Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 1 ..................................9-42 Default Memory Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 0 ...................................9-43 Default Memory Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 1 ...................................9-43 MCF5206E Interface to Various Port Sizes.................................................... 11-4 Address Multiplexing For 8-bit DRAM With 512 Byte Page Size ................... 11-9 Connection Diagram for 4MByte DRAM with 8 bit Port and 1 KByte Page.. 11-15 .com Connection Diagram for 1MByte DRAM with 8 bit Port and 1 KByte Page.. 11-15 Byte Read Transfers in Normal Mode with 8 bit DRAM ...............................11-17 Longword Write Transfer in Normal Mode with 16 bit DRAM ...................... 11-19 Word Write Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 8 Bit DRAM .......................... 11-22 Longword Read Transfer Followed by a Page Hit Longword Read Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 32 bit DRAM ...................................................................... 11-24 Word Write Transfer Followed by a Page-Hit Word Write Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 16 bit DRAM ......................................................................................... 11-26 Byte Read Transfer Followed by a Page-Miss Byte Read Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 8 bit DRAM ................................................................................. 11-28 Bus Arbitration in Fast Page Mode .............................................................. 11-31 Longword Write Transfer Followed by a Word Read Transfer in Burst Page Mode with 16 bit DRAM ......................................................................................... 11-33 Word Read Transfer Followed by a Page Miss Byte Read Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 8 bit EDO DRAM......................................................................... 11-36 Alternate Master Byte Read Transfer Followed by Byte Write Transfer in Normal Mode with 16 bit DRAM ............................................................................... 11-42 Alt. Master Longword Write Transfer in Normal Mode with 16 bit DRAM ....11-45 Alt. Master Word Read Transfer in Burst Page Mode with 8 bit DRAM ....... 11-48 Normal Mode DRAM Transfer Timing.......................................................... 11-53 Fast Page Mode or Burst Page Mode DRAM Transfer Timing .................... 11-54 Fast Page Mode or Burst Page Mode DRAM Transfer Timing .................... 11-54 t4U.com e DataShe DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) Figure Number Title Page Number 11-20. Fast Page Mode Page Hit and Page Miss DRAM Transfer Timing ............. 11-56 11-21. Fast Page Mode or Burst Page Mode EDO DRAM Transfer Timing ........... 11-57 11-22. CAS Before RAS Refresh Cycle Timing ...................................................... 11-58 12-1. 12-2. 12-3. 12-4. 12-5. 12-6. 12-7. 12-8. 13-1. 13-2. 13-3. 13-4. UART Block Diagram..................................................................................... 12-1 External and Internal Interface Signals .......................................................... 12-4 Baud-Rate Timer Generator Diagram............................................................ 12-5 Transmitter and Receiver Functional Diagram .............................................. 12-7 Transmitter Timing Diagram .......................................................................... 12-8 Receiver Timing Diagram ............................................................................ 12-10 Looping Modes Functional Diagram ............................................................ 12-13 Multidrop Mode Timing Diagram.................................................................. 12-15 M-Bus Module Block Diagram ....................................................................... 13-2 M-Bus Standard Communication Protocol..................................................... 13-3 Synchronized Clock SCL ............................................................................... 13-5 Flow-Chart of Typical M-Bus Interrupt Routine............................................ 13-16 .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe 14-1. Timer Block Diagram Module Operation........................................................ 14-2 15-1. 15-2. 15-3. 15-4. 15-5. 15-6. 15-7. 15-8. 16-1. 16-2. 16-3. 16-4. Processor/Debug Module Interface ............................................................... 15-1 Pipeline Timing Example (Debug Output) ...................................................... 15-3 BDM Serial Transfer ....................................................................................... 15-6 BDM Signal Sampling .................................................................................... 15-7 Command Sequence Diagram..................................................................... 15-11 Debug Programming Model ......................................................................... 15-29 26-Pin Berg Connector Arranged 2x13........................................................ 15-38 Serial Transfer Illustration ............................................................................ 15-39 JTAG Test Logic Block Diagram.................................................................... JTAG TAP Controller State Machine ............................................................. Disabling JTAG in JTAG Mode ...................................................................... Disabling JTAG in Debug Mode..................................................................... 16-2 16-7 16-8 16-9 17-1. Clock Input Timing ......................................................................................... 17-5 17-2. Input Timing Waveform Requirements .......................................................... 17-7 17-3. Output Timing Waveform ............................................................................... 17-9 .com xxiv MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) Figure Number 17-4. 17-5. 17-6. 17-7. 17-8. 17-9. 17-10. 17-11. 17-12. 17-13. 17-14. 17-15. 17-16. Title Page Number Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Reset Configuration Timing.......................................................................... 17-10 Read and Write Timing ................................................................................17-11 Bus Arbitration Timing.................................................................................. 17-12 DRAM Signal Timing.................................................................................... 17-13 DRAM Refresh Cycle Timing ....................................................................... 17-13 DRAM Control By Alternate Master Timing.................................................. 17-14 Miscellaneous Signal Timing........................................................................ 17-15 Timer Timing ................................................................................................ 17-16 UART Timing................................................................................................ 17-17 M-Bus Timing ............................................................................................... 17-20 General-Purpose I/O Port Timing................................................................. 17-21 DMA Timing ..................................................................................................17-22 IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) Timing......................................................................... 17-23 18-1. MCF5206E Package Diagram & Pinout ..........................................................18-2 t4U.com e DataShe .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xxv DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued) Figure Number Title Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com .com xxvi MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF TABLES Table Number 1-1. 1-2. 1-3. 1-4. Title Page Number Specific Effective Addressing Modes .............................................................. 1-7 MOVE Specific Effective Addressing Modes ................................................. 1-7 ColdFire MCF5206E Data Formats ................................................................. 1-9 Instruction Set Summary.............................................................................. 1-10 MCF5206E Signal Index................................................................................. 2-2 Address Bus.................................................................................................... 2-3 Byte Write-Enable Signals ............................................................................. 2-6 Interrupt Levels for Encoded External Interrupts..............................................2-7 Boot CS[0] Automatic Acknowledge (AA) Enable ........................................... 2-8 Interrupt Request Encodings for CS[0] ........................................................... 2-8 Data Transfer Size Encoding .......................................................................... 2-9 Bus Cycle Transfer Type Encoding................................................................. 2-9 ATM Encoding................................................................................................ 2-9 CAS Assertion.............................................................................................. 2-13 .com Processor Status Encodings ......................................................................... 2-16 MCF5206E Signal Summary ........................................................................ 2-19 Exception Vector Assignments ....................................................................... 3-7 Format Field Encodings .................................................................................. 3-8 Fault Status Encodings ................................................................................... 3-8 Misaligned Operand References.................................................................. 3-12 Move Byte and Word Execution Times ......................................................... 3-13 Move Long Execution Times........................................................................ 3-13 One-Operand Instruction Execution Times ................................................... 3-14 Two-Operand Instruction Execution Times ................................................... 3-15 Miscellaneous Instruction Execution Times .................................................. 3-17 General Branch Instruction Execution Times................................................ 3-18 BRA, Bcc Instruction Execution Times.......................................................... 3-18 Initial Fetch Offset vs. CLNF Bits .................................................................... 4-4 Instruction Cache Operation as Defined by CACR[31,10] ..............................4-5 Memory Map of I-Cache Registers ................................................................. 4-6 External Fetch Size Based on Miss Address and CLNF................................. 4-8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com 2-1. 2-2. 2-3. 2-4. 2-5. 2-6. 2-7. 2-8. 2-9. 2-10. 2-11. 2-12. 3-1. 3-2. 3-3. 3-4. 3-5. 3-6. 3-7. 3-8. 3-9. 3-10. 3-11. 4-1. 4-2. 4-3. 4-4. e DataShe .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xxvii DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF TABLES (Continued) Figure Number 5-1. 5-2. 6-1. 6-2. 6-3. 6-4. 6-5. 6-6. 6-7. 6-8. 6-9. 6-10. 6-11. 6-12. 6-13. 6-14. 7-1. 7-2. 7-3. 7-4. 7-5. 8-1. 8-2. 8-3. 8-4. 8-5. 8-6. 8-7. 8-8. 8-9. Title Page Number Memory Map of SIM Registers ....................................................................... 5-2 Examples of Typical RAMBAR Settings ......................................................... 5-4 SIZx Encoding................................................................................................. 6-2 Transfer Type Encoding.................................................................................. 6-3 ATM Encoding ................................................................................................ 6-3 Chip Select, DRAM and Default Memory Address Decoding Priority ............. 6-7 SIZx Encoding for Burst- and Bursting-Inhibited Ports ................................... 6-9 Address Offset Encoding ................................................................................ 6-9 Data Bus Requirement for Read Cycles ...................................................... 6-10 Internal to External Data Bus Multiplexer - Write Cycle ................................ 6-13 SIZx Encoding for Burst- and Bursting-Inhibited Ports ................................. 6-19 MCF5206E Two-Wire Bus Arbitration Protocol Transition Conditions .......... 6-59 MCF5206E Two-Wire Arbitration Protocol State Diagram ............................ 6-60 MCF5206E Three-Wire Bus Arbitration Protocol Transition Conditions....... 6-65 MCF5206E Three-Wire Arbitration Protocol State Diagram.......................... 6-66 Signal Source During Alternate Master Accesses ........................................ 6-69 DMA Signals .................................................................................................... 7-3 DMA Controller Module Channel Offsets......................................................... 7-6 BWC Encoding ................................................................................................ 7-9 SSIZE Encoding............................................................................................ 7-10 DSIZE Encoding ........................................................................................... 7-10 Interrupt Levels for Encoded External Interrupts ............................................ 8-4 Memory Map of SIM Registers ....................................................................... 8-7 Interrupt Control Register Assignments ........................................................ 8-10 Interrupt Mask Register Bit Assignments..................................................... 8-11 Interrupt Pending Register Bit Assignments ................................................ 8-12 SWT Timeout Period..................................................................................... 8-15 Bus Monitor Timeout Periods........................................................................ 8-15 PAR3 - PAR0 Pin Assignment ..................................................................... 8-17 Arbitration Control Encodings (ARBCTRL) .................................................... 8-19 .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com xxviii MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF TABLES (Continued) Figure Number 9-1. 9-2. 9-3. 9-4. 9-5. 9-6. 9-7. 9-8. Title Page Number Data Bus Byte Write-Enable Signals.............................................................. 9-2 Maximum Memory Bank Sizes........................................................................ 9-4 Chip-Select, DRAM and Default Memory Address Decoding Priority ............. 9-6 Memory Map of Chip-Select Registers ........................................................ 9-27 BA Field Comparisons for Alternate Master Transfers................................. 9-29 IRQ4 and IRQ1 Selection of CS[0] Port Size ................................................ 9-32 IRQ7 Selection of CS[0] Acknowledge Generation....................................... 9-32 Port Size Encodings...................................................................................... 9-39 Memory Map of Parallel Port Registers ........................................................ 10-1 Data Direction Register Bit Assignments ...................................................... 10-2 Data Register Bit Assignments ..................................................................... 10-3 CAS Assertion.............................................................................................. 11-2 Maximum DRAM Bank Sizes ........................................................................ 11-3 DRAM Bank Programming Example 1.......................................................... 11-6 Chip-Select, DRAM and Default Memory Address Decoding Priority ........... 11-7 DRAM Bank Programming Example 2.......................................................... 11-8 .com 8-bit Port Size Address Multiplexing Configurations ................................... 11-11 16-bit Port Size Address Multiplexing Configurations ................................ 11-12 32-bit Port Size Address Multiplexing Configurations ................................ 11-13 Bank Page Size Versus Actual DRAM Page Size ...................................... 11-14 Memory Map of DRAM Controller Registers............................................... 11-51 UART Module Programming Model ............................................................ PMx and PT Control Bits............................................................................. B/Cx Control Bits......................................................................................... CMx Control Bits ......................................................................................... SBx Control Bits ......................................................................................... RCSx Control Bits ....................................................................................... TCSx Control Bits........................................................................................ MISCx Control Bits...................................................................................... TCx Control Bits .......................................................................................... RCx Control Bits.......................................................................................... 12-17 12-18 12-19 12-19 12-20 12-24 12-24 12-25 12-26 12-27 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 10-1. 10-2. 10-3. 11-1. 11-2. 11-3. 11-4. 11-5. 11-6. 11-7. 11-8. 11-9. 11-10. 12-1. 12-2. 12-3. 12-4. 12-5. 12-6. 12-7. 12-8. 12-9. 12-10. 13-1. 13-2. t4U.com e DataShe M-Bus Interface Programmer's Model .......................................................... 13-6 MBUS Prescalar Values............................................................................... 13-7 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xxix DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF TABLES (Continued) Figure Number 14-1. 15-1. 15-2. 15-3. 15-4. 15-5. 15-6. 15-7. 15-8. 15-9. 15-10. 15-11. 15-12. 15-13. 15-14. 16-1. 16-2. 17-1. 17-2. 17-3. 17-4. 17-5. 17-6. 17-7. 17-8. 17-9. 17-10. 17-11. 17-12. 17-13. 17-14. 17-15. 17-16. 18-1. 18-2. .com xxx MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA Title Page Number Programming Model for Timers .................................................................... 14-3 Processor PST Definition.............................................................................. 15-2 CPU-Generated Message Encoding............................................................. 15-7 BDM Command Summary ........................................................................... 15-7 BDM Size Field Encoding ............................................................................. 15-8 Control Register Map .................................................................................. 15-23 Definition of DRc Encoding - Read ............................................................. 15-25 Definition of DRc Encoding - Write ............................................................. 15-26 SIZE Encodings .......................................................................................... 15-29 Transfer Type Encodings............................................................................ 15-29 Transfer Modifier Encodings for Normal Transfers ..................................... 15-30 Transfer Modifier Encodings for Alternate Access Transfers...................... 15-30 Core Address, Access Size, and Operand Location................................... 15-30 DDATA, CSR[31:28] Breakpoint Response................................................ 15-36 Shared BDM/Breakpoint Hardware............................................................. 15-37 JTAG Pin Descriptions.................................................................................. 16-3 .com JTAG Instructions ......................................................................................... 16-3 Supply, Input Voltage and Storage Temperature ......................................... 17-1 Operating Temperature................................................................................. 17-1 Thermal Resistance ...................................................................................... 17-2 Output Loading ............................................................................................. 17-2 DC Electrical Specifications .......................................................................... 17-3 I/O Driver Capability....................................................................................... 17-4 Clock Input Timing Specifications ................................................................. 17-5 Processor Bus Input Timing Specifications................................................... 17-6 Processor Bus Output Timing Specifications................................................ 17-8 Timer Module AC Timing Specifications ..................................................... 17-16 UART Module AC Timing Specifications .................................................... 17-17 INPUT Timing Specifications Between SCL and SDA................................ 17-18 Output Timing Specifications Between SCL and SDA................................ 17-19 Timing Specifications Between CLK and SCL, SDA................................... 17-19 General-Purpose I/O Port AC Timing Specifications .................................. 17-21 IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) AC Timing Specifications .......................................... 17-22 MCF5206E Package/Frequency Availability .................................................. 18-3 MCF5206E Documentation ............................................................................ 18-3 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF TABLES (Continued) Figure Number 18-3. A-1. Title Page Number Development Tools Providers ........................................................................18-3 MCF5206E User Programming Model ............................................................. A-i t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com xxxi DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. LIST OF TABLES (Continued) Figure Number Title Page Number t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com .com xxxii MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1.1 BACKGROUND The MCF5206E integrated microprocessor combines a Version 2 (V2) ColdFire(R) processor core with several peripheral functions such as a DRAM controller, timers, general-purpose I/O and serial interfaces, debug module, and system integration. Designed for embedded control applications, the V2 ColdFire core delivers enhanced performance while maintaining low system costs. To speed program execution, the largeon-chip instruction cache and SRAM provide one-cycle access to critical code and data. The MCF5206E greatly reduces the time required for system design and implementation by packaging common system functions on chip and providing glueless interfaces to 8 bit, 16 bit, and 32 bit DRAM, SRAM, ROM, and I/O devices. The MCF5206E is an enhanced version of the MCF5206 processor, with the same peripheral set, DMA, MAC, Hardware Divide, larger cache, and larger SRAM. It is pin compatible with the MCF5206, with the DMA pins muxed with Timer 0 pins. Available in 3.3V, with 5V- tolerant I/O, at speeds of 45 MHz and 54 MHz; higher performance at a lower .com price. The revolutionary ColdFire microprocessor architecture gives cost-sensitive, high-volume markets new levels of price and performance. Based on the concept of variable-length RISC technology, ColdFire combines the architectural simplicity of conventional 32 bit RISC with a memory-saving, variable-length instruction set. In defining the ColdFire architecture for embedded processing applications, Motorola incorporated RISC architecture for peak performance and a simplified version of the variable-length instruction set found in the M68000 Family for code density and programmer familiarity. By incorporating a variable-length instruction set architecture, embedded processor designers using ColdFire processors will enjoy significant system-level advantages over conventional 32-bit fixed-length RISC architectures. The denser binary code for ColdFire processors consumes less valuable memory than any 32-bit fixed-length instruction set RISC processor available. This improved code density means more efficient system memory use for a given application and requires slower, less costly memory to help achieve a target performance level. The integrated peripheral functions provide high performance and flexibility. For starters, the DRAM controller supports as much as 512 Mbytes of DRAM. The MCF5206E supports both page-mode and extended-data-out DRAMs. Two channels of DMA allow for fast data transfer using a programmable burst mode independent of processor execution. The serial interfaces consist of two programmable full duplex UARTs and a separate I2C1 -compatible Motorola bus (M-Bus interface). The two 16-bit general-purpose multimode timers provide .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-1 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 3 4 separate input and output signals. For system protection, the processor includes a programmable 16-bit software watchdog timer and several bus monitors. In addition, common system functions such as chip selects, interrupt control, bus arbitration, and IEEE 1149.1 Test (JTAG) support are included. A sophisticated debug interface supports both background-debug mode and real-time trace. This interface is common to all ColdFire processors and allows common emulator support across the entire ColdFire Family. 1.2 MCF5206E FEATURES The primary features of the MCF5206E integrated processor include the following: * Version 2 ColdFire Processor Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Variable-length RISC 32-bit data bus 16 user-visible 32-bit registers Supervisor / User modes for system protection Vector base register to relocate exception vector table Optimized for high-level language constructs 50 MIPS at 54MHz t4 8.com U 9 * Multiply/Accumulate Unit -- Provides high-speed, complex arithmetic processing for simple signal processing applications .com -- 1 clock issue with 3-stage execute pipeline -- Supports both 16x16 multiplies and 32x32 multiplies with 32-bit accumulate * 4 KByte Direct-Mapped Instruction Cache -- Provides one-cycle access to critical code * 8 KByte On-Chip SRAM -- Provides one-cycle access to critical code and data * Hardware Divide Module -- Supported divide functions include: * 32/16, producing a 16-bit quotient and 16-bit remainder; * 32/32, producing a 32-bit quotient; * 32/32, producing a 32-bit remainder. * DRAM Controller -- -- -- -- 1. 2 DataShe e 1 11 12 13 14 15 Programmable refresh timer provides CAS-before-RAS refresh Support for 2 separate memory banks Support for page-mode DRAMs and extended-data-out (EDO) DRAMs Allows external bus master access 16 .com I C is a proprietary Philips interface bus. 1-2 DataSheet 4 U .comMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. * DMA Controller -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Introduction Two fully programmable channels Supports dual-address and single-address transfers, with 32-bit capability Two address pointers per channel that can increment or remain constant 16-bit transfer counter per channel Operand packing and unpacking supported Auto-alignment transfers supported for efficient block movement Supports bursting and cycle steal Provides two clock-cycle internal access Three request mechanisms: Software via register bits; External DREQ; UART interrupts. * Two Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART) Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... -- -- -- -- Full duplex operation Baud-rate generator Modem control signals available (CTS, RTS) Processor-interrupt capability * Dual 16-Bit General-Purpose Multimode Timers -- -- -- -- 8-bit prescaler Timer input and output pins 30 ns resolution with 33 MHz system clock Processor-interrupt capability .com t4U.com DataShe e * Motorola Bus (M-Bus) Module -- -- -- -- Interchip bus interface for EEPROMs, LCD controllers, A/D converters, keypads Compatible with industry-standard I2C Bus Master or slave modes support multiple masters Automatic interrupt generation with programmable level * System Interface -- Glueless bus interface to 8 bit, 16 bit, and 32 bit DRAM, SRAM, ROM, and I/O devices -- 32-bit internal address bus with 28 bit external bus; chip select and DRAM -- 8 programmable chip selects -- Programmable wait states and port sizes -- Allows external bus masters to access chip selects -- System protection * 16-bit software watchdog timer with prescaler * Double bus fault monitor * Bus timeout monitor * Spurious interrupt monitor -- Programmable interrupt controller * Low interrupt latency * 3 external interrupt inputs * Programmable interrupt priority and autovector generator -- IEEE 1149.1 test (JTAG) support .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. -- 8-bit general-purpose I/O interface 2 3 4 * System Debug Support -- Real-time trace -- Background debug interface * Fully Static 3.3-Volt Operation * Fully 5V tolerant pads on all I/O and address/data buses * 160 Pin PQFP Package, pin compatible with MCF5206. * Available at 45 MHz and 54 MHz. * 3.3V with 5V-tolerant I/O. * Extended temperature (-40/+85 Deg C) available. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 1.3 FUNCTIONAL BLOCKS Figure 1-1 is a block diagram of the MCF5206E processor. The paragraphs that follow t4U.com DataShe e 9 .com 1 11 12 13 14 15 .com 1-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. provide an overview of the integrated processor. CLOCK INPUT CLOCK DRAM CONTROLLER CHIP SELECTS INTERRUPT CONTROLLER EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE Introduction DRAM CONTROL CHIP SELECTS INTERRUPT SUPPORT EXTERNAL BUS JTAG INTERFACE JTAG 4 KBYTE ICACHE 8 KBYTE SRAM SYSTEM BUS CONTROLLER Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... PARALLEL PORT PARALLEL INTERFACE UARTS DEBUG TIMERS BDM INTERFACE COLDFIRE V2 CORE SERIAL INTERFACE TIMER SUPPORT t4U.com .com MAC MODULE H/W DIVIDE MODULE M-BUS MODULE M-BUS INTERFACE DataShe e DMA MODULE DMA INTERFACE Figure 1-1. MCF5206E Block Diagram 1.3.1 ColdFire Processor Core The ColdFire processor core consists of two independent, decoupled pipeline structures to maximize performance while minimizing core size.The instruction fetch pipeline (IFP) is a two-stage pipeline for prefetching instructions. The prefetched instruction stream is then gated into the two-stage operand execution pipeline (OEP), which decodes the instruction, fetches the required operands and then executes the required function. Because the IFP and OEP pipelines are decoupled by an instruction buffer that serves as a FIFO queue, the IFP can prefetch instructions in advance of their actual use by the OEP, thereby minimizing time stalled waiting for instructions. The OEP is implemented in a two-stage pipeline featuring a traditional RISC datapath with a dual-read-ported register file feeding an arithmetic/logic unit. The MCF5206E also includes MAC and hardware divide instructions which enhance the mathematical performance. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 3 4 1.3.1.1 PROCESSOR STATES. The processor is always in one of four states: normal processing, exception processing, stopped, or halted. It is in the normal processing state when executing instructions, fetching instructions and operands, and storing instruction results. Exception processing is the transition from program processing to system, interrupt, and exception handling. Exception processing includes fetching the exception vector, stacking operations, and refilling the instruction fetch pipe after an exception. The processor enters exception processing when an exceptional internal condition arises, such as tracing an instruction, an instruction resulting in a trap, or executing specific instructions. External conditions, such as interrupts and access errors, also cause exceptions. Exception processing ends when the first instruction of the exception handler enters the operand execution pipeline. Stopped mode is a reduced power operation mode that causes the processor to remain quiescent until either a reset or nonmasked interrupt occurs. The STOP instruction is used to enter this operation mode. The processor halts when it receives an access error or generates an address error while in the exception processing state. For example, if during exception processing of one access error another access error occurs, the MCF5206E processor cannot complete the transition to normal processing nor can it save the internal machine state. The processor assumes that the system is not operational and halts. Only an external reset can restart a halted processor. When the processor executes a STOP instruction, it is in a special type of normal processing state, e.g., one without bus cycles. The processor stops but it does not halt. .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 DataShe e 9 The processor can also halt in a restart mode because of background debug mode events. 1.3.1.2 PROGRAMMING MODEL. The ColdFire programming model is separated into two privilege modes: supervisor and user. The S bit in the status register (SR) indicates the current privilege mode. The processor identifies a logical address by accessing either the supervisor or user address space, which differentiates between supervisor and user modes. Programs access registers based on the indicated mode. User programs can access only registers specific to the user mode. System software executing in the supervisor mode can access all registers using the control registers to perform supervisory functions. User programs are thus restricted from accessing privileged information. The operating system performs management and service tasks for user programs by coordinating their activities. This difference allows the supervisor mode to protect system resources from uncontrolled accesses. Most instructions execute in either mode but some instructions that have important system effects are privileged and can execute only in the supervisor mode. For instance, user programs cannot execute the STOP instructions. To prevent a program executing in user mode from entering the supervisor mode, instructions that can alter the S bit in the SR are privileged. The TRAP instructions provide controlled access to operating system services for user programs. 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 1-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Introduction Table 1-1. EFFECTIVE ADDRESSING MODES AND CATEGORIES ADDRESSING MODES Register Direct Data Address Register Indirect Address Address with Postincrement Address with Predecrement Address with Displacement Address Register Indirect with Index 8-Bit Displacement Program Counter Indirect with Displacement Program Counter Indirect with Index 8-Bit Displacement SYNTAX Dn An (An) (An)+ -(An) (d16, An) (d8, An, Xi) (d16, PC) (d8, PC, Xi) (xxx).W (xxx).L # MODE FIELD 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 111 111 111 111 REG. FIELD reg. no. reg. no. reg. no. reg. no. reg. no. reg. no. reg. no. 010 011 000 001 100 CATEGORY DATA X -- X X X X X X X X X X MEMORY -- -- X X X X X X X X X X CONTROL -- -- X -- -- X X X X X X -- ALTERABLE X X X X X X X -- -- -- -- -- Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Absolute Data Addressing Short Long Immediate t4U.com DataShe e .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 3 4 The processor employs the user mode and the user programming model when it is in normal processing. During exception processing, the processor changes from user to supervisor mode. Exception processing saves the current SR value on the stack and then sets the S bit, forcing the processor into the supervisor mode. To return to the user mode, a system routine must execute a MOVE to SR, or an RTE, which operate in the supervisor mode, modifying the S bit of the SR. After these instructions execute, the instruction fetch pipeline flushes and is refilled from the appropriate address space. The registers depicted in the programming model (see Figure 1-2) provide operand storage and control for the ColdFire processor core. The registers are also partitioned into user and supervisor privilege modes. The user programming model consists of 16 general-purpose, 32 bit registers and two control registers. The supervisor model consists of five more registers that can be accessed only by code running in supervisor mode. Only system programmers can use the supervisor programming model to implement operating system functions and I/O control. This supervisor/user distinction allows for the coding of application software that will run without modification on any ColdFire Family processor. The supervisor programming model contains the control features that system designers would not want user code to erroneously access as this might effect normal system operation. Furthermore, the supervisor programming model may need to change slightly from ColdFire generation to generation to add features or improve performance as the architecture evolves. DataShe t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 e 9 .com 1 11 12 13 14 15 .com 1-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Introduction 31 0 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 DATA REGISTERS Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 31 0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 PC STACK POINTER PROGRAM COUNTER CONDITION CODE REGISTER ADDRESS REGISTERS t4U.com DataShe e .com CCR USER PROGRAMMING MODEL 15 31 0 (CCR) SR VBR CACR ACR0 ACR1 STATUS REGISTER VECTOR BASE REGISTER CACHE CONTROL REGISTER ACCESS CONTROL REGISTER 0 ACCESS CONTROL REGISTER 1 19 MUST BE ZEROS Figure 1-2. Programming Model The user programming model includes eight data registers, seven address registers, and a stack pointer register. The address registers and stack pointer can be used as base address registers or software stack pointers, and any of the 16 registers can be used as index registers. Two control registers are available in the user mode: the program counter (PC), which contains the address of the instruction that the MCF5206E device is executing, and the lower byte of the SR, which is accessible as the Condition Code Register (CCR). The CCR contains the condition codes that reflect the results of a previous operation and can be used for conditional instruction execution in a program. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2 3 4 The supervisor programming model includes the upper byte of the SR, which contains operation control information. The Vector Base Register (VBR) contains the upper 12 bits of the base address of the exception vector table, which is used in exception processing. The lower 20 bits of the VBR are forced to zero, allowing the vector table to reside on any 1 Mbyte memory boundary. The Cache Control Register (CACR) controls enabling of the on-chip cache. Two access control registers (ACR1, ACR0) allow portions of the address space to be mapped as noncacheable. See subsections 4.3 and 4.4 for details on these registers. 1.3.1.3 MAC REGISTERS SUMMARY. The processor performs all arithmetic using 2's complement, but operands can be signed or unsigned. Registers, memory, or instructions themselves can contain operands. The operand size for each instruction is either explicitly encoded in the instruction or implicitly defined by the instruction operation. Table1-3 summarizes the MCF5206E data formats. Table 1-2. MCF5206E Data Formats OPERAND DATA FORMAT Bit Byte Word Longword SIZE 1 bit 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 9 1 1.2.1.4 ADDRESSING CAPABILITIES SUMMARY. The MCF5206E processor supports seven addressing modes. The register indirect addressing modes support postincrement, .com predecrement, offset, and indexing, which are particularly useful for handling data structures common to sophisticated embedded applications and high-level languages. The program counter indirect mode also has indexing and offset capabilities. This addressing mode is typically required to support position-independent software. Besides these addressing modes, the MCF5206E processor provides index scaling features. An instruction's addressing mode can specify the value of an operand or a register containing the operand. It can also specify how to derive the effective address of an operand in memory. Each addressing mode has an assembler syntax. Some instructions imply the addressing mode for an operand. These instructions include the appropriate fields for operands that use only one addressing mode. Table 1-1 summarizes the specific effective addressing modes of ColdFire processors. Table 1-2 summarizes the MOVE specific effective addressing modes. 1.2.1.5 INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW. The ColdFire instruction set supports high-level languages and is optimized for those instructions embedded code most commonly executes. Table 1-3 lists the notational conventions used throughout this manual, unless otherwise specified. Table 1-4 provides an alphabetized listing of the ColdFire instruction set opcode, operation, and syntax. The left operand in the syntax is always the source operand and the right operand is the destination operand. This instruction set is a simplified version of the M68K instruction set. The removed instructions include BCD, bit field, logical rotate, decrement and branch, and integer multiply with a 64-bit result. In addition, nine new MAC instructions have been added. DataShe e 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 1-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 1-3. Notational Conventions OPCODE WILDCARDS cc An Ay,Ax Dn Dy,Dx Rn Ry,Rx Rw Rc ACC DDATA CCR MACSR MASK PC PST SR # y,x + - x / ~ & | ^ << >> sign-extended If then else Logical Condition (example: NE for not equal) REGISTER OPERANDS Any Address Register n (example: A3 is address register 3) Source and destination address registers, respectively Any Data Register n (example: D5 is data register 5) Source and destination data registers, respectively Any Address or Data Register Any source and destination registers, respectively Any second destination register Any Control Register (example: VBR is the vector base register) REGISTER/PORT NAMES MAC Accumulator Debug Data Port Condition Code Register (lower byte of status register) MAC Status Register Mask Register Program Counter Processor Status Port Status Register MISCELLANEOUS OPERANDS Immediate data following the instruction word(s) Effective Address Source and Destination Effective Addresses, respectively .com Assembly Program Label List of registers (example: D3-D0) Operand data size: Byte (B), Word (W), Longword (L) OPERATIONS Introduction t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e Arithmetic addition or postincrement indicator Arithmetic subtraction or predecrement indicator Arithmetic multiplication Arithmetic division Invert; operand is logically complemented Logical AND Logical OR Logical exclusive OR Shift left (example: D0 << 3 is shift D0 left 3 bits) Shift right (example: D0 >> 3 is shift D0 right 3 bits) Source operand is moved to destination operand Two operands are exchanged All bits of the upper portion are made equal to the high-order bit of the lower portion Test the condition. If true, the operations after `then' are performed. If the condition is false and the optional `else' clause is present, the operations after `else' are performed. If the condition is false and else is omitted, the instruction performs no operation. Refer to the Bcc instruction description as an example. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SUBFIELDS AND QUALIFIERS 2 3 4 {} () dn Address Bit LSB LSW MSB MSW Optional Operation Identifies an indirect address Displacement Value, n bits Wide (example: d16 is a 16 bit displacement) Calculated Effective Address (pointer) Bit Selection (example: Bit 3 of D0) Least Significant Bit (example: LSB of D0) Least Significant Word Most Significant Bit Most Significant Word Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 CONDITION CODE REGISTER BIT NAMES P C N V X Z Branch Prediction Bit in CCR Carry Bit in CCR Negative Bit in CCR Overflow Bit in CCR Extend Bit in CCR Zero Bit in CCR t4U.com DataShe e 9 .com 1 11 12 13 14 15 .com 1-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 1-4. Instruction Set Summary INSTRUCTION ADD ADDA ADDI ADDQ ADDX AND ANDI ASL ASR OPERAND SYNTAX Dy,x y,Dx y,Ax #,Dx #,x Dy,Dx Dy,x y,Dx #,Dx Dy,Dx #,Dx Dy,Dx ,Dx Dy,x #,x Dy,x #,x Dy,x #,x Dy,x #,x x #,Dx y,Dx y,Ax (Ax) y,Dx OPERAND SIZE 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 8,16 8,32 8,32 8,32 8,32 8,16 8,32 8,32 8,16 OPERATION Introduction Source + Destination Destination Source + Destination Destination Immediate Data + Destination Destination Immediate Data + Destination Destination Source + Destination + X Destination Source & Destination Destination Immediate Data & Destination Destination X/C (Dx << Dy) 0 X/C (Dx << #) 0 MSB (Dx >> Dy) X/C MSB (Dx >> #) X/C If Condition True, Then PC + 2 + dn PC ~( of Destination) Z, Bit of Destination ~( of Destination) Z; 0 Bit of Destination PC + 2 + dn PC ~( of Destination) Z; 1 Bit of Destination SP - 4 SP; next sequential PC (SP); PC + 2 + dn PC Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Bcc BCHG BCLR BRA BSET BSR BTST CLR CMPI CMP CMPA CPUSHL DIVS t4U.com DIVUy,Dx EOR EORI EXT EXTB HALT JMP JSR LEA LINK LSL LSR MAC Dy,x #,Dx Dx Dx Dx none y,Ax Ax,# Dy,Dx #,Dx Dy,Dx #,Dx Ry,Rx Ry,Rx,y,Rw 8,32 ~( of Destination) Z 8,32 8,16,32 0 Destination .com 32 Destination - Immediate Data 32 Destination - Source 32 Destination - Source none Push and Invalidate Cache Line 16 Dx /y Dx {16-bit Remainder; 16-bit Quotient} 32 Dx /y Dx {32-bit Quotient} Signed operation 16 Dx /y Dx {16-bit Remainder; 16-bit Quotient} Dx /y Dx {32-bit Quotient} Unsigned operation 32 Source ^ Destination Destination 32 Immediate Data ^ Destination Destination 8 16 Sign-Extended Destination Destination 16 32 8 32 Sign-Extended Destination Destination none Enter Halted State none Address of PC 32 SP - 4 SP; next sequential PC (SP); PC 32 Ax 16 SP - 4 SP; Ax (SP); SP Ax; SP + d16 SP 32 X/C (Dx << Dy) 0 32 X/C (Dx << #) 0 32 0 (Dx >> Dy) X/C 32 0 (Dx >> #) X/C 16 x 16 + 32 32 ACC + (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC 32 32 ACC + (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC; (y{&MASK}) Rw DataShe e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-13 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction INSTRUCTION MACL Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. OPERAND SYNTAX Ry,Rx Ry,Rx,y,Rw y,x ACC,Rx Dx MACSR,Rx MACSR,CCR MASK,Rx Dx Ry,ACC #,ACC Dy,CCR #,CCR Ry,MACSR #,MACSR Ry,MASK #,MASK Dy,SR #,SR y,Ax Ry,Rc list,x y,list #,Dx Ry,Rx Ry,Rx,y,Rw Ry,Rx Ry,Rx,y,Rw y,Dx y,Dx x x none Dy,x y,Dx #,Dx none y,Dx:Dw y,Dx:Dw none none Dx # Dy,x y,Dx y,Ax #,Dx #,x OPERAND SIZE 32 x 32 + 32 32 32 32 8,16,32 32 16 32 8 32 16 32 32 8 32 32 32 16 16,32 32 32 32 32 8 32 32 - 16 x 16 32 32 32 OPERATION ACC + (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC ACC + (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC; (y{&MASK}) Rw y x ACC Rx CCR Dx MACSR Rx MACSR CCR MASK Rx SR Dx Ry ACC # ACC Dy CCR # CCR Ry MACSR # MACSR Ry MASK # MASK Source SR 2 3 4 MOVE MOVE from ACC MOVE from CCR MOVE from MACSR MOVE from MASK MOVE from SR MOVE to ACC MOVE to CCR MOVE to MACSR Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MOVE to MASK MOVE to SR MOVEA MOVEC MOVEM MOVEQ MSAC MSACL MULS MULU NEG NEGX NOP NOT OR ORI PEA PULSE REMS REMU RTE RTS Scc STOP SUB SUBA SUBI SUBQ 6 7 8 t4U.com 9 1 11 12 13 14 15 Source Destination Ry Rc Listed Registers Destination Source Listed Registers Sign-extended Immediate Data Destination ACC - (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC ACC - (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC, (y{&MASK}) Rw 32 - 32 x 32 32 ACC - (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC 32 32 ACC .com - (Ry x Rx){<< 1 | >> 1} ACC; (y{&MASK}) Rw 16 x 16 32 Source x Destination Destination 32 x 32 32 Signed operation 16 x 16 32 Source x Destination Destination 32 x 32 32 Unsigned operation 32 0 - Destination Destination 32 0 - Destination - X Destination none Synchronize Pipelines; PC + 2 PC 32 ~ Destination Destination 32 Source | Destination Destination 32 32 none 32 32 none none 8 16 32 32 32 32 32 Immediate Data | Destination Destination SP - 4 SP; Address of (SP) Set PST= $4 Dx/y Dw {32-bit Remainder} Signed operation Dx/y Dw {32-bit Remainder} Unsigned operation (SP+2) SR; SP+4 SP; (SP) PC; SP + FormatField SP (SP) PC; SP + 4 SP If Condition True, Then 1's Destination; Else 0's Destination Immediate Data SR; Enter Stopped State Destination - Source Destination Destination - Source Destination Destination - Immediate Data Destination Destination - Immediate data Destination DataShe e .com 1-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. INSTRUCTION SUBX SWAP TRAP OPERAND SYNTAX Dy,Dx Dx none OPERAND SIZE 32 16 none OPERATION Introduction TRAPF none # y Ax y y none 16 32 8,16,32 32 8,16,32 2 x 32 TST UNLK WDDATA WDEBUG Destination - Source - X Destination MSW of Dx LSW of Dx SP - 4 SP;PC (SP); SP - 2 SP;SR (SP); SP - 2 SP; Format (SP); Vector Address PC PC + 2 PC PC + 4 PC PC + 6 PC Set Condition Codes Ax SP; (SP) Ax; SP + 4 SP y DDATA port y Debug Module 1.3.2 MAC Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MAC unit provides a common set of simple DSP operations and speeds the execution of the integer multiply instructions in the ColdFire core. It provides functionality in three related areas: faster multiplications of signed and unsigned operands; and new miscellaneous register operations. Multiplies of 16x16 and 32x32 with 32-bit accumulates are supported. The MAC has a single clock issue for 16x16 multiplies and implements a 3stage execution pipeline. 1.3.3 Hardware Divide Module The MCF5206E processor includes a hardware divider which performs a number of interger divide operations. The supported divide functions include: 32/16 producing a 16-bit quotient .com and 16-bit remainder, 32/32 producing a 32-bit quotient, and 32/32 producing a 32-bit remainder. The hardware divide function provides enhanced functionality, particularly in printing applications. With graphics-based printing this has resulted in as much as 15 percent performance improvement. DataShe t4U.com e 1.3.4 Instruction Cache The instruction cache improves system performance by providing cached instructions to the execution unit in a single clock. The MCF5206E processor uses a 4K-byte, direct-mapped instruction cache to achieve 50 MIPS at 54MHz. The cache is accessed by physical addresses, where each 16-byte line consists of an address tag and a valid bit. The instruction cache also includes a bursting interface for 32 bit, 16 bit, and 8 bit port sizes to quickly fill cache lines. 1.3.5 Internal SRAM The 8 KByte on-chip SRAM provides one clock-cycle access for the ColdFire core. This SRAM can store processor stack and critical code or data segments to maximize performance. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1.3.6 DRAM Controller 2 3 4 The MCF5206E DRAM controller provides a glueless interface for as many as two banks of DRAM, each of which can be from 128 Kbytes to 256 Mbytes in size. The controller supports an 8 bit, 16 bit, or 32 bit data bus. A unique addressing scheme allows for increases in system memory size without rerouting address lines and rewiring boards. The controller operates in fast page mode, burst-page mode, or in normal mode, and supports EDO DRAMs. DRAM operations are available to other external bus masters. The DRAM controller can generate CAS and RAS for an external master and can continue to manage refresh requests. 1.3.7 Direct Memory Access (DMA) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 The MCF5206E provides 2 fully programmable DMA channels for quick data transfer. Single- and dual-address mode is provided with the ability to program bursting and cycle steal. Data transfers are 32 bits in length with packing and unpacking supported, along with an auto-alignment option for efficient block transfers. DMA transfers can be initiated via three mechanisms: S/W initiated; external requests; or from a UART interrupt. 1.3.8 UART modules Two full duplex UART modules contain independent receivers and transmitters that can be clocked by the UART internal timer. This timer is clocked by the system clock or an external clock supplied by aTIN pin. Data formats can be 5, 6, 7, or 8 bits with even, odd, or no parity, .com and as many as 2 stop bits in 1/16 increments. Four-byte receive buffers and two-byte transmit buffers minimize CPU service calls. The UART modules also provides several error-detection and maskable-interrupt capabilities. Modem support includes request-tosend (RTS) and clear-to-send (CTS) lines. The system clock provides the clocking function via a programmable prescaler. You can select full duplex, autoecho loopback, local loopback, and remote loopback modes. The programmable UARTs can interrupt the CPU on various normal or error-condition events. DataShe t4 8.com U 9 e 1 11 12 13 14 15 16 1.3.9 Timer Module The timer module includes two general-purpose timers, each of which contains a freerunning 16-bit timer for use in any of three modes. One mode captures the timer value with an external event. Another mode triggers an external signal or interrupts the CPU when the timer reaches a set value, while a third mode counts external events. The timer unit has an 8-bit prescaler that allows for programming the clock input frequency, which is derived from the system clock. The programmable timer-output pin generates either an active-low pulse or toggles the output. 1.3.10 Motorola Bus (M-Bus) Module The M-Bus interface is a two-wire, bidirectional serial bus that exchanges data between devices and is compatible with the I2C Bus standard. The M-Bus minimizes the interconnection between devices in the end system and is best suited for applications that .com 1-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Introduction need occasional bursts of rapid communication over short distances among several devices. Bus capacitance and the number of unique addresses limit the maximum communication length and the number of devices that can be connected. 1.3.11 System Interface The MCF5206E processor provides a glueless interface to 8-, 16-, and 32-bit SRAM, ROM, and peripheral devices with independent programmable control of the assertion and negation of chip selects and write enables. Programmable address and data-hold times can be extended for a compatible interface to external devices and memory. The MCF5206E also supports bursting ROMs. 1.3.11.1 EXTERNAL BUS INTERFACE. The bus interface controller transfers information between the ColdFire core and memory, peripherals, or other masters on the external bus. The external bus interface provides as many as 28 bits of address bus space, a 32-bit data bus, and all associated control signals. This interface implements an extended synchronous protocol that supports bursting operations. For nonsynchronous external memory and peripherals, the MCF5206E processor provides an alternate asynchronous bus transfer acknowledgment signal. Simple two-wire request/acknowledge bus arbitration between the MCF5206E processor and another bus master, such as a DMA device, is glueless with arbitration handled internal to the MCF5206E processor. Alternately, an external bus arbiter can control more complex three-wire (request, grant, busy) multiple-master bus arbitration, allowing overlapped bus arbitration with one clock-bus handovers. .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e 1.3.11.2 CHIP SELECTS . Eight programmable chip select outputs provide signals that enable external memory and peripheral circuits for automatic wait-state insertion. These signals also interface to 8 bit, 16 bit, or 32 bit ports. In addition, other external bus masters can access chip selects. The upper four chip selects are multiplexed with A[27:24] of the address bus and the four write enables. The base address, access permissions, and timing waveforms are all programmable with configuration registers. 1.3.12 8-Bit Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) An 8-bit general-purpose programmable parallel port serves as either an input or an output on a bit-by-bit basis. The parallel port is multiplexed with PST[3:0] and DDATA[3:0] debug signals. 1.3.13 Interrupt Controller The interrupt controller provides user-programmable control of three or seven external interrupt and five internal peripheral interrupts. You can program each internal interrupt to any one of seven interrupt levels and four priority levels within each of these levels. You can configure the three external interrupt signals as either fixed interrupt levels 1, 4, and 7, or as a seven-level encoded interrupt. You can program the external interrupts to any one of the four priority levels within the respective interrupt levels. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 1-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Introduction Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1.3.14 System Protection 2 3 4 The MCF5206E processor contains a 16-bit software watchdog timer with an 8-bit prescaler. The programmable software watchdog timer provides either a level 7 interrupt or a hardware reset on timeout. The MCF5206E processor also contains a reset status register that indicates the cause of the last reset. 1.3.15 JTAG To help with system diagnostics and manufacturing testing, the MCF5206E processor includes dedicated user-accessible test logic that complies with the IEEE 1149.1 standard for boundary scan testability, often referred to as Joint Test Action Group, or JTAG. For more information, refer to the IEEE 1149.1 standard. 1.3.16 System Debug Interface Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 The ColdFire processor core debug interface supports real-time trace and background debug mode. A four-pin Background Debug Mode (BDM) interface provides system debug. The BDM is a proper subset of the BDM interface provided on Motorola's 683XX Family of parts. In real-time trace, four status lines provide information on processor activity in real time (PST pins). A 4-bit wide debug data bus (DDATA) displays operand data, which helps track the machine's dynamic execution path as the change-of-flow instructions execute. These signals are multiplexed with an 8-bit parallel port for application development, which does not use real-time trace. .com t4U.com DataShe e 9 1.3.17 Pinout and Package The MCF5206E device is supplied in a 160-pin plastic quad flat pack package, at speeds of 45 MHz and 54 MHz, and is pin-compatible with the MCF5206 (DMA is muxed with timer). It is available in 3.3V, with 5V-tolerant I/O. 1 11 12 13 14 15 .com 1-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 2 SIGNAL DESCRIPTION 2.1 INTRODUCTION Figure 2-1 displays the block diagram of the MCF5206E along with the signal interface. This section describes the MCF5206E input and output signals. The descriptions are grouped according to functionality (refer to Table 2-1). Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TCK TDO/DSO TMS/BKPT TDI/DSI TRST/DSCLK HIZ MTMOD PP[7:4]/ PST[3:0]/ PP[3:0]/ DDATA[3:0]/ 4 t4U.com TS T A AT A TEA TT[1:0] A TM SIZ[1:0] R/W D[31:0] BR BG BD RSTI 4 GENERAL PURPOSE I/O PORT JTAG PORT 2 2 32 24 DEBUG MODULE V2 COLDFIRE CORE MAC H/W DIVIDE 4 KBYTE ICACHE 8 KBYTE SRAM DataShe e BUS INTERFACE .com CS[3:0] A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3] IPL[2]/ IRQ [7] IPL[1]/ IRQ[4] IPL[0] / IRQ[1] RAS[1:0] CAS[3:0] DRAMW 4 4 CHIP SELECTS INTERRUPT CONTROLLER 2 4 SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE A[23:0] DRAM CONTROLLER M-BUS* MODULE CLOCK DUART DUAL TIMER MODULE DMA MODULE TIN[1]/DREQ[0]] TOUT[1]DREQ[1] TxD[1] RxD[1] RTS[1] CTS[1] TxD[2] RxD[2] RTS[2]/RSTO CTS[2] *M-Bus is compatible with Philips' I2C interface Figure 2-1. MCF5206E Block Diagram .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-1 DataSheet 4 U .com DREQ[0] DREQ[1] TIN[2] TOUT[2] SDA CLK SCL www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE The terms assert and negate are used throughout this section to avoid confusion when dealing with a mixture of active-low and active-high signals. The term assert or assertion indicates that a signal is active or true, independent of the level represented by a high or low voltage. The term negate or negation indicates that a signal is inactive or false. Table 2-1. MCF5206E Signal Index SIGNAL NAME MNEMONIC A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[3:0] A[23:0] D[31:0] CS[3:0] IPL[2]/IRQ[7] IPL[1]/IRQ[4] IPL[0]/IRQ[1] R/W SIZ[1:0] TT[1:0] ATM TS TA ATA TEA BR BG BD CLK RSTI RAS[1:0] CAS[3:0] DRAMW RxD[1], RxD[2] TxD[1],TxD[2] RTS[1] RTS[2]/RSTO CTS[1], CTS[2] FUNCTION Upper four bits of the address bus/ Upper four chip selects enable peripherals at programmed addresses/ Write enables select individual bytes in memory Lower 24 bits of the address bus. A[4:2] indicate the interrupt level during an IACK cycle Data bus used to transfer byte, word, or longword data Enables peripherals at programmed addresses. CS[1] can indicate IACK during an interrupt acknowledge cycle. CS[0] provides relocatable boot ROM capability Provides encoded interrupt priority level to processor/ Three individual external interrupts set to levels 7, 4, 1 Identifies read and write data transfers .com Indicates the data transfer size Indicates the transfer type: normal, CPU space/Interrupt acknowledge or emulator mode Time-multiplexed output signal indicating access type (instruction or data) and access mode (supervisor or user) Indicates the beginning of a bus cycle Synchronous transfer acknowledge. Asserted to indicate the successful completion of a bus transfer. Asynchronous transfer acknowledge. Asserted to indicate the successful completion of a bus transfer Asserted to indicate an error condition exists for a bus transfer Asserted by the MCF5206E to request bus mastership Asserted by bus arbiter to grant bus mastership privileges to the MCF5206E Indicates the MCF5206E has assumed explicit bus mastership of the external bus Input used to clock internal logic Processor reset Row address strobe for external DRAM Column address strobe for external DRAM Asserted on DRAM write cycles and negated on DRAM read cycles Receive serial data input for UART 1 and UART 2 Transmit serial data output for UART 1 and UART 2 Indicates UART 1 is ready to receive data RTSindicates UART 2 is ready to receive data/ RSTO is the reset out signal Indicates can transmit serial data for UART 1 and UART 2 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... INPUT/ OUTPUT In,Out/ Out/ Out In,Out In,Out Out In/ In In,Out In,Out Out Out In,Out In,Out In In Out In Out In In Out Out Out In Out Out Out/ Out In Address[27:24]/ Chip Select[7:4]/ Write Enable[3:0] Address Data Chip Select[3:0] Interrupt Priority Level/ Interrupt Request Read/Write Size Transfer Type Access Type & Mode Transfer Start Transfer Acknowledge Asynchronous Transfer Acknowledge Transfer Error Acknowledge Bus Request Bus Grant Bus Driven Clock Input Reset Row Address Strobe Column Address Strobe DRAM Write Receive Data Transmit Data Request-To-Send Request-To-Send/ Reset Out Clear-To-Send t4U.com DataShe e .com 2-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 2-1. MCF5206E Signal Index (Continued) SIGNAL NAME DMA Request Input Timer Input/TIN[1] or DREQ[0] Timer Output/TOUT[1] or DREQ[1] Serial Clock Line Serial Data Line General Purpose I/O/ Processor Status General Purpose I/O/ Debug Data Test Clock Test Data Output/ Development Serial Output Test Mode Select/ Break Point Test Data Input / Development Serial Input Test Reset/ Development Serial Clock Motorola Test Mode High Impedance MNEMONIC DREQ[0], DREQ[1] TIN[1], TIN[2] TOUT[1], TOUT[2] SCL SDA PP[7:4]/PST[3:0] FUNCTION Signal Description INPUT/ OUTPUT In In In,Out In,Out In,Out In,Out/ Out In,Out/ Out In Out/ Out In/ In In/ In In/ In In In t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... External DMA request inputs for channels 0 & 1 Clock input to timer or trigger input for timer value capture logic Timer output waveform or pulse generation Clock signal for M-Bus module operation Serial data port for M-Bus module operation Upper 4 bits of general purpose I/O port / Internal processor status. PP[3:0]/DDATA[3:0] Lower 4 bits of general purpose I/O port / Captured processor data and break-point status debug data TCK JTAG clock signal TDO/DSO JTAG serial data out/ Debug serial out TMS/BKPT JTAG mode select/ Debug mode breakpoint TDI/DSI JTAG serial data input/ Debug serial input Asynchronous JTAG reset input/ TRST/DSCLK Debug serial clock input MTMOD Selects JTAG or Debug signals HIZ Output buffer three-state and master reset control DataShe e 2.2 ADDRESS BUS .com These three-state bidirectional address signals indicate the following: Table 2-2. Address Bus TYPE OF BUS TRANSFER/MEMORY SPACE ACCESSED Interrupt Acknowledge Transfer Chip Select Transfer DRAM Transfer Default Memory ADDRESS BUS A[27:5] = $7FFFF, A[1:0]=$0, A[4:2] Interrupt Level being serviced Address of byte or most significant byte of word or longword being accessed Row Address and Column Address indicating byte or most significant byte of word or longword being accessed Address of byte or most significant byte of word or longword being accessed The address bus includes 24 dedicated address signals, A[23:0], and supports as many as four additional configurable address signals, A[27: 24] (refer to Section 7.3.2.10 Pin Assignment Register (PAR)). The address will appear only on the pins configured to be address signals. When an external master is using the MCF5206E as a slave DRAM controller, the external master asserts TS and places the transfer address on the address pins. The external master then three-states the address signals and the MCF5206E drives the row address and the column address on the address bus at the appropriate times. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2.2.1 Address Bus (A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3]) These multiplexed pins can serve as the most significant nibble of the address pins, chipselects, or as write enables. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of each of these four multiplexed pins. During reset, these pins are configured to be write enables. When any of these pins are enabled as address lines in the PAR, they represent the most significant bits of the address bus. A maximum of 256 Mbytes of memory is addressable when all of these pins are programmed as address signals. Any of these pins that are programmed as address lines have the same timing as the lower address lines A[23:0]. All address lines become valid during the same clock phase TS is asserted. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.2.2 Address Bus (A[23:0]) The three-state bidirectional signals are the 24 least significant bits of the address bus. For chip select and default memory transfers initiated by the ColdFire(R) core, the MCF5206E outputs the address and increments the lower bits during burst transfers, allowing the address bus to be directly connected to external memory. For DRAM transfers initiated by the ColdFire core, the MCF5206E outputs the row address and column address as specified by the DRAM control registers. The MCF5206E does not output the address during alternate or external master initiated chip select and default memory transfers. When an external master is using the MCF5206E as a slave DRAM controller, the external master asserts TS and places the .com row and column address on the address pins. The external master drives the address signals to a high-impedence state and the MCF5206E then drives the row address and the column address on the address bus at the appropriate times. DataShe t4U.com e 2.2.3 Data Bus (D[31:0]) The three-state bidirectional signals provide a nonmultiplexed general purpose data path between the MCF5206E and all other devices in the system. During a read bus transfer, data is registered from the bus on the rising clock edge during which TA is asserted, or during the rising clock in which internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted or internal transfer acknowledge is asserted. The data bus port width is initially configured by the values on IPL[1]/IRQ[4] and IPL[0]/ IRQ[1] during reset. Port width is individually programmed for each chip select region and DRAM bank, and is globally configured for a memory region not matching chip select settings or DRAM memory, referred to as default memory. The data bus transfers byte, word, or longword sized data. All 32 bits of the data bus are driven during writes, regardless of port width or operand size. 2.3 CHIP SELECTS The MCF5206E provides as many eight programmable chip selects that can directly interface with SRAM, EPROM, EEPROM, and peripherals. .com 2-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2.3.1 Chip Selects (A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3]) Signal Description These multiplexed pins can serve as the most significant nibble of the address pins, chipselects, or as write enables. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of each of these four multiplexed pins. During reset, these pins are configured to be write enables. The active-low chip select output signals provide control for peripherals and memory. You can program each chip select for an address location, with masking capabilities, port size and burst-capability indication, wait-state generation, and internal/external termination. A reset disables these chip selects. 2.3.2 Chip Selects (CS[3:0]) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... These active-low output signals provide control for peripherals and memory. CS[3] and CS[2] are functionally equivalent to the upper order chip selects previously described. However, CS[1] can also be programmed to assert during CPU space accesses including interrupt-acknowledge cycles. CS[0] provides a special function as a global chip select that lets you relocate boot ROM at any defined address space. CS[0] is the only chip select initialized during reset. Port size and termination (internal vs. external) for CS[0] are configured by the logic levels on IPL[2]/IRQ[7], IPL[1]/IRQ[4], and IPL[0]/IRQ[1] during reset. t4U.com 2.3.3 Byte Write Enables (A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3]) These multiplexed pins can serve as the most significant nibble of the address pins, chipselects, or as write enables. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of each of these four multiplexed pins. During reset, these pins are configured to be write enables. The active-low write enable output signals provide control for peripherals and memory during write transfers. During write transfers, these outputs indicate which bytes within a longword transfer are being selected and which bytes of the data bus will be used for the transfer. WE[0] controls D[31:24], WE[1] controls D[23:16], WE[2] controls D[15:8] and WE[3] controls D[7:0]. These generated signals provide byte data select signals that are decoded from the SIZ[1:0] and A[1:0] signals in addition to the programmed port size and burst capability of the memory being accessed, as shown in Table 2-3. .com DataShe e 2.4 INTERRUPT CONTROL SIGNALS The interrupt signals supply the external interrupt requests or interrupt level to the MCF5206E . During reset, these pins configure the processor for the number of wait states and port size for the boot chip select (CS[0]). .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 2-3. Byte Write Enable Signals WE[0] WE[1] WE[2] WE[3] D7-D0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 TRANSFER SIZE PORT SIZE BURST SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A1 A0 D31-D24 D23-D16 D15-D8 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 8- bit 1 0 BYTE 16- bit 1 0 32- bit 1 t4U.com 0 8- bit 1 WORD 0 16- bit 1 0 32 bit 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 .com 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com 2-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 4U. t D a t a S h e ec o m www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 2-3. Byte Write Enable Signals (Continued) WE[0] TRANSFER SIZE PORT SIZE BURST SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A1 A0 WE[1] Signal Description WE[2] WE[3] D7-D0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 D31-D24 D23-D16 D15-D8 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 .com 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 8 bit 1 LONGWORD 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 16 bit 1 32 bit 0 1 0 8 bit 1 LINE 0 16 bit 1 32-Bit 0 1 t4U.com DataShe e 2.4.1 Interrupt Priority Level/ Interrupt Request (IPL[2]/IRQ[7],IPL[1]/ IRQ[4], IPL[0]/IRQ[1]) You can program these three active-low input pins as either interrupt priority level signals (IPL[2:0]) or predefined interrupt request pins (IRQ[7], IRQ[4], IRQ[1]). Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of these pins. During reset, these pins are configured to be predefined interrupt requests. When these pins are programmed to be interrupt priority level signals, IPL[2:0] signals the priority level (7-1) of an external interrupt; IPL[2:0]=000 (level 7) indicates the highest unmaskable interrupt, while IPL[2:0]=111 (level 0) indicates no interrupt request. When these pins are programmed to be interrupt request signals, the assertion of IRQ[7] generates a level 7 interrupt, IRQ[4] generates a level 4 interrupt, and IRQ[1] generates a level 1 interrupt, as shown in Table 2-4. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 2-4. Interrupt Levels for Encoded External Interrupts IPL[2]/IRQ[7] 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 IPL[1]/IRQ[4] 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 IPL[0]/IRQ[1] 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 INTERRUPT LEVEL INDICATED 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 No Interrupt Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... During reset, the interrupt-priority level/interrupt request pins are sampled to define port size and wait-state generation for CS Tables 2-5 and 2-6 show the reset values for wait states and port size for CS[0] based on the these pins. Table 2-5. Boot CS[0] Automatic Acknowledge (AA) Enable IPL[2]/ IRQ[7] 0 1 INITIAL CS[0] AA Disabled Enabled with 15 wait states t4U.com DataShe e .com Table 2-6. Interrupt Request Encodings for CS[0] IPL[1]/ IRQ[4] 0 0 1 1 IPL[0]/ IRQ[1] 0 1 0 1 INITIAL CS[0] PORT SIZE 32 bit port 8 bit port 16 bit port 16 bit port 2.5 BUS CONTROL SIGNALS 2.5.1 Read/Write (R/W) Signal This three-state bidirectional signal defines the data transfer direction for the current bus cycle. A high (logic one) level indicates a read cycle while a low (logic zero) level indicates a write cycle. When an alternate bus master is controlling the bus, the MCF5206E monitors this signal to determine if chip select or DRAM control signals need to be asserted. .com 2-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2.5.2 Size (SIZ[1:0]) Signal Description These three-state bidirectional signals indicate the transfer data size for the bus cycle. When an alternate bus master is controlling the bus, the MCF5206E monitors these signals to determine the data size for asserting the appropriate memory control signals. Table 2-7 shows the definitions of the SIZ[1:0] encoding. Table 2-7. Data Transfer Size Encoding SIZ[1:0] 00 01 10 11 DATA TRANSFER SIZE Longword Byte Word Line Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.5.3 Transfer Type (TT[1:0]) These three-state output signals indicate the type of access for the current bus cycle. TT[1:0] are not sampled by the MCF5206E during alternate master transfers. Table 2-8 lists the definitions of the TT[1:0] encodings. DataShe t4U.com e Table 2-8. Bus Cycle Transfer Type Encoding .com TT[1:0] 00 01 10 11 TRANSFER TYPE Normal Access DMA Access Emulator Access CPU Space or Interrupt Acknowledge 2.5.4 Access Type and Mode (ATM) This three-state output signal provides supplemental information for each transfer cycle type. ATM is not sampled by the MCF5206E during alternate master transfers. Table 2-9 lists the encoding for normal, debug and CPU space/interrupt-acknowledge transfer types. Table 2-9. ATM Encoding TRANSFER TYPE 00 (Normal Access) INTERNAL TRANSFER MODIFIER Supervisor Code Supervisor Data User Code User Data ATM (TS=0) 1 0 1 0 ATM (TS=1) 1 1 0 0 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 2-9. ATM Encoding (Continued) TRANSFER TYPE 01 (DMA Access) 10 (Debug Access) INTERNAL TRANSFER MODIFIER DMA Data Supervisor Code Supervisor Data CPU Space - MOVEC Instruction Interrupt Acknowledge - level 7 Interrupt Acknowledge - level 6 Interrupt Acknowledge - level 5 Interrupt Acknowledge - level 4 Interrupt Acknowledge - level 3 Interrupt Acknowledge - level 2 Interrupt Acknowledge - level 1 ATM (TS=0) 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ATM (TS=1) 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 11 (CPU Space/ Acknowledge Access) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.5.5 Transfer Start (TS) The MCF5206E asserts this three-state bidirectional active-low signal for one clock period to indicate the start of each bus cycle. During alternate master accesses, the MCF5206E monitors transfer start (TS) to detect the start of each alternate master bus cycle to determine if chip select or DRAM control signals need to be asserted. t4U.com DataShe e 2.5.6 Transfer Acknowledge .com (TA) This three-state bidirectional active-low synchronous signal indicates the completion of a requested data transfer operation. During transfers initiated by the MCF5206E , transfer acknowledge (TA) is an input signal from the referenced slave device indicating completion of the transfer. TA is not used for termination during DRAM accesses initiated by the MCF5206E . When an external master is controlling the bus, TA may be driven as an output by the MCF5206E or may be driven by the referenced slave device to indicate the completion of the requested data transfer. If the alternate master requested transfer is to a chip select or default memory, the assertion of TA is controlled by the number of wait states and the setting of the Elternate Master Automatic Acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the Chip Select Control Registers (CSCRs) or the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR). If the alternate master requested transfer is a DRAM access, TA is driven by the MCF5206E as an output and asserted at the completion of the transfer. 2.5.7 Asynchronous Transfer Acknowledge (ATA) This active-low asynchronous input signal indicates the completion of a requested data transfer operation. Asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA) is an input signal from the referenced slave device indicating completion of the transfer. ATA is synchronized internal to the MCF5206E . .com 2-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE Signal Description The internal synchronized version of asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA) will be referred to as "internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA)." Because of the time required to internally synchronize ATA during a read cycle, data is latched on the falling edge of CLK when the internal ATA is asserted. Consequently, data must remain valid for at least one and a half clock cycles after the assertion of ATA. Similarly, during a write cycle, data is driven until the falling edge of CLK when the internal ATA is asserted. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ATA must be driven for one full clockto ensure that the MCF5206E properly synchronizes the signal. ATA is not used for termination during DRAM accesses. 2.5.8 Transfer Error Acknowledge (TEA) This active-low input signal is asserted by the external slave to indicate an error condition for the current transfer. The assertion of transfer error acknowledge (TEA) causes the MCF5206E to immediately abort the bus cycle. The assertion of TEA has precedence over the assertion of ATA and TA. NOTE TEA can be asserted .com of one clock after the to a maximum assertion of ATA and still be recognized. TEA has no affect during DRAM accesses. DataShe t4U.com e 2.6 BUS ARBITRATION SIGNALS 2.6.1 Bus Request (BR) This active-low output signal indicates to an external arbiter that the MCF5206E needs use of the bus for one or more bus cycles. BR is negated when the MCF5206E begins an access to the external bus, and remains negated until another internal request occurs with BG negated. 2.6.2 Bus Grant (BG) An external arbiter asserts this active-low input signal to indicate that the MCF5206E can become master of the external bus at the next rising edge of CLK. When the arbiter negates BG, the MCF5206E relinquishes the bus as soon as the current transfer is complete, provided the bus lock bit in the SIMR is not set. If the bus lock bit is set, the MCF5206E will retain bus mastership until the bus lock bit is cleared. The external arbiter must not grant the bus to any other master until the MCF5206E negates BD. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2.6.3 Bus Driven (BD) The MCF5206E asserts this active-low output signal to indicate it has assumed explicit mastership of the external bus. The MCF5206E will assert BD if BG is asserted and either the MCF5206E has a pending bus transfer or the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1. If the MCF5206E is granted mastership of the external bus, but does not have a pending bus transfer and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared, the BD signal is not asserted (implicit mastership of the bus is assumed). If BG is negated to the MCF5206E during a bus transfer and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared, the MCF5206E completes the last transfer of the current access, negate BD, and three-states all bus signals on the rising edge of CLK. If the MCF5206E loses bus ownership during an idle bus period with BD asserted and the bus lock bit in the SIMR cleared, the MCF5206E negates BD and three-states all bus signals on the next rising edge of CLK. If the MCF5206E loses bus ownership during an idle bus period with BD asserted and the bus lock bit in the SIMR set to 1, the MCF5206E continues to assert BD and maintains explicit ownership of the external bus until the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.7 CLOCK AND RESET SIGNALS 2.7.1 Clock Input (CLK) CLK is the MCF5206E synchronous clock. CLK clocks or sequences the MCF5206E internal logic and external signals. .com DataShe t4U.com e 2.7.2 Reset (RSTI) Asserting the active-low RSTI input causes the MCF5206E processor to enter reset exception processing. When RSTI is recognized, the address bus, data bus, TT, SIZ, R/W, ATM and TS are three-stated; BR and BD are negated. If RSTI is asserted with HIZ asserted, the MCF5206E enters master reset mode. In this reset mode, the entire MCF5206E (including the DRAM controller refresh circuitry) is reset. You must use master reset for all power-on resets. If RSTI is asserted with HIZ negated, the MCF5206E enters normal reset mode. In this reset mode, the DRAM controller refresh circuitry is not reset and continues to generate refresh cycles at the programmed rate and with the programmed waveform timing. 2.7.3 Reset Out (RTS[2]/RSTO) RTS[2] is multiplexed with the RSTO signal. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of this pin. During reset, this pin is configured to be RSTO. RSTO is an output that drives peripherals to reset. RSTO is asserted no more than two clocks after the assertion of RSTI , and RSTO remains asserted for at least 31 clocks after .com 2-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Signal Description the negation of RSTI. RSTO is also asserted for at least 31 clocks on a software watchdog timeout that is programmed to generate a reset. 2.8 DRAM CONTROLLER SIGNALS The following DRAM signals provide a glueless interface to external DRAM. 2.8.1 Row Address Strobes (RAS[1:0]) These active-low output signals provide control for the row address strobe (RAS) input pins on industry-standard DRAMs. There is one RAS output for each DRAM bank: RAS[0] controls DRAM bank 0 and RAS[1] controls DRAM bank 1. You can customize RAS timing to match the specifications of the DRAM being used by programming the DRAMC Timing Register (see Section 7.3.2.10 Pin Assignment Register (PAR)). Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.8.2 Column Address Strobes (CAS[3:0]) These active-low output signals provide control for the column address strobe (CAS) input pins on industry-standard DRAMs. The CAS signals enable data byte lanes: CAS[0] controls access to D[31:24], CAS[1] to D[23:16], CAS[2] to D[15:8], and CAS[3] to D[7:0]. You should use CAS[3:0] for a 32 bit wide DRAM bank, CAS[1:0] for a 16 bit wide DRAM bank, and CAS[0] for an 8 bit wide DRAM bank. Table 2-10 shows which CAS signals are asserted based on the operand size, the DRAM port size, and the address bits A[1:0]. You can customize CAS timing to match the specifications of the DRAM by programming the DRAM Controller Timing Register (see Section 10.4.2.2 DRAM Controller Timing .com Register (DCTR)). . t4U.com DataShe e Table 2-10. CAS Assertion CAS[0] OPERAND SIZE PORT SIZE SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A[1] 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 A[0] D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 D[7:0] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 CAS[1] CAS[2] CAS[3] 8 bit 0 1 BYTE 16 bit 0 1 32 bit 0 1 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-13 4U. t D a t a S h e ec o m www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 2-10. CAS Assertion (Continued) CAS[0] CAS[1] CAS[2] CAS[3] D[7:0] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 OPERAND SIZE PORT SIZE SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A[1] A[0] D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 8 bit WORD 16 bit 32 bit 1 1 1 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 8 bit LONG WORD 16 bit 32 bit 0 0 0 8 bit LINE 16 bit 32 bit 1 t4U.com 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 .com 0 1 0 DataShe e 2.8.3 DRAM Write (DRAMW) This active-low output signal is asserted during DRAM write cycles and negated during DRAM read cycles. The DRAMW signal is negated during refresh cycles and is provided (in addition to the R/W signal) to allow refreshes to occur during non-DRAM cycles (regardless of the state of the R/W signal). The R/W signal indicates the direction of all bus transfers, while DRAMW is valid only during DRAM transfers. 2.9 UART MODULE SIGNALS The signals listed below transfer serial data between the two UART modules (UART 1 and UART 2) and external peripherals. 2.9.1 Receive Data (RxD[1], RxD[2]) These are the inputs on which serial data is received by the UART modules. RxD[1] corresponds to UART 1 and RxD[2] corresponds to UART 2. Data is sampled on RxD[1] and RxD[2] on the rising edge of the serial clock source, with the least significant bit received first. .com 2-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2.9.2 Transmit Data (TxD[1], TxD[2]) Signal Description The UART modules transmit serial data on these outputs. TxD[1] corresponds to UART 1 and TxD[2] corresponds to UART 2. Data is transmitted on the falling edge of the serial clock source, with the least significant bit transmitted (LSB) first. When no data is being transmitted or the transmitter is disabled, these two signals are held high. TxD[1] and TxD[2] are also held high in local loopback mode. 2.9.3 Request To Send (RTS[1], RTS[2]/RSTO) RTS[2] is multiplexed with the RSTO signal. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of this pin. During reset, this pin is configured to be RSTO. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The request-to-send output indicates to the peripheral device that the UART module is ready to receive data. RTS[1] corresponds to UART 1 and RTS[2] corresponds to UART 2. 2.9.4 Clear To Send (CTS[1], CTS[2]) Peripherals drive these inputs to indicate to the UART module that it can begin data transmission. CTS[1] corresponds to UART 1 and CTS[2] corresponds to UART 2. t4U.com 2.10 TIMER MODULE SIGNALS The signal descriptions that follow are the external interface to the two general purpose .com timer modules (Timer 1 and Timer 2). DataShe e 2.10.1 Timer Input (TIN[2], TIN[1]) You can program the timer input to be the clock for the timer module. You can also program the timer module to trigger a capture on the rising edge, falling edge, or both edges of the timer input. TIN[1] corresponds to Timer 1 and TIN[2] corresponds to Timer 2. TIN[1] is muxed with DREQ[0]. The reset state of the dual function TIN[1] pin is for timer operation. 2.10.2 Timer Output (TOUT[2], TOUT[1]) The programmable timer output pulses or toggles when the timer reaches the programmed count value. TOUT[1] corresponds to Timer 1 and TOUT[2] corresponds to Timer 2. The reset state of the dual function TOUT[1] pin is for timer operation. 2.11 DMA MODULE SIGNALS The signal descriptions that follow are the external interface to the two DMA channels (DREQ[0] and DREQ[1]). 2.11.1 DMA Request (DREQ[0], DREQ[1]) DREQ[0] is multiplexed with the TIN[1] pin and DREQ[1] is multiplexed with the TOUT[1] pin. Refer to Figure 2.1. The reset state of the timer/DMA dual function pins is for the timer .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. mode of operation. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of these pins. The DMA channels can be programmed for singleand dual-address mode, with the ability to program bursting and cycle steal. Data transfers are 32 bits in length with packing and unpacking supported, along with an autoalignment option for efficient block transfers. 2.12 M-BUS MODULE SIGNALS The M-Bus module acts as a quick two-wire, bidirectional serial interface between the MCF5206E and peripherals with an M-Bus interface (e.g., LED controller, A-to-D converter, D-to-A converter). All devices connected to the M-Bus must have open-drain or open-collector outputs. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.12.1 M-Bus Serial Clock (SCL) This bidirectional, open-drain signal is the clock signal for M-Bus module operation. It is controlled by the M-Bus module when the bus is in master mode; all M-Bus devices drive this signal to synchronize M-Bus timing. 2.12.2 M-Bus Serial Data (SDA) This bidirectional, open-drain signal is the data input/output for the serial M-Bus interface. t4U.com 2.13 GENERAL PURPOSE I/O SIGNALS .com 2.13.1 General Purpose I/O (PP[7:4]/PST[3:0]) DataShe e These general purpose I/O signals are multiplexed with the processor status signals, PST[3:0]. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of these pins. During reset, these pins are configured as general purpose inputs. When programmed as general purpose I/O, you can configure these signals as inputs or outputs and can be asserted and negated through programmable control. 2.13.2 Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) (PP[3:0]/DDATA[3:0]) These programmable parallel port signals are multiplexed with the debug data signals, DDATA[3:0]. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of these pins. During reset, these pins are configured as general purpose inputs. When programmed as general purpose I/O, you can configure these signals as inputs or outputs and can be asserted and negated through programmable control. 2.14 DEBUG SUPPORT SIGNALS 2.14.1 Processor Status (PP[7:4]/PST[3:0]) The processor status signals are multiplexed with general purpose I/O signals. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of these pins. During reset, these pins are configured as general purpose inputs. .com 2-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Signal Description These outputs indicate the MCF5206E processor status. During debug mode, the timing is synchronous with the processor clock (CLK) and the status is not related to the current bus transfer. Table 2-11 shows the encodings of PST[3:0]. . Table 2-11. Processor Status Encodings PST[3:0] DEFINITION 0000 Continue execution 0001 Begin execution of an instruction 0010 Reserved 0011 Entry into user mode 0100 Begin execution of PULSE instruction 0101 Begin execution of taken branch 0110 Reserved 0111 Begin execution of RTE instruction 1000 Reserved 1001 Reserved 1010 Reserved 1011 Reserved 1100 Exception processing 1101 Emulator mode entry exception processing 1110 Processor is stopped, waiting for interrupt 1111 Processor is halted These encodings are asserted for multiple cycles. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com 2.14.2 Debug Data (PP[3:0]/DDATA[3:0]) The debug data signals are multiplexed with general purpose I/O signals. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM determines the function of these pins. During reset, these pins are configured as general purpose inputs. The DDATA[3:0] outputs display captured processor data and breakpoint status. See Section 15: Debug Support section for additional information on this bus. 2.14.3 Development Serial Clock (TRST/DSCLK) The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. If MTMOD= 0, the TRST function is selected. If MTMOD=1, the DSCLK function is selected. MTMOD should not be changed while RSTI = 1. The DSCLK input signal is used as the development serial clock for the serial interface to the debug module.The maximum frequency for the DSCLK signal is 1/2 the CLK frequency. See Section 15: Debug Support section for additional information on this signal. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2.14.4 Break Point (TMS/BKPT) The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. If MTMOD = 0, then the TMS function is selected. If MTMOD =1, the BKPT function is selected. MTMOD should not change while RSTI = 1. The assertion of the active-low BKPT input signal causes a hardware breakpoint to occur in the processor when in the Debug mode. See Section 15: Debug Support section for additional information on this signal. 2.14.5 Development Serial Input (TDI/DSI) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. If MTMOD = 0, then TDI is selected. If MTMOD = 1, then DSI is selected. MTMOD should not change while RSTI = 1. The DSI input signal is the serial data input for the Debug module commands. See Section 15: Debug Support section for additional information on this signal. 2.14.6 Development Serial Output (TDO/DSO) The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. When MTMOD = 0, TDO is selected. When MTMOD = 1, then DSO is selected. MTMOD should not change while RSTI = 1. .com The DSO output signal is the serial data output for the Debug module responses. See Section 15: Debug Support section for additional information on this signal. t4U.com DataShe e 2.15 JTAG SIGNALS 2.15.1 Test Clock (TCK) TCK is the dedicated JTAG test logic clock that is independent of the MCF5206E processor clock. The internal JTAG controller logic is designed such that holding TCK high or low for an indefinite period of time will not cause the JTAG test logic to lose state information. TCK should be grounded if it is not used. 2.15.2 Test Reset (TRST/DSCLK) The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. If MTMOD= 0, the TRST function is selected. If MTMOD=1, the DSCLK function is selected. MTMOD should not be changed while RSTI = 1. The assertion of the active-low TRST input pin asynchronously resets the JTAG TAP controller to the test logic reset state, causing the JTAG instruction register to choose the ``bypass'' command. When this occurs, all the JTAG logic is benign and does not interfere with the normal functionality of the MCF5206E processor. Although this signal is asynchronous, we recommend that TRST make only a 0 to 1 (asserted to negated) transition while TMS is held at a logic 1 value. TRST has an internal pullup so that if it is .com 2-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Signal Description not driven low, its value will default to a logic level of 1. However, if JTAG is not used, TRST can either be tied to ground or, if TCK is clocked, it can be tied to VDD. The former connection places the JTAG controller in the test logic reset state immediately, while the latter connection causes the JTAG controller (if TMS is a logic 1) to eventually end up in the test logic reset state after five clocks of TCK. 2.15.3 Test Mode Select (TMS/BKPT) The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. If MTMOD = 0, then the TMS function is selected. If MTMOD =1, the BKPT function is selected. MTMOD should not change while RSTI = 1. The TMS input signal provides the JTAG controller with information to determine which test operation should be performed. The value of TMS and the current state of the internal 16-state JTAG controller state machine at the rising edge of TCK determine whether the JTAG controller holds its current state or advances to the next state. This directly controls whether JTAG data or instruction operations occur. TMS has an internal pullup so that if it is not driven low, its value will default to a logic level of 1. However, if TMS is not used, it should be tied to VDD. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.15.4 Test Data Input (TDI/DSI) The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. If MTMOD = 0, then TDI is selected. If MTMOD = 1, then DSI is selected. MTMOD should not change while RSTI = 1. .com The TDI input signal provides the serial data port for loading the various JTAG shift registers (the boundary scan register, the bypass register, and the instruction register). Shifting in of data depends on the state of the JTAG controller state machine and the instruction currently in the instruction register. This data shift occurs on the rising edge of TCK. TDI also has an internal pullup so that if it is not driven low, its value will default to a logic level of 1. However, if TDI will not be used, it should be tied to VDD. DataShe t4U.com e 2.15.5 Test Data Output (TDO/DSO) The MTMOD signal determines the function of this dual-purpose pin. When MTMOD = 0, TDO is selected. When MTMOD = 1, then DSO is selected. MTMOD should not change while RSTI = 1. The TDO output signal provides the serial data port for outputting data from the JTAG logic. Shifting out of data depends on the state of the JTAG controller state machine and the instruction currently in the instruction register. This data shift occurs on the falling edge of TCK. When TDO is not outputting test data, it is placed in a high-impedence state. TDO can also be three-stated to allow bussed or parallel connections to other devices having JTAG. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-19 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 2.16 TEST SIGNALS 2.16.1 Motorola Test Mode (MTMOD) This input signal chooses between the debug and JTAG signals that are multiplexed together. When MTMOD=1, the MCF5206E is in Debug mode and when MTMOD=0, the MCF5206E is in JTAG mode. 2.16.2 High Impedance (HIZ) The assertion of the HIZ input signal forces all output drivers to a high-impedance state (three-state). The timing on HIZ is independent of the clock. Note that HIZ does not override JTAG operation; TDO/DSO can be forced to a high-impedance state by asserting TRST. If RSTI and HIZ are asserted simultaneously, the MCF5206E enters master reset mode. In this reset mode, the entire MCF5206E (including the DRAM controller refresh circuitry) is reset. You must use master reset for all power-on resets. If RSTI is asserted while HIZ is negated, the MCF5206E enters normal reset mode. In this reset mode, the DRAM controller refresh circuitry is not reset and continues to generate refresh cycles at the programmed rate. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2.17 SIGNAL SUMMARY .com Table 2-12 provides a summary of the electrical characteristics of the MCF5206E signals. DataShe e Table 2-12. MCF5206E Signal Summary SIGNAL NAME Address[27:24]/Chip Select[7:4]/ Write Enable[0:3] Address Data Chip Select[3:0] Interrupt Priority Level/ Interrupt Request Read/Write Size Transfer Type Access Type & Mode Transfer Start Transfer Acknowledge Asynchronous Transfer Acknowledge Transfer Error Acknowledge Bus Request Bus Grant MNEMONIC A[27:24]/ CS[7:4]/ WE[0:3] A[23:0] D[31:0] CS[3:0] IPL[2]/IRQ[7] IPL[1]/IRQ[4] IPL[0]/IRQ[1] R/W SIZ[1:0] TT[1:0] ATM TS TA ATA TEA BR BG INPUT/OUTPUT In,Out/ Out/ Out In,Out In,Out Out In/In In,Out In,Out Out Out In,Out In,Out In In Out In ACTIVE STATE -/ Low/ Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low RESET STATE Three-stated/ Negated/ Negated Three-stated Three-stated Negated Three-stated Three-stated Three-stated Three-stated Three-stated Three-stated Negated - .com 2-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 2-12. MCF5206E Signal Summary (Continued) SIGNAL NAME Bus Driven Clock Input Reset Row Address Strobe Column Address Strobe DRAM Write Receive Data Transmit Data Request-To-Send Request-To-Send Clear-To-Send DMA Request Input Timer Input, DMA Request Timer Input Timer Output, DMA Request Timer Output Serial Clock Line Serial Data Line General Purpose I/O/ Processor Status General Purpose I/O/ Debug Data Test Clock Test Data Output/Development Serial Output Test Mode Select/ Break Point Test Data Input / Development Serial Input Test Reset/Development Serial Clock Motorola Test Mode High Impedance MNEMONIC BD CLK RSTI RAS[1:0] CAS[3:0] INPUT/OUTPUT Out In In Out Out ACTIVE STATE Low Low Low Low Low Low Low/ Low Low Low Low -/ -/ -/ -/ Low -/ Low/ Low Signal Description RESET STATE Negated Master Reset - Negated Normal Reset - Unaffected Master Reset - Negated Normal Reset - Unaffected Negated Asserted Negated Asserted Asserted Negated Negated Three-stated Three-stated Three-Stated/ Negated -/ -/ -/ - t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Out DRAMW RxD[1], RxD[2] In TxD[1], TxD[2] Out RTS[1] Out RTS[2]/ Out/ RSTO Out In CTS[1], CTS[2] DREQ[0], DREQ[1] In TIN[1], DREQ[0]] In TIN[2] In TOUT[1]/DREQ[0] Out TOUT[2] Out SCL In,Out SDA In,Out PP[7:4]/ In.Out/ PST[3:0] Out .com PP[3:0]/ In,Out/ DDATA[3:0] Out TCK In TDO/ Out/ DSO Out TMS/ In/ BKPT In TDI/ In/ DSI In TRST/ In/ DSCLK In MTMOD In HIZ In DataShe e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 2-21 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Signal Description Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com .com 2-22 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 SECTION 3 COLDFIRE CORE This section describes the organization of the Version 2 (V2) ColdFire(R) 5200 processor core and an overview of the program-visible registers. For detailed information on instructions, see the ColdFire Family Programmer's Reference Manual. 3 4 5 6 7 ADDRESS[31:0] Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 3.1 PROCESSOR PIPELINES Figure 3-1 is a block diagram showing the processor pipelines of a V2 ColdFire core. IFP INSTRUCTION ADDRESS IA GENERATION INSTRUCTION FETCH PIPELINE t4U.com INSTRUCTION FETCH e DataShe 8 .com 9 10 11 3 X 32 FIFO INSTRUCTION BUFFER OEP OPERAND EXECUTION PIPELINE DECODE & SELECT, OPERAND FETCH DATA[31:0] 12 13 14 15 16 ADDRESS GENERATION, EXECUTE Figure 3-1. ColdFire Processor Core Pipelines .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The processor core is comprised of two separate pipelines that are decoupled by an instruction buffer. The Instruction Fetch Pipeline (IFP) is responsible for instruction address generation and instruction fetch. The instruction buffer is a first-in-first-out (FIFO) buffer that holds prefetched instructions awaiting execution in the Operand Execution Pipeline (OEP). The OEP includes two pipeline stages. The first stage decodes instructions and selects operands (DSOC); the second stage (AGEX) performs instruction execution and calculates operand effective addresses, if needed. 3.2 PROCESSOR REGISTER DESCRIPTION The following paragraphs describe the processor registers in the user and supervisor programming models. The appropriate programming model is selected based on the privilege level (user mode or supervisor mode) of the processor as defined by the S bit of the status register. 6 7 8 3.2.1 User Programming Model Figure 3-2 illustrates the user programming model. The model is the same as for M68000 Family microprocessors, consisting of the following registers: * 16 general-purpose 32-bit registers (D0-D7, A0-A7) * 32-bit program counter (PC) * 8-bit condition code register (CCR) 3.2.1.1 DATA REGISTERS (D0-D7). Registers D0-D7 are used as data registers for bit (1 .com bit), byte (8 bit), word (16 bit) and longword (32 bit) operations and can also be used as index registers. 3.2.1.2 ADDRESS REGISTERS (A0-A6). These registers can be used as software stack pointers, index registers, or base address registers as well as for word and longword operations. 3.2.1.3 STACK POINTER (A7). The ColdFire architecture supports a single hardware stack pointer (A7) for explicit references as well as for implicit ones during stacking for subroutine calls and returns and exception handling. The initial value of A7 is loaded from the reset exception vector, address $0. The same register is used for both user and supervisor mode as well as word and longword operations. A subroutine call saves the PC on the stack and the return restores it from the stack. Both the PC and the SR are saved on the stack during the processing of exceptions and interrupts. The return from exception instruction restores the SR and PC values from the stack. 3.2.1.4 PROGRAM COUNTER. The PC contains the address of the currently executing instruction. During instruction execution and exception processing, the processor automatically increments the contents of the PC or places a new value in the PC, as appropriate. For some addressing modes, the PC can be used as a pointer for PC-relative operand addressing. DataShe t4U.com e 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 .com 3-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 31 15 7 0 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 ColdFire Core 1 DATA REGISTERS 2 3 ADDRESS REGISTERS STACK POINTER PROGRAM COUNTER CONDITION CODE REGISTER 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... PC 15 7 0 CCR Figure 3-2. User Programming Model 3.2.1.5 CONDITION CODE REGISTER . The CCR is the least significant byte of the processor status register (SR). Bits 4-0 represent indicator flags based on results generated by processor operations. Bit 4, the extend bit (X bit), is also used as an input operand during multiprecision arithmetic computations. .com 3 N 2 Z 1 V 4 X 0 C t4U.com e DataShe 9 X-- extend condition code bit N- negative condition code bit Set if the most significant bit of the result is set; otherwise cleared Z- zero condition code bit Set if the result equals zero; otherwise cleared V- overflow condition code bit Set if an arithmetic overflow occurs implying that the result cannot be represented in the operand size; otherwise cleared C- carry condition code bit Set if a carryout of the operand MSB occurs for an addition, or if a borrow occurs in a subtraction; otherwise cleared Set to the value of the C bit for arithmetic operations; otherwise not affected. 11 12 13 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 3.2.2 MAC Unit User Programming Model The MAC portion of the user programming model available on the 5206e microprocessor core is shown below. It consists of the following registers: * 32-bit accumulator (ACC) * 16-bit mask register (MASK) * 8-bit MAC status register (MACSR) 31 15 7 ACC MASK MACSR Figure 3-3. MAC Unit User Programming Model 6 7 8 3.2.3 Hardware Divide Module The MCF5206E processor includes a hardware divider which performs a number of integer divide operations. The supported divide functions include: 32/16 producing a 16-bit quotient and 16-bit remainder, 32/32 producing a 32-bit quotient, and 32/32 producing 32-bit remainder. t4U.com 3.2.4 Supervisor Programming Model Only system programmers use the supervisor programming model to implement sensitive .com operating system functions, I/O control, and memory management. All accesses that affect the control features of ColdFire processors are in the supervisor programming model, which consists of the registers available to users as well as the following control registers: * 16-bit status register (SR) * 32-bit vector base register (VBR) 31 20 19 MUST BE ZEROS 15 System Byte 87 CCR 0 SR STATUS REGISTER 0 VBR VECTOR BASE REGISTER DataShe e 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 3-4. Supervisor Programming Model Additional registers may be supported on a part-by-part basis. The following paragraphs describe the supervisor programming model registers. 3.2.4.1 STATUS REGISTER. The SR stores the processor status and includes the CCR, the interrupt priority mask, and other control bits. In the supervisor mode, software can access the entire SR. In user mode, only the lower 8 bits are accessible (CCR). The control .com 3-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. ColdFire Core bits indicate the following states for the processor: trace mode (T-bit), supervisor or user mode (S bit), and master or interrupt state (M). SYSTEM BYTE 13 12 11 10 S M 0 CONDITION CODE REGISTER (CCR) 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 X N Z V 1 2 15 T 14 0 9 I[2:0] 8 7 0 0 C Status Register T- trace enable When set, the processor will perform a trace exception after every instruction. S- supervisor / user state Denotes whether the processor is in supervisor mode (S=1) or user mode (S=0). 3 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... M- master / interrupt state This bit is cleared by an interrupt exception, and can be set by software during execution of the RTE or move to SR instructions. I[2:0]- interrupt priority mask Defines the current interrupt priority. Interrupt requests are inhibited for all priority levels less than or equal to the current priority, except the edge-sensitive level 7 request, which cannot be masked. 3.2.4.2 VECTOR BASE REGISTER.com contains the base address of the (VBR). The VBR exception vector table in memory. The displacement of an exception vector is added to the value in this register to access the vector table. The lower 20 bits of the VBR are not implemented by ColdFire processors; they are assumed to be zero, forcing the table to be aligned on a 1 MByte boundary. t4U.com e DataShe 9 3.3 EXCEPTION PROCESSING OVERVIEW Exception processing for ColdFire processors is streamlined for performance. The ColdFire processors provide a simplified exception processing model. The next section details the model.Differences from previous 68000 Family processors include: * A simplified exception vector table * Reduced relocation capabilities using the vector base register * A single exception stack frame format * Use of a single self-aligning system stack ColdFire processors use an instruction restart exception model but do require more software support to recover from certain access errors. See subsection 3.5.1 Access Error Exception for details. Exception processing is comprised of four major steps and can be defined as the time from the detection of the fault condition until the fetch of the first handler instruction has been initiated. 11 12 13 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... First, the processor makes an internal copy of the SR and then enters supervisor mode by asserting the S bit and disabling trace mode by negating the T bit. The occurrence of an interrupt exception also forces the M bit to be cleared and the interrupt priority mask to be set to the level of the current interrupt request. Second, the processor determines the exception vector number. For all faults except interrupts, the processor performs this calculation based on the exception type. For interrupts, the processor performs an interrupt-acknowledge (IACK) bus cycle to obtain the vector number from a peripheral device. The IACK cycle is mapped to a special acknowledge address space with the interrupt level encoded in the address. Third, the processor saves the current context by creating an exception stack frame on the system stack. The V2 Core supports a single stack pointer in the A7 address register; therefore, there is no notion of separate supervisor or user stack pointers. As a result, the exception stack frame is created at a 0-modulo-4 address on the top of the current system stack. Additionally, the processor uses a simplified fixed-length stack frame for all exceptions. The exception type determines whether the program counter placed in the exception stack frame defines the location of the faulting instruction (fault) or the address of the next instruction to be executed (next). Fourth, the processor calculates the address of the first instruction of the exception handler. By definition, the exception vector table is aligned on a 1 Mbyte boundary. This instruction address is generated by fetching an exception vector from the table located at the address defined in the vector base register. The index into the exception table is calculated as (4 x vector number). Once the exception vector has been fetched, the contents of the vector .com determine the address of the first instruction of the desired handler. After the instruction fetch for the first opcode of the handler has been initiated, exception processing terminates and normal instruction processing continues in the handler. ColdFire 5200 processors support a 1024-byte vector table aligned on any 1 Mbyte address boundary (see Table 3-1). The table contains 256 exception vectors where the first 64 are defined by Motorola and the remaining 192 are user-defined interrupt vectors. 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShe e 9 10 12 13 14 15 .com 3-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 3-1. Exception Vector Assignments VECTOR NUMBER(S) STACKED PROGRAM ASSIGNMENT COUNTER 0 $000 Initial stack pointer 1 $004 Initial program counter 2 $008 Fault Access error 3 $00C Fault Address error 4 $010 Fault Illegal instruction 5-7 $014-$01C Reserved 8 $020 Fault Privilege violation 9 $024 Next Trace 10 $028 Fault Unimplemented line-a opcode 11 $02C Fault Unimplemented line-f opcode 12 $030 Next Debug interrupt 13 $034 Reserved 14 $038 Fault Format error 15 $03C Next Uninitialized interrupt 16-23 $040-$05C Reserved 24 $060 Next Spurious interrupt 25-31 $064-$07C Next Level 1-7 autovectored interrupts 32-47 $080-$0BC Next Trap # 0-15 instructions 48-63 $0C0-$0FC Reserved 64-255 $100-$3FC Next User-defined interrupts "Fault" refers to the PC of the instruction that caused the exception "Next" refers to the PC of the next instruction that follows the instruction that caused the fault. VECTOR OFFSET (HEX) ColdFire Core 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe .com The V2 Core processors inhibit sampling for interrupts during the first instruction of all exception handlers. This allows any handler to effectively disable interrupts, if necessary, by raising the interrupt mask level contained in the status register. 9 3.4 EXCEPTION STACK FRAME DEFINITION The exception stack frame is shown in Figure 3-5. The first longword of the exception stack frame contains the 16-bit format/vector word (F/V) and the 16-bit status register, and the second longword contains the 32-bit program counter address. 31 A7 + $04 FORMAT 11 12 13 27 FS[3:0] 25 VECTOR[7:0] 17 FS[1:0] 15 STATUS REGISTER 0 PROGRAM COUNTER[31:0] Figure 3-5. Exception Stack Frame Form The 16-bit format/vector word contains 3 unique fields: * A 4-bit format field at the top of the system stack is always written with a value of {4,5,6,7} by the processor indicating a two-longword frame format. See Table 3-2. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-7 15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 3-2. Format Field Encodings ORIGINAL A7 @ TIME OF EXCEPTION, BITS 1:0 00 01 10 11 A7 @ 1ST INSTRUCTION OF HANDLER Original A7 - 8 Original A7 - 9 Original A7 - 10 Original A7 - 11 FORMAT FIELD 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... * There is a 4-bit fault status field, FS[3:0], at the top of the system stack. This field is defined for access and address errors only and written as zeros for all other types of exceptions. See Table 3-3. Table 3-3. Fault Status Encodings FS[3:0] 00xx 0100 0101 011x 1000 1001 101x 1100 1101 111x DEFINITION Reserved Error on instruction fetch Reserved Reserved Error on operand write Attempted write to write-protected space Reserved Error on operand .com read Reserved Reserved 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShe e 9 10 * The 8-bit vector number, vector[7:0], defines the exception type and is calculated by the processor for all internal faults and represents the value supplied by the peripheral in the case of an interrupt. Refer to Table 3-1. 3.5 PROCESSOR EXCEPTIONS 3.5.1 Access Error Exception The exact processor response to an access error depends on the type of memory reference being performed. For an instruction fetch, the processor postpones the error reporting until the faulted reference is needed by an instruction for execution. Therefore, faults that occur during instruction prefetches that are then followed by a change of instruction flow do not generate an exception. When the processor attempts to execute an instruction with a faulted opword and/or extension words, the access error is signaled and the instruction aborted. For this type of exception, the programming model has not been altered by the instruction generating the access error. If the access error occurs on an operand read, the processor immediately aborts the current instruction's execution and initiates exception processing. In this situation, any address 12 13 14 15 16 .com 3-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. ColdFire Core register updates attributable to the auto-addressing modes, (e.g., (An)+,-(An)), have already been performed, so the programming model contains the updated An value. In addition, if an access error occurs during the execution of a MOVEM instruction loading from memory, any registers already updated before the fault occurs contains the operands from memory. The ColdFire processor uses an imprecise reporting mechanism for access errors on operand writes. Because the actual write cycle may be decoupled from the processor's issuing of the operation, the signaling of an access error appears to be decoupled from the instruction that generated the write. Accordingly, the PC contained in the exception stack frame merely represents the location in the program when the access error was signaled. All programming model updates associated with the write instruction are completed. The NOP instruction can collect access errors for writes. This instruction delays its execution until all previous operations, including all pending write operations, are complete. If any previous write terminates with an access error, it is guaranteed to be reported on the NOP instruction. 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 3.5.2 Address Error Exception Any attempted execution transferring control to an odd instruction address (i.e., if bit 0 of the target address is set) results in an address error exception. Any attempted use of a word-sized index register (Xn.w) or a scale factor of 8 on an indexed effective addressing mode generates an address error as does an attempted execution of a full-format indexed addressing mode. t4U.com e DataShe 3.5.3 Illegal Instruction Exception .com Any attempted execution of the $0000 and the $4AFC opwords generates an illegal instruction exception. Additionally, any attempted execution of any non-MAC line A and most line F opcode generates their unique exception types, vector numbers 10 and 11, respectively. The MCF5206E does not provide illegal instruction detection on the extension words on any instruction, including MOVEC. If any other nonsupported opcode is executed, the resulting operation is undefined. 9 11 12 13 3.5.4 Privilege Violation The attempted execution of a supervisor mode instruction while in user mode generates a privilege violation exception. See the ColdFire Programmer's Reference Manual for lists of supervisor- and user-mode instructions. 3.5.5 Trace Exception To aid in program development, the V2 processors provide an instruction-by-instruction tracing capability. While in trace mode, indicated by the assertion of the T bit in the status register (SR[15] = 1), the completion of an instruction execution signals a trace exception. This functionality allows a debugger to monitor program execution. The single exception to this definition is the STOP instruction. When the STOP opcode is executed, the processor core waits until an unmasked interrupt request is asserted, then aborts the pipeline and initiates interrupt exception processing. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-9 15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Because ColdFire processors do not support any hardware stacking of multiple exceptions, it is the responsibility of the operating system to check for trace mode after processing other exception types. As an example, consider the execution of a TRAP instruction while in trace mode. The processor will initiate the TRAP exception and then pass control to the corresponding handler. If the system requires that a trace exception be processed, it is the responsibility of the TRAP exception handler to check for this condition (SR[15] in the exception stack frame asserted) and pass control to the trace handler before returning from the original exception. 3.5.6 Debug Interrupt This special type of program interrupt is discussed in detail in Section 15: Debug support. This exception is generated in response to a hardware breakpoint register trigger. The processor does not generate an IACK cycle but rather calculates the vector number internally (vector number 12). 6 7 8 3.5.7 RTE and Format Error Exceptions When an RTE instruction is executed, the processor first examines the 4-bit format field to validate the frame type. For a ColdFire 5200 processor, any attempted execution of an RTE where the format is not equal to {4,5,6,7} generates a format error. The exception stack frame for the format error is created without disturbing the original RTE frame and the stacked PC pointing to the RTE instruction. The selection of the format value provides some limited debug support for porting code from 68000 applications. On 680x0 Family processors, the SR was located at the top of the stack. .com On those processors, bit[30] of the longword addressed by the system stack pointer is typically zero. Thus, if an RTE is attempted using this "old" format, it generates a format error on a ColdFire 5200 processor. If the format field defines a valid type, the processor: (1) reloads the SR operand, (2) fetches the second longword operand, (3) adjusts the stack pointer by adding the format value to the auto-incremented address after the fetch of the first longword, and then (4) transfers control to the instruction address defined by the second longword operand within the stack frame. DataShe t4U.com e 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 3.5.8 TRAP Instruction Exceptions The TRAP #n instruction always forces an exception as part of its execution and is useful for implementing system calls. 3.5.9 Interrupt Exception The interrupt exception processing, with interrupt recognition and vector fetching, includes uninitialized and spurious interrupts as well as those where the requesting device supplies the 8-bit interrupt vector. Autovectoring may optionally be supported through the System Integration module (SIM). Refer to Section 8: System Integration Module to see if this is supported on the MCF5206E . .com 3-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 3.5.10 Fault-on-Fault Halt ColdFire Core 1 2 3 If a V2 processor encounters any type of fault during the exception processing of another fault, the processor immediately halts execution with the catastrophic "fault-on-fault" condition. A reset is required to force the processor to exit this halted state. 3.5.11 Reset Exception Asserting the reset input signal to the processor causes a reset exception. The reset exception has the highest priority of any exception; it provides for system initialization and recovery from catastrophic failure. Reset also aborts any processing in progress when the reset input is recognized. Processing cannot be recovered. The reset exception places the processor in the supervisor mode by setting the S bit and disables tracing by clearing the T bit in the SR. This exception also clears the M bit and sets the processor's interrupt priority mask in the SR to the highest level (level 7). Next, the VBR is initialized to zero ($00000000). The control registers specifying the operation of any memories (e.g., cache and/or RAM modules) connected directly to the processor are disabled. Note Other implementation-specific supervisor registers are also affected. Refer to each of the modules in this user's manual for details on these registers. Once the processor is granted the bus and it does not detect any other alternate masters .com taking the bus, the core then performs two longword read bus cycles. The first longword at address 0 is loaded into the stack pointer and the second longword at address 4 is loaded into the program counter. After the initial instruction is fetched from memory, program execution begins at the address in the PC. If an access error or address error occurs before the first instruction is executed, the processor enters the fault-on-fault halted state. 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe 9 3.6 INSTRUCTION EXECUTION TIMING This section presents V2 processor instruction execution times in terms of processor core clock cycles. The number of operand references for each instruction is enclosed in parentheses following the number of clock cycles. Each timing entry is presented as C(r/w) where: * C - number of processor clock cycles, including all applicable operand fetches and writes, and all internal core cycles required to complete the instruction execution. * r/w - number of operand reads (r) and writes (w) required by the instruction. An operation performing a read-modify-write function is denoted as (1/1). This section includes the assumptions concerning the timing values and the execution time details. 11 12 13 3.6.1 Timing Assumptions For the timing data presented in this section, the following assumptions apply: .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-11 15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. The operand execution pipeline (OEP) is loaded with the opword and all required extension words at the beginning of each instruction execution. This implies that the OEP does not wait for the instruction fetch pipeline (IFP) to supply opwords and/or extension words. 2. The OEP does not experience any sequence-related pipeline stalls. For ColdFire 5200 processors, the most common example of this type of stall involves consecutive store operations, excluding the MOVEM instruction. For all STORE operations (except MOVEM), certain hardware resources within the processor are marked as "busy" for two clock cycles after the final DSOC cycle of the store instruction. If a subsequent STORE instruction is encountered within this 2-cycle window, it will be stalled until the resource again becomes available. Thus, the maximum pipeline stall involving consecutive STORE operations is 2 cycles. The MOVEM instruction uses a different set of resources and this stall does not apply. 3. The OEP completes all memory accesses without any stall conditions caused by the memory itself. Thus, the timing details provided in this section assume that an infinite zero-wait state memory is attached to the processor core. 4. All operand data accesses are aligned on the same byte boundary as the operand size, i.e., 16 bit operands aligned on 0-modulo-2 addresses, 32 bit operands aligned on 0-modulo-4 addresses. If the operand alignment fails these guidelines, it is misaligned. The processor core decomposes the misaligned operand reference into a series of aligned accesses as shown in Table 3-4. Table 3-4. Misaligned Operand References .com ADDRESS[1:0] X1 X1 10 SIZE Word Long Long KBUS OPERATIONS Byte, Byte Byte, Word, Byte Word, Word ADDITIONAL C(R/W) 2(1/0) if read 1(0/1) if write 3(2/0) if read 2(0/2) if write 2(1/0) if read 1(0/1) if write 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShe e 9 10 12 13 14 15 3.6.2 MOVE Instruction Execution Times The execution times for the MOVE.{B,W} instructions are shown in Table 3-5, while Table 3-6 provides the timing for MOVE.L. For all tables in this section, the execution time of any instruction using the PC-relative effective addressing modes is the same for the comparable An-relative mode. The nomenclature "xxx.wl" refers to both forms of absolute addressing, xxx.w and xxx.l. .com 3-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 3-5. Move Byte and Word Execution Times DESTINATION SOURCE RX Dn An (An) (An)+ -(An) (d16,An) (d8,An,Xi) (xxx).w (xxx).l (d16,PC) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 4(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 4(1/0) 1(0/0) (AX) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(0/1) (AX)+ 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(0/1) -(AX) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(0/1) (D16,AX) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) -- -- -- 3(1/1) -- -- (D8,AX,XI) 2(0/1) 2(0/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ColdFire Core 1 (XXX).WL 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2 3 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... (d8,PC,Xi) # Table 3-6. Move Long Execution Times DESTINATION SOURCE RX Dn An (An) (An)+ -(An) (d16,An) (d8,An,Xi) (xxx).w (xxx).l (d16,PC) (d8,PC,Xi) # 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 2(1/0) 2(1/0) 2(1/0) 2(1/0) 3(1/0) 2(1/0) 2(1/0) 2(1/0) 3(1/0) 1(0/0) (AX) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 3(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 3(1/1) 2(0/1) (AX)+ 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 3(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 3(1/1) 2(0/1) -(AX) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 3(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 3(1/1) 2(0/1) (D16,AX) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) -- -- -- 2(1/1) -- -- (D8,AX,XI) 2(0/1) 2(0/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (XXX).WL 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) 2(1/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- t4U.com e DataShe .com 9 11 12 13 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-13 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3.7 STANDARD ONE OPERAND INSTRUCTION EXECUTION TIMES Table 3-7. One Operand Instruction Execution Times EFFECTIVE ADDRESS OPCODE RN (AN) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 2(1/0) (AN)+ 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 2(1/0) -(AN) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 2(1/0) (D16,AN) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 2(1/0) (D8,AN,XN*SF) 2(0/1) 2(0/1) 2(0/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4(1/0) 4(1/0) 3(1/0) XXX.WL 1(0/1) 1(0/1) 1(0/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 2(1/0) #XXX -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) Dx Dx Dx Dx Dx Dx Dx Dx 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 CLR.B CLR.W CLR.L EXT.W EXT.L EXTB.L NEG.L NEGX.L NOT.L Scc SWAP TST.B TST.W TST.L t4U.com DataShe e 9 .com 10 12 13 14 15 .com 3-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. ColdFire Core 3.8 STANDARD TWO OPERAND INSTRUCTION EXECUTION TIMES Table 3-8. Two Operand Instruction Execution Times EFFECTIVE ADDRESS OPCODE ADD.L ADD.L ADDI.L ADDQ.L ADDX.L AND.L AND.L ANDI.L ASL.L ASR.L BCHG BCHG BCLR BCLR BSET BSET BTST BTST CMP.L CMPI.L DIVS.W DIVU.W DIVS.L DIVU.L EOR.L EORI.L LEA LSL.L LSR.L MAC.W MAC.L MSAC.W MSAC.L MAC.W MAC.L MSAC.W MSAC.L MOVEQ MULS.W MULU.W MULS.L1 MULU.L1 OR.L OR.L RN ,Rx Dy, #imm,Dx #imm, Dy,Dx ,Rx Dy, #imm,Dx ,Dx ,Dx Dy, #imm, Dy, #imm, Dy, #imm, Dy, #imm, ,Rx #imm,Dx ,Dx ,Dx ,Dx ,Dx Dy, #imm,Dx ,Ax ,Dx ,Dx Ry,Rx Ry,Rx Ry,Rx Ry,Rx Ry,Rx,ea,Rw Ry,Rx,ea,Rw Ry,Rx,ea,Rw Ry,Rx,ea,Rw #imm,Dx ,Dx ,Dx ,Dx ,Dx ,Rx Dy, 1(0/0) -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 2(0/0) 2(0/0) 2(0/0) 2(0/0) 2(0/0) 2(0/0) 2(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 20(0/0) 20(0/0) 35(0/0) 35(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 3(0/0) 1(0/0) 3(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- 9(0/0) 9(0/0) 18(0/0) 18(0/0) 1(0/0) -- (AN) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- -- -- 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/0) -- 23(1/0) 23(1/0) 35(1/0) 35(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 5(1/0) 3(1/0) 5(1/0) -- 11(1/0) 11(1/0) 20(1/0) 20(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) (AN)+ -(AN) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) -- -- 3(1/1) 3(1/1) -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 41/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) -- -- .com 23(1/0) 23(1/0) 23(1/0) 23(1/0) 35(1/0) 35(1/0) 35(1/0) 35(1/0) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 5(1/0) 5(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 5(1/0) 5(1/0) -- -- 11(1/0) 11(1/0) 11(1/0) 11(1/0) 20(1/0) 20(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) 20(1/0) 20(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) (D16,AN) (D16,PC) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- -- -- 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 4(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/1) 3(1/0) -- 23(1/0) 23(1/0) 35(1/0) 35(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) 5(1/0) 3(1/0) 5(1/0) -- 11(1/0) 11(1/0) 20(1/0) 20(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/1) (D8,AN,XN*SF) (D8,PC,XN*SF) 4(1/0) 4(1/1) -- 4(1/1) -- 4(1/0) 4(1/1) -- -- -- 5(1/1) -- 5(1/1) -- 5(1/1) -- 4(1/1) -- 4(1/0) -- 24(1/0) 24(1/0) XXX.WL 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- -- -- 4(1/1) -- 4(1/1) -- 4(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- 3(1/0) -- 23(1/0) 23(1/0) #XXX 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- 1(0/0) -- -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) -- 20(0/0) 20(0/0) 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e DataShe 9 4(1/1) -- 2(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 12(1/0) 12(1/0) -- -- 4(1/0) 4(1/1) 3(1/1) -- 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 11(1/0) 11(1/0) -- -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- -- -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1(0/0) 9(0/0) 9(0/0) -- -- 1(0/0) -- 11 12 13 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 3-8. Two Operand Instruction Execution Times EFFECTIVE ADDRESS 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... OPCODE ORI.L SUB.L SUB.L SUBI.L SUBQ.L SUBX.L RN #imm,Dx ,Rx Dy, #imm,Dx #imm, Dy,Dx 1(0/0) 1(0/0) -- 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) (AN) -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- (AN)+ -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- -(AN) -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- (D16,AN) (D16,PC) -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- (D8,AN,XN*SF) (D8,PC,XN*SF) -- 4(1/0) 4(1/1) -- 4(1/1) -- XXX.WL -- 3(1/0) 3(1/1) -- 3(1/1) -- #XXX -- 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShe e 9 .com 10 12 13 14 15 .com 3-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 3.9 MISCELLANEOUS INSTRUCTION EXECUTION TIMES Table 3-9. Miscellaneous Instruction Execution Times EFFECTIVE ADDRESS OPCODE LINK.W MOVE.W MOVE.W MOVE.W MOVE.W RN Ay,#imm CCR,Dx ,CCR SR,Dx ,SR 2(0/1) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 1(0/0) 7(0/0) 9(0/1) -- -- 3(0/0) -- 1(0/0) #imm -- (AN) -- -- -- -- -- -- 1+n(n/0) 1+n(0/n) -- 2(0/1) -- -- (AN)+ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -(AN) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- (D16,AN) -- -- -- -- -- -- 1+n(n/0) 1+n(0/n) -- 2(0/1) 4 -- -- (D8,AN,XN*SF) -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(0/1) 5 -- -- ColdFire Core 1 2 XXX.WL -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2(0/1) -- -- #XXX -- -- 1(0/0) -- 7(0/0) 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3(0/0) 3 15(1/2) -- -- -- -- 3(1/0) -- 3 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MOVEC Ry,Rc MOVEM.L ,&list MOVEM.L &list, NOP PEA PULSE STOP 5 6 7 8 t4U.com TRAP #imm -- -- -- -- -- -- -- TRAPF 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- TRAPF.W 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- TRAPF.L 1(0/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- UNLK Ax 2(1/0) -- -- -- -- -- -- WDDATA -- 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 3(1/0) 4(1/0) 3(1/0) WDEBUG -- 5(2/0) -- -- 5(2/0) -- -- n is the number of registers moved by the MOVEM opcode. 1 indicates that long multiplies have early termination.com cycle count is operand independent after 9 cycles; thus, actual 2If a MOVE.W #imm,SR instruction is executed and imm[13] = 1, the execution time is 1(0/0). 3The execution time for STOP is the time required until the processor begins sampling continuously for interrupts. 4PEA execution times are the same for (d16,PC) 5 PEA execution times are the same for (d8,PC,Xn*SF) e DataShe 9 11 12 13 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 3-17 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com ColdFire Core Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3.10 BRANCH INSTRUCTION EXECUTION TIMES Table 3-10. General Branch Instruction Execution Times EFFECTIVE ADDRESS OPCODE RN BSR JMP JSR RTE RTS -- -- -- -- -- (AN) -- 3(0/0) 3(0/1) -- -- (AN)+ -- -- -- 10(2/0) 5(1/0) -(AN) -- -- -- -- -- (D16,AN) (D16,PC) 3(0/1) 3(0/0) 3(0/1) -- -- (D8,AN,XI*SF) (D8,PC,XI*SF) -- 4(0/0) 4(0/1) -- -- 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... XXX.WL -- 3(0/0) 3(0/1) -- -- #XXX -- -- -- -- -- Table 3-11. BRA, Bcc Instruction Execution Times OPCODE BRA Bcc FORWARD TAKEN 2(0/0) 3(0/0) FORWARD NOT TAKEN -- 1(0/0) BACKWARD TAKEN 2(0/0) 2(0/0) BACKWARD NOT TAKEN -- 3(0/0) 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShe e 9 .com 10 12 13 14 15 .com 3-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 4 INSTRUCTION CACHE 4.1 FEATURES OF INSTRUCTION CACHE * 4 KByte Direct-Mapped Cache * Single-Cycle Access on Cache Hits * Physically Located on ColdFire(R) Core's High-Speed Local Bus * Nonblocking Design to Maximize Performance * 16 Byte Line-Fill Buffer * Configurable Cache Miss-Fetch Algorithm Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 4.2 INSTRUCTION CACHE PHYSICAL ORGANIZATION The instruction cache is a direct-mapped single-cycle memory, organized as 256 lines, each containing 16 Bytes. The memory storage consists of a 256-entry tag array (containing addresses and a valid bit), and the data array containing 4 KBytes of instruction data, organized as 1024 x 32 bits. .com The two memory arrays are accessed in parallel: bits [11:4] of the instruction fetch address provide the index into the tag array, and bits [11:2] addressing the data array. The tag array outputs the address mapped to the given cache location along with the valid bit for the line. This address field is compared to bits [31:12] of the instruction fetch address from the local bus to determine if a cache hit in the memory array has occurred. If the desired address is mapped into the cache memory, the output of the data array is driven onto the ColdFire core's local data bus completing the access in a single cycle. The tag array maintains a single valid bit per line entry. Accordingly, only entire 16 Byte lines are loaded into the instruction cache. The instruction cache also contains a 16 Byte fill buffer that provides temporary storage for the last line fetched in response to a cache miss. With each instruction fetch, the contents of the line fill buffer are examined. Thus, each instruction fetch address examines both the tag memory array and the line fill buffer to see if the desired address is mapped into either hardware resource. A cache hit in either the memory array or the line-fill buffer is serviced in a single cycle. Because the line fill buffer maintains valid bits on a longword basis, hits in the buffer can be serviced immediately without waiting for the entire line to be fetched. If the referenced address is not contained in the memory array or the line-fill buffer, the instruction cache initiates the required external fetch operation. In most situations, this is a 16-byte line-sized burst reference. DataShe t4U.com e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 4-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Instruction Cache Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. The hardware implementation is a nonblocking design, meaning the ColdFire core's local bus is released after the initial access of a miss. Thus, the cache or the SRAM module can service subsequent requests while the remainder of the line is being fetched and loaded into the fill buffer. EXTERNAL DATA[31:0] LOCAL ADDRESS BUS 11 31 4 3 21 0 31 4 LINE BUFFER DATA STORAGE BUFFER ADDRESS LINE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... = FILL HIT 31 9 0 VALID TAG 31 MUX 0 0 DATA t4U.com DataShe `127 e .com 31 = MUX TAG HIT LOCAL DATA BUS Figure 4-1. Instruction Cache Block Diagram 4.3 INSTRUCTION CACHE OPERATION The instruction cache is physically connected to the ColdFire core's local bus, allowing it to service all instruction fetches from the ColdFire core and certain memory fetches initiated by the debug module. Typically, the debug module's memory references appear as supervisor data accesses but the unit can be programmed to generate user-mode accesses and/or instruction fetches. The instruction cache processes any instruction fetch access in the normal manner. .com 4-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 4.3.1 Interaction With Other Modules Instruction Cache Because both the instruction cache and high-speed SRAM module are connected to the ColdFire core's local data bus, certain user-defined configurations can result in simultaneous instruction fetch processing. If the referenced address is mapped into the SRAM module, that module will service the request in a single cycle. In this case, data accessed from the instruction cache is simply discarded and no external memory references are generated. If the address is not mapped into the SRAM space, the instruction cache handles the request in the normal fashion. 4.3.2 Memory Reference Attributes Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... For every memory reference the ColdFire core or the debug module generates, a set of "effective attributes" is determined based on the address and the Access Control Registers (ACR0, ACR1). This set of attributes includes the cacheable/noncacheable definition, the precise/imprecise handling of operand write, and the write-protect capability. In particular, each address is compared to the values programmed in the Access Control Registers (ACR). If the address matches one of the ACR values, the access attributes from that ACR are applied to the reference. If the address does not match either ACR, then the default value defined in the Cache Control Register (CACR) is used. The specific algorithm is as follows: .com if (address = ACR0_address including mask) Effective Attributes = ACR0 attributes else if (address = ACR1_address including mask) Effective Attributes = ACR1 attributes else Effective Attributes = CACR default attributes t4U.com DataShe e 4.3.3 Cache Coherency and Invalidation The instruction cache does not monitor ColdFire core data references for accesses to cached instructions. Therefore, software must maintain cache coherency by invalidating the appropriate cache entries after modifying code segments. The cache invalidation can be performed in two ways. The assertion of bit 24 in the CACR forces the entire instruction cache to be marked as invalid. The invalidation operation requires 256 cycles because the cache sequences through the entire tag array, clearing a single location each cycle. Any subsequent instruction fetch accesses are postponed until the invalidation sequence is complete. The privileged CPUSHL instruction can invalidate a single cache line. When this instruction is executed, the cache entry defined by bits[11:4] of the source address register is invalidated, provided bit 28 of the CACR is cleared. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 4-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Instruction Cache Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. These invalidation operations can be initiated from the ColdFire core or the debug module. 4.3.4 RESET A hardware reset clears the CACR disabling the instruction cache. The contents of the tag array are not affected by the reset. Accordingly, the system startup code must explicitly perform a cache invalidation by setting CACR[24] before the cache can be enabled. 4.3.5 Cache Miss Fetch Algorithm/Line Fills As discussed in Section 4.2 Instruction Cache Physical Organization, the instruction cache hardware includes a 16-byte line fill buffer for providing temporary storage for the last fetched instruction. With the cache enabled as defined by CACR[31], a cacheable instruction fetch that misses in both the tag memory and the line-fill buffer generates a external fetch. The size of the external fetch is determined by the value contained in the 2-bit CLNF field of the CACR and the miss address. Table 4-1 shows the relationship between the CLNF bits, the miss address, and the size of the external fetch. Table 4-1. Initial Fetch Offset vs. CLNF Bits DataShe CLNF[1:0] 00 00 01 1X Line Line Line t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e .com 01 Line Line Line LONGWORD ADDRESS BITS 10 Line Longword Line 11 Longword Longword Line Depending on the runtime characteristics of the application and the memory response speed, overall performance may be increased by programming the CLNF bits to values {00, 01}. For all cases of a line-sized fetch, the critical longword defined by bits [3:2] of the miss address is accessed first followed by the remaining three longwords that are accessed by incrementing the longword address in a modulo-16 fashion as shown below: if miss address[3:2] = 00 fetch sequence = {$0, $4, if miss address[3:2] = 01 fetch sequence = {$4, $8, if miss address[3:2] = 10 fetch sequence = {$8, $C, if miss address[3:2] = 11 fetch sequence = {$C, $0, $8, $C} $C, $0} $0, $4} $4, $8} Once an external fetch has been initiated and the data loaded into the line-fill buffer, the instruction cache maintains a special "most-recently-used" indicator that tracks the .com 4-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Instruction Cache contents of the fill buffer versus its corresponding cache location. At the time of the miss, the hardware indicator is set, marking the fill buffer as "most recently used." If a subsequent access occurs to the cache location defined by bits [8:4] of the fill buffer address, the data in the cache memory array is now most recently used, so the hardware indicator is cleared. In all cases, the indicator defines whether the contents of the line fill buffer or the memory data array are most recently used. At the time of the next cache miss, the contents of the line-fill buffer are written into the memory array if the entire line is present, and the fill buffer data is still most recently used compared to the memory array. The fill buffer can also be used as temporary storage for line-sized bursts of noncacheable references under control of CACR[10]. With this bit set, a noncacheable instruction fetch is processed as defined by Table 4-2. For this condition, the fill buffer is loaded and subsequent references can hit in the buffer, but the data is never loaded into the memory array. Table 4-2 shows the relationship between CACR bits 31 and 10 and the type of instruction fetch. Table 4-2. Instruction Cache Operation as Defined by CACR[31,10] CACR[31] 0 0 1 1 1 CACR[10] 0 1 X 0 1 TYPE OF INSTR. FETCH N/A DESCRIPTION Instruction cache is completely disabled; all fetches are word, longword in size. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e N/A .com word, longword in size All fetches are Cacheable Noncacheable Noncacheable Fetch size is defined by Table 4-1 and contents of the line-fill buffer can be written into the memory array All fetches are longword in size, and not loaded into the line-fill buffer Fetch size is defined by Table 4-1 and loaded into the line-fill buffer, but are never written into the memory array. 4.4 INSTRUCTION CACHE PROGRAMMING MODEL Three supervisor registers define the operation of the instruction cache and local bus controller: the Cache Control Register (CACR) and two Access Control Registers (ACR0, ACR1). 4.4.1 Instruction Cache Registers Memory Map Table 4-3 below shows the memory map of the Instruction cache and access control registers. The following lists several keynotes regarding the programming model table: * The Cache Control Register and Access Control Registers can only be accessed in supervisor mode using the MOVEC instruction with an Rc value of $002, $004 and $005, respectively. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 4-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Instruction Cache Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. * Addresses not assigned to the registers and undefined register bits are reserved for future expansion. Write accesses to these reserved address spaces and reserved register bits have no effect; read accesses will return zeros. * The reset value column indicates the initial value of the register at reset. Certain registers may be uninitialized upon reset, i.e., they may contain random values after reset. * The access column indicates if the corresponding register allows both read/write functionality (R/W), read-only functionality (R), or write-only functionality (W). If a read access to a write-only register is attempted, zeros will be returned. If a write access to a read-only register is attempted the access will be ignored and no write will occur. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Table 4-3. Memory Map of I-Cache Registers ADDRESS MOVEC with $002 MOVEC with $004 MOVEC with $005 NAME CACR ACR0 ACR1 WIDTH 32 32 32 DESCRIPTION Cache Control Register Access Control Register 0 Access Control Register 1 RESET VALUE $0000 $0000 $0000 ACCESS W W W t4U.com 4.4.2 Instruction Cache Register DataShe e .com 4.4.2.1 CACHE CONTROL REGISTER (CACR). The CACR controls the operation of the instruction cache. The CACR provides a set of default memory access attributes used when a reference address does not map into the spaces defined by the ACRs. The CACR is a 32-bit write-only supervisor control register. It is accessed in the CPU address space via the MOVEC instruction with an Rc encoding of $002. The CACR can be read when in Background Debug mode (BDM). At system reset, the entire register is cleared. Cache Control Register (CACR) 31 CENB RESET: 0 15 RESET: 0 30 0 14 0 29 0 13 0 28 CPDI 0 12 0 27 CFRZ 0 11 0 26 0 10 CEIB 0 25 0 9 24 CINV 0 8 23 0 7 0 22 0 6 0 21 0 5 DWP 0 20 0 4 0 19 0 3 0 18 0 2 0 17 0 1 CLNF1 0 0 16 0 0 DCM DBWE 0 0 .com 4-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Instruction Cache CENB - Cache Enable Generally, longword references are used for sequential fetches. If the processor branches to an odd word address, a word-sized fetch is generated. The memory array of the instruction cache is enabled only if CENB is asserted. 0 = Cache disabled 1 = Cache enabled CPDI - Disable CPUSHL Invalidation When the privileged CPUSHL instruction is executed, the cache entry defined by bits [8:4] of the address is invalidated if CPDI = 0. If CPDI = 1, no operation is performed. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 0 = Enable invalidation 1 = Disable invalidation CFRZ - Cache Freeze This field allows the user to freeze the contents of the cache. When CFRZ is asserted line fetches can be initiated and loaded into the line-fill buffer, but a valid cache entry can not be overwritten. If a given cache location is invalid, the contents of the line-fill buffer can be written into the memory array while CFRZ is asserted. 0 = Normal Operation 1 = Freeze valid cache lines .com DataShe t4U.com e CINV - Cache Invalidate Setting this bit forces the cache to invalidate each tag array entry. The invalidation process requires 32 machine cycles, with a single cache entry cleared per machine cycle. The state of this bit is always read as a zero. After a hardware reset, the cache must be invalidated before it is enabled. 0 = No operation 1 = Invalidate all cache locations CEIB - Cache Enable Noncacheable Instruction Bursting Setting this bit enables the line-fill buffer to be loaded with burst transfers under control of CLINF[1:0] for non-cacheable accesses. Noncacheable accesses are never written into the memory array. 0 = Disable burst fetches on noncacheable accesses 1 = Enable burst fetches on noncacheable accesses .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 4-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Instruction Cache Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DCM - Default Cache Mode This bit defines the default cache mode: 0 is cacheable, 1 is noncacheable. For more information on the selection of the effective memory attributes, see Section 4.3.2 Memory Reference Attributes. 0 = Deafault cacheable 1 = Default noncacheable DBWE - Default Buffered Write Enable This bit defines the default value for enabling buffered writes. If DBWE = 0, the termination of an operand write cycle on the processor's local bus is delayed until the external bus cycle is completed. If DBWE = 1, the write cycle on the local bus is terminated immediately and the operation buffered in the bus controller. In this mode, operand write cycles are effectively decoupled between the processor's local bus and the external bus. Generally, enabled buffered writes provide higher system performance but recovery from access errors can be more difficult. For the ColdFire CPU, reporting access errors on operand writes is always imprecise and enabling buffered writes simply further decouples the write instruction from the signaling of the fault 0 = Disable buffered writes 1 = Enable buffered writes DWP - Default Write Protection 0 = Read and write accesses permitted 1 = Only read accesses permitted .com DataShe t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e CLNF[1:0] - Cache Line Fill These bits control the size of the memory request the cache issues to the bus controller for different initial line access offsets. Table 4-4. External Fetch Size Based on Miss Address and CLNF LONGWORD ADDRESS BITS CLNF[1:0] 00 00 01 10 11 Line Line Line Line 01 Line Line Line Line 10 Line Longword Line Line 11 Longword Longword Line Line 4.4.2.2 ACCESS CONTROL REGISTERS (ACR0, ACR1). The ACRs provide a definition of memory reference attributes for two memory regions (one per ACR). This set of effective attributes is defined for every memory reference using the ACRs or the set of default attributes contained in the CACR. The ACRs are examined for every memory reference that is NOT mapped to the SRAM module. .com 4-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Instruction Cache The ACRs are 32-bit write-only supervisor control registers. They are accessed in the CPU address space via the MOVEC instruction with an Rc encoding of $004 and $005. The ACRs can be read when in background debug mode (BDM). At system reset, the registers are cleared. Access Control Registers (ACR0, ACR1) 31 AB31 RESET: 0 15 EN RESET: 0 30 AB30 0 14 SM1 0 29 AB29 0 13 SM0 0 28 AB28 0 12 0 27 AB27 0 11 0 26 AB26 0 10 0 25 AB25 0 9 0 24 AB24 0 8 0 23 AM31 0 7 0 22 AM30 0 6 CM 0 21 AM29 0 5 BUFW 0 20 AM28 0 4 0 19 AM27 0 3 0 18 AM26 0 2 WP 0 0 17 AM25 0 1 0 16 AM24 0 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com AB[31:24] - Address Base [31:24] This 8-bit field is compared to address bits [31:24] from the processor's local bus under control of the ACR address mask. If the address matches, the attributes for the memory reference are sourced from the given ACR. AM[31:24] - Address Mask [31:24] .com This 8-bit field can mask any bit of the AB field comparison. If a bit in the AM field is set, then the corresponding bit of the address field comparison is ignored. EN - Enable The EN bit defines the ACR enable. Hardware reset clears this bit, disabling the ACR. 0 = ACR disabled 1 = ACR enabled SM[1:0] - Supervisor mode This two-bit field allows the given ACR to be applied to references based on operating privilege mode of the ColdFire processor. The field uses the ACR for user references only, supervisor references only, or all accesses. 00 = Match if user mode 01 = Match if supervisor mode 1x = Match always - ignore user/supervisor mode DataShe e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 4-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Instruction Cache Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CM - Cache Mode This bit defines the cache mode: 0 is cacheable, 1 is noncacheable. 0 = Caching enabled 1 = Caching disabled BWE- Buffered Write Enable This bit defines the value for enabling buffered writes. If BWE = 0, the termination of an operand write cycle on the processor's local bus is delayed until the external bus cycle is completed. If BWE = 1, the write cycle on the local bus is terminated immediately and the operation is then buffered in the bus controller. In this mode, operand write cycles are effectively decoupled between the processor's local bus and the external bus. Generally, the enabling of buffered writes provides higher system performance but recovery from access errors may be more difficult. For the ColdFire CPU, the reporting of access errors on operand writes is always imprecise, and enabling buffered writes simply decouples the write instruction from the signaling of the fault even more. 0 = Don't buffer writes 1 = Buffer writes WP - Write Protect The WP bit defines the write-protection attribute. If the effective memory attributes for a .com given access select the WP bit, an access error terminates any attempted write with this bit set. 0 = Read and write accesses permitted 1 = Only read accesses permitted DataShe t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e .com 4-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 5 SRAM 5.1 SRAM FEATURES * 8 KByte SRAM, organized as 2K x 32 Bits * Single-Cycle Access * Physically Located on ColdFire(R) core's High-Speed Local Bus * Byte, Word, Longword Address Capabilities * Memory Mapping Defined by the Customer Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 5.2 SRAM OPERATION The SRAM module provides a general-purpose memory block that the ColdFire core can access in a single cycle. You can specify the location of the memory block to any 0-modulo8K address within the four gigabyte address space. The memory is ideal for storing critical code or data structures or for use as the system stack. Because the SRAM module is physically connected to the processor's high-speed local bus, it can service core-initiated .com accesses or memory-referencing commands from the Debug module. Depending on configuration information, instruction fetches can be sent to both the instruction cache and the SRAM block simultaneously. If the instruction fetch address is mapped into the region defined by the SRAM, the SRAM provides the data back to the processor, and the I-Cache data is discarded. Accesses from the SRAM and cache interaction are not cached. t4U.com DataShe e 5.3 PROGRAMMING MODEL 5.3.1 SRAM Register Memory Map Table 5-1 below shows the memory map of the SRAM register. The following lists several keynotes regarding the programming model table: * The SRAM Base Address Register can only be accessed in supervisor mode using the MOVEC instruction with an Rc value of $C04. * Addresses not assigned to the register and undefined register bits are reserved for future expansion. Write accesses to these reserved address spaces and reserved register bits have no effect; read accesses will return zeros. * The reset value column indicates the register initial value at reset. Certain registers can be uninitialized at reset, i.e., they may contain random values after reset. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 5-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com SRAM Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. * The access column indicates if the corresponding register allows both read/write functionality (R/W), read-only functionality (R), or write-only functionality (W). If a read access to a write-only register is attempted, zeros will be returned. If a write access to a read-only register is attempted the access will be ignored and no write will occur. Table 5-1. Memory Map of SIM Registers ADDRESS MOVEC with $C04 NAME RAMBAR WIDTH 32 DESCRIPTION SRAM Base Address Register RESET VALUE uninitialized (except V=0) ACCESS W Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 5.3.2 SRAM Register 5.3.2.1 SRAM BASE ADDRESS REGISTER (RAMBAR). The RAMBAR determines the base address location of the internal SRAM module, as well as the definition of the types of accesses that are allowed for it. The RAMBAR is a 32-bit write-only supervisor control register. It is accessed in the CPU address space via the MOVEC instruction with an Rc encoding of $C04. The RAMBAR can be read when in Background Debug mode (BDM). At system reset, the V bit is cleared and the remainder bits of the RAMBAR are uninitialized. To access the SRAM module, RAMBAR should be written with the appropriate base address after system reset. SRAM Base Address Register(RAMBAR) 31 BA31 RESET: t4U.com DataShe e .com 26 BA26 10 25 BA25 9 -24 BA24 8 WP 23 BA23 7 0 22 BA22 6 0 21 BA21 5 C/I 20 BA20 4 SC 19 BA19 3 SD 18 BA18 2 UC 17 BA17 1 UD 16 BA16 0 V 0 30 BA30 14 BA14 - 29 BA29 13 BA13 - 28 BA28 12 - 27 BA27 11 - - 15 BA15 RESET: - BA31-BA13 - Base Address This field defines the base address location of the SRAM module. By programming this field, you can locate the SRAM anywhere within the four gigabyte ColdFire core address space. WP - Write Protect This field allows only read accesses to the SRAM. When this bit is set, any attempted write access will generate an access error exception in the MCF5206E . 0 = Allow read and write accesses to the SRAM module 1 = Allow only read accesses to the SRAM module .com 5-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SRAM C/I, SC, SD, UC, UD - Address Space Masks This field allows specific address spaces to be enabled or disabled, placing the internal modules in a specific address space. If an address space is disabled, an access to the register location in that address space becomes an external bus access, and the module resource is not accessed. The address space mask bits are: C/I = CPU Space/Interrupt Acknowledge Cycle mask SC = Supervisor Code address space mask SD = Supervisor Data address space mask UC = User Code address space mask UD = User Data address space mask Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... For each address space bit: 0= An access to the internal module can occur for this address space. 1= Disable this address space from the internal module selection. If this address space is used, no accesses occur to the internal peripheral, instead an external bus cycle will be generated. V - Valid This bit indicates when the contents of the RAMBAR are valid. The base address value is not used, and the SRAM module is not accessible until the V bit is set. An external bus cycle is generated if the base address field matches the internal core address, and the V .com bit is clear. 0 = Contents of RAMBAR are not valid. 1 = Contents of RAMBAR are valid. The mapping of a given access into the SRAM uses the following algorithm to determine if the access "hits" in the memory: if (RAMBAR[0] = 1) if (requested address[31:9] = RAMBAR[31:9]) if (address space mask of the requested type = 0) Access is mapped to the SRAM module if (access = read) Read the SRAM and return the data if (access = write) if (RAMBAR[8] = 0) Write the data into the SRAM else Signal a write-protect access error t4U.com DataShe e 5.3.3 SRAM Initialization After a hardware reset, the contents of the SRAM module are undefined. The valid bit of the RAMBAR is cleared, disabling the module. If the SRAM needs to be initialized with instructions or data, you should perform the following steps: 1. Load the RAMBAR mapping the SRAM module to the desired location within the .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 5-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com SRAM Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. address space. 2. Read the source data and write it to the SRAM. There are various instructions to support this function, including memory-to-memory move instructions, or the MOVEM opcode. The MOVEM instruction is optimized to generate line-sized burst fetches on 0-modulo-16 addresses, so this opcode generally provides maximum performance. 3. After the data has been loaded into the SRAM, it may be appropriate to load a revised value into the RAMBAR with a new set of attributes. These attributes consist of the write-protect and address space mask fields. The ColdFire processor or an external emulator using the Debug module can perform these initialization functions. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 5.3.4 Power Management As noted previously, depending on the configuration defined by the RAMBAR, instruction fetch accesses can be sent to the SRAM module and the I-Cache simultaneously. If the access is mapped to the SRAM module, it sources the read data, discarding the I-Cache access. If the SRAM is used only for data operands, setting the SC and UC mask bits in the RAMBAR to 1 will lower power dissipation. This will disable the SRAM during all instruction fetches. Additionally, if the SRAM contains only instructions, setting the SD and UD mask bits in the RAMBAR to 1 masking operand accesses will reduce power dissipation. .com t4U.com DataShe e Consider the examples on Table 5-2 of typical RAMBAR settings: Table 5-2. Examples of Typical RAMBAR Settings DATA CONTAINED IN SRAM Code only Data only Both Code and Data RAMBAR[7:0] $2B $35 $21 .com 5-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 6 BUS OPERATION The MCF5206E bus interface supports synchronous data transfers that can be terminated synchronously or asynchronously and also can be burst or burst-inhibited between the MCF5206E and other devices in the system. This section describes the function of the bus, the signals that control the bus, and the bus cycles provided for data-transfer operations. Operation of the bus is defined for transfers initiated by the MCF5206E as a bus master and for transfers initiated by an external bus master. When the DMA Controller has mastership, it is explicitly stated. The section includes descriptions of the error conditions, bus arbitration, and the reset operation. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.1 FEATURES The following list summarizes the key bus operation features: * As many as 28 bits of address and 32 bits of data * Accesses 8 bit, 16 bit, and 32 bit port sizes * Generates byte, word, longword,.com and line size transfers * Bus arbitration for external masters * Burst and burst-inhibited transfer support * Internal termination generation * Termination generation for external masters DataShe t4U.com e 6.2 BUS AND CONTROL SIGNALS 6.2.1 Address Bus (A[27:0]) These three-state bidirectional signals provide the location of a bus transfer (except for interrupt-acknowledge transfers) when the MCF5206E is the bus master. When an external bus master controls the bus, the address signals are examined when transfer start (TS) is asserted to determine if the MCF5206E should assert chip selects, DRAM control, and/or transfer terminal signals. During an interrupt-acknowledge access, address lines A[27:5] are driven high, A[1:0] are driven low, and A[4:2] indicate the interrupt level being acknowledged. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE The ColdFire(R) core outputs 32 bits of address to the internal bus controller. Of these 32 bits, only A[27:0] are output to pins on the MCF5206E . The output of A[27:24] depends on the setting of PAR[3:0] in the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM. Refer to 6.3.2.10 Pin Assignment Register on how to program the Pin Assignment Register (PAR). 6.2.2 Data Bus (D[31:0]) These three-state bidirectional signals provide the general-purpose data path between the MCF5206E and all other devices. The data bus can transfer 8, 16, 32, or 128 bits of data per bus transfer. A write cycle drives all 32 bits of the data bus regardless of the port width and operand size. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.2.3 Transfer Start (TS) The MCF5206E asserts this three-state bidirectional signal for one clock period to indicate the start of each bus cycle. During external master accesses, the MCF5206E monitors transfer start (TS) to detect the start of each external master bus cycle to determine if chip select, DRAM, and/or transfer termination signals should be asserted. t4U.com 6.2.4 Read/Write (R/W) .com This three-state bidirectional signal defines the data transfer direction for the current bus cycle. A high (logic one) level indicates a read cycle; a low (logic zero) level indicates a write cycle. When an external bus master is controlling the bus, the MCF5206E monitors this signal to determine if chip selects or DRAM control signals should be asserted. DataShe e 6.2.5 Size (SIZ[1:0]) These three-state bidirectional signals indicate the data size for the bus cycle. When an external bus master is controlling the bus, the MCF5206E monitors these signals to determine the data size for asserting the appropriate memory control signals. Table 6-1 shows the definitions of the SIZx encoding. Table 6-1. SIZx Encoding SIZ1 0 0 1 1 SIZ0 0 1 0 1 TRANSFER SIZE Longword (4 Bytes) Byte Word (2 Bytes) Line (16 Bytes) .com 6-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 6.2.6 Transfer Type (TT[1:0]) Bus Operation These three-state output signals indicate the type of access for the current bus cycle. Table 6-2 lists the definitions of the TTx encodings. Table 6-2. Transfer Type Encoding TT1 0 0 1 1 TT0 0 1 0 1 TRANSFER TYPE Normal Access On-board DMA Access Debug Access CPU Space/Acknowledge Access The MCF5206E does not sample TT[1:0] during external master transfers. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.2.7 Access Type and Mode (ATM) This three-state output signal provides supplemental information for each transfer cycle type. Table 6-3 lists the encoding for normal, DMA debug and CPU space/acknowledge transfer types. Table 6-3. ATM Encoding TRANSFER TYPE 00 (Normal Access) INTERNAL TRANSFER MODIFIER Supervisor Code Supervisor Data .com User Code User Data DMA Access Supervisor Code Supervisor Data CPU Space - MOVEC Instruction Interrupt Acknowledge - Level 7 Interrupt Acknowledge - Level 6 Interrupt Acknowledge - Level 5 Interrupt Acknowledge - Level 4 Interrupt Acknowledge - Level 3 Interrupt Acknowledge - Level 2 Interrupt Acknowledge - Level 1 ATM (TS=0) 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ATM (TS=1) 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 t4U.com DataShe e 01 (DMA Access) 10 (Debug Access) 11 (CPU Space/Acknowledge) The MCF5206E does not sample ATM during external master transfers. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 6.2.8 Asynchronous Transfer Acknowledge (ATA) This active-low asynchronous input signal indicates the successful completion of a requested data transfer operation. Asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA) is an input signal from the referenced slave device indicating completion of the transfer. ATA is synchronized internal to the MCF5206E . NOTE The internal synchronized version of ATA is referred to as "internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge.'' During a read cycle, data is latched on the rising edge of CLK when the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. Consequently, data must remain valid for at least one and a half CLK cycles after the assertion of ATA. Similarly, during a write cycle, data is driven until the falling edge of CLK when the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. ATA must be driven for one and half full clocks to ensure that the MCF5206E properly synchronizes the signal. NOTE For the MCF5206E to accept the transfer as successful with .com an ATA, transfer error acknowledge TEA must be negated until the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted or the transfer is completed with a bus error. Asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA) is not used for termination during DRAM accesses. DataShe t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e 6.2.9 Transfer Acknowledge (TA) This three-state bidirectional active-low synchronous signal indicates the successful completion of a requested data transfer operation. During MCF5206E -initiated transfers, transfer acknowledge (TA) is an input signal from the referenced slave device indicating completion of the transfer. NOTE For the MCF5206E to accept the transfer as successful with a transfer acknowledge, TEA must be negated throughout the transfer. TA is not used for termination during MCF5206E -initiated DRAM accesses. When an external master is controlling the bus, the MCF5206E can drive TA to indicate the completion of the requested data transfer. If the external master-requested transfer is .com 6-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation to a chip select or default memory, the assertion of TA is controlled by the number of wait states and the setting of the external master automatic acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the Chip Select Control Registers (CSCRs) or the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR). If the external master-requested transfer is a DRAM access, the MCF5206E drives TA as an output and is asserted at the completion of the transfer. 6.2.10 Transfer Error Acknowledge (TEA) The external slave asserts this active-low input signal to indicate an error condition for the current transfer. The assertion of TEA immediately aborts the bus cycle. The assertion of TEA has precedence over the assertion of asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA) and transfer acknowledge (TA). Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... NOTE TEA can be asserted up to one clock after the assertion of asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA) and still be recognized. TEA has no affect during DRAM accesses. 6.3 BUS EXCEPTIONS 6.3.1 Double Bus Fault If the MCF5206E experiences a double bus fault, it enters the halted state. To exit the halt state, reset the MCF5206E . .com DataShe t4U.com e 6.4 BUS CHARACTERISTICS The MCF5206E uses the address bus (A[27:0]) to specify the location for a data transfer and the data bus (D[31:0]) to transfer the data. Control and attribute signals indicate the beginning and type of a bus cycle as well as the address space, direction, and size of the transfer. The selected device or the number of wait states programmed in the memory control register (the Chip Select Control Register (CSCR), the DRAM Controller Control Registers (DCCR, including the DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR)), or the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR)) control the length of the cycle. The MCF5206E clock is distributed internally to provide logic timing. All bus signals are synchronous with the rising edge of CLK with the exception of row address strobes (RAS[1:0]) and column address strobes (CAS[3:0]), which can be asserted and negated synchronous with the falling edge of CLK. Inputs to the MCF5206E (other than the interrupt priority level signals (IPLx), reset in (RSTI) and ATA signals) are synchronously sampled and must be stable during the sample window defined by tsi and thi (as shown in Figure 6-1) to guarantee proper operation. The asynchronous IPLx, RSTI and ATA signals are internally synchronized to resolve the input to a valid level before being used. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Outputs to the MCF5206E begin to transition on the rising CLK edges, with the exception of RAS[1:0] and CAS[3:0], which begin to transition on the falling CLK edges. Specifically, RAS[1:0] is asserted and negated synchronous with the falling edge of CLK, while CAS[3:0] is asserted synchronous with the falling edge of CLK and can be negated synchronous with either the falling edge or the rising edge of CLK. During external master accesses where the MCF5206E drives TA as an output, TA is always driven negated for one clock cycle before being placed in a high-impedence state. CLK TVO THO Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... OUTPUT SIGNALS TVO NEGATIVE EDGE CONTROL SIGNALS OUTPUT THO TSI THI t4U.com INPUTS DataShe e .com TVO = PROPAGATION DELAY OF SIGNAL RELATIVE TO CLK EDGE THO = OUTPUT HOLD TIME RELATIVE TO CLK EDGE TSI = REQUIRED INPUT SETUP TIME RELATIVE TO CLK EDGE THI = REQUIRED INPUT HOLD TIME RELATIVE TO CLK EDGE Figure 6-1. Signal Relationships to CLK 6.5 DATA TRANSFER MECHANISM The MCF5206E supports byte, word, and longword operands and allows accesses to 8-, 16-, and 32-bit data ports. With the MCF5206E , you can select the port size of the specific memory, enable internal generation of transfer termination, and set the number of wait states for the external slave being accessed by programming the Chip Select Control Registers (CSCRs), the DRAM Controller Control Registers (DCCRs), and the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR). For more information on programming these registers, refer to the SIM, Chip Select, and DRAM Controller sections. NOTE The MCF5206E compares the address for the current bus transfer with the address and mask bits in the Chip Select .com 6-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Address Registers (CSAR), DRAM Controller Address Registers (DCARs), the Chip Select Mask Registers (CSMR), and DRAM Controller Mask Registers (DCMR), looking for a match. The priority is listed in Table 6-4 (from highest priority to lowest priority): Bus Operation Table 6-4. Chip Select, DRAM and Default Memory Address Decoding Priority Chip Select 0 Chip Select 1 Chip Select 2 Chip Select 3 Chip Select 4 Chip Select 5 Chip Select 6 Chip Select 7 DRAM Bank 0 DRAM Bank 1 Default Memory HIGHEST PRIORITY Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com The MCF5206E compares the address and mask in chip select 0 - 7 control registers (chip select 0 is compared first), then the address and mask in DRAM bank 0 - 1 control LOWEST PRIORITY registers. If the address does not match in either or these, the MCF5206E uses the control bits in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) to control the bus transfer. If the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) control bits are used, no chip select or DRAM .com control signals are asserted during the transfer. DataShe e 6.5.1 Bus Sizing The MCF5206E reads the port size for each transfer from either the Chip Select Control Registers (CSCRs), the DRAM Controller Control Registers (DCCRs), or the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) at the start of each bus cycle. This allows the MCF5206E to transfer operands from 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. The size of the transfer is adjusted to accommodate the port size indicated. A 32-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:0], a 16-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:16], and an 8-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:24]. This requirement ensures that the MCF5206E correctly transfers valid data to 8-, 16-, and 32-bit ports. The bytes of operands are designated as shown in Figure 6-2. The most significant byte of a longword operand is OP0; OP3 is the least significant byte. The two bytes of a word length operand are OP2 (most significant) and OP3. The single byte of a byte length operand is OP3. These designations are used in the figures and descriptions that follow. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 31 OP0 OP1 15 OP2 7 OP3 OP3 OP2 OP3 0 LONGWORD OPERAND 0 WORD OPERAND 0 BYTE OPERAND Figure 6-2. Internal Operand Representation Figure 6-3 shows the required organization of data ports on the MCF5206E for 8-, 16-, and 32 bit devices. The four bytes shown are connected through the internal data bus and data multiplexer to the external data bus. This path is how the MCF5206E supports programmable port sizing and operand misalignment. The data multiplexer establishes the necessary connections for different combinations of address and data sizes. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... REGISTER OP0 OP1 OP2 OP3 INTERNAL TO MULTIPLEXER EXTERNAL DATA BUS ADDRESS A1 0 A0 0 D[31:24] ROUTING AND DUPLICATIONMCF5206E t4U.com DataShe D[23:16] D[15:8] D[7:0] e .com BYTE 0 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 32-BIT PORT 0 1 0 0 BYTE 0 BYTE 2 BYTE 1 BYTE 3 16-BIT PORT 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 BYTE 0 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 8-BIT PORT Figure 6-3. MCF5206E Interface to Various Port Sizes The multiplexer takes the four bytes of the 32-bit bus and routes them to their required positions. For example, OP3 can be routed to D[7:0], as would be the normal case when interfacing to a 32-bit port. OP3 can be routed to D[23:16] for interfacing to a 16-bit port, or it can be routed to D[31:24] for interfacing to an 8-bit port. The operand size, address, and port size of the memory being accessed determines the positioning of bytes. .com 6-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA D a t a S h 4U. c o m eet www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation The MCF5206E can burst anytime the port size of the external slave being accessed is smaller than the operand size. If bursting is enabled, the MCF5206E performs burst transfers depending on the port size and operand alignment. For any transfer, the number of bytes transferred during a bus cycle is equal to or less than the size indicated by the SIZx outputs. For example, during the first bus cycle of a longword transfer to a 16-bit port where bursting is enabled, the SIZx outputs remains constant throughout the transfer and indicates that four bytes are to be transferred, although only two bytes are moved at a time.Table 6-5 lists the encodings for the SIZx bits for each port size for transfers where bursting is both enabled and disabled. Table 6-5. SIZx Encoding for Burst- and Bursting-Inhibited Ports 32-BIT PORT 16 -BIT PORT BURSTING ENABLED BURSTING INHIBITED 8-BIT PORT BURSTING ENABLED BURSTING INHIBITED Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... OPERAND SIZE BURSTING ENABLED BURSTING INHIBITED SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] BYTE WORD LONGWORD LINE 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 t4U.com A[0] and A[1] also affect operation of the data multiplexer. During an operand transfer, A[31:2] indicate the longword base address of that portion of the operand to be accessed; .com A[1] and A[0] indicate the byte offset from the base. Table 6-6 lists the encoding of A[1] and A[0] and the corresponding byte offset from the longword base. Table 6-6. Address Offset Encoding A[1] 0 0 1 1 A[0] 0 1 0 1 OFFSET +0 Byte +1 Byte +2 Bytes +3 Bytes DataShe e Table 6-7 lists the bytes that should be driven on the data bus during read cycles by the slave device being accessed. The entries shown as Byte X are portions of the requested operand that are read. The operand being read is defined by SIZ[1], SIZ[0], A[0], and A[1] for the bus cycle. Bytes labeled X are "don't cares" and are not required during that read cycle. Bytes labeled "-" indicates that this transfer is not valid. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 6-7. Data Bus Requirement for Read Cycles TRANSFER SIZE BYTE 0 SIZE SIZ[1] SIZ[0] ADDRESS A[1] 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 A[0] 0 1 32 BIT PORT EXTERNAL DATA BYTES REQUIRED D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] Byte 0 X X X Byte 0 X Byte 0 Byte 0 X Byte 1 X X Byte 1 X Byte 1 Byte 1 X X Byte 2 X X Byte2 Byte 2 Byte 2 D[7:0] X X X Byte 3 X Byte 3 Byte 3 Byte 3 - 16 BIT PORT EXTERNAL DATA BYTES REQUIRED D[31:24] Byte 0 X Byte 2 X Byte 0 Byte 2 Byte 0 Byte 2 Byte 0 Byte 2 D[23:16] X Byte 1 X Byte 3 Byte 1 Byte 3 Byte 1 Byte 3 Byte 1 Byte 3 - 8 BIT PORT EXTERNAL DATA BYTES REQUIRED D[31:24] Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 Byte 0 Byte 1 Byte 2 Byte 3 WORD 0 0 1 0 1 1 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... LONGWORD 0 0 0 0 1 1 LINE 1 1 t4U.com 0 0 1 1 DataShe e .com - .com 6-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 4Ue t DataShe.com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-4 is a flowchart for read transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE AND MODE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. t4U.com *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, TA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-4. Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Read Transfer Flowchart .com DataShe e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-5 shows a longword supervisor code read from a 32-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] $ADDR C2 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:0] TA TEA ATA $0 t4U.com DataShe e .com Figure 6-5. Longword-Read Transfer From a 32-Bit Port (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type. Access type and mode (ATM) identifies the transfer as reading code. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven low to indicate a longword transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) high to identify the transfer as supervisor. The selected device(s) places the addressed data onto D[31:0] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:0]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the longword is complete and the transfer terminates. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and .com 6-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. Table 6-8 lists the combinations of SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] and the corresponding pattern of the data transfer for write cycles from the internal multiplexer of the MCF5206E to the external data bus. For example, if a longword transfer is generated to a 16-bit port, the MCF5206E starts the cycle with A[1:0] set to $0 and read the first word. The MCF5206E then increments A[1:0] to $2 and reads the second word. The data for both word reads is sampled from DATA[31:16]. Bytes labeled X are "don't cares." Table 6-8. Internal to External Data Bus Multiplexer - Write Cycle Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TRANSFER SIZE SIZE SIZ[1] 0 SIZ[0] 1 ADDRESS A[1] A[0] EXTERNAL DATA BUS CONNECTION D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] X OP3 X OP3 OP3 X OP3 X OP1 X OP3 X OP1 X OP3 X X X OP3 X X X OP2 X OP2 X X X OP2 X X X D[7:0] X X X OP3 X X OP3 X OP3 X X X OP3 X X X BYTE 1 WORD 0 t4U.com LONGWORD 0 0 1 LINE 1 0 0 OP3 0 1 OP3 1 0 OP3 1 1 OP3 0 0 OP2 0 1 OP3 1 0 OP2 1 1 OP3 0 0 OP0 0 1 OP1 1 0 OP2 .com 1 1 OP3 0 0 OP0 0 1 OP1 1 0 OP2 1 1 OP3 DataShe e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-13 4U. t D a t a S h e ec o m www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-6 is a flowchart for write transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE THREE-STATE D[31:0] 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, TA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. t4U.com Figure 6-6. Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Write Transfer Flowchart .com DataShe e .com 6-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-7 shows a supervisor data word-write transfer to a 16-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] $ADDR C2 Bus Operation $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ATM SIZ[1:0] $2 D[31:0] TA TEA t4U.com DataShe ATA e .com Figure 6-7. Word-Write Transfer to a 16-Bit Port (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type. Access type and mode (ATM) identifies the transfer as writing data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $2 to indicate a word transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives ATM high to identify the transfer as supervisor, and places the data on the data bus (D[31:0]). The selected device(s) asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA) if it is ready to latch the data. At the end of C2, the selected device latches the current value of D[31:16], and the MCF5206E samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the word is complete and the transfer terminates. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to output the data and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 6.5.2 Bursting Read Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line If the burst-enable bit in the appropriate control register (Chip Select Control Register or Default Memory Control Register) is set to 1or the transfer is to DRAM, and the operand size is larger than the port size of the memory being accessed, the MCF5206E performs word, longword, and line transfers in burst mode. When burst mode is selected, the size of the transfer (indicated by SIZ[1:0]) reflects the size of the operand being read, not the size of the port being accessed (i.e., a line transfer is indicated by SIZ[1:0] = $3 and a longword transfer is indicated by SIZ[1:0] = $0, regardless of the size of the port or the number of transfers required to access the entire set of data). The MCF5206E supports burst-inhibited transfers for memory devices that cannot support bursting. For this type of bus cycle, you should clear the burst-enable bit in the Chip Select Control Registers (CSCRs) or Default Memory Control Register (DMCR). NOTE No burst-enable bit is provided for DRAM accesses. DRAM transfers are always bursted if the operand size is larger than the port size. The MCF5206E uses line read transfers to access 16 Bytes to support cache line filling and for a MOVEM instruction, when appropriate. A line read accesses a block of four longwords, aligned to a longword memory boundary, by supplying a starting address that .com points to one of the longwords and incrementing A3, A2, A1, and A0 of the supplied address for each transfer. A longword read accesses a single longword aligned to a longword boundary and increments A1 and A0 if the accessed port size is smaller than 32 bits. A word read accesses a single word of data, aligned to a word boundary and increments A0 if the accessed port size is smaller than 16 bits. Figure 6-8 is a flowchart for bursting read transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. A bursted read transfer can be from two to sixteen transfers long. The flowchart shown in Figure 6-8 is for a bursting transfer of four transfers long. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com 6-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus OperationMCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE WORD, LONGWORD OR LINE DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM 1. 2. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE REGISTER DATA INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. 1. 2. REGISTER DATA INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 3. 1. 2. t4U.com 1. 2. REGISTER DATA DataShe e 3. .com INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 2. 3. *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, TA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-8. Bursting Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer Flowchart .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-9 shows a bursting user code word-read transfer from an 8-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:1] A[0] R/W $ADDR C2 C3 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $0 $2 D[31:24] TA t4U.com DataShe TEA ATA e .com Figure 6-9. Bursting Word-Read From an 8-Bit Port (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type. Access transfer and mode (ATM) identifies the transfer as reading code. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $2 to indicate a word transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM low to identify the transfer as user. The selected device(s) places the first byte of the addressed data on to D[31:24] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first byte of the word read is complete. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. .com 6-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 3 (C3) Bus Operation The MCF5206E increments A0 to address the next byte of the word transfer. The selected device(s) places the second byte of the addressed data onto D[31:24] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the word read is complete and the transfer is terminated. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. 6.5.3 Bursting Write Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MCF5206E uses line-write transfers to access a 16-byte operand for a MOVEM instruction, when appropriate. A line write accesses a block of four longwords, aligned to a longword memory boundary, by supplying a starting address that points to one of the longwords and increments A[3], A[2], A[1], and A[0] of the supplied address for each transfer. A longword write accesses a single longword aligned to a longword boundary and increments A[1] and A[0] if the accessed port size is smaller than 32 bits. A word write accesses a single word of data, aligned to a word boundary and increments A0 if the accessed port size is smaller than 16 bits. Table 6-9 lists the encodings for the SIZx bits for each port size for transfers where bursting is both enabled and disabled. Table 6-9. SIZx Encoding for Burst- and Bursting-Inhibited Ports 32-BIT PORT OPERAND SIZE BURSTING ENABLED DataShe e .com BURSTING ENABLED 16 -BIT PORT BURSTING INHIBITED 8-BIT PORT BURSTING ENABLED BURSTING INHIBITED BURSTING INHIBITED SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] SIZ[1] SIZ[0] BYTE WORD LONGWORD LINE 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Figure 6-10 is a flowchart for bursting write transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. A bursted write transfer can be from two to sixteen transfers long. The flowchart in Figure 6-10 is for a bursting transfer of four transfers long. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-19 D a t a S h 4 U .t c o m ee www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE WORD, LONGWORD OR LINE DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. 3. RECOGNIZE THE 1ST TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE t4U.com 1. 2. 3. RECOGNIZE THE 2ND TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DataShe e 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE .com SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE 3RD TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 3. ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE 4TH TRANSFER IS DONE THREE-STATE D[31:0] *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, TA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-10. Word-, Longword-, and Line-Write Transfer Flowchart .com 6-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-11 shows a user data bursting line-write transfer to a 32-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:4] A[3:2] A[1:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $ADDR $2 $3 $0 $1 C2 C3 C4 C5 Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $0 $3 D[31:0] TA t4U.com DataShe e .com TEA ATA Figure 6-11. Line-Write Transfer to a 32-Bit Port (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type. Access type and mode (ATM) identifies the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $3 to indicate a line transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM low to identify the transfer as user, and places the data on the data bus (D[31:0]). The selected device(s) asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA) if it is ready to latch the data. At the end of C2, the selected device latches the current value of D[31:0], and the MCF5206E samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first longword is complete. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-21 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. continues to output the data and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E increments A[3:2] to address the next longword of the line transfer and drives D[31:0] with the second longword of data. The selected device(s) asserts the TA if it is ready to latch the data. At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, the second longword transfer of the line write is complete. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock 4 (C4) This clock is identical to C3 except that once TA is asserted, the value corresponds to the third longword of data for the burst. Clock 5 (C5) This clock is identical to C3 except that once TA is asserted, the data value corresponds to the fourth longword of data for the burst. This is the last CLK cycle of the line-write transfer and the MCF5206E three-states D[31:0] at the start of the next CLK cycle. .com 6.5.4 Burst-Inhibited Read Transfer: Word, Longword, and Line t4U.com DataShe e If the burst-enable bit in the appropriate control register (Chip Select Control Register or Default Memory Control Register) is cleared and the operand size is larger than the port size of the memory being accessed, the MCF5206E performs word, longword, and line transfers in burst-inhibited mode. When burst-inhibit mode is selected, the size of the transfer (indicated by SIZ[1:0]) reflects the port size if the operand being read is larger than the port size or the operand size if the port size is larger than the operand size. A transfer size of line (SIZ[1:0] = $3) is never indicated in burst-inhibited mode. If the operand size is line, the size pins (SIZ[1:0]) always indicate the port size. Refer to Table 6-9 for SIZx encodings for each port size for burst-inhibited transfers. NOTE All transfers to DRAM that have an operand size larger than the port size are bursted. Burst-inhibited transfers cannot be generated for DRAM accesses. .com 6-22 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation The basic transfer of a burst-inhibited read is the same as a "normal" read with the addition of more transfers until the entire operand has been accessed. Burst-inhibited read transfers can be from two to sixteen transfers long. Figure 6-12 is a flowchart for burstinhibited read transfers (4 transfers long) to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-23 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 1. 2. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 1ST TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE NEGATE TS ASSERT ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 2ND TRANSFER IS DONE 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. SYSTEM DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE t4U.com DataShe e INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON .com A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 1. 2. NEGATE TS ASSERT ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 3RD TRANSFER IS DONE 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. NEGATE TS ASSERT ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE 1. 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 4TH TRANSFER IS DONE 3. *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, TA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-12. Burst-Inhibited Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer Flowchart .com 6-24 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-13 shows a burst-inhibited supervisor code longword-read transfer from an 8-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:2] A[1:0] R/W $ADDR $0 $1 $2 $3 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $0 $1 D[31:24] TA TEA ATA t4U.com DataShe e .com Figure 6-13. Burst-Inhibited Longword Read From an 8-Bit Port (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and drives ATM high to identify the transfer as code. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $1 to indicate a byte transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS and drives ATM high to identify the transfer as supervisor. The selected device(s) places the first byte of the addressed data onto D[31:24] and asserts TA. At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first byte of the longword read is complete. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-25 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E increments A[1:0] to address the second byte of the longword transfer. The MCF5206E continues to drive transfer type (TT[1:0]), read/write (R/W) and size (SIZ[1:0]) signals to indicate a byte read. Access transfer mode (ATM) is driven high to indicate the transfer as code. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of the second transfer of the bus cycle. Clock 4 (C4) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... This clock is identical to C2 except that once TA is recognized asserted, the latched value corresponds to the second byte of data for the longword transfer. Clock 5 (C5) This clock is identical to C3 except the address is incremented to address the third byte of the longword transfer. Clock 6 (C6) This clock is identical to C2 except that once TA is recognized asserted, the latched value corresponds to the third byte of data .com transfer. for the longword Clock 7 (C7) This clock is identical to C3 except the address is incremented to address the fourth byte of the longword transfer. Clock 8 (C8) This clock is identical to C2 except that once TA is recognized asserted, the latched value corresponds to the fourth byte of data for the longword. This is the last CLK cycle of the longword-read transfer. The selected device negates TA signal and three-states D[31:24] after the next rising edge of CLK. DataShe t4U.com e 6.5.5 Burst-Inhibited Write Transfer: Word, Longword, and Line The basic transfer of a burst-inhibited write is the same as "normal" write with the addition of more transfers until the entire operand has been accessed. Burst-inhibited write transfers can be from two to 16 transfers long. Figure 6-14 is a flowchart for burst-inhibited write transfers (4 transfers long) to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. .com 6-26 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-14. Burst-Inhibited Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Write Transfer FlowchartMCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE 1ST TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE 2ND TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON .com SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE t4U.com 1. 2. 3. 4. DataShe e 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 3. 4. RECOGNIZE THE 3RD TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* CAPTURE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE 4TH TRANSFER IS DONE THREE-STATE D[31:0] 2. 3. *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, TA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-27 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-15 shows a burst-inhibited supervisor data longword-write transfer to a 16-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:2] A[1:0] R/W $ADDR $0 $2 C2 C3 C4 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $0 $2 D[31:0] TA TEA ATA t4U.com DataShe e .com Figure 6-15. Burst-Inhibited Longword-Write Transfer to a 16-Bit Port (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $2 to indicate a word transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM high to identify the transfer as supervisor and places the data on the data bus (D[31:0]). The selected device(s) asserts TA if it is ready to latch the data. At the end of C2, the selected device latches the current value of D[31:16], and the MCF5206E samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first word is complete. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to output .com 6-28 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation the data and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E increments A[1:0] to address the next word, asserts TS and drives ATM low to identify the transfer as code or data. Clock 4 (C4) This clock is identical to C2 except that the data driven corresponds to the second word of data. This is the last CLK cycle of the longword-write transfer and the MCF5206E threestates D[31:0] at the start of the next CLK cycle. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.5.6 Asynchronous-Acknowledge Read Transfer The MCF5206E provides an asynchronous acknowledge that can be used for termination of all MCF5206E transfers except accesses to DRAM. ATA is synchronized internally before being used. If recognition by a specific CLK rising edge is required, ATA must meet the specified setup and hold times to CLK. Because of the internal synchronization of ATA, data must be driven on the bus until the asynchronous transfer acknowledge is recognized internally. If transfer error acknowledge (TEA) is asserted while ATA is being synchronized internally, the transfer terminates in an error. NOTE .com The internal synchronized version of (ATA) is referred to as ``internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge.'' Because of the time required to internally synchronize ATA during a read cycle, data is latched on the rising edge of CLK when the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. Consequently, data must remain valid for at least one and half CLK cycles after the assertion of ATA. Similarly, during a write cycle, data is driven until the falling edge of CLK when the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. Figure 6-16 is a flowchart for read transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports with asynchronous termination. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, t4U.com DataShe e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-29 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM 1. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE 1. 2. 1. 2. REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2. *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, ATA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. t4U.com Figure 6-16. Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Read Transfer with Asynchronous Termination Flowchart (One Wait State) DataShe e NOTE .com Zero-wait-state operation can be achieved with asynchronous termination by asserting asynchronous termination acknowledge (ATA) before the CLK cycle transfer start (TS) is asserted. This may only be practical if ATA is tied to GND. Refer to 3.5.12 Termination Tied to GND for more information. .com 6-30 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-17 shows a user code byte read from an 8-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] $ADDR C2 C3 Bus Operation $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:24] TA TEA $1 t4U.com DataShe ATA INTERNAL ATA e .com Figure 6-17. Byte-Read Transfer from an 8-Bit Port Using Asynchronous Termination (One Wait State) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as code. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $1 to indicate a byte transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS and drives ATM low to identify the transfer as user. The selected device(s) asserts ATA with the required setup time prior to the falling clock edge. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-31 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 3 (C3) At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and if it is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24]. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted, the byte transfer is complete and the transfer terminates. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge until it is asserted. As long as ATA is asserted prior to the falling edge of C2, internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted by the rising edge of C3. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.5.7 Asynchronous Acknowledge Write Transfer Figure 6-18 is a flowchart for write transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports with asynchronous termination. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE .com ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM t4U.com DataShe e 1. 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE THREE-STATE D[31:0] *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, ATA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-18. Byte-, Word-, and Longword-Write Transfer with Asynchronous Termination Flowchart .com 6-32 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-19 shows a user data byte transfer to a 32-bit port with asynchronous termination. C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] $ADDR C2 C3 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ATM SIZ[1:0] $1 D[31:0] TA TEA ATA INTERNAL ATA t4U.com DataShe e .com Figure 6-19. Byte-Write Transfer to a 32-Bit Port Using Asynchronous Termination (One Wait State) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $1 to indicate a byte transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM low to identify the transfer as user and places the data on the data bus (D[31:0]). The selected slave device asserts ATA prior to the falling edge of the clock. The selected slave device may latch the data present on the data bus or may wait until the end of Clock 3 (after internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge has been asserted). .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-33 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 3 (C3) At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and if it is asserted, the transfer of the byte is complete and the transfer terminates. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge until it is asserted. As long as ATA is asserted prior to the falling edge of C2 meeting the setup time requirement, internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted by the rising edge of C3. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.5.8 Bursting Read Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line with Asynchronous Acknowledge If the burst-enable bit in the appropriate Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) or Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1 and the operand size is larger than the port size of the memory being accessed, the MCF5206E performs word, longword, and line transfers in burst mode. When burst mode is selected and the transfer is not to DRAM, the transfer can be terminated synchronously using TA, or asynchronously using ATA. The transfer attributes are the same for both the synchronous and asynchronously terminated burst transfers. Figure 6-20 is a flowchart for bursting read transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports using asynchronous termination. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the .com size indicated, the portion of the data bus needed for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles used for each transfer. A bursted transfer can be from two to 16 transfers long. DataShe t4U.com e .com 6-34 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. The flow chart shown is for four bursting transfers.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE WORD, LONGWORD OR LINE DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM Bus Operation 1. 2. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE 1. 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 3. 1. 2. REGISTER DATA INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 1. 2. REGISTER DATA INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE t4U.com DataShe 1. 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE e .com 1. 2. REGISTER DATA INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 3. 1. 1. 2. REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, ATA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-20. Bursting Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer with Asynchronous Termination Flowchart .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-35 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-21 shows a bursting supervisor data longword-read transfer from a 16-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:2] A[1] A[0] $ADDR C2 C3 C4 C5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $0 $0 t4U.com D[31:16] TA TEA ATA INTERNAL ATA DataShe e .com Figure 6-21. Bursting Longword-Read from 16-Bit Port Using Asynchronous Termination (One Wait State) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as reading data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $0 to indicate a longword transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. .com 6-36 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 2 (C2) Bus Operation During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM high to identify the transfer as supervisor. The selected device(s) asserts ATA prior to the falling edge of the clock. Clock 3 (C3) At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and if it is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:16]. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted, the transfer of the first word is complete. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge until it is asserted. As long as ATA is asserted prior to the falling edge of C2, internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted by the rising edge of C3. Clock 4 (C4) The MCF5206E increments A[1:0] to address the next word. The selected device(s) asserts ATA prior to the falling edge of the clock. Clock 5 (C5) .com At the end of C5, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and if it is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:16]. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted, the transfer of the second word is complete and the transfer is terminated. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge until it is asserted. As long as ATA is asserted prior to the falling edge of C4, internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted by the rising edge of C5. DataShe t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e 6.5.9 Bursting Write Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line with Asynchronous Acknowledge Figure 6-22 is a flowchart for bursting write transfers (four transfers long) to 8-, 16-, or 32bit ports using asynchronous termination. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. A bursted transfer can be from two to 16 transfers long. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-37 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE WORD, LONGWORD OR LINE DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. 1. 1. 2. INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE t4U.com DataShe e .com 1. 2. 1. 2. INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE THREE-STATE D[31:0] 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, ATA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-22. Word-, Longword-, and Line-Write Transfer Flowchart with Asynchronous Termination .com 6-38 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-23 shows a bursting user data line-write transfer to a 32-bit port using asynchronous termination. C1 CLK TS A[27:4] A[3:2] $ADDR $0 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 $1 $2 $3 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... A[1:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $3 $0 t4U.com DataShe D[31:0] TA TEA ATA INTERNAL ATA e .com Figure 6-23. Bursting Line-Write from 32-Bit Port Using Asynchronous Termination (One Wait State) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $3 to indicate a line transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-39 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM low to identify the transfer as user and places the data on the data bus (D[31:0]). The selected device(s) asserts ATA if it is ready to latch the data, which is recognized by the MCF5206E on the next falling clock edge. Clock 3 (C3) If the selected device asserted asynchronous transfer acknowledge during C2, the selected device must latch the data by the end of C3. At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted, the transfer of the first longword is complete. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge until it is asserted. As long as ATA is asserted prior to the falling edge of C2, the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted by the rising edge of C3. Clock 4 (C4) The MCF5206E increments A[3:2] to address the next longword of the line transfer and drives D[31:0] with the second longword of data. The selected device(s) asserts ATA if it is ready to latch the data. At the end of C4, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal .com ATA and if it is asserted, the second longword transfer of the line write is complete. If internal ATA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal ATA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal ATA on successive falling edges of the CLK until it is asserted. Clock 5 (C5) This clock is identical to C3 except that the data value corresponds to the second longword of data for the burst. Clock 6 (C6) This clock is identical to C4 except that once internal ATA is asserted, the address and the data values correspond to the third longword of data for the burst. Clock 7 (C7) This clock is identical to C3 except that the data value corresponds to the third longword of data for the burst. Clock 8 (C8) This clock is identical to C4 except that once internal ATA is asserted the address and data value correspond to the fourth longword of data for the burst. .com 6-40 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 9 (C9) Bus Operation This clock is identical to C3 except that the data value corresponds to the fourth longword of data for the line. This is the last CLK cycle of the line write transfer and the MCF5206E three-states D[31:0] at the start of the next CLK cycle. 6.5.10 Burst-Inhibited Read Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line with Asynchronous Acknowledge If the burst-enable bit is cleared in the appropriate Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) or Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) and the operand size is larger than the port size of the memory being accessed, the MCF5206E performs word, longword, and line transfers in burst-inhibited mode. When burst-inhibit mode is selected, the size of the transfer (indicated by SIZ[1:0]) reflects the port size if the operand being read is larger than the port size, or the operand size if the port size is larger than the operand size. A transfer size of line (SIZ[1:0] = $3) is never indicated in burst-inhibited mode. If the operand size is line, the size pins (SIZ[1:0]) always indicates the port size. The basic transfer of a burst-inhibited read using asynchronous termination is the same as "normal" read using asynchronous termination with the addition of more transfers, until the entire operand has been accessed. Figure 6-24 is a flowchart for burst-inhibited read transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports with asynchronous termination. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. The flowchart .com is specifically for a burst-inhibited transfer of four transfers long. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-41 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 3. SYSTEM 1. 2. 1. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 1ST TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT THE APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON A[3:0], SIZ[1:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 1. 2. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 1. 2. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE 1. 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE t4U.com REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 2ND TRANSFER IS DONE 3. DataShe e .com INCREMENT THE APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON A[3:0], SIZ[1:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 3RD TRANSFER IS DONE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 1. 2. INCREMENT THE APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON A[3:0], SIZ[1:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 4TH TRANSFER IS DONE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, ATA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. Figure 6-24. Burst-Inhibited Word-, Longword-, and Line-Read Transfer with Asynchronous Termination Flowchart .com 6-42 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-25 shows a burst-inhibited user code word-read transfer from an 8-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:1] A[0] R/W $ADDR C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $0 $1 D[31:24] TA TEA ATA t4U.com DataShe e .com INTERNAL ATA Figure 6-25. Burst-Inhibited Word Read from 8-Bit Port Using Asynchronous Termination Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as code. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $1 to indicate a byte transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM low to identify the transfer as user. The selected device(s) asserts ATA, which is recognized at the next falling clock edge. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-43 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 3 (C3) At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and if it is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24]. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted, the transfer of the first byte is complete. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge until it is asserted. As long as ATA is asserted prior to the falling edge of C2, internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted by the rising edge of C3. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock 4 (C4) This clock is identical to C1 except the address bus is incremented to point to the second byte of data. Clock 5 (C5) This clock is identical to C2. Clock 6 (C6) This clock is identical to C3 except once internal ATA is recognized, the data corresponds .com to the second byte of data. DataShe t4U.com e 6.5.11 Burst-Inhibited Write Transfers: Word, Longword, and Line with Asynchronous Acknowledge The basic transfer of a burst-inhibited write using asynchronous termination is the same as "normal" write transfers with asynchronous termination but with the addition of more transfers until the entire operand has been accessed. Figure 6-26 is a flowchart for burstinhibited write transfers to 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports using asynchronous termination. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. The flowchart specifically depicts a burst-inhibited transfer of four accesses long. .com 6-44 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE 1ST TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 2. 3. 1. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. 2. 3. 4. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE 2ND TRANSFER IS DONE 1. 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE t4U.com 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. DataShe e INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON .com SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE 3RD TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE APPROPRIATE ACCESS TYPE DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* ASSERT ATA CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE 4TH TRANSFER IS DONE THREE-STATE D[31:0] *TO INSERT WAIT STATES, ATA IS DRIVEN NEGATED. .com Figure 6-26. Burst-Inhibited Word-, Longword-, and Line-Write Transfer with Asynchronous Termination FlowchartMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-45 MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-27 shows a burst-inhibited supervisor data longword-write transfer to a 16-bit port. C1 CLK TS A[27:2] A[1] $ADDR C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... A[0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] $0 t4U.com $2 DataShe e D[31:0] TA TEA ATA .com INTERNAL ATA Figure 6-27. Burst-Inhibited Longword-Write Transfer to 16-Bit Port Using Asynchronous Termination (One Wait State) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $2 to indicate a word transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. .com 6-46 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 2 (C2) Bus Operation During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM high to identify the transfer as supervisor and drives the data on the data bus (D[31:0]). The selected device(s) asserts ATA if it is ready to latch the data. Clock 3 (C3) At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and if it is asserted, terminates the first word transfer. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted, the transfer of the first word is complete. If internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge until it is asserted. As long as ATA is asserted by the falling edge of C2, the rising edge of C3 asserts the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge. Clock 4 (C4) This clock is identical to C1 except the MCF5206E increments the address to indicate the next word. Clock 5 (C5) .com This clock is identical to C2 except that the data driven corresponds to the second word of data. DataShe t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e Clock 6 (C6) This clock is identical to C3 except after asynchronous transfer acknowledge is recognized, the MCF5206E three-states the data bus after the next rising edge of CLK. 6.5.12 Termination Tied to GND If the MCF5206E is in a system with multiple masters and you require zero wait-state operation, you can tie ATA to GND to achieve zero wait-state operation for nonDRAM transfers. ATA must be used in this case as the MCF5206E can drive TA during external master accesses. When ATA is tied to GND, all nonDRAM transfers follow the timing shown with TA asserted with zero wait states. If the MCF5206E is the only master in the system, TA and BG can be tied to GND to grant mastership of the external bus to the MCF5206E and achieve zero wait-state operation. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-47 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE TA cannot be tied to GND if the MCF5206E is not the only bus master in the system. Damage to the part could occur if TA is tied to GND and external master accesses using 5206e generated termination. 6.6 MISALIGNED OPERANDS All MCF5206E data formats can be located in memory on any byte boundary. A byte operand is properly aligned at any address; a word operand is misaligned at an odd address; and a longword is misaligned at an address that is not evenly divisible by four. However, because operands can reside at any byte boundary, they can be misaligned. Although the MCF5206E does not enforce any alignment restrictions for data operands (including program counter (PC) relative data addressing), some performance degradation occurs when additional bus cycles are required for longword or word operands that are misaligned. For maximum performance, data items should be aligned on their natural boundaries. All instruction words and extension words must reside on word boundaries. An address error exception occurs with any attempt to prefetch an instruction word at an odd address. The MCF5206E converts misaligned operand accesses that are noncacheable to a sequence of aligned accesses. Figure 6-28 illustrates the transfer of a longword operand from a byte address to a 32-bit port, requiring more than one bus cycle. In this example, .com the SIZ[1:0] signals specify a byte transfer, and the byte offset of $1. The slave device supplies the byte and acknowledges the data transfer. When the MCF5206E starts the second cycle, the SIZ[1:0] signals specify a word transfer with a byte offset of $2. The next two bytes are transferred during this cycle. The MCF5206E then initiates the third cycle, with the SIZ[1:0] signals indicating a byte transfer. The byte offset is now $0; the port supplies the final byte and the operation is complete. Figure 6-29 is similar to the example illustrated in Figure 6-28 except that the operand is word-sized and the transfer requires only two bus cycles. 31 TRANSFER 1 TRANSFER 2 TRANSFER 3 24 23 16 15 OP 3 87 0 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e OP 0 OP 2 OP 1 - - - Figure 6-28. Example of a Misaligned Longword Transfer 31 TRANSFER 1 TRANSFER 2 24 23 16 15 87 0 OP 1 OP 0 - - - Figure 6-29. Example of a Misaligned Word Transfer .com 6-48 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE External masters that are using internal MCF5206E chip selects, DRAM, and default memory control signals must initiate aligned transfers only. Bus Operation 6.7 ACKNOWLEDGE CYCLES When a peripheral device requires the services of the MCF5206E or is ready to send information that the ColdFire core requires, it can signal the ColdFire core to take an interrupt exception. The interrupt exception transfers control to a routine that responds appropriately. The peripheral device uses the interrupt priority level/interrupt request signals (IPLx/IRQx) to signal an interrupt condition to the MCF5206E . Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com The MCF5206E has two levels of interrupt masking. The first level of interrupt masking is in the interrupt controller in the System Integration Module (SIM) which masks individual interrupt inputs and then outputs the interrupt priority level of the highest pending unmasked interrupt to the ColdFire core. The Status Register (SR) provides the second level of interrupt masking in the ColdFire core. The value of the SR interrupt mask is the highest priority level that the ColdFire core ignores. When an interrupt request has a priority higher than the value in the mask, the ColdFire core makes the request a pending interrupt. For more information about the Status Register refer to Section 3.2.2.1 Status Register in the ColdFire Core Section. .com The MCF5206E continuously samples the external interrupt input signals and synchronizes and debounces these signals. An interrupt request must be held constant for at least two consecutive CLK periods to be considered a valid input. If the external interrupt inputs are programmed to individual interrupt requests (at level 1, 4, and 7), the interrupt request must maintain the interrupt request level until the MCF5206E acknowledges the interrupt to guarantee that the interrupt is recognized. If the external interrupt inputs are programmed to be interrupt priority levels, the interrupt request must maintain the interrupt request level or a higher priority level until the MCF5206E acknowledges the interrupt to guarantee that the interrupt is recognized. DataShe e NOTE All interrupts are level sensitive only. Interrupts must remain stable and held valid for the interrupt to be detected. The MCF5206E takes an interrupt exception for a pending interrupt within one instruction boundary after processing any other pending exception with a higher priority. Thus, the MCF5206E executes at least one instruction in an interrupt exception handler before recognizing another interrupt request. If the AVEC bit in the Interrupt Control Register (ICR) for the interrupt being acknowledged is set to 1 (enabling autovectoring), the interrupt acknowledge vector is generated internally and no interrupt acknowledge cycle is generated on the external bus. Refer to the SIM section 7.3.2.3 Interrupt Control Register for ICR programming. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-49 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE If autovector generation is used for external interrupts, no interrupt acknowledge cycle is generated on the external bus. Consequently, the user must clear the external interrupt in the interrupt service routine. 6.7.1 Interrupt Acknowledge Cycle When the MCF5206E processes an interrupt exception, it performs an interrupt acknowledge bus cycle to obtain the vector number that contains the starting location of the interrupt exception handler. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The interrupt acknowledge bus cycle is a read transfer. It differs from a normal read cycle in the following respects: * TT[1:0] = $3 to indicate a CPU space/acknowledge bus cycle * ATM = $1 when TS is asserted and ATM = $0 when TS is negated * Address signals A[27:5] are set to all ones ($7FFFFF) * Address signals A[4:2] are set to the interrupt request level being acknowledged * Address signals A[1:0] are set to all zeros ($0) DataShe t4U.com e The responding device places the vector number on D[31:24] of the data bus during the .com interrupt acknowledge bus cycle and the cycle is terminated normally with TA or ATA. Figure 6-30 and Figure 6-31 illustrate a flowchart and functional timing diagram for an interrupt-acknowledge cycle terminated with TA.MCF5206E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. DRIVE $7FFFFF ON A[27:5] DRIVE $0 ON A[1:0] DRIVE INTERRUPT LEVEL ON A[4:2] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE (SIZ1 = $0, SIZ0 =$1) DRIVE TT[1:0] AND ATM TO INDICATE INTERRUPT ACKNOWLEDGE (TT[1] = TT[0] = $1 AND ATM = $1) ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE SYSTEM 1. 2. NEGATE TS DRIVE ATM TO INDICATE INTERRUPT ACKNOWLEDGE (ATM = $0) REGISTER DATA (D[31:24]) RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE 1. 2. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE.* DRIVE DATA ON D[31:24] ASSERT TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. Figure 6-30. Interrupt-Acknowledge Cycle Flowchart .com 6-50 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-31 shows an interrupt acknowledge cycle. C1 CLK TS A[27:5] A[4:2] A[1:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:24] $INT_LEVEL C2 Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $3 $1 t4U.com DataShe e .com TA TEA ATA Figure 6-31. Interrupt Acknowledge Bus Cycle Timing (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The interrupt acknowledge cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The address bus is driven with $7FFFFF on A[27:5], $0 on A[1:0] and the interrupt level being acknowledged on A[4:2]. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals are driven to $3 and the ATM is driven high to identify the access as an interrupt acknowledge cycle. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $1 to indicate a byte transfer. The MCF5206E asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) low to identify the transfer as an interrupt acknowledge cycle. The selected .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-51 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. device(s) places the interrupt vector number onto D[31:24] and asserts TA. At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24] which contains the interrupt vector number. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the interrupt vector is complete and the transfer terminates. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. NOTE Interrupt acknowledge cycles can be asynchronously acknowledged using ATA. As long as ATA is asserted by the falling edge of C2, internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted by the rising edge of C3. The interrupt vector must remain driven on D[31:24] until internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.8 BUS ERRORS The system hardware can use the transfer error acknowledge (TEA) signal to abort the current bus cycle when a fault is detected. A bus error is recognized during a bus cycle when TEA is asserted. When the MCF5206E recognizes a bus error condition for an access, the access is .com terminated immediately. An access that requires more than one transfer, aborts without completing the remaining transfers if TEA is asserted, regardless of whether the access uses burst or burst-inhibited transfers. DataShe t4U.com e .com 6-52 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-32 shows a bursting supervisor code longword-read access from a 16-bit port with a transfer error. C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] $0 $ADDR C2 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:0] TA TEA ATA $0 t4U.com DataShe e .com Figure 6-32. Bursting Longword-Read Access from 16-Bit Port Terminated with TEA Timing Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and ATM identifies the transfer as code. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $0 to indicate a longword transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates TS, drives ATM high to identify the transfer as supervisor. The selected device detects an error and asserts TEA. At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TEA. If it is asserted, the transfer of the longword is aborted and the transfer terminates. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-53 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE If TA is asserted when transfer error-acknowledge (TEA) is asserted, the transfer is terminated with a bus error. NOTE For the MCF5206E to accept the transfer as successful with an ATA, TEA must be negated until the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted or the transfer is completed with a bus error. 6.9 BUS ARBITRATION Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com The MCF5206E bus protocol provides for one bus master at a time: either the MCF5206E or an external device. If more than one external bus master is connected to the bus, an external arbiter can prioritize requests and determine which device is granted access to the bus. Bus arbitration is the protocol by which the MCF5206E or an external device becomes the bus master. When the MCF5206E is the bus master, it uses the bus to read instructions and transfer data not contained in its internal cache or memory to and from external memory. When an external bus master owns the bus, the MCF5206E can monitor the external bus master's transfers and assert chip select and DRAM control, and transfer termination signals. This capability is discussed in more detail in Section 6.10 External Bus Master Operation. .com DataShe e The MCF5206E bus arbitration can be used in two modes. A two-wire mode is provided for systems where the MCF5206E and a single external bus master are the only two masters arbitrating for use of the external bus. This arbitration mode uses the bus grant (BG) and bus driven (BD) signals. The bus request (BR) signal can be ignored by the external bus master. The second mode is provided for systems where multiple external bus masters are arbitrating for use of the external bus. This arbitration mode requires an external bus arbiter and uses the bus grant (BG), bus driven (BD) and bus request (BR) signals to control usage of the external bus. In either arbitration mode, the bus arbitration unit in the MCF5206E operates synchronously and transitions between states on the rising edge of CLK. For systems where the MCF5206E is the only possible bus master, the bus can be continuously granted to the MCF5206E by tying bus grant (BG) to GND. An arbiter is not required. 6.9.1 Two Master Bus Arbitration Protocol (Two-Wire Mode) The two-wire mode of bus arbitration allows the MCF5206E to share the external bus with a single external bus master without requiring an external bus arbiter. Figure 6-33 is a block diagram showing the MCF5206E connecting to an external bus master using the .com 6-54 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation two-wire mode. In this mode, the active-low bus grant (BG) input of the MCF5206E is connected to the active-high HOLDREQ output of the external bus master and the activelow bus-driven (BD) output of the MCF5206E is connected to the active-high HOLDACK input of the external bus master. Because the external bus master controls the assertion/ negation of HOLDREQ, it controls when the MCF5206E is granted the bus, making the MCF5206E the lower priority master. You can program the bus lock (BL) bit in the SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) to a 1, instructing the MCF5206E to retain control of the external bus, even when bus grant (BG) is negated. This lets you control the priority of the MCF5206E with respect to the external master when in two-wire mode. BG BD HOLDREQ HOLDACK Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... BR A[27:0] D[31:0] TS R/W SIZ[1:0] TA ATA TEA A[27:0] D[31:0] TS R/W SIZ[1:0] TA ATA t4U.com DataShe e .com TEAMCF5206E TO/FROM EXTERNAL MEMORY AND CONTROL EXTERNAL BUS MASTER Figure 6-33. MCF5206E Two-Wire Mode Bus Arbitration Interface When the external master is not using the bus, it negates HOLDREQ driving bus grant (BG) low, granting the bus to the MCF5206E . When the MCF5206E has an internal bus request pending and bus grant (BG) is low, the MCF5206E drives BD low, negating HOLDACK to the external bus master. When the external bus master requires use of the external bus, it asserts HOLDREQ, driving bus grant (BG) high, requesting the MCF5206E to relinquish the bus. If bus grant (BG) is negated while a bus cycle is in progress and if the bus lock bit is cleared, the MCF5206E relinquishes the bus at the completion of the bus cycle. Note that the MCF5206E considers the individual transfers of a burst or burstinhibited access to be a single bus cycle and does not relinquish the bus until the completion of the last transfer of the series. When the bus has been granted to the MCF5206E , one of two situations can occur. In the first case, the MCF5206E has an internal bus request pending, the MCF5206E asserts BD to indicate explicit bus ownership and begins the pending bus cycle by asserting TS. The .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-55 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.MCF5206E continues to assert BD until the completion of the bus cycle. If bus grant (BG) is negated by the end of the bus cycle and the Bus Lock bit in the SIMR is 0, the MCF5206E negates BD. As long as bus grant (BG) is asserted, BD remains asserted to indicate the bus is owned by the MCF5206E and the MCF5206E continuously drives the address bus, attributes and control signals. In the second situation, the bus is granted to the MCF5206E , but the MCF5206E does not have an internal bus request pending and the Bus Lock bit in the SIMR is 0, so it takes implicit ownership of the bus. Implicit ownership of the bus occurs when the MCF5206E is granted the bus, but there are no pending bus cycles and the bus lock bit (BL) in the SIMR is set to 0. The MCF5206E does not drive the bus and does not assert bus driven BD if the bus is implicitly owned. If an internal bus request is generated or the bus lock bit in the SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) is set to 1, the MCF5206E assumes explicit ownership of the bus. If explicit ownership was assumed because of an internal request being generated, the MCF5206E immediately begins an access and simultaneously asserts bus driven BD and TS. If explicit ownership was assumed because of the bus lock bit being set to 1, the MCF5206E asserts bus driven BD and drives the address, attributes and control signals but does no assert TS and does not begin a bus transfer. In the case where the bus lock bit is set to 1, the MCF5206E is the explicit master of the external bus, but does not begin an access until an internal request is generated. Figure 6-34 illustrates implicit and explicit bus ownership because of the bus lock bit being set .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com 6-56 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation C1 CLK A[27:0] TRANSFER ATTRIBUTES TS C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TA D[31:0] BG BD BUS LOCK BIT IMPLICIT OWNERSHIP EXTERNAL MASTER t4U.com EXPLICIT OWNERSHIP MCF5206E DataShe e .com then an internal bus request being generated. Figure 6-34. Two-Wire Implicit and Explicit Bus Ownership In Figure 6-34, the external master has ownership of the external bus during Clock 1 (C1) and Clock 2 (C2). In Clock 3 (C3) the external master releases control of the bus by asserting bus grant (BG) to the MCF5206E . During Clock 4 (C4) and Clock 5 (C5) the MCF5206E is implicit owner because an internal access is not pending and the bus lock bit is cleared. In C5, the bus lock bit is set to 1, causing the MCF5206E to take explicit ownership of the bus in Clock 6 (C6) by asserting BD. In Clock 7 (C7) the external master removes the bus grant to the MCF5206E . Because the bus lock bit is set to 1, the MCF5206E does not relinquish the bus (the MCF5206E continues to assert BD). NOTE The MCF5206E can start a transfer during the CLK cycle after BG is asserted. The external master should not assert BG to the MCF5206E until it has stopped driving the bus. BG cannot be asserted while the external master transfer is still in progress or damage to the part could occur. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-57 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. When the bus has been removed from the MCF5206E , one of two situations can occur. In the first case, the bus lock bit in the SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) is cleared and the MCF5206E has implicit ownership of the bus. When the external bus master negates BG, the MCF5206E negates BD and three-state the address, data, TS, R/W, and SIZ signals after completing the current bus cycle. Figure 6-35 illustrates two-wire bus arbitration with the bus lock bit cleared. C1 CLK A[4:2] TRANSFER ATTRIBUTES TS C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TA D[31:0] BG t4U.com BD DataShe e .com BUS LOCK BIT EXTERNAL MASTER EXTERNAL MASTERMCF5206E Figure 6-35. Two-Wire Bus Arbitration with Bus Lock Negated In Figure 6-35 during clocks C1 and C2, the external master is the bus owner. During C3, the external master relinquishes control of the bus by asserting BG to the MCF5206E . At this point, the bus lock bit is cleared, but because there is an internal access pending, the MCF5206E asserts BD during C4 and begins the access. Thus, the MCF5206E becomes the explicit master of the external bus. This access is a burst-inhibited access. During C5, the external master removes the grant from the MCF5206E by negating BG. Because the MCF5206E is performing a burst-inhibited access, it continues to assert BD until the final transfer of the access has completed. The MCF5206E negates BD during C8, returning ownership of the external bus to the external master. In the second case, the bus lock bit in the SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) is set to 1 and the MCF5206E has explicit ownership of the bus. In this case, when the external bus master negates BG, the MCF5206E continues to assert BD and continues to drive address, attributes, and control signals. The MCF5206E retains mastership of the bus until the bus lock bit in the SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) is cleared. By setting the bus lock bit to 1, you can select the MCF5206E to be the highest priority master, even when .com 6-58 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation mastership of the bus is controlled by an external master. In this fashion, the MCF5206E can be guaranteed mastership of the bus when executing time critical, bus intensive operations. Figure 6-36 illustrates bus arbitration using the bus lock bit to control the arbitration. C1 CLK A[27:0] TRANSFER ATTRIBUTES C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TS TA D[31:0] BG BD t4U.com DataShe BUS LOCK BIT EXTERNAL MASTER e .comMCF5206E EXTERNAL MASTER Figure 6-36. Two-Wire Bus Arbitration with Bus Lock Bit Asserted In Figure 6-36 above, the external master is owner of the external bus during C1 and C2. During C3 the external master relinquishes control of the bus by asserting bus grant (BG) to the MCF5206E . At this point the bus lock bit is set to 1, and there is an internal access pending so the MCF5206E asserts bus driven (BD) during C4 and begins the access. Thus, the MCF5206E becomes the explicit master of the external bus. Also during C4, the external master removes the grant from the MCF5206E by negating bus grant (BG). Because the MCF5206E is the current bus master and the bus lock bit in the SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) is set to 1, it continues to assert BD even after the current transfer has completed. The MCF5206E negates the bus lock bit in SIMR during C8. Because bus grant (BG) is negated, the MCF5206E negates bus driven (BD) during C9 and three-states the external bus, thereby passing ownership of the external bus back to the external master. Figure 6-37 is a bus arbitration state diagram for the MCF5206E bus arbitration protocol. Table 6-10 lists the conditions that cause bus arbitration state changes. Table 6-11 describes the MCF5206E bus ownership, bus driving and assertion of bus driven (BD) for .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-59 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. each state of the bus arbitration state machine. A1 A2 RESET A3 A4 EM B1 D3 IMPLICIT OWN B3 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... OWN D2 D4 C3 C5 EXPLICIT OWN B2 B4 t4U.com C1 C2 .com C4 DataShe e Figure 6-37. MCF5206E Two-Wire Bus Arbitration Protocol State Diagram Table 6-10. MCF5206E Two-Wire Bus Arbitration Protocol Transition Conditions PRESENT STATE CONDITION LABEL A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 D1 D2 D3 D4 RSTI A N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N SOFTWARE WATCHDOG RESET A N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N BG N A N A A A A N N N N N A A A BUS LOCK INTERNAL TRANSFER IN END OF BIT BUS REQUEST PROGRESS CYCLE A N N A N N A N N N A N A N A A N A NEXT STATE Reset Reset EM Own Implicit Own EM Own Explicit Own Implicit Own Explicit Own Explicit Own Explicit Own EM Own Explicit Own EM Own EM Own Explicit Own Implicit Own Explictit Own RESET IMPLICIT OWN EXPLICIT OWN AM OWN .com 6-60 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation NOTES 1)"N" means negated; "A" means asserted; "EM" means external master. 2)End of Cycle: Whatever terminates a bus transaction whether it is normal or bus error. Note that bus cycles that result from a burst inhibited transfer are considered part of that original transfer. Table 6-11. MCF5206E Two-Wire Arbitration Protocol State Diagram STATE Reset Implicit Own Explicit Own EM Own OWN No Yes Yes No BUS STATUS Not Driven Not Driven Driven Not Driven BD Negated Negated Asserted Negated Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MCF5206E can be in any one of four arbitration states during bus operation: reset, external master ownership, implicit ownership, and explicit ownership. The MCF5206E enters the reset state whenever RSTI or software watchdog reset is asserted in any bus arbitration state. When RSTI and the software watchdog reset are negated, the MCF5206E proceeds to the implicit ownership state or external master ownership state, depending on BG. The external master ownership state denotes the MCF5206E does not have ownership (BG negated) of the bus and the MCF5206E does not drive the bus. The MCF5206E can assert memory control signals (i.e., CS[7:0], WE[3:0], RAS[1:0] or CAS[3:0]) and transfer acknowledge (TA) during this state. .com t4U.com DataShe e The implicit ownership state indicates that the MCF5206E owns the bus because BG is asserted to it. The MCF5206E , however, is not ready to begin a bus cycle and the bus lock bit in the SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) is cleared. In this case, the MCF5206E keeps the bus three-stated until an internal bus request occurs or the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1. The MCF5206E explicitly owns the bus when the bus is granted to it (BG asserted) and at least one bus cycle has been initiated or the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1. The MCF5206E asserts BD in this state to indicate the MCF5206E has explicit ownership of the bus. Until BG is negated, the MCF5206E retains explicit ownership of the bus whether or not active bus cycles are being executed. Once BG is negated and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared, the MCF5206E relinquishes the bus at the end of the current bus cycle. When the MCF5206E is ready to relinquish the bus, it negates BD and three-states the bus signals. 6.9.2 Multiple External Bus Master Arbitration Protocol (Three-Wire Mode) The three-wire mode of bus arbitration allows the MCF5206E to share the external bus with any number of external bus masters. In this mode, an external arbiter must be provided to assign priorities to each of the possible bus masters and determine which master should be allowed use of the external bus. The bus arbitration signals of the .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-61 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.MCF5206E , BR, BD, and BG connect to the bus arbiter, allowing the bus arbiter to control use of the external bus by the MCF5206E . The MCF5206E requests the bus from the external bus arbiter by asserting bus request (BR) whenever an internal bus request is pending (the ColdFire core requests an access). The MCF5206E continues to assert BR until after the start of the external bus transfer. The MCF5206E can negate BR at any time regardless of the bus grant (BG) status. If the bus is granted to the MCF5206E when an internal bus request is generated, the MCF5206E asserts bus driven (BD) simultaneously with transfer start, allowing the access to begin immediately. The MCF5206E always drives BR and BD. They cannot be directly wireORed with other devices. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The external arbiter asserts BG to indicate to the MCF5206E that it has been granted the bus and may begin a bus cycle after the rising edge of the next CLK. If BG is negated while a bus cycle is in progress, the MCF5206E relinquishes the bus at the completion of the bus cycle, except if the bus lock (BL) bit in the SIMR is set. To guarantee that the bus is relinquished, BL must be cleared and BG must be negated prior to the rising edge of the CLK in which the last TA, TEA or internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. Note that the MCF5206E considers any series of bus transfers of a burst or a burstinhibited transfer to be a single bus cycle and does not relinquish the bus until completion of the last transfer of the series. When the bus has been granted to the MCF5206E in response to the assertion of BR, one of two situations can occur. In the first case, the MCF5206E has an internal bus request .com pending, the MCF5206E asserts BD to indicate explicit bus ownership and begins the pending bus cycle by asserting TS. The MCF5206E continues to assert BD until the external bus master negates BG, after which BD is negated at the completion of the bus cycle. As long as BG is asserted, BD remains asserted to indicate the bus is owned by the MCF5206E and the MCF5206E continuously drives the address bus, attributes and control signals. In the second situation, the bus is granted to the MCF5206E , but the MCF5206E does not have an internal bus request pending and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared. In this case, the MCF5206E takes implicit ownership of the bus. Implicit ownership of the bus occurs when the MCF5206E is granted the bus, but there are no pending bus cycles. The MCF5206E does not drive the bus and does not assert BD if the bus is implicitly owned. If an internal bus request is generated or the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1, the MCF5206E assumes explicit ownership of the bus. If explicit ownership was assumed due to an internal request being generated, the MCF5206E immediately begins an access and simultaneously asserts BD and TS. If explicit ownership was assumed due to the bus lock bit being set to 1, the MCF5206E asserts BD and drives the address, attributes, and control signals. In this case, the MCF5206E is the explicit master of the external bus, but does not begin an access until an internal request is generated. Figure 6-38 illustrates DataShe e .com 6-62 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation implicit and explicit bus ownership due to the bus lock bit being set then an internal bus request being generated. C1 CLK A[27:0] TRANSFER ATTRIBUTES TS C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 TA Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... D[31:0] BR BG BD t4U.com BUS LOCK BIT DataShe e .com OWNERSHIP EXTERNAL MASTER IMPLICIT EXPLICIT OWNERSHIP MCF5206E Figure 6-38. Three-Wire Implicit and Explicit Bus Ownership In Figure 6-38, the external master has ownership of the external bus during C1 and C2. In C3, the external master releases control of the bus and the external arbiter asserts bus grant (BG) to the MCF5206E . During C4 and C5, the MCF5206E is implicit owner because an internal access is not pending and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared. During C5, the bus lock bit is set to 1, causing the MCF5206E to take explicit ownership of the bus during C6 by asserting BD. During C7, the external arbiter removes the bus grant from the MCF5206E by negating BG. Because the bus lock bit is set to 1, the MCF5206E does not relinquish the bus (the MCF5206E continues to assert BD) NOTE The MCF5206E can start a transfer during the CLK cycle after BG is asserted. The external arbiter should not assert BG to the MCF5206E until the previous external master has stopped driving the bus. BG cannot be asserted while another external master transfer is still in progress or damage to the part could occur. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-63 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. When the bus has been removed from the MCF5206E , one of two situations can occur. In the first case, the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared and the MCF5206E has explicit ownership of the bus. When the external bus master negates BG, the MCF5206E completes the current transfer, then negates BD and three-states the address, data, TS, R/W, and SIZ signals after completing the current bus cycle. In the second case, the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1 and the MCF5206E has explicit ownership of the bus. In this case, when the external bus master negates BG, the MCF5206E continues to assert BD and continues to drive address, attributes, and control signals. The MCF5206E retains mastership of the bus until the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared. By asserting the bus lock bit, you can select the MCF5206E to be the highest priority master, even when mastership of the bus is controlled by an external arbiter. In this fashion, the MCF5206E can be guaranteed mastership of the bus when executing time-critical, bus-intensive operations. Figure 6-39 illustrates bus arbitration using the bus lock bit to control the arbitration. C1 CLK A[27:0] TRANSFER ATTRIBUTES TS C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com TA D[31:0] BR BG BD BUS LOCK BIT EXTERNAL MASTER EXTERNAL MASTERMCF5206E Figure 6-39. Three-Wire Bus Arbitration with Bus Lock Bit Asserted In Figure 6-39, the external master is owner of the external bus during C1 and C2. During C2, the MCF5206E requests the external bus due to a pending internal transfer. On Clock C3, the external master relinquishes control of the bus and the external arbiter grants the bus to the MCF5206E by asserting bus grant (BG). At this point the bus lock bit is set to 1, and there is an internal access pending so the MCF5206E asserts bus driven (BD) during Clock C4, and begins the access. Thus, the MCF5206E becomes the explicit .com 6-64 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation master of the external bus. Also during C4, the external arbiter removes the grant from the MCF5206E by negating bus grant (BG). Because the MCF5206E is the current bus master and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1, it continues to assert BD even after the current transfer has completed. The MCF5206E negates the bus lock bit in the SIMR during C8. Because bus grant (BG) is negated, the MCF5206E negates bus driven (BD) during C9 and three-states the external bus, thereby passing ownership of the external bus to an external master. BR can be used by the external arbiter as an indication that the MCF5206E needs the bus. However, there is no guarantee that when the bus is granted to the MCF5206E , a bus cycle is performed. At best, BR must be used as a status output that indicates when the MCF5206E needs the bus, but not as an indication that the MCF5206E is in a certain bus arbitration state. Figure 6-40, a high level bus arbitration state diagram for the MCF5206E bus arbitration protocol, can be used by external arbiters to predict how the MCF5206E operates as a function of external signals. Table 6-11 lists conditions that cause a change to and from the various states. Table 6-12 describes the MCF5206E bus ownership, bus driving, and assertion of bus driven (BD) for each state of the bus arbitration state machine. A1 A2 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e .com A3 RESET A4 D1 EM OWN B1 D3 IMPLICIT OWN B3 D2 D4 C3 C5 EXPLICIT OWN B2 B4 C1 C2 C4 Figure 6-40. MCF5206E Bus Arbitration Protocol State Diagram .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-65 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 6-12. MCF5206E Three-Wire Bus Arbitration Protocol Transition Conditions PRESENT STATE CONDITION LABEL A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 D1 D2 D3 D4 RSTI A N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N SOFTWARE WATCHDOG RESET A N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N BG N A N A A A A N N N N N A A A INTERNAL TRANSFER IN END OF BUS LOCK BUS REQUEST PROGRESS CYCLE BIT (IBR) A N Y N N A N N N A N A N Y Y N Y NEXT STATE Reset Reset EM Own Implicit Own EM Own Explicit Own Implicit Own Explicit Own Explicit Own Explicit Own EM Own Explicit Own EM Own EM Own Explicit Own Implicit Own Explicit Own RESET IMPLICIT OWN Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... EXPLICIT OWN EM OWN t4U.com NOTES: 1)"N" means negated; "A" means asserted; "EM" means external master. 2)End of Cycle: Whatever terminates a bus transaction whether it is normal or bus error. Note that bus cycles that .com result from a burst inhibited transfer are considered part of that original transfer. 3)IBR refers to an internal bus request.The output signals BR is a registered version of IBR when BG is negated and BD is negated. There is an internal bus request when the Coldfire core requires the external bus for an operand transfer. DataShe e Table 6-13. MCF5206E Three-Wire Arbitration Protocol State Diagram STATE Reset Implicit Own Explicit Own EM Own OWN No Yes Yes No BUS STATUS Not Driven Not Driven Driven Not Driven BD Negated Negated Asserted Negated The MCF5206E can be in any one of four arbitration states during bus operation: reset, external master own, implicit ownership, and explicit ownership. The reset state is entered whenever RSTI or software watchdog reset is asserted in any bus arbitration state. When RSTI and the software watchdog reset are negated, the MCF5206E proceeds to the implicit ownership state or external master ownership state, depending on bus grant (BG). The external master ownership state denotes the MCF5206E does not have ownership (bus grant (BG) negated) of the bus and the MCF5206E does not drive the bus. The .com 6-66 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus OperationMCF5206E can assert memory control signals (i.e., CS[7:0], WE[3:0], RAS[1:0] or CAS[3:0]) TA and BR during this state. The implicit ownership state indicates that the MCF5206E owns the bus because bus grant (BG) is asserted to it. The MCF5206E , however, is not ready to begin a bus cycle and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared, and it keeps the bus three-stated until an internal bus request occurs or the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1. The MCF5206E explicitly owns the bus when the bus is granted to it (bus grant (BG) asserted) and at least one bus cycle has initiated or the bus lock bit in the SIMR is set to 1. The MCF5206E asserts BD in this state to indicate the MCF5206E has explicit ownership of the bus. Until bus grant (BG) is negated, the MCF5206E regains explicit ownership of the bus whether or not active bus cycles are being executed. Once bus grant (BG) is negated and the bus lock bit in the SIMR is cleared, the MCF5206E relinquishes the bus at the end of the current bus cycle. When the MCF5206E is ready to relinquish the bus, it negates BD and three-states the bus signals. The bus arbitration state diagram for the MCF5206E three-wire bus arbitration protocol can be used to approximate the high level behavior of the MCF5206E . It is assumed that all TS signals in a system are tied together and each bus master's BD and BR signals are connected individually to the external bus arbiter. The external bus arbiter must be careful to make sure any external bus master has relinquished the bus or will relinquish the bus after the next rising edge of CLK before asserting bus grant (BG) to the MCF5206E . The MCF5206E does not monitor external bus master operation regarding .com bus arbitration. NOTE The MCF5206E can start a transfer on the rising edge of CLK the cycle after BG is asserted. The external arbiter should not assert BG to the MCF5206E until the previous external master has stopped driving the bus. BG cannot be asserted while another external master transfer is still in progress or damage to the part could occur. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShe e 6.10 EXTERNAL BUS MASTER OPERATION The MCF5206E can monitor bus transfers by other bus masters and can assert chip selects, DRAM control, and transfer termination signals during these transfers. Assertion of chip selects and DRAM control signals can occur when the bus is granted to another bus master and TS is asserted by the external master as an input to the MCF5206E . NOTE External masters that are using internal MCF5206E chip selects, DRAM, and default memory control signals must initiate aligned transfers only. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-67 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. The MCF5206E registers the value of A[27:0], R/W, and SIZ[1:0] on the rising edge of CLK in which TS is asserted. NOTE If the pins A[27:24]/CS[7:4]/WE[0:3] are not assigned to output address signals, a value of $0 is assigned internally to A[27:24]. Also, TT[1:0] and ATM are not examined during external master transfers. The mask bits SC, SD, UC, UD and C/I in the Chip Select Mask Registers (CSMR) and in the DRAM Controller Mask Registers (DCMR) are not used during external master transfers. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... If the assertion of chip selects, DRAM control, and transfer termination signals during external master accesses is not required, the MCF5206E TS pin should not be asserted when bus driven (BD) is negated. This subsection concentrates on external master accesses to default memory. For more information on external master accesses to chip select and DRAM memory spaces, refer to Section 8 Chip Select and Section 10 DRAM Controller. During external master transfers, the.com MCF5206E examines the address, direction, and size of the transfer, and on the next rising edge of CLK, begins assertion of the proper sequence of memory control signals. If the transfer is decoded to be a chip select address and the chip select is enabled for the direction of the transfer (read- and/or write enabled), the appropriate chip selects and write enable signals are asserted. If the chip select is enabled for external master automatic acknowledge, TA is driven and asserted at the appropriate time. The MCF5206E does not drive addresses during external bus master accesses that are decoded as chip select or default memory transfers. The external master must provide the correct address to the external memory at the appropriate time. If the transfer is decoded to be a DRAM address and the DRAM bank is enabled for the direction of the transfer (read- and/or write enabled), the appropriate DRAM control address and the transferacknowledge (TA) signals are asserted. If the address of the transfer is neither a chipselect or a DRAM address, the SIM reads the DMCR. If the external master automatic acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the DMCR is set, the MCF5206E drives TA and asserts transfer acknowledge after the number of clocks programmed in the wait state bits (WS) in the DMCR. For more information about programming the Default Memory Control Register, refer to the SIM section. Table 6-13 lists the signals and conditions under which the MCF5206E drives these signals during external master accesses. t4U.com DataShe e .com 6-68 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 6-14. Signal Source During External Master Accesses MEMORY SPACE Chip Select DRAM Default Memory ADDRESS (DRIVEN BY) CONTROL SIGNALS Bus Operation TRANSFER ACKNOWLEDGE External Master CS[7:0], WE[3:0] MCF5206E : if EMAA in CSCR is set to 1 MCF5206E : if DCAR in DCCR is RAS[1:0], CAS[3:0], DRAMW MCF5206E set to 1 External Master MCF5206E : if EMAA in DMCR is set to 1 6.10.1 External Master Read Transfer Using MCF5206E Termination The basic read cycle of an external master transfer using MCF5206E -generated termination is the same as a ColdFire core initiated transfer with one additional CLK cycle between the assertion of TS by the external master and the starting of the internal waitstate counter by the MCF5206E . During this CLK cycle, the MCF5206E decodes the external master address to determine the appropriate memory control and termination signals that must be asserted. For more information on chip select transfers and DRAM transfers, refer to Section 8 Chip Selects and Section 10 DRAM Controller. Figure 6-41 is a flow chart for external master read transfers using MCF5206E -generated automatic acknowledge to access 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the DataShe t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... e .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-69 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. EXTERNAL MASTER 1. 2. 3. 4. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLEMCF5206E SYSTEM 1. REGISTER EXTERNAL MASTER A[27:0], R/W, SIZ[1:0] 1. NEGATE TS 1. 2. DRIVE TA TO NEGATED STATE* LOAD WAIT STATE COUNTER WITH APPROPRIATE COUNT VALUE 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE 1. REGISTER THE DATA RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2. 1. DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. NEGATE TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. THREE-STATE TA. t4U.com *TA IS DRIVEN NEGATED IF THE APPROPRIATE WAIT STATE COUNT IS GREATER THAN ZERO. IF THE WAIT STATE COUNT IS ZERO, TA IS DRIVEN AND ASSERTED DURING THE SAME CLK. DataShe e .com transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. Figure 6-41. External Master Read Transfer using MCF5206E -Generated Transfer Acknowledge Flowchart .com 6-70 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-42 illustrates transfer acknowledge (TA) assertion by the MCF5206E during external master read transfers. C1 CLK EM TS EM A[27:0] EM R/W EM SIZ[1:0] C2 C3 C4 $ADDR Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... D[31:0] TA TEA ATA t4U.com DataShe e Figure 6-42. External Master Read Transfer Using MCF5206E Transfer Acknowledge .com Timing (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the external master drives valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to indicate the transfer size. The external master asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) At the start of C2, the MCF5206E registers the external master address bus, read/write and size signals. During C2, the MCF5206E decodes the registered address and read/ write signals and if the external master automatic acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1, the MCF5206E selects the indicated number of wait states for loading into the internal wait state counter. During C2, the external master negates TS and samples the level of TA. The selected device(s) decodes the address and drives the appropriate data onto the data bus. Clock 3 (C3) At the start of C3, if the EMAA bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1 and the number of wait states is zero, the MCF5206E drives TA signal to the asserted .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-71 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. state. During C3, the external master samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the data and terminates the transfer. If TA is negated, the external master continues to insert wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The external master must continue to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Clock 4 (C4) During C4, the selected slave device drives the data bus to a high-impedence state. The MCF5206E negates TA and drives TA to a high-impedence state after the next rising edge of CLK. 6.10.2 External Master Write Transfer Using MCF5206E Termination Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The basic write cycle of an external master transfer using MCF5206E -generated termination is the same as a ColdFire core-initiated transfer with one additional CLK cycle between the assertion of TS by the external master and the start of the internal wait state counter by the MCF5206E . During this CLK cycle, the MCF5206E decodes the external master address to determine the appropriate memory control and termination signals that must be asserted. For more information on chip select transfers, refer to the Chip Selects section. For more information on DRAM transfers, refer to the DRAM Controller section. Figure 6-43 is a flow chart for external master write transfers using MCF5206E -generated automatic acknowledge to access 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the .com transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. EXTERNAL MASTER 1. 2. 3. 4. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE BYTE, WORD OR LONGWORD ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. REGISTER EXTERNAL MASTER A[27:0], R/W, SIZ[1:0] MCF5206E SYSTEM t4U.com DataShe e 1. 2. NEGATE TS DRIVE DATA ON APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. DRIVE TA TO NEGATED STATE* LOAD WAIT STATE COUNTER WITH APPROPRIATE COUNT VALUE 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE 1. 1. RECOGNIZE THE TRANSFER IS DONE 1. DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE CAPTURE THE DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES OF THE DATA BUS 1. THREE-STATE D[31:0] 1. NEGATE TA FOR ONE CLK 1. THREE-STATE TA. *TA IS DRIVEN AND NEGATED IF THE APPROPRIATE WAIT STATE COUNT IS GREATER THAN ZERO. IF THE WAIT STATE COUNT IS ZERO, TA IS DRIVEN AND ASSERTED DURING THE SAME CLK. .com 6-72 Figure 6-43. External Master Write Transfer Using MCF5206E -Generated Transfer Acknowledge FlowchartMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation Figure 6-44 illustrates TA assertion by the MCF5206E during external master write transfers. C1 CLK EM TS EM A[27:0] EM R/W EM SIZ[1:0] C2 C3 C4 $ADDR Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... EM D[31:0] TA TEA ATA t4U.com Figure 6-44. External Master Write Transfer Using MCF5206E Transfer.com Acknowledge Timing (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the external master drives valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to indicate the transfer size. The external master asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) At the start of C2, the MCF5206E registers and decodes the external master address bus, read/write and size signals. If the external master automatic acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1, the MCF5206E selects the indicated number of wait states for loading into the internal wait state counter. During C2, the external master negates TS, places the data on the data bus (D[31:0]), and samples the level of TA. The selected device(s) decode the address and latch the data when it is ready. Clock 3 (C3) At the start of C3, if the EMAA bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1 and the number of wait states is zero, the MCF5206E asserts TA . During C3, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the external master terminates DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-73 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. the transfer. If TA is negated, the external master continues to output the data and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The external master must continue to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Clock 4 (C4) During C4, the external master places the data bus in a high-impedence state. The MCF5206E negates TA and drives TA to a high impedence state after the next rising edge of CLK. 6.10.3 External Master Bursting Read Using MCF5206E -Generated Transfer Termination t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The bursting read transfer of an external master transfer using MCF5206E -generated termination is similar to a ColdFire core initiated bursting transfer with the exception that one additional CLK cycle is inserted between the assertion of TS by the external master and the starting of the internal wait state counter by the MCF5206E . If the transfer is to default memory, the external master must increment the address to the appropriate value after each assertion of transfer acknowledge. For more information on chip select transfers, refer to Section 8 Chip Selects. For more information on DRAM transfers, refer to Section 10 DRAM Controller. NOTE .com An external master cannot initiate a bursting read transfer for a chip select or default memory space where the burst-enable bit (BRST) in the Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) or the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is cleared. Undefined behavior occurs if you attempt such a transfer. DataShee Figure 6-45 is a flowchart for an external master bursting read transfer using MCF5206E generated automatic acknowledge to access 8-, 16-, or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer, and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. A bursting read transfer can be from two to sixteen transfers long. The flowchart in Figure 6-45 is for a bursting transfer four transfers long. .com 6-74 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation EXTERNAL MASTER 1. 2. 3. 4. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO READ (R/W = 1) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE WORD, LONGWORD OR LINE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1.MCF5206E SYSTEM REGISTER EXTERNAL 1. NEGATE TS 1. 2. DRIVE TA TO NEGATED STATE* LOAD WAIT STATE COUNTER WITH APPROPRIATE COUNT VALUE 1. 1. REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 1ST TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 2. 3. 1. DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 1. 2. 3. REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 2ND TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 3RD TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. REGISTER DATA RECOGNIZE THE 4TH TRANSFER IS DONE 1. NEGATE TA FOR ONE CLK CYCLE DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 2. t4U.com DataShee 1. .com 1. DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. 2. 3. 1. 1. 2. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. 1. THREE-STATE TA. Figure 6-45. External Master Bursting Read Transfer Using MCF5206E -Generated Transfer-Acknowledge Flowchart .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-75 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-46 illustrates TA assertion by the MCF5206E during external master bursting read transfers. C1 CLK EM TS EM A[27:2] EM A[1:0] EM R/W EM SIZ[1:0] $ADDR $0 $1 $3 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 $2 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $0 D[31:24] TA TEA ATA t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 6-46. External Master Bursting Longword Read Transfer to an 8-Bit Port Using MCF5206E Transfer-Acknowledge Timing (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the external master places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $0 to indicate a longword transfer. The external master asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) At the start of C2, the MCF5206E registers the external master address bus, read/write and size signals. During C2, the MCF5206E decodes the registered address and read/ write signals and if the external master automatic acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1, the MCF5206E selects the indicated number of wait states for loading into the internal wait state counter. During C2, the external master negates TS and samples the level of TA. The selected device(s) decodes the address and drives the appropriate data onto the data bus. .com 6-76 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 3 (C3) Bus Operation At the start of C3, if the EMAA bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1 and the number of wait states is zero, the MCF5206E drives TA signal to the asserted state. During C3, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the external master latches the first byte of data from D[31:24]. If TA is negated, the external master continues to insert wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The external master must continue to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Clock 4 (C4) During C4, the external master increments the address by one to access the second byte of data in the longword transfer. The external master also samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the external master latches the second byte of data from D[31:24]. If TA is negated, the external master continues to insert wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The external master must continue to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. The selected slave decodes the address and outputs the next byte of data on D[31:24]. The MCF5206E continues to assert TA. Clock 5 (C5) This clock is identical to C4 except the external master increments the address to point to .com the third byte of data, and the selected slave decodes the address and outputs the third byte of data of the longword transfer. Clock 6 (C6) This clock is identical to C4 except the external master increments the address to point to the fourth byte of data, and the selected slave decodes the address and outputs the fourth byte of data of the longword transfer. Clock 7 (C7) During C7, the selected slave device drives the data bus to a high impedence state. The MCF5206E drives TA to the inactive state and then drives TA to a high-impedence state after the next rising edge of CLK. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 6.10.4 External Master Bursting Write Using MCF5206E -Generated Transfer Termination The bursting write transfer of an external master using MCF5206E -generated termination is similar to a ColdFire core initiated bursting write transfer except that one additional CLK cycle is inserted between the assertion of TS by the external master and the start of the internal wait state counter by the MCF5206E . If the transfer is to default memory, the external master must increment the address to the appropriate value after each assertion .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-77 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. of transfer acknowledge. For more information on chip select transfers or DRAM transfers, refer to Section 8 Chip Selects or to Section 10 DRAM Controller. NOTE An external master cannot initiate a bursting write transfer for a chip select or default memory space where the burst-enable bit (BRST) in the Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) or the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is cleared. Undefined behavior occurs if you try this. Figure 6-47 is a flowchart for external master bursting write transfer using MCF5206E generated automatic acknowledge to access 8-, 16- or 32-bit ports. Bus operations are similar for each case and vary only with the size indicated, the portion of the data bus used for the transfer and the specific number of cycles needed for each transfer. A bursting write transfer can be from two to sixteen transfers long. The flowchart shown in Figure 647 is for a bursting write transfer of four transfers long. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 6-78 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation EXTERNAL MASTER 1. 2. 3. 4. DRIVE ADDRESS ON A[27:0] DRIVE R/W TO WRITE (R/W = 0) DRIVE SIZ[1:0] TO INDICATE WORD, LONGWORD OR LINE ASSERT TS FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 2. 1. 2. NEGATE TS DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1.MCF5206E SYSTEM REGISTER EXTERNAL MASTER A[27:0], R/W, SIZ[1:0] 1. DRIVE TA TO NEGATED STATE* LOAD WAIT STATE COUNTER WITH APPROPRIATE COUNT VALUE 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE LATCH DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE 1ST TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE LATCH DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. 3. 1. t4U.com 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE 2ND TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 1. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE LATCH DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. DataShee .com DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 1. 3. DECODE ADDRESS AND SELECT THE APPROPRIATE SLAVE DEVICE LATCH DATA FROM THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE 2. 1. 2. RECOGNIZE THE 3RD TRANSFER IS DONE INCREMENT APPROPRIATE ADDRESS BITS BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[3:0] AND PORT SIZE DRIVE DATA ON THE APPROPRIATE BYTE LANES BASED ON SIZ[1:0], A[1:0] AND PORT SIZE RECOGNIZE THE 4TH TRANSFER IS DONE 1. DRIVE TA TO ASSERTED FOR ONE CLK CYCLE 3. 1. NEGATE TA FOR ONE CLK 1. 1. THREE-STATE TA. 1. THREE-STATE D[31:0] *TA IS DRIVEN AND NEGATED IF THE APPROPRIATE WAIT STATE COUNT IS GREATER THAN ZERO. IF THE WAIT STATE COUNT IS ZERO, TA IS DRIVEN AND ASSERTED DURING THE SAME CLK. Figure 6-47. External Master Bursting Write Transfer using MCF5206E -Generated Transfer-Acknowledge Flowchart .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-79 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Figure 6-48 illustrates TA assertion by the MCF5206E during external master bursting write transfers. C1 CLK EM TS EM A[27:2] EM A[1] EM A[0] EM R/W EM SIZ[1:0] $ADDR C2 C3 C4 C5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $0 EM D[31:16] TA TEA t4U.com DataShee .com ATA Figure 6-48. External Master Bursting Longword Write Transfer to a 16-Bit Port Using MCF5206E Transfer Acknowledge Timing (No Wait States) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the external master places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $0 to indicate a longword transfer. The external master asserts TS to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. Clock 2 (C2) At the start of C2, the MCF5206E registers and decodes the external master address bus, read/write and size signals. If the external master automatic acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1, the MCF5206E selects the indicated number of wait states for loading into the internal wait state counter. During C2, the external master negates TS, drives the appropriate data onto the data bus, and samples the level of TA. The selected device(s) decodes the address and if ready, latches the appropriate data from the data bus. .com 6-80 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 3 (C3) Bus Operation At the start of C3, if the EMAA bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set to 1 and the number of wait states is zero, the MCF5206E asserts TA. During C3, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first word is complete. If TA is negated, the external master continues to insert wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The external master must continue to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. Clock 4 (C4) During C4, the external master increments the address by two to point to the second word of data in the longword transfer and outputs the second word of data onto the data bus. The external master also samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the second word of the longword transfer is complete. If TA is negated, the external master continues to insert wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The external master must continue to sample TA on successive rising edges of CLK until it is asserted. The selected slave decodes the address and latches the next word of data on D[31:16]. The MCF5206E continues to assert TA. Clock 5 (C5) During C5, the external master drives the data bus to a high impedence state. The MCF5206E drives TA to the inactive .com TA in a high-impedence state after state and places the next rising edge of CLK. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 6.11 RESET OPERATION The MCF5206E supports three types of reset, two of which are external hardware resets (master reset and normal reset) and one internal reset--Software Watchdog reset. Master reset resets the entire MCF5206E including the DRAM controller. Normal reset resets all of the MCF5206E with the exception of the DRAM controller. Normal reset allows DRAM refresh cycles to continue at the programmed rate and with the programmed waveform timing while the remainder of the system is being reset, maintaining the data stored in DRAM. The Software Watchdog resets act as internally generated normal resets. NOTE Master reset must be asserted for all power-on resets. Failure to assert master reset during power-on sequences results in unpredictable DRAM controller behavior. 6.11.1 MASTER RESET To perform a master reset, an external device asserts the reset input pin (RSTI) and the HIZ input pin (HIZ) simultaneously. When power is applied to the system, external circuitry should assert RSTI for a minimum of six CLK cycles after Vcc is within tolerance. Figure .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-81 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 6-49 is a functional timing diagram of the master reset operation, illustrating relationships among Vcc, RSTI, HIZ, RSTO, mode selects, and bus signals. CLK must be stable by the time Vcc reaches the minimum operating specification. CLK should start oscillating as Vcc is ramped up to clear out contention internal to the MCF5206E caused by the random manner in which internal flip-flops power up. RSTI and HIZ are internally synchronized on consecutive rising and falling clocks before being used and must meet the specified setup and hold times to the falling edge of he clock only if recognition by a specific CLK falling edge is required. T >= 6 CLK CYCLES CLK T = 32 CLK CYCLES T >= 22 CLK CYCLES Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... VCC RSTI HIZ IPL[2:0] RSTO BUS SIGNALS t4U.com DataShee .com BR BD Figure 6-49. Master Reset Timing TS must be pulled up or negated during master reset. When the assertion of RSTI is recognized internally, the MCF5206E asserts the reset out pin (RSTO). RSTO is asserted as long as RSTI is asserted and remains asserted for 32 CLK cycles after RSTI is negated. For proper master reset operation, RSTI and HIZ must be asserted and negated simultaneously. During the master reset period, all signals that can be are driven to a high-impedence state and all those that cannot be driven to a high-impedence state are driven to their negated states. Once RSTI negates, all bus signals continue to remain in a highimpedance state until the MCF5206E is granted the bus and the ColdFire core begins the first bus cycle for reset exception processing. A master reset causes any bus cycle (including DRAM refresh cycles) to terminate. In addition, master reset initializes registers appropriately for a reset exception. During a master reset, the hard reset bit (HRST) bit in the Reset Status Register (RSR) is set and the software reset bit (SRST) in the Reset Status Register (RSR) is cleared to indicate that an external hardware reset caused the previous reset. .com 6-82 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Operation The levels of the IPLx pins select the port size and acknowledge features of the global chip select after a master reset occurs. The IPLx signals are synchronized and are registered on the last falling edge of CLK where RSTI and HIZ are asserted. 6.11.2 NORMAL RESET External normal resets should be performed anytime it is important to maintain the data stored in DRAM during a reset. An external normal reset is performed when an external device asserts the reset input pin (RSTI) while negating the HIZ input pin (HIZ). During an external normal reset, RSTI must be asserted for a minimum of six CLKs. Figure 6-50 is a functional timing diagram of external normal reset operation, illustrating relationships among RSTI, HIZ, RSTO, mode selects, and bus signals. RSTI and HIZ are internally synchronized on consecutive falling and rising clocks before being used and must meet the specified setup and hold times to the falling edge of the clock only if recognition by a specific CLK falling edge is required. T >= 6 CLK CYCLES CLK VCC RSTI HIZ T = 32 CLK CYCLES T >= 22 CLK CYCLES t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com IPL[2:0] RSTO BUS SIGNALS BR BD Figure 6-50. Normal Reset Timing TS must be pulled up or negated during normal reset. When the assertion of RSTI is recognized internally, the MCF5206E asserts the reset out pin (RSTO). RSTO is asserted as long as RSTI is asserted and remains asserted for 32 CLK cycles after RSTI is negated. For proper normal reset operation, HIZ must be negated as long as RSTI is asserted. During the normal reset period, all signals that can be are driven to a high-impedence state and all those that cannot are driven to their negated states. Once RSTI negates, all .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-83 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. bus signals continue to remain in a high-impedance state until the MCF5206E is granted the bus and the ColdFire core begins the first bus cycle for reset exception processing. A normal reset causes all bus activity except DRAM refresh cycles to terminate. During a normal reset, DRAM refresh cycles continues to occur at the programmed rate and with the programmed waveform timing. In addition, normal reset initializes registers appropriately for a reset exception. During an external normal reset, the hard reset (HRST) bit in the Reset Status Register (RSR) is set and the software reset (SRST) bit in the Reset Status Register (RSR) is cleared to indicate an external hardware reset caused the previous reset. The levels of the IPLx pins select the port size and acknowledge features of the global chip select after an external normal reset occurs. The IPLx signals are synchronized and are registered on the last falling edge of CLK where RSTI is asserted. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6.11.3 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG TIMER RESET OPERATION If the software watchdog timer is programmed to generate a reset, when a timeout occurs an internal reset is asserted for at least 31 clocks, resetting internal registers as with a normal reset. The RSTO pin will assert for at least 31 clocks after the software watchdog timeout. Figure 6-51 illustrates the timing of RSTO when asserted by a software watchdog timeout. T >= 31 CLK CYCLES T >= 22 CLK CYCLES t4U.com DataShee .com CLK SOFTWARE WATCHDOG TIMEOUT INTERNAL RESET RSTO BUS SIGNALS BR BD Figure 6-51. Software Watchdog Timer Reset Timing NOTE Like the normal reset, the internal reset generated by a software watchdog timeout does not reset the DRAM controller. DRAM refreshes continue to be generated during .com 6-84 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. and after the software watchdog timout reset at the programmed rate and with the programmed waveform timing. Bus Operation TS must be pulled up or negated during software watchdog reset. When the software watchdog timeout recognized internally, the reset out pin (RTS2/RSTO) is asserted by the MCF5206E . RSTO is asserted for at least 31 CLK cycles after the internal software watchdog timer reset negated. During the software watchdog timer reset period, all signals that can be are driven to a high-impedence state and all those that cannot are driven to their negated states. Once RSTO negates, all bus signals continue to remain in a high-impedance state until the MCF5206E is granted the bus and the ColdFire core begins the first bus cycle for reset exception processing. A software watchdog timer reset causes all bus activity except DRAM refresh cycles to terminate. During a software watchdog timer reset, DRAM refresh cycles continue to occur at the programmed rate and with the programmed waveform timing. In addition, software watchdog timer reset initializes registers appropriately for a reset exception. During a software watchdog timer reset, the hard reset (HRST) bit in the Reset Status Register (RSR) is cleared and the software reset (SRST) bit in the Reset Status Register (RSR) is set to 1 to indicate that a software watchdog timeout caused the previous reset. NOTE The levels of the IPLx pins are not sampled during a software watchdog reset. If the port size and acknowledge features of the global chip select are different from the values programmed in the Chip Select Control Register 0 (CSCR0) at the time of the software watchdog reset, you must assert RSTI during software watchdog reset to cause the IPLx/IRQx pins to be resampled. .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 6-85 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Bus Operation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 6-86 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA SECTION 7 DMA CONTROLLER MODULE 7.1 INTRODUCTION The Direct Memory Access Controller (DMA) Module provides a quick and efficient process for moving blocks of data with minimal processor overhead. The DMA module, shown in Figure 7-1, provides two channels that allow byte, word, or longword operand transfers. These transfers can be single or dual address to off-chip devices or dual address to on-chip devices. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE . Semiconductor, Inc. EXTERNAL BUS EXTERNAL REQUESTS CHANNEL 0 SAR CHANNEL 1 SAR DAR BCR CNTRL STATUS INTERRUPTS/ EXTERNAL BUS MODULE ENABLE DAR BCR CNTRL STATUS Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CHANNEL REQUESTS CHANNEL ATTRIBUTES MUX CONTROL CHANNEL ENABLES EXTERNAL BUS ADDRESS EXTERNAL BUS SIZE MUX CURRENT MASTER ATTRIBUTES t4U.com DATAPATH CONTROL ARBITRATION/ DataShee .com CONTROL DATAPATH EXTERNAL BUS EXTERNAL BUS READ DATA EXTERNAL BUS WRITE DATA REGISTERED EXTERNAL BUS SIGNALS Figure 7-1. DMA Signal Diagram The DMA contains the following features: * Two fully independent programmable DMA Controller Module channels * Auto-alignment feature for source or destination accesses * Single and dual address transfers * Two external request pins provided * Channel arbitration on transfer boundaries .com 7-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA * Data transfers in 8-, 16-, 32- or 128-bit blocks via a 16-byte buffer * Supports burst and cycle steal transfers * Independent transfer widths for source and destination * Independent source and destination address registers * Provide two clock data transfers 7.2 DMA SIGNAL DESCRIPTION This subsection contains a brief description of the DMA module signals used to provide handshake control for either a source or destination external device. See Table 7-1 for details. Table 7-1. DMA Signals. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... SIGNAL NAME DREQ[1:0] DIRECTION In DESCRIPTION External DMA request 7.2.1 DMA Request (DREQ[1]/TOUT[0] & DREQ[0]/TIN[0]) These multiplexed pins can serve as the DMA request inputs, or as Timer 0 input and output pins. Programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SBC determines the function of each of these two multiplexed pins. The pins are programmable on a bit-by-bit basis. These active-low inputs are asserted by a peripheral device to request an operand transfer .com between that peripheral and memory. The DREQ signals are asserted to initiate DMA accesses in the respective channels. The system should force any unused DREQ signals to a logic high state. t4U.com DataShee 7.3 DMA MODULE OVERVIEW The DMA controller module transfers data at very high rates, usually much faster than the ColdFire core under software control can handle. The term DMA refers to a peripheral device's capability to access memory in a system in the same manner as a microprocessor does. DMA operations can greatly increase overall system performance. The DMA module consists of two independent channels, each with independent request signals.The term DMA is used throughout this section to reference either of the two channels as they are functionally equivalent. However, both channels cannot own the bus at the same time. Therefore, it is impossible to implicitly address both DMA channels at the same time. The MCF5206E on-chip peripherals do not support the single-address transfer mode. DMA requests may be internally generated by the processor writing to the start bit or externally generated by a device. The amount of bus bandwidth allocated for the DMA can be programmed by the processor for each channel. The DMA channels support two transfer modes: continuous mode and cycle steal mode. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE Semiconductor, Inc. The DMA controller supports single- and dual-address transfers. In single-address mode, a channel supports 32 bits of address and 32 bits of data. Single-address transfers can be started by an external device using the request signal. The DMA provides address and control signals during a single-address transfer. The requesting device either sends or receives data to or from the specified address (see Figure 7-2). In dual-address mode, a channel supports 32 bits of address and 32 bits of data. The dual-address transfers can be started by either the internal request mode or by an external device using the request signal. In this mode, two bus transfers occur, one from a source device and the other to a destination device (see Figure 7-3). Any operation involving the DMA follows the same basic steps: channel initialization, data transfer, and channel termination. In the channel initialization step, the DMA channel registers are loaded with control information, address pointers, and a byte transfer count. The channel is then started. During the data transfer step, the DMA accepts requests for operand transfers and provides addressing and bus control for the transfers. The channel termination step occurs after operation is complete. The channel indicates the status of the operation in the channel status register. NOTE: The DMA cannot access the SRAM that is resident on-chip. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 7-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA DMA MEMORY PERIPHERAL Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DMA PERIPHERAL MEMORY t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 7-2. Single-Address Transfers MEMORY DMA MEMORY Figure 7-3. Dual-Address Transfers .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE Semiconductor, Inc. 7.4 DMA CONTROLLER MODULE PROGRAMMING MODEL The registers of each DMA Controller Module channel are mapped into memory as shown in Figure 7-5. The base address for each channel of the DMA Controller Module is displayed in Table 7-7. Base Address Offset MBAR + DMA0SAR MBAR + DMA1SAR Channel Channel 0 Channel 1 Table 7-2. DMA Controller Module Channel Offsets The DMA Controller Module register set controls the DMA Controller Module. This section describes each of the internal registers and the bit assignment for each register. Note that there is no mechanism for the prevention of writes to control registers during DMA transfers. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com Base Address Offset $200 $204 $208 $20C $210 $214 $240 $244 $248 $24C $250 $254 [31:0] Source Address Register 0 Destination Address Register 0 DMA Control Register 0 Byte Count Register 0 Status Register 0 Interrupt Vector Register 0 Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved Source Address Register 1 Destination Address Register 1 DataShee Reserved Reserved DMA Control Register 1 Byte Count Register 1 Status Register 1 Interrupt Vector Register 1 .com Reserved Reserved Figure 7-4. DMA Controller Module Register Model Per Channel 7.4.1 Source Address Register (SAR) The source address register (SAR) is a 32-bit register containing the address from which the DMA Controller Module will request data during a transfer. In Single Address Mode, the SAR provides the address regardless of the direction. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 SAR31 SAR30 SAR29 SAR28 SAR27 SAR26 SAR25 SAR24 SAR23 SAR22 SAR21 SAR20 SAR19 SAR18 SAR17 SAR16 Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 SAR15 SAR14 SAR13 SAR12 SAR11 SAR10 SAR9 Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 SAR8 0 7 SAR7 0 6 SAR6 0 5 SAR5 0 4 SAR4 0 3 SAR3 0 2 SAR2 0 1 SAR1 0 0 SAR0 0 Source Address Register (SAR) .com 7-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA D a t a S h4 U .t c o m ee www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA 7.4.2 Destination Address Register (DAR) The destination address register (DAR) is a 32-bit register containing the address to which the DMA Controller Module will send data during a transfer. Note that this register is only used during dual address transfers. 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 DAR31 DAR30 DAR29 DAR28 DAR27 DAR26 DAR25 DAR24 DAR23 DAR22 DAR21 DAR20 DAR19 DAR18 DAR17 DAR16 Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 DAR15 DAR14 DAR13 DAR12 DAR11 DAR10 DAR9 Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 DAR8 0 7 DAR7 0 6 DAR6 0 5 DAR5 0 4 DAR4 0 3 DAR3 0 2 DAR2 0 1 DAR1 0 0 DAR0 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Destination Address Register (DAR) 7.4.3 Byte Count Register (BCR) The byte count register (BCR) is a 16-bit register containing the number of bytes remaining to be transferred for a given block. The BCR count is the number of bytes remaining to be written. The BCR decrements on the successful completion of the address phase of either a write transfer in dual address mode or any .com address mode. The amount the BCR transfer in single decrements is 1, 2, 4, or 16 for byte, word, longword, or line accesses, respectively. t4U.com DataShee 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 BCR15 BCR4 BCR13 BCR12 BCR11 BCR10 BCR9 Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 BCR8 0 7 BCR7 0 6 BCR6 0 5 BCR5 0 4 BCR4 0 3 BCR3 0 2 BCR2 0 1 BCR1 0 0 BCR0 0 Byte Count Register (BCR) The DONE bit in the DMA Status Register is set when the entire block transfer is complete, when BCR = $00. When a transfer sequence is initiated and the BCR contains a value that is not divisible by 16, 4, or 2 when the DMA is configured for line, longword, or word transfers, respectively, the configuration error bit in the DMA status register (DSR) is set and the transfer is not performed. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-7 D a t a S h4 U .t c o m ee www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE 7.4.4 DMA Control Register Semiconductor, Inc. The DMA control register (DCR) is a 16-bit register that controls the configuration of the DMA Controller Module. 15 INT Reset: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 14 EEXT 13 CS 12 AA 11 10 BWC 9 8 SAA 7 S_RW 6 SINC 5 SSIZE 4 3 DINC 2 DSIZE 1 0 START DMA Control Register (DCR) INT--Interrupt on completion of transfer This field controls whether an interrupt is to be generated at the completion of the transfer or occurrence of an error condition. 1 = SINT asserts. An internal interrupt signal asserts at the completion of a transfer. 0 = No interrupt is generated. EEXT--Enable External DMA Request 1 = Enables the external request signal to affect transfer initiation. The START bit is always enabled. 0 = The external request is ignored. NOTE There is no logic precluding collisions with START bit and DREQ .com signal except for EEXT. Use caution when initiating a DMA transfer with the START bit while EEXT=1. CS--Cycle Steal 1 = Forces a single read/write transfer per request. The request may be internal by setting the START bit, or external by asserting the DREQ signal. 0 = The DMA performs continuous read/write transfers until the BCR decrements to 0 or until the boundary defined by the BWC bits is reached. AA--Auto-Align This bit and the size bits determine whether the source or destination is auto-aligned. Auto alignment means that the accesses are optimized based on the address value and the programmed size. For more information see 7.10.2.2 Auto Alignment. 1 = If the SSIZE bits indicate a larger or equivalent transfer size with respect to DSIZE, then the source accesses are auto-aligned. If the DSIZE bits indicate a larger transfer size than SSIZE, then the destination accesses are auto-aligned. Source alignment takes precedence over destination alignment. If auto-alignment is enabled, the appropriate address register increments, regardless of the state of DINC or SINC. 0 = No accesses are auto aligned t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 7-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 4U. c DataSheet om www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA BWC--Bandwidth Control These three bits are decoded to provide for internal bandwidth control. When the byte count has reached the programmed BWC boundary, the request signal to the internal arbiter is negated until the completion of the data access to enable the ColdFire core to access the bus.Table 7-8 shows the encodings for these bits. When the bits are cleared, the DMA does not negate its request. The table shows BCR values at which the bus is relinquished. For example, if BWC = 001 and the BCR is set to 516, the bus is relinquished after four bytes are transferred. Table 7-3. BWC Encoding BWC 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 BLOCK SIZE Bandwidth Control Disabled 512 1024 2048 4096 8192 16384 32768 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com SAA--Single Address Access 1 = The DMA channel is in single address mode. The DMA provides an address from the SAR and directional control, bit S_RW, to allow two peripherals (one may be memory) to exchange data within a single access. Data is not stored by the DMA. 0 = The DMA channel is in dual address mode. .com S_RW--Single Address Access Read/Write Value. This bit specifies the value of the external R/W signal during single address accesses. This provides directional control to the master bus controller. 1 = Forces the external R/W signal to a logic high state. 0 = Forces the external R/W signal to a logic low state. The bit is only valid when the SAA bit is set. SINC--Source Increment This bit controls whether the source address increments after each successful transfer. 1 = The SAR increments by 1, 2, 4, or 16, depending upon the size of the transfer. 0 = There is no change to the SAR after a successful transfer. SSIZE--Source Size This field controls the size of the source bus cycle that the DMA Controller Module is running. See Table 7-4 for the encoding of this field. DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE Semiconductor, Inc. TRANSFER SIZE Longword Byte Word Line Table 7-4. SSIZE Encoding SSIZE 00 01 10 11 DINC--Destination Increment This bit controls whether the destination address increments after each successful transfer. 1 = The DAR increments by 1, 2, 4, or 16 depending upon the size of the transfer. 0 = There is no change to the DAR after a successful transfer. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DSIZE--Destination Size This field controls the size of the destination bus cycle that the DMA Controller Module is running. See Table 7-10 for the encoding of this field. Table 7-5. DSIZE Encoding DSIZE 00 01 10 11 t4U.com TRANSFER SIZE Longword Byte Word Line DataShee .com START--Start Transfer 1 = Indicates to the DMA to begin the transfer according to the values in the control registers. This bit is self-clearing after one clock and is always read as a logic 0. 7.4.5 DMA Status Register (DSR) The DMA Status Register (DSR) is an 8-bit register that reports on the status of the DMA Controller Module. On recognition of an event, the DMA Controller Module sets the corresponding bit in the DSR. Only writes to bit 0 of the DSR have any effect. NOTE Setting the DONE bit creates a single-cycle pulse, which will reset the channel thus clearing all bits in the register. This must be done at the completion of a transfer, though it may be set during a transfer to abort the transfer. 7 Reset: 6 CE 0 5 BES 0 4 BED 0 3 2 REQ 0 1 BSY 0 0 DONE 0 DMA Status Register (DSR) .com 7-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 4U. t D a t a S h e ec o m www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA Bit 7--Reserved CE--Configuration Error A configuration error results when either the number of bytes represented by the BCR is not consistent with the requested source or destination transfer size, or the SAR or DAR contains an address that does not match the requested transfer size for the source or destination, respectively. The bit is cleared during a hardware reset, or by writing a logic one to the DONE bit of the DSR. 1 = A configuration error has occurred. 0 = No configuration error exists. BES--Bus Error on Source 1 = The DMA channel has terminated with a bus error either during the read portion of a transfer or during an access in single address mode (SAA = 1). 0 = No bus error has occurred. BED--Bus Error on Destination 1 = The DMA channel has terminated with a bus error during the write portion of a transfer. 0 = No bus error has occurred. Bit 3 --Reserved REQ--Request .com 1 = The DMA channel has transfers remaining and the channel is not selected 0 = There is no request pending or the channel is currently active. The bit is cleared when the channel is selected. BSY--Busy 1 = This bit is set the first time the channel is enabled after a transfer is initiated. 0 = DMA channel is not active. This bit is cleared to 0 when the DMA has finished the last transaction. DONE--Transaction Done This bit may be read or written and is set when all DMA Controller Module transactions have completed normally, as determined by the transfer count or error conditions. When the BCR reaches zero, DONE is asserted by the DMA or a peripheral device at the successful conclusion of the final DMA Controller Module transfer. This bit is written with a 1 to reset the DMA control/state bits and can be used in an interrupt handler to clear the DMA interrupt and the DONE and error bits. It can also be used to kill a transfer in progress by resetting state bits. Writing a 0 to this location has no affect. 1= DMA transfer is complete. 0= Writing or reading a 0 at this bit location has no affect. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE Semiconductor, Inc. 7.4.6 DMA Interrupt Vector Register The DMA Interrupt Vector Register (DIVR) is an 8-bit register, which is sent to the ColdFire core in response to an acknowledge cycle. The register is selected when both the SMEN and SIVOE signals are asserted. 7 Reset: 0 6 5 4 3 Interrupt Vector Bits 0 1 2 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 DMA Interrupt Vector Register (DIVR) 7.5 TRANSFER REQUEST GENERATION Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The DMA channel supports two types of request generation methods: internal and external. Both types of requests can be programmed to limit the amount of bus use and can be either cycle-steal mode or continuous mode. The EEXT field in the DCR programs the request generation method used for the channel. 7.5.1 Cycle Steal Mode When the CS field in the DCR is set, the DMA is in cycle-steal mode. This means that only one complete transfer from source to destination will take place for each request that the module receives. The request can be either internal or external depending on how the EEXT field is programmed. .com t4U.com DataShee NOTE: When in cycle steal mode, the DMA channel is forced to give up the bus. If no external master is requesting the bus and the CPU is not requesting the bus, the lower priority channel will get 1 access to the bus before the higher priority channel gets it back. However, the more likely scenario that the CPU is also requesting access, the higher priority channel keeps ownership until the transfer is complete. 7.5.2 Continuous Mode If the CS field in the DCR is cleared, the DMA is in continuous mode. After a request is asserted, either internal or external, the DMA continuously transfers data until the BCR is zero, the value in the BWC is reached, or the DONE bit in the DSR is set. The continuous mode can be run at either the maximum rate or a limited rate. The maximum rate of transfer can be achieved if the BWC field in the DCR is programmed to be 000. Then the DMA channel that has started a transfer will continue until the BCR decrements to zero or a 1 is written to the DONE bit in the DSR. A limited rate can be achieved by programming the BWC field to be anything except 000. The DMA then performs the specified number of transfers and surrenders the bus to allow another device to use the bus. In this mode, the DMA negates its internal bus request on the .com 7-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 4U. t D a t a S h e ec o m www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA last transfer before the boundary programmed in the BWC field. After the transfer is complete, it then asserts its internal bus request again to regain mastership at the earliest possible time as determined by the internal bus arbiter. The minimum amount of time that the DMA does not have the bus is one bus cycle. 7.6 DATA TRANSFER MODES Each DMA channel supports single- and dual-address transfers. The single-address transfer mode consists of one DMA bus cycle, which allows either a read or a write cycle to occur. The dual-address transfer mode consists of a source operand read and a destination operand write. 7.6.1 Single Address Transactions Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The DMA Controller Module begins a single address transfer sequence when the SAA bit is set while a DMA request is made. If no error conditions exist, the REQ bit is set. When the channel is enabled, the BSY bit is set and the REQ bit is cleared. The SAR contents are then driven onto the address bus and the value of the S_RW bit is driven onto the R/W signal. The BCR decrements on successful address phase accesses until it reaches 0, and the DONE bit is set. In the event of a termination error, the BES and DONE bit of the DSR are set, and no further DMA Controller Module transactions are attempted. t4U.com 7.6.2 Dual Address Transactions The DMA Controller Module begins a dual-address transfer sequence when the SAA bit is .com cleared while a DMA request is made. If no error condition exists, the REQ bit of the DSR is set. 7.6.2.1 DUAL ADDRESS READS. The DMA Controller Module drives the value in the SAR onto the address bus. If the SINC bit of the DCR is set, then the SAR increments by the appropriate number of bytes upon a successful read cycle. When the appropriate number of read cycles completes successfully, the DMA initiates the write portion of the transfer. In the event of a termination error, the BES and DONE bit of the DSR are set, and no further DMA Controller Module transactions are attempted. 7.6.2.2 DUAL ADDRESS WRITES. The DMA Controller Module drives the value in the DAR onto the address bus. If the DINC bit of the DCR is set, the DAR increments by the appropriate number of bytes at the completion of a successful write cycle. The BCR decrements by the appropriate number of bytes. If the BCR equals zero, the DONE bit is set. If the BCR is greater than 0, then another read/write transfer is initiated. If the BCR is a multiple of the programmed BWC, then the DMA request signal is negated until termination of the bus cycle, to allow the internal arbiter to return control to the ColdFire core. There is an idle clock before the next assertion of MTS. In the event of a termination error, the BED and DONE bit of the DSR are set, and no further DMA Controller Module transactions are attempted. DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-13 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE Semiconductor, Inc. 7.7 DMA CONTROLLER MODULE FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION In the following descriptions, "DMA request" implies that the START bit is set or the DREQ signal is asserted while the EEXT bit is set. The START bit is cleared when the channel begins an internal access. Before initiating a transfer request, the DMA Controller Module first verifies that the source size and destination size (dual address only) as configured in the DCR, are consistent with the source address and destination address. If a misalignment is detected, no transfer occurs, and the CE bit of the DSR is set. The CE bit is also set if the BCR contains a value inconsistent with both the destination size (dual address only) and the source size. Depending on the configuration of the DCR, an interrupt event may be issued when the CE bit is set. Note that if the AA bit is set, error checking is performed only on the appropriate registers. A "read/write" transfer refers to a dual-address access in which a number of bytes are read from the source address and written to the destination address. The number of bytes transferred is determined by the larger of the sizes specified by the source and destination size encodings. The source and destination address registers (SAR and DAR) increment at the completion of a successful address phase. The BCR decrements at the completion of a successful address phase write when SAA=0 or any successful address phase when SAA=1. A successful address phase occurs when a valid address request is not held by the arbiter. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com 7.7.1 Channel Initialization and Startup Before starting a block transfer operation, the channel registers must be initialized with infor.com mation describing the channel configuration, request generation method, and data block. This initialization is accomplished by programming the appropriate information into the channel registers. 7.7.1.1 CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION. Channel 0 has priority over Channel 1 unless overwritten by the BWC bits in channel 1's DCR. If the BWC bits for DMA channel 1 are set to 000, then it will have priority over channel 0, unless channel 0 also has the BWC bits set to 000. 7.7.1.2 PROGRAMMING THE DMA CONTROLLER MODULE. Some general comments on programming the DMA follow: * No mechanism exists for preventing writes to control registers during DMA accesses * If the BWC of sequential channels are equivalent, channel priority is in ascending order The SAR is loaded with the source (read) address. If the transfer is from a peripheral device to memory, the source address is the location of the peripheral data register. If the transfer is from memory to a peripheral device or memory to memory, the source address is the starting address of the data block. This address may be any byte address. In the single-address mode, this register is used regardless of the direction of the transfer. The DAR should contain the destination (write) address. If the transfer is from a peripheral device to memory or memory to memory, the DAR is loaded with the starting address of the data block to be written. If the transfer is from memory to a peripheral device, the DAR is DataShee .com 7-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA loaded with the address of the peripheral data register. This address may be any byte address. In the single-address mode, this register is not used. The manner in which the SAR and DAR change after each cycle depends on the values in the DCR SSIZE and DSIZE fields and the SINC and DINC bits, and the starting address in the SAR and DAR. If programmed to increment, the increment value is 1, 2, 4, or 16 for byte, word, longword, or line operands, respectively. If the address register is programmed to remain unchanged (no count), the register is not incremented after the operand transfer. The BCR must be loaded with the number of byte transfers that are to occur. This register is decremented by 1, 2, 4, or 16 at the end of each transfer. The DSR must be cleared for channel startup. Once the channel has been initialized, it is started by writing a one to the START bit in the DCR or asserting the DREQ signal, depending on the status of the EEXT bit in the DCR. Programming the channel for internal request causes the channel to request the bus and start transferring data immediately. If the channel is programmed for external request, DREQ must be asserted before the channel requests the bus. If any fields in the DCR are modified while the channel is active, that change is effective immediately. To avoid any problems with changing the setup for the DMA channel, a 1 should be written to the DONE bit in the DSR to stop the DMA channel. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 7.7.2 Data Transfers 7.7.2.1 EXTERNAL DMA REQUEST.comEach channel has the feature of OPERATION. interfacing to an external device to initiate transfers to the device. If the EEXT bit is set, when the DREQ signal asserts, the DMA initiates a transfer provided the channel is idle. If the CS (cycle steal) bit is set, then a single read/write transfer occurs. If the CS bit is clear, multiple read/write transfers occur as programmed. The DREQ signal is not required to be negated until the DONE bit of the DSR asserts. In cycle-steal mode, the maximum length of DREQ assertion to maintain a single transfer depends on configuration. In the worst case of a single-address access, byte accesses, and idle channels, DREQ may be asserted for no more than five rising clock edges (see Figure 7-5). DataShee CLOCK DREQ[1:0] Figure 7-5. External Request Timing - Cycle Steal Mode, Single-Address Mode See Figure 7-7 for timing relationships for a dual-address transfer using cycle-steal mode. The maximum assertion time for DREQ in this configuration is eight clocks. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE: You can DMA from on-chip serial ports using the UART interrupt signal as the source for external DMA requests (DREQ). The mechanism to accomplish this is to configure the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) bits 8 & 9 to the timer function. By doing this, the DMA external request line is sourced from the UART interrupts. By setting up the UART to interrupt appropriately and by enabling external requests, the DMA can operate directly from the UARTs. When an access occurs that was initiated by an DREQ signal, the transfer mode signals indicate a DMA cycle, while the transfer modifier signals will indicate that the cycle is due to an external request. To create an external DMA acknowledge signal, it may be necessary to decode the address of the peripheral along with a combination of the transfer mode and transfer type signals. To create an external DMA acknowledge signal for block transfers, you may count the transfers or compare the address to a stored final address to assert the DMA acknowledge to the peripheral. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com CLOCK DataShee EXT_REQ[3:0] .com Figure 7-6. External Request Timing - Cycle Steal Mode, Dual Address Mode 7.7.2.2 AUTO-ALIGNMENT. This feature allows for block transfers to occur at the most optimum size possible based on the address, byte count, and programmed size. To use this feature, AA in the DCR must be set. The source is auto-aligned when the SSIZE bits indicate a larger transfer size compared to DSIZE. Source alignment takes precedence over the destination when the source and destination sizes are equal. Otherwise, the destination is auto-aligned. The address register that is chosen for alignment increments regardless of the value of the increment bit. Configuration error checking is performed on the registers that are not chosen for alignment. If the BCR contains a value greater then 16, the address determines the size of the transfer. Single byte, word or longword transfers occur until the address is aligned to the programmed size boundary, at which time the programmed size accesses begin. When the BCR is less than 16 at the beginning of a read/write transfer, the number of bytes remaining will dictate the transfer size, longword, word or byte. For example, .com 7-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CONTROLLER MODULE DMA AA = 1, SAR = $0001, BCR = $00F0, SSIZE = 00 (longword) and DSIZE = 01 (byte), Because the SSIZE > DSIZE, the source is auto-aligned. Error checking is performed on the destination registers. The sequence of accesses is as follows: * Read byte from $0001 - write byte, increment SAR * Read word from $0002 - write 2 bytes, increment SAR * Read long word from $0004 - write 4 bytes, increment SAR * Repeat longwords until SAR = $00F0 * Read byte from $00F0 - write byte, increment SAR. If DSIZE is set to another size, then the data writes are optimized to write the largest size allowed based on the address, but not exceeding the configured size. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... NOTE If AA is set, the BCR may skip over the programmed boundary. In this case, the DMA master bus request will not negate. 7.7.2.3 BANDWIDTH CONTROL. This feature provides a mechanism that can force the DMA to relinquish control to the ColdFire core. The decode of the BWC provides 7 levels of block transfer sizes. If the BCR decrements to a value equivalent to the decode of the BWC, the DMA master bus request negates until termination of the bus cycle. The arbiter may then choose to switch the bus to another master, should a request be pending. If the BWC = 0, the request signal will remain asserted until the BCR reaches 0. In addition, an internal .com signal will assert to indicate that the channel has been programmed to have priority. Note that in this arbitration scheme, the arbiter always has the capability to force the DMA to relinquish the bus. t4U.com DataShee 7.7.3 Channel Termination 7.7.3.1 ERROR CONDITIONS. When the DMA Controller Module encounters a read or write cycle that terminates with an error condition, the appropriate bit of the DSR is set, depending on whether the bus cycle was a read (BES) or a write (BED). The DMA transfers are then halted. If the error condition occurred during a write cycle, any data remaining in the internal holding register is lost. 7.7.3.2 INTERRUPTS. If the INT bit of the DCR is set, the DMA will drive the appropriate slave bus interrupt signal. A processor can then read the DSR to determine if the transfer terminated successfully or with an error. The DONE bit of the DSR is then written with a 1 to clear the interrupt, along with clearing the DONE and error bits. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 7-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale DMA CONTROLLER MODULE Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 7-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 SECTION 8 SYSTEM INTEGRATION MODULE 8.1 INTRODUCTION This subsection details the operation and programming model of the System Integration Module (SIM) registers, including the interrupt controller and system-protection functions for the MCF5206E . The SIM provides overall control of the internal and external buses and serves as the interface between the ColdFire(R) core processor and the internal peripherals or external devices. 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 8.1.1 Features The following list summarizes the key SIM features: * Module Base Address Register (MBAR) -- Base address location of all internal peripherals and SIM resources -- Address space masking to internal peripherals and SIM resources * Interrupt Controller .com t4U.com DataShee -- Programmable interrupt level (1-7) for internal peripheral interrupts -- Programmable priority level (0-3) within each interrupt level -- Three external interrupts - programmable as individual Interrupt Requests or as Interrupt Priority-Level signals * System Protection -- Reset status to indicate cause of last reset -- Bus monitor and Spurious Interrupt Monitor -- Software Watchdog Timer * Internal Bus Arbitration -- Arbitration for internal bus between ColdFire core processor and DMA modules 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8.2 SIM OPERATION 8.2.1 Module Base Address Register (MBAR) The MBAR determines the base address of all internal peripherals as well as the definition of which types of accesses are allowed for these registers. The MBAR is a 32-bit write-only supervisor control register. It is accessed in the CPU address space $C0F via the MOVEC instruction. (Refer to the ColdFire Microprocessor .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Family Programmer's Reference Manual (MCF5200PRM/AD) for use of MOVEC instruction). The MBAR can be read when in debug mode using background debug commands. At system reset, the MBAR valid bit is cleared to prevent incorrect references to resources before the MBAR is written. The remainder of the MBAR bits are uninitialized. To access the internal peripherals, you should write MBAR with the appropriate base address and set the valid bit after system reset. All internal peripheral registers occupy a single relocatable memory block along 1 KByte boundaries. If the MBAR valid bit is set, the base address field is compared to the upper 22 bits of the full 32-bit internal address to determine if an internal peripheral is being accessed. The MBAR masks specific address spaces using the address space fields. Any attempt to access a masked address space results in an access being generated on the external bus. 6 7 8 8.2.2 Bus Timeout Monitor The bus monitor ensures that each external cycle terminates within a programmed period of time. It continually checks the external bus for termination and asserts the internal transfer error acknowledge that results in an access fault exception if the response time is greater than the programmed bus monitor time. If a transfer is in progress while TEA is asserted, the transfer is aborted and the exception will occur. You can program the bus monitor time to 128, 256, 512, or 1024 clock cycles using the bus monitor timing bits in the system protection control register (SYPCR). The value you select should be larger than the longest possible response time of the slowest peripheral of the .com system. The bus time-out monitor begins counting on the clock cycle TS is asserted and stops counting on the clock after the assertion of the final transfer termination signal (i.e., for a line transfer to a 32-bit port, the bus time-out monitor starts counting on the clock TS is asserted and stops counting after TA and/or ATA have been asserted a total of four times). The bus monitor enable bit in the SYPCR enables the bus monitor for external bus cycles. The bus monitor cannot be disabled for internal bus cycles to internal peripherals. Once the SYPCR is written using the MOVEC instruction, the state of the bus time-out monitor cannot be changed--the SYPCR may be written only once. Refer to subsection 8.3.2.7 System Protection Control register (SYPCR) for programming information. t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8.2.3 Spurious Interrupt Monitor The SIM automatically generates the spurious interrupt vector number 24 ($18), which causes the ColdFire core processor to terminate the cycle with a spurious interrupt exception if: * An external device responds to an interrupt acknowledge cycle by asserting TEA * No interrupt is pending for the interrupt level being acknowledged when the interrupt acknowledge cycle is generated .com 8-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module NOTE If an external device does not respond to an interrupt acknowledge cycle by asserting TA or ATA, an access error exception will be generated, not a spurious interrupt exception. To generate a spurious interrupt exception, TEA would have to be generated. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8.2.4 Software Watchdog Timer The software watchdog timer (SWT) prevents system lockup in case the software becomes trapped in loops with no controlled exit. The SWT can be enabled via the software watchdog enable bit in the SYPCR. If enabled, the SWT requires a special service sequence execution on a periodic basis. If this periodic servicing action does not occur, the SWT times out and results in a hardware reset or a level 7 interrupt, as programmed by the software watchdog reset/interrupt select bit in the SYPCR. If the SWT times out and is programmed to generate a hardware reset, an internal reset will be generated and the software watchdog timer reset bit in the reset status register is set. Additionally, if the RTS2/RSTO pin is programmed for RSTO, RSTO is asserted for 32 CLK cycles. Refer to subsection 8.3.2.10 Pin Assignment Register (PAR) for more information on programming. The 8-bit interrupt vector for the SWT interrupt is stored in the software watchdog interrupt vector register (SWIVR). The software watchdog prescalar (SWP) and software watchdog timing (SWT) bits in SYPCR determine the SWT time-out period. The SWT service sequence consists of these two steps: write $55 to SWSR, and write $AA .com to the SWSR. Both writes must occur in the order listed prior to the SWT time-out, but any number of instructions or accesses to the SWSR can be executed between the two writes. This order allows interrupts and exceptions to occur, if necessary, between the two writes. NOTE If the SYSPCR is programmed for the SWT to generate an interrupt and the SWT times out, the SWT must be serviced in the interrupt handler routine by writing the $55, $AA sequence to the SWSR. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8.2.5 Interrupt Controller The SIM provides a centralized interrupt controller for all MCF5206E interrupt sources, including: * External Interrupts (IPL/IRQ) * Software watchdog timer * Timer modules * MBUS (I2C) module * UART modules * DMA modules .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-3 4 DataSheet U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... All interrupt inputs are level sensitive. An interrupt request must be held valid for at least two consecutive CLK periods to be considered a valid input. The three external interrupt inputs can be programmed to be three individual interrupt inputs (at level 1, 4, and 7) or encoded interrupt priority levels. NOTE If the external interrupt inputs are programmed to individual interrupt requests (at level 1, 4, and 7), the interrupt request must be asserted until the MCF5206E acknowledges the interrupt (by generating an interrupt acknowledge cycle) to guarantee that the interrupt is recognized. If the external interrupt inputs are programmed to be interrupt priority levels, the interrupt request must maintain the interrupt request level or a higher priority level request until the MCF5206E acknowledges the interrupt to guarantee that the interrupt is recognized. When the external interrupts are programmed to be individual IRQ interrupts in the Pin Assignment Register (PAR), the interrupt level bits in the appropriate ICRs of the external interrupts are not user-programmable and are always set to 1, 4, and 7. The value of the interrupt level bits in the ICRs for the external interrupts cannot be changed, even by a write to the register. If the external interrupts are programmed to be encoded interrupt priority levels, the interrupt level is that indicated as shown in Table 8-1. .com Table 8-1. Interrupt Levels for Encoded External Interrupts IPL[2]/IRQ[7] 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 IPL[1]/IRQ[4] 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 IPL[0]/IRQ[1] 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 INTERRUPT LEVEL INDICATED 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 No Interrupt 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Although the interrupt levels of the external interrupts are fixed, customers can program the interrupt priorities of the external interrupts to any value using the IP (IP1, IP0) bits in the corresponding interrupt control registers (ICR7 - ICR1). You can program the autovector bits in the interrupt control registers and you should program them to 1 when autovector generation is preferred. NOTE When an autovectored interrupt occurs, the interrupt is serviced internally. No external IACK cycle occurs. .com 8-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module The Software Watchdog Timer (SWT) has a fixed interrupt level (level 7). The interrupt priority of the SWT can be programmed to any value using the IP (IP1, IP0) bits in the SWT interrupt control register, ICR8. You cannot program the SWT to generate an autovector.The autovector bit in ICR8 is reserved and is always set to zero. The value of the software watchdog interrupt vector register is always be used as the interrupt vector number for a SWT interrupt. You can program the timer modules' interrupt levels and priorities using the interrupt level (IL2 - IL0) and interrupt priority (IP1, IP0) bits in the appropriate interrupt control registers (ICR9, ICR10). The timer peripherals cannot provide interrupt vectors. Thus, autovector bits in ICR9 and ICR10 are always set to 1. This generates autovectors in response to all timer interrupts. You can also program the MBUS module interrupt level and priority using the interrupt level (IL2 - IL0) and interrupt priority (IP1, IP0) bits in the MBUS interrupt control register, ICR11. You cannot program the MBUS module to provide an interrupt vector. Thus, the autovector bit in ICR11 is always set to 1. This generates an autovector in response to an MBUS interrupt. You can program the UART modules' interrupt levels and priorities using the interrupt level (IL2 - IL0) and interrupt priority (IP1, IP0) bits in the appropriate interrupt control registers (ICR12, ICR13). In addition, you can program the autovector bits in ICR12 and ICR13. If the autovector bit is set to 0, you must program the interrupt vector register in each UART module to the preferred vector number. The interrupt controller monitors and.com interrupt inputs and outputs the masks individual highest priority unmasked pending interrupt to the ColdFire core. Each interrupt input has a mask bit in the Interrupt Mask Register (IMR) and a pending bit in the interrupt pending register (IPR). The pending bits for all internal interrupts in the interrupt pending register are set the CLK cycle after the interrupt is asserted whether or not the interrupt is masked. If you program the external interrupt inputs as individual interrupt inputs, the pending bits in the interrupt pending register are set to the CLK cycle after the interrupt is asserted and internally synchronized. If you program the external interrupt inputs to indicate interrupt priority levels, the interrupt pending bits are set and cleared as follows: 1. The interrupt pending bits, EINT[7:1] are set to the CLK cycle after the interrupt level has been internally synchronized and indicated the same valid level for two consecutive CLK cycles. 2. EINT[7:1] remains set if the external interrupt level remains the same or increases in priority. 3. The interrupt pending bits EINT[7:1] are cleared if the external interrupt level decreases in priority or if an interrupt acknowledge cycle is completed for an external interrupt that is pending but is not the current level being driven onto the external interrupt priority level signals (IPLx/IRQx). 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... You can assign as many as four interrupts to the same interrupt level, but you must assign unique interrupt priorities. The interrupt controller uses the interrupt priorities during an interrupt acknowledge cycle to determine which interrupt is being acknowledged. The interrupt priority bits determine the appropriate interrupt being acknowledged when multiple interrupts are assigned to the same level and are pending when the interrupt-acknowledge cycle is generated. NOTE You should not program interrupts to have the same level and priority. Interrupts can have the same level but different priorities. All level and priority combinations must be unique. If an external interrupt request is being acknowledged and the AVEC bit in the corresponding ICR is not set, an external interrupt acknowledge cycle occurs. During an external interrupt acknowledge cycle, TT[1:0] and A[27:5] are driven high; A[4:2] are set to the interrupt level being acknowledged; and A[1:0] are driven low. Additionally, ATM is asserted when TS is asserted and ATM is negated when TS is negated. For nonautovector responses, the external device places the vector number on D[31:24]. For autovector responses, the autovector is generated internally and no external interrupt acknowledge cycle is run. An interrupt request from the SWT does not require an external interrupt acknowledge cycle because SWIVR stores its interrupt vector number. If an internal peripheral interrupt source is being acknowledged and the AVEC bit in the .com corresponding ICR is cleared, an internal interrupt-acknowledge cycle occurs with the internal peripheral supplying the interrupt vector number. If the corresponding AVEC bit is set, an internal interrupt-acknowledge cycle run but the SIM internally generates an autovector. No external interrupt acknowledge cycle is run. 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 8.3 PROGRAMMING MODEL 8.3.1 SIM Registers Memory Map Table 8-2 shows the memory map of all the SIM registers. The internal registers in the SIM are memory-mapped registers offset from the MBAR address pointer. The following list addresses several key notes regarding the programming model table: * The Module Base Address Register can only be accessed in supervisor mode using the MOVEC instruction with an Rc value of $C0F. * Underlined registers are status or event registers. * Addresses not assigned to a register and undefined register bits are reserved for future expansion. Write accesses to these reserved address spaces and reserved register bits have no effect; read accesses returns zeros. * The reset value column indicates the register initial value at reset. Certain registers may be uninitialized at reset. .com 8-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module * The access column indicates if the corresponding register allows both read/write functionality (R/W), read-only functionality (R), or write-only functionality (W). An attempted read access to a write-only register returns zeros. An attempted write access to a read-only register is ignored and no write occurs. Table 8-2. Memory Map of SIM Registers ADDRESS MOVEC with $C0F MBAR + $003 MBAR + $014 MBAR + $015 MBAR + $016 NAME MBAR SIMR ICR1 ICR2 ICR3 ICR4 ICR5 ICR6 ICR7 ICR8 ICR9 ICR10 ICR11 ICR12 ICR13 ICR14 ICR15 IMR IPR RSR SYPCR SWIVR SWSR PAR WIDTH (BITS) 32 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 16 16 8 8 8 8 16 DESCRIPTION Module Base Address Register SIM Configuration Register Interrupt Control Register 1 - External IRQ1/IPL1 Interrupt Control Register 2 - External IPL2 Interrupt Control Register 3 - External IPL3 Interrupt Control Register 4 - External IRQ4/IPL4 Interrupt Control Register 5 - External IPL5 Interrupt Control Register 6 - External IPL6 Interrupt Control Register 7 - External IRQ7/IPL7 Interrupt Control Register 8 - SWT Interrupt Control Register 9 - Timer 1 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 10 - Timer 2 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 11 - MBUS Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 12 - UART 1 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 13 - UART 2 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 14 - DMA Channel 0 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 15 - DMA Channel 1 Interrupt Interrupt Mask Register Interrupt Pending Register Reset Status Register System Protection Control Register Software Watchdog Interrupt Vector Register Software Watchdog Service Register Pin Assignment Register RESET VALUE uninitialized (except V=0) $C0 $04 $08 $0C $10 $14 $18 $1C $1C $80 $80 $80 $00 $00 $00 $00 $3FFE $0000 $80 or $20 $00 $0F uninitialized $0000 ACCESS W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R R/W R/W R/W W R/W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MBAR + $017 MBAR + $018 MBAR + $019 MBAR + $01A MBAR + $01B MBAR + $01C MBAR + $01D MBAR + $01E MBAR + $01F MBAR + $020 MBAR + $021 MBAR + $022 MBAR + $036 MBAR + $03A MBAR + $040 MBAR + $041 MBAR + $042 MBAR + $043 MBAR + $0CA t4U.com DataShee .com 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8.3.2 SIM Registers 8.3.2.1 MODULE BASE ADDRESS REGISTER (MBAR). The MBAR determines the base address location of all internal module resources such as registers as well as the definition of the types of accesses that are allowed for these resources. The MBAR is a 32-bit write-only supervisor control register that physically resides in the SIM. It is accessed in the CPU address space via the MOVEC instruction with an Rc encoding of $C0F. The MBAR can be read and written to when in Background Debug mode (BDM). At system reset, the V bit is cleared and the remainder of the MBAR bits are uninitialized. To access the internal modules, MBAR should be written with the appropriate base address after system reset. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 Module Base Address Register (MBAR) 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 31 BA31 RESET: 30 BA30 14 BA14 - 29 BA29 13 BA13 - 28 BA28 12 BA12 - 27 BA27 11 BA11 - 26 BA26 10 BA10 - 25 BA25 9 0 24 BA24 8 0 23 BA23 7 0 22 BA22 6 0 21 BA21 5 0 20 BA20 4 SC - 19 BA19 3 SD - 18 BA18 2 UC - 17 BA17 1 UD - 16 BA16 0 V 0 - 15 BA15 RESET: - 6 7 8 BA[31:10] - Base Address This field defines the base address location of all internal modules and SIM resources. SC, SD, UC, UD - Address Space Masks This field enables or disables specific address spaces, placing the internal modules in a specific address space. If an address space is disabled, an access to the register location in that address space becomes an external bus access, and the module resource is not accessed. The address space mask bits are SC = Supervisor code address space mask SD = Supervisor data address space mask UC = User code address space .com mask UD = User data address space mask For each address space bit: 0= An access to the internal module can occur for this address space. 1= Disable this address space from the internal module selection. If this address space is used, no access occurs to the internal peripheral; instead, an external bus cycle is generated. V - Valid This bit indicates when the contents of the MBAR are valid. The base address value is not used, and all internal modules are not accessible until the V bit is set. An external bus cycle is generated if the base address field matches the internal core address, and the V bit is clear. 0 = Contents of MBAR are not valid. 1 = Contents of MBAR are valid. 8.3.2.2 SIM CONFIGURATION REGISTER (SIMR). The SIMR has user- programmable bits to control the following: * Operation of software watchdog timer when the internal freeze signal is asserted t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 8-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module * Operation of bus time-out monitor when the internal freeze signal is asserted * Operation of bus lock. The internal freeze signal is asserted when the core processor has entered into Background Debug mode (BDM) for software development purposes. The SIMR is an 8-bit read-write register. At system reset, FRZ1 and FRZ0 are set to 1 and BL is set to 0. SIM Configuration Register(SIMR) 7 FRZ1 RESET: Address MBAR + $03 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 FRZ0 1 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 BL 0 1 R/W Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... FRZ1 - Freeze Software Watchdog Timer Enable 0 = When the internal freeze signal is asserted, the software watchdog timer continues to run. 1 = When the internal freeze signal is asserted, the software watchdog timer is disabled. FRZ0 - Freeze Bus Timeout Monitor Enable 0 = When the internal freeze signal is asserted, the bus timeout monitor continues to run. 1 = When the internal freeze signal is asserted, the bus timeout monitor is disabled. .com t4U.com DataShee BL - Bus Lock Enable Bus lock enable lets customers control the assertion and negation of the bus driven (BD) signal. Refer to the Bus Operation section for more information. 0 = Bus Driven (BD) signal is negated by the MCF5206E and the bus is released when bus grant (BG) is negated and the current bus cycle is completed. 1 = Once bus grant (BG) is asserted, the bus driven (BD) signal is asserted and can not be cleared until the BL bit is cleared. 8.3.2.3 INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER (ICR). The ICR contains the interrupt levels and priorities assigned to each interrupt input. There is one ICR for each interrupt input. Table 8-3 indicates the interrupt control register assigned to each interrupt input, the interrupt control register reset value, and the value of the interrupt level assigned. Each interrupt input must have a unique interrupt level and interrupt priority combination. NOTE The interrupt control registers do not have valid interrupt level/ interrupt priority combinations out of reset. You must program all interrupt control registers before programming the interrupt mask register (IMR). If you program the external interrupt inputs to be individual interrupts at level 1, 4 and 7, then ICR2, ICR3, ICR5 and ICR6 are not used. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. ICR IINTERRUPT LEVEL (IL2 - IL0) VALUE $1 $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 $7 $7 User Programmable User Programmable User Programmable User Programmable User Programmable User Programmable User Programmable 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Table 8-3. Interrupt Control Register Assignments INTERRUPT SOURCE External Interrupt Request 1 External Interrupt Priority Level 1 External Interrupt Priority Level 2 External Interrupt Priority Level 3 External Interrupt Request 4 External Interrupt Priority Level 4 External Interrupt Priority Level 5 External Interrupt Priority Level 6 External Interrupt Request 7 External Interrupt Priority Level 7 Software Watchdog Timer Timer 1 Timer 2 MBUS (I2C) UART 1 UART 2 DMA 0 DMA 1 INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER (ICR) ICR1 ICR2 ICR3 ICR4 ICR5 ICR6 ICR7 ICR8 ICR9 ICR10 ICR11 ICR12 ICR13 ICR14 ICR15 ICR RESET VALUE $04 $08 $0C $10 $14 $18 $1C $1C $80 $80 $80 $00 $00 $00 $00 6 7 8 The ICRs are 8-bit read-write registers. See Table 8-3 for the reset values of each ICR. Interrupt Control Register(ICR) 7 AVEC R/W t4U.com 6 - 5 - 4 IL2 3 IL1 2 IL0 1 IP1 0 IP0 DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 AVEC - Autovector Enable This bit determines if the interrupt acknowledge cycle for the interrupt level indicated in IL2IL0 for each interrupt input requires an autovector response. If this bit is set, a vector number is internally generated, which is the sum of the interrupt level, IL2-IL0, plus 24. Seven distinct autovectors can be used corresponding to the seven levels of interrupt. If this bit is clear, the external device or internal module must return the vector number during an interrupt acknowledge cycle. NOTE For the SWT, the corresponding AVEC is a reserved bit and set to zero, disabling autovector generation in response to SWT generated interrupts. The SWT returns the interrupt vector in SWIVR. The AVEC bits in the interrupt control registers for the timers and MBUS peripherals are reserved and are always set to 1. The autovector value is generated for each of these interrupts. 0 = Interrupting source returns vector number during the interrupt-acknowledge cycle. 1 = SIM internally generates vector number during the interrupt-acknowledge cycle. 8-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA .com 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module IL[2:0] - Interrupt Level These bits indicate the interrupt level assigned to each interrupt input. Level 7 is the highest priority, level 1 is the lowest, and level 0 indicates that no interrupt is requested. For external interrupts and SWT, the corresponding IL2-IL0 are reserved bits. If the ICRs are programmed to have nonunique interrupt level and priority combination, unpredictable results could occur. NOTE You should not program interrupts with the same level and priority. Interrupts can have the same level but different priorities. All level and priority combinations must be unique. IP[1:0]- Interrupt Priority These bits indicate the priority within an interrupt level assigned to each interrupt. You can assign as many as four interrupts to the same interrupt level as long as they have unique interrupt priorities. IP1-IP0 = 3 is the highest priority, and IP1-IP0 = 0 is the lowest priority for a given interrupt level. If you program the ICRs to have nonunique interrupt level and priority combination, unpredictable results could occur. 8.3.2.4 INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER (IMR). Each bit in the IMR corresponds to an interrupt source. Table 8-4 indicates which mask bit is assigned to each of the interrupt inputs. You can mask an interrupt by setting the corresponding bit in the IMR and enable an .com interrupt by clearing the corresponding bit in the IMR. When a masked interrupt occurs, the corresponding bit in the IPR is still set, regardless of the setting of the IMR bit, but no interrupt request is passed to the core processor. Table 8-4. Interrupt Mask Register Bit Assignments INTERRUPT SOURCE External Interrupt Request 1 External Interrupt Priority Level 1 External Interrupt Priority Level 2 External Interrupt Priority Level 3 External Interrupt Request 4 External Interrupt Priority Level 4 External Interrupt Priority Level 5 External Interrupt Priority Level 6 External Interrupt Request 7 External Interrupt Priority Level 7 Software Watchdog Timer Timer 1 Timer 2 MBUS (I2C) UART 1 UART 2 DMA 0 DMA 1 INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER BIT LOCATION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The IMR is a 16-bit read/write register. At system reset, all unreserved bits are initialized to one. Interrupt Mask Register(IMR) 15 DMA 1 RESET: Address MBAR + $36 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SWT 7 EINT7 6 EINT6 5 EINT5 4 EINT4 3 EINT3 2 EINT2 1 EINT1 0 - DMA 0 UART 2 UART 1 MBUS TIMER 2 TIMER 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 R/W 8.3.2.5 INTERRUPT PENDING REGISTER (IPR). Each bit in the IPR corresponds to an interrupt source. Table 8-5 indicates which pending bit is assigned to each of the interrupt inputs. Table 8-5. Interrupt Pending Register Bit Assignments INTERRUPT SOURCE INTERRUPT PENDING REGISTER BIT LOCATION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 6 7 8 t4U.com 9 External Interrupt Request 1 External Interrupt Priority Level 1 External Interrupt Priority Level 2 External Interrupt Priority Level 3 External Interrupt Request 4 External Interrupt Priority Level 4 External Interrupt Priority Level 5 External Interrupt Priority Level 6 External Interrupt Request 7 External Interrupt Priority Level 7 .com Software Watchdog Timer Timer 1 Timer 2 MBUS (I2C) UART 1 UART 2 DMA 0 DMA 1 DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 When an interrupt is received, the interrupt controller sets the corresponding bit in the IPR. For internal peripherals the corresponding bit in the IPR is set the CLK cycle after the internal interrupt is asserted and is cleared when the internal interrupt is cleared. If the external interrupts are programmed to be individual interrupts, the corresponding EINT bit is set the CLK cycle after the external interrupt is internally synchronized and is cleared when the external interrupt is cleared. If the external interrupts are programmed to be encoded interrupt priority interrupts, the IPR bit will be set the CLK after the external interrupt is internally synchronized and has been present for two CLK cycles. The IPR bit is cleared if * The encoded interrupt priority level being driven on interrupt pins decreases in priority * An interrupt acknowledge cycle is completed for an external interrupt that is not the external interrupt level indicated on the external interrupt priority level signals. .com 8-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module The IPR bit is cleared at the end of the interrupt acknowledge cycle. You cannot write to the IPR to clear any of the IPR bits. An active interrupt request appears as a set bit in the IPR, regardless of the setting of the corresponding mask bit in the IMR. The IPR is a 16-bit read-only register. At system reset, all bits are initialized to zero. Interrupt Pending Register (IPR) 15 DMA 1 RESET: Address MBAR + $3A 1 2 3 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 SWT 7 EINT7 6 EINT6 5 EINT5 4 EINT4 3 EINT3 2 EINT2 1 EINT1 0 0 4 5 6 7 8 DMA 0 UART 2 UART 1 MBUS TIMER 2 TIMER 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Read Only Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 8.3.2.6 RESET STATUS REGISTER (RSR). The RSR contains a bit for each reset source to the SIM. A set bit indicates the last type of reset that occurred. The RSR is updated by the reset control logic when the reset is complete. Only one bit is set at any one time in the RSR. You can clear this register by writing a one to that bit location; writing a zero has no effect. The RSR is an 8-bit read-write register. Reset Status Register(RSR) Address MBAR + $40 t4U.com DataShee 7 HRST RESET: 6 0 .com SWTR 1/0 0 0 5 4 3 2 0 1 0 0 0 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1/0 R/W HRST - Hard Reset or System Reset 1 = The last reset was caused by an external device driving RSTI. Assertion of reset by an external device causes the core processor to take a reset exception. All registers in internal peripherals and the SIM are reset. SWTR - Software Watchdog Timer Reset 1 = The last reset was caused by the software watchdog timer. If SWRI in the SYPCR is set and the software watchdog timer times out, a hard reset occurs. RSTO is asserted as an output. 8.3.2.7 SYSTEM PROTECTION CONTROL REGISTER (SYPCR). The SYPCR controls the software watchdog timer and bus timeout monitor enables and time-out periods. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-13 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The SYPCR is an 8-bit read-write register. The register can be read at anytime, but can be written only once after system reset. Subsequent writes to the SYPCR has no effect. At system reset, the software watchdog timer and the bus timeout monitor are disabled. System Protection Control Register(SYPCR) Address MBAR + $41 7 SWE RESET: 6 SWRI 0 5 SWP 0 4 3 2 BME 0 1 0 SWT1 SWT0 0 0 BMT1 BMT0 0 0 0 R/Write Once SWE - Software Watchdog Enable 0 = Disable the software watchdog timer 1 = Enable the software watchdog timer SWRI - Software Watchdog Reset/Interrupt Select 0 = Software watchdog timeout generates a level 7 interrupt to the core processor 1 = Software watchdog timeout generates an internal reset and RSTO is asserted NOTE If SWRI is set to 1, you must set bit 7 in the pin assignment register (PAR) to have RSTO asserted at the pin during a software watchdog timer-generated reset. See subsection 8.3.2.10 Pin Assignment Register (PAR) for programming .com information. SWP - Software Watchdog Prescalar 0 = Software watchdog timer clock is not prescaled 1 = Software watchdog timer clock is prescaled by a value of 512 SWT[1:0] - Software Watchdog Timing These bits (along with the SWP bit) select the timeout period for the software watchdog timer as shown in Table 8-6. At system reset the software watchdog timing bits are set to the 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 8-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module minimum timeout period. Table 8-6. SWT Timeout Period SWP 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 SWT[1:0] 00 01 10 11 00 01 10 11 SWT TIMEOUT PERIOD 29 / System Frequency 211 / System Frequency 213 / System Frequency 215/ System Frequency 218 / System Frequency 220 / System Frequency 222 / System Frequency 224 / System Frequency 1 2 3 4 5 6 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1 BME - Bus Timeout Monitor Enable 0 = Disable the bus timeout monitor for external bus cycles 1 = Enable timeout monitor for external bus cycles NOTE The bus monitor cannot be disabled for internal bus cycles to internal peripherals. .com 7 8 t4U.com DataShee BMT[1:0] - Bus Monitor Timing These bits select the timeout period for the bus timeout monitor as shown in Table 8-7. After system reset, the bus monitor timing bits are set to the maximum timeout value. Table 8-7. Bus Monitor Timeout Periods BMT[1:0] 00 01 10 11 BUS MONITOR TIMEOUT PERIOD 1024 system clocks 512 system clocks 256 system clocks 128 system clocks 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8.3.2.8 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG INTERRUPT VECTOR REGISTER (SWIVR). The SWIVR contains the 8-bit interrupt vector that the SIM returns during an interrupt acknowledge cycle in response to a SWT-generated interrupt. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The SWIVR is an 8-bit write-only register, which is set to the uninitialized vector $0F at system reset. Software Watchdog Interrupt Vector Register(SWIVR) Address MBAR + $42 7 SWIV7 RESET: 6 SWIV6 5 SWIV5 4 SWIV4 3 SWIV3 2 SWIV2 1 SWIV1 0 SWIV0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 8.3.2.9 SOFTWARE WATCHDOG SERVICE REGISTER (SWSR). The SWSR is the location to which the SWT servicing sequence is written. To prevent an SWT timeout, you should write a $55 followed by a $AA to this register. Although both writes must occur in the order listed prior to the SWT timeout, any number of instructions or accesses to the SWSR can be executed between the two writes. This allows interrupts and exceptions to occur, if necessary, between the two writes. The SWSR is an 8-bit write-only register. At system reset, the contents of SWSR are uninitialized. Software Watchdog Service Register(SWSR) Address MBAR + $43 6 7 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SWSR7 SWSR6 SWSR5 SWSR4 SWSR3 SWSR2 SWSR1 SWSR0 RESET: t4U.com - - - - - - - - Write Only DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 8.3.2.10 PIN ASSIGNMENT REGISTER (PAR). The PAR lets you select certain signal pin assignments. You can select between address, chip selects and write enables, data and parallel port signals, processor status (PST) and parallel port signals, and UART request-tosend and reset out. The PAR is an 8-bit read-write register. At system reset, all bits are cleared. PAR9 - Pin Assignment Bit 9 Pin Assignment register (PAR) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 PAR9 Address MBAR + $CA 8 PAR8 7 PAR7 6 PAR6 5 PAR5 4 PAR4 3 PAR3 2 PAR2 1 PAR1 0 PAR0 0 PAR15 PAR14 PAR13 PAR12 PAR11 PAR10 RESET: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R/W This bit lets you select the signal input/output on the TOUT[0]/DREQ[1] pin as follows: 0 = Output Timer 0 output (TOUT[0]) signal on TOUT[0]/DREQ[1] pin 1 = Input DMA channel 1 request on TOUT[0]/DREQ[1] pin .com 8-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module PAR8 - Pin Assignment Bit 8 This bit lets you select the signal output on the TIN[0]/DREQ[0] pin as follows: 0 = Input Timer 0 (TIN[0]) signal on TIN[0]/DREQ[0] pin 1 = Input DMA channel 0 request on TIN[0]/DREQ[0] pin PAR7 - Pin Assignment Bit 7 This bit lets you select the signal output on the RTS[2]/RSTO pin as follows: 0 = Output reset out (RSTO]) signal on RTS[2]/RSTO pin 1 = Output UART 2 request to send signal on RTS[2]/RSTO pin PAR6 - Pin Assignment Bit 6 This bit lets you select how the external interrupt inputs are used by the MCF5206E as follows: 0 = Set IRQ7/IPL2, IRQ4/IPL1 and IRQ1/IPL0 to be used as individual interrupt inputs at level 7, 4 and 1, respectively. 1 = Set IRQ7/IPL2, IRQ4/IPL1 and IRQ1/IPL0 to be used as encoded interrupt priority level inputs PAR5 - Pin Assignment Bit 5 This bit lets you select the signals output on the pins PP[7:4]/PST[3:0] as follows: 0 = Output general purpose I/O .com on PP[7:4]/PST[3:0] pins signals PP7 - PP4 1 = Output background debug mode signals PST3 - PST0 on PP[7:4]/PST[3:0] pins PAR4 - Pin Assignment Bit 4 This bit lets you select the signals output on the pins PP[3:0]/DDATA[3:0] as follows: 0 = Output Parallel Port output signals PP3 - PP0 on PP[3:0]/DDATA[3:0] pins 1 = Output background debug mode signals DDATA3 - DDATA0 on PP[3:0]/ DDATA[3:0] pins PAR3 - PAR0 - Pin Assignment Bits 3 - 0 These bits let you select the signal output on the pins CS[7:4]/A[27:24]/WE[3:0]. You can select the signals as shown in Table 8-8. Table 8-8. PAR3 - PAR0 Pin Assignment PAR[3:0] 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 A27/CS7/WE0 WE0 WE0 WE0 WE0 WE0 WE0 A26/CS6/WE1 WE1 WE1 WE1 WE1 CS6 CS6 A25/CS5/WE2 WE2 CS5 CS5 A25 CS5 CS5 A24/CS4/WE3 WE3 CS4 A24 A24 CS4 A24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. A26/CS6/WE1 CS6 A26 CS6 CS6 CS6 A26 A26 Reserved Reserved Reserved A25/CS5/WE2 A25 A25 CS5 CS5 A25 A25 A25 A24/CS4/WE3 A24 A24 CS4 A24 A24 A24 A24 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Table 8-8. PAR3 - PAR0 Pin Assignment (Continued) PAR[3:0] 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 A27/CS7/WE0 WE0 WE0 CS7 CS7 CS7 CS7 A27 6 7 8 8.9 BUS ARBITRATION CONTROL 8.9.1 Bus Master Arbitration Control (MARB) The MARB determines the internal master bus arbitration. It selects the highest master, and can also disable arbitration. The MPARK is an 8-bit read-write register: .com Bus Master Arbitration Control (MARB) Address MBAR + $07 t4U.com DataShee 9 7 - 6 - 5 - 4 - 3 2 1 - 0 - 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 NOARB ARBCTRL RESET: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Read/Write Default Bus Master Register (MPARK) The internal bus master arbiter uses a very simple algorithm for arbitration; arbitration is based solely on priority. For as long as the highest priority master continues to request the internal bus, it receives control of the bus. When the highest priority master relinquishes control of the bus, another master can take full control of the bus, but it would have to relinquish control once a higher priority request was received. No master can preempt an active bus-transaction, however. Once a bus cycle is started, arbitration does not change until that cycle is complete. For the most part, the operation of the arbiter is invisible. In fact, code written for any V2 ColdFire microprocessor with no other internal masters will work without modification, since the default configuration places the core at the highest priority. Priority must be taken, however, when prioritizing non-core master devices, such as the internal DMA, which must arbitrate for the bus. The arbitration algorithm used could effectively starve any master not .com 8-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. System Integration Module set to the top priority if a higher priority master constantly demands the bus. Possible solutions to this problem are: * Changing the ARBCTRL setting at regular intervals to allow for different masters to share the highest priority. * Using lower priority masters for "non-essential" tasks which can be completed in the idle bus cycles of the top priority master. * Writing code which executes from the instruction cache or single-cycle on-chip SRAM and therefore provides more idle bus cycles for other masters to use. The internal arbiter has been specifically designed to recognize bus cycles that hit in the cache and are prematurely terminated. These killed cycles often happen sequentially as the processor executes a line from the cache. When the arbiter sees an instruction fetch that has been killed, it will lower the priority of the ColdFire core for the next bus cycle. This allows the DMA channels to utilize bus bandwidth the ColdFire core would otherwise be wasting. The DMA channels should always use the largest transfer of which they are capable, to transfer the most data in any opportunity. When using interrupts, caution should be exercised if the ColdFire core is not the highest priority and not immediately able to answer the interrupt. This could result in a spurious interrupt condition. Use of the Bus Timeout Monitor is always recommended for use with non-core masters, since it can provide a method of escaping a master requesting bad transfers. The NOARB bit simply disables arbiter operation. Setting the NOARB bit causes the MCF5206E to behave similarly to the MCF5206, however DMA transfers are not now .com allowed, since the DMA channels cannot arbitrate for the bus. This functionality has been provided primarily for customers upgrading older MCF5206 designs where the DMA would not be used. NOARB - Arbiter operation disable. 0 = Arbitration enabled 1 = Arbitration disabled (MCF5206 mode) The ARBCTRL bit determines the highest priority on the internal master bus. These options are shown in table 8-9: Table 8-9. Arbitration Control Encodings (ARBCTRL) ARBCTRL 0 1 HIGHEST PRIORITY BUS MASTER ColdFire Core Internal DMA Channels LOWEST PRIORITY BUS MASTER Internal DMA Channels ColdFire Core 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ARBCTRL - Set the arbitration priority for the internal master bus. 0 = Arbitration order = ColdFire Core, Internal DMA channels 1 = Arbitration order = Internal DMA channels, ColdFire Core .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 8-19 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale System Integration Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 8-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 9 CHIP SELECT MODULE 9.1 INTRODUCTION The chip select module provides user-programmable control of the eight chip select and four write enable outputs. This subsection describes the operation and programming model of the chip select registers, including the chip select address, mask, and control registers. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 9.1.1 Features The following list summarizes the key chip select features: * Eight programmable chip selects * Address masking for memory block sizes from 64 K- to 2 GBytes * Programmable wait states and port sizes * Programmable address setup * Programmable address hold for read and write * External master access to chip selects * Programmable wait states and port sizes for default memory .com t4U.com DataShee 9.2 CHIP SELECT MODULE I/O 9.2.1 Control Signals The chip select controller outputs eight chip select and four write enables. The chip select controller activates these signals for ColdFire core-initiated transfers as well as during external master-initiated transfers. The chip select controller can also output transfer acknowledge (TA) during external master transfers. 9.2.1.1 CHIP SELECT (CS[7:0]). These active-low output signals provide control for peripherals and memory. CS[7:4] are multiplexed with upper address signals (A[27:24]) and the write enable (WE[3:0]) signals. CS[0] provides the special function of global chip select to let you relocate boot ROM at any defined address space. CS[1] provides the special function of asserting during CPU space accesses including interrupt acknowledge cycles. 9.2.1.2 WRITE ENABLE (WE[3:0]). These active-low output signals provide control for peripherals and memory during write transfers. WE[3:0] are multiplexed with upper address and upper chip selects. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. During a write transfers, these outputs indicate which bytes within a long-word transfer are being selected and which bytes of the data bus are used for the transfer. WE[0] controls D[31:24], WE[1] controls D[23:16], WE[2] controls D[15:8] and WE[3] controls D[7:0]. These signals provide byte data select signals that are decoded from the SIZx, A[1:0] signals in addition to the programmed port size and burst capability of the memory being accessed, as shown in Table 9-1. Table 9-1. Data Bus Byte Write Enables WE0 TRANSFER SIZE PORT SIZE BURST SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A1 0 0 8-BIT 0/1 0 1 1 1 0 0 BYTE 16-BIT 0/1 0 1 1 1 0 32-BIT 0/1 0 .com 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 8-BIT 0 0 WORD 1 1 0 1 1 0 16-BIT 0/1 1 0 1 0 32-BIT 0/1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A0 D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] D[7:0] 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 WE1 WE2 WE3 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 9-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 4U. t D a t a S h e ec o m www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 9-1. Data Bus Byte Write Enables WE0 TRANSFER SIZE PORT SIZE BURST SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 8-BIT 0 0 1 LONGWORD 0 0 1 1 0 0 16-BIT 0 1 32-BIT 0/1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 A0 Chip Select Module WE1 WE2 WE3 D[7:0] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 1 0 0 1 LINE 1 0 0 16-BIT 0 1 0 32-BIT 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 8-BIT 9.2.1.3 ADDRESS BUS. The address bus includes 24 dedicated address signals, A[23:0], and supports as many as four additional address signals, A[27:24]. The chip select or default memory address appears only on the pins configured to be address signals. The maximum size of a memory bank is limited by the number of address signals available (see Table 9-2). . For transfers initiated by the ColdFire core, the MCF5206E outputs the address and increments the lower bits during burst transfers, allowing the address bus to be directly .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 9-2. Maximum Memory Bank Sizes AVAILABLE ADDRESS SIGNALS A[23:0] A[24:0] A[25:0] A[26:0] A[27:0] MAXIMUM CS BANK SIZE 16 Mbyte 32 Mbyte 64 Mbyte 128 Mbyte 256 Mbyte connected to external memory. The MCF5206E does not output the address during external master initiated transfers to chip select memory. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 9.2.1.4 DATA BUS. You can configure the chip select and default memory spaces to be 8-, 16-, or 32-bits wide. A 32-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:0], a 16-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:16], and an 8-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:24]. This requirement ensures that the MCF5206E correctly transfers valid data to 8, 16-, and 32-bit ports. Figure 9-1 illustrates the connection of the data bus to 8-, 16-, and 32-bit ports. . EXTERNAL DATA BUS 32-BIT PORT t4U.com D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] D[7:0] DataShee BYTE 0 BYTE 1 .com BYTE 2 BYTE 3 16-BIT PORT BYTE 0 BYTE 2 BYTE 1 BYTE 3 BYTE 0 8-BIT PORT BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 Figure 9-1. MCF5206E Interface to Various Port Sizes 9.2.1.5 TRANSFER ACKNOWLEDGE (TA). Transfer acknowledge is a bidirectional signal that indicates the current data transfer has been successfully completed. You can program TA to be output after a programmed number of wait states during external master-initiated transfers that hit in chip select or default memory address space. TA is an input during ColdFire core-initiated transfers that hit in chip select or default memory address space. 9.3 CHIP SELECT OPERATION The chip select controller provides a glueless interface to certain types of external memory including PROM and peripherals and external control signals for an easy .com 9-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module interface to SRAM, EPROM, EEPROM and peripherals. Each of the eight chip select outputs has an address register, mask register and control register providing individual16bit address decode, 16-bit address masking, port size and burst capability indication, waitstate generation, automatic acknowledge generation as well as address setup and address hold features. Chip selects 0 and 1 provide special functionality. Chip selecthip select 0 is a "global" chip select after reset that provides relocatable boot ROM capability. Chip select 1 can be programmed to assert during CPU space accesses including interrupt acknowledge cycles. The chip select controller also provides a control register for "default memory," which is all of the memory space that is not defined by a chip select or DRAM bank. The default memory control register lets you program features of the default bus transfer including port size, burst capability, and wait-state generation. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 9.3.1 Chip Select Bank Definition The general-purpose chip selects are controlled by the Chip Select Address Register (CSAR), Chip Select Mask Register (CSMR), and the Chip Select Control Register (CSCR). There is one CSAR, one CSMR, and one CSCR for each chip select signal generated. 9.3.1.1 BASE ADDRESS AND ADDRESS MASKING. The transfer address generated .com by the ColdFire core or by an external master is compared to the unmasked bits of the base address programmed for each chip select bank in the Chip Select Address Registers (CSAR0 - CSAR7). The masked address bits are controlled by the value programmed in the BAM field in the Chip Select Mask Registers (CSMR0 - CSMR7). The masking of address bits defines the address space of the chip select bank. Address bits that are masked are not used in the comparison with the transfer address. The base address field (BA31-BA16) in the CSARs and the base address mask field (BAM31BAM16) in the CSMRs correspond to transfer address bits 31-16. Clearing all bits in the BAM field makes the address space 64 kbyte. For the address space of a chip select bank to be contiguous, address bits should be masked (BAM bits set to a 1) in ascending order starting with A[16]. NOTE The MCF5206E compares the address for the current bus transfer with the address and mask bits in the Chip Select Address Registers (CSARs), DRAM Controller Address Registers (DCARs), the Chip Select Mask Registers (CSMRs), and DRAM Controller Mask Register (DCMRs), t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. looking for a match. The priority is listed in Table 9-3 (from highest priority to lowest priority): Table 9-3. Chip Select, DRAM and Default Memory Address Decoding Priority Highest priority Chip Select 0 Chip Select 1 Chip Select 2 Chip Select 3 Chip Select 4 Chip Select 5 Chip Select 6 Chip Select 7 DRAM bank 0 DRAM bank 1 default memory Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Lowest priority t4U.com The MCF5206E compares the address and mask in chip select 0 - 7 (chip select 0 is compared first), then the address and mask in DRAM 0 - 1. If the address does not match in either or these, the MCF5206E uses the control bits in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) to control the bus transfer. If the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) .com control bits are used, no chip select or DRAM control signals are asserted during the transfer. 9.3.1.2 ACCESS PERMISSIONS. Chip select accesses can be restricted based on transfer direction and attributes. Each chip select can be enabled for read and/or write transfers using the WR and RD bits in the CSCRs. Each chip select can have supervisor data, supervisor code, user data, user code, and only chip select 1 can have CPU space (including interrupt acknowledge) transfers masked from their address space using the SD, SC, UD, UC, and C/I bits in the CSMRs. The transfer address must match, the transfer direction must be enabled, and transfer attributes must be unmasked for a chip select to assert. 9.3.1.3 CONTROL FEATURES. The chip select control registers and the default memory control register are used to program timing and assertion features of the chip selects. The chip select control register provides the following programmable control features: * Port size (8-, 16- or 32-bit) * Number of internal wait states (0 - 15) * Enable assertion of internal transfer acknowledge * Enable assertion of transfer acknowledge for external master transfers * Enable burst transfers DataShee .com 9-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. * Address setup * Address hold * Enable read and/or write transfers Chip Select Module 9.3.1.3.1 8-, 16-, and 32-Bit Port Sizing. The general-purpose chip selects support static bus sizing. You can program the size of the port controlled by a chip select. Defined 8 bit ports are connected to D[31:24]; defined 16-bit ports are connected to D[31:16]; and defined 32 bit ports are connected to D[31:0]. The port size is specified by the PS bits in the CSCR. 9.3.1.3.2 Termination. The general-purpose chip selects support three methods of termination: internal termination, synchronous termination, and asynchronous termination. You can program the number of wait states required for each chip select and the default memory individually. You can also enable internal termination for MCF5206E initiated transfers for each chip select and default memory individually. Transfer acknowledge (TA) can synchronously terminate a transfer. If the MCF5206E initiates a bus transfer and internal termination is enabled (but TA is asserted before the specified number of wait states have been inserted), the transfer terminates on the CLK cycle where TA is asserted. NOTE If an external master .com transfer and internal initiates a bus termination is enabled, TA should not be driven by an external device. The MCF5206E drives TA throughout the external master access. Asynchronous transfer acknowledge (ATA) can asynchronously terminate a chip select or default memory transfer. If the MCF5206E initiates a bus transfer and internal termination is enabled but ATA is asserted before the specified number of wait states have been inserted, the transfer terminates on the CLK cycle where the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. If an external master initiates a bus transfer and internal termination is enabled, ATA can be driven by an external device to terminate the transfer before the specified number of wait states has been inserted. In this case, the transfer terminates when the internal asynchronous transfer acknowledge is asserted. 9.3.1.3.3 Bursting Control. The general-purpose chip selects support burst and nonbursting peripherals and memory. If an external chip select device cannot be accessed using burst transfers, you can program the burst-enable bit in the appropriate chip select Control Register (CSCR) or in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) to a 0. If the burst-enable bit is set to 1, burst transfers are generated anytime the requested operand size is greater than the programmed chip select or default memory port size. If the burst enable bit is set to 0, nonburst transfers are always generated for the particular chip select or default memory access. Figure 9-5, Figure 9-6, and Figure 9-7 illustrate burst transfers with various settings of address setup, address hold, and 0 wait states. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-7 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 9.3.1.3.4 Address Setup and Hold Control. The timing of the assertion and negation of the general-purpose chip selects and write enables can be programmed on a chip select basis. You can program each chip select to assert when the clock transfer start (TS) is asserted or assert the CLK cycle after transfer start (TS) is asserted. For burst transfers, you can select if the chip select remains valid while the burst address is incremented. You can also program the address, attribute, and data (if the transfer is a write) to remain driven and valid for an additional CLK cycle after the transfer is terminated. Figures 9-2, 9-3, and 9-4 illustrate three transfers with various settings. 9.3.2 Global Chip Select Operation CS[0] is the global (boot) chip select and as such, allows address decoding for boot ROM before system initialization occurs. Its operation differs from the other external chip select outputs following a system reset. After system reset, CS[0] is asserted for all accesses except for CPU space accesses (including MOVEC transfers and interrupt acknowledge cycles), and internal peripheral accesses. This capability allows the boot ROM to be located at any address in the external address space. CS[0] operates in this manner until CSMR0 is written. The port size and automatic acknowledge functions of CS[0] are determined by the logic level on pins IRQ1, IRQ4, and IRQ7 sampled on the last rising edge of CLK that RSTI is asserted (see Bus Operations Section 6.11 Reset Operation). At system reset, CS[0] allows read and write transfers with address setup, read and write .com address-hold enabled, and bursting disabled. Writes to CSCR0 do not deactivate the global chip select function; therefore, the number of wait states, read and write enable, address setup, read and write address hold enable, and burst-enable may be changed. The global chip select functionality is disabled on the first write to CSMR0 after reset. You should set up the appropriate chip select, DRAM, and default memory control registers before writing a 1 to CSMR0. Once CSMR0 has been written, the global chip select functionality can be reactivated only by reset. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9.3.3 General Chip Select Operation The MCF5206E uses the address bus (A[27:0]) to specify the location for a data transfer and the data bus (D[31:0]) to transfer the data. Chip selects are asserted during bus transfers where the address, transfer direction and type are not masked for the particular chip select. Write enables are asserted on write transfers and indicate the valid byte lanes for the transfer. Write enables are always asserted on the CLK cycle after the chip select is asserted. Chip select and write enables can be asserted during burst and burst inhibited transfers. The assertion and negation timing of the chip selects are controlled by the address setup, read address hold, and write address hold bits in the chip select control registers. .com 9-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module 9.3.3.1 NONBURST TRANSFER WITH NO ADDRESS SETUP AND NO ADDRESS HOLD. Figure 9-2 illustrates a supervisor data longword write transfer to a 32-bit port. In this case, address setup and write address hold features are disabled. . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:0] TA $ADDR C2 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $0 $0 t4U.com DataShee .com TEA ATA CS WE[3:0] Figure 9-2. Longword Write Transfer from a 32-Bit Port (No Wait State, No Address Setup, No Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and access type and mode (ATM) is driven low to identify the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven low to indicate a longword transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle and asserts the appropriate chip select (CS) for the address being accessed. Clock 2 (C2) .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) high to identify the transfer as supervisor and drives data onto D[31:0]. If the selected device(s) is ready to latch the data, it latches D[31:0] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the longword is complete, and the MCF5206E negates CS and WE[3:0] after the next rising edge of CLK. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. 9.3.3.2 NONBURST TRANSFER WITH ADDRESS SETUP. Figure 9-3 illustrates a word user data write transfer to a 16-bit port with address setup enabled.. C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:16] TA TEA ATA CS WE[1:0] WE[3:2] ADDRESS SETUP WAIT STATE $2 $ADDR C2 C3 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com $0 Figure 9-3. Word Write Transfer to a 16-Bit Port (One Wait State, Address Setup, No Address Hold) .com 9-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 1 (C1) Chip Select Module The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and access type and mode (ATM) is driven low to identify the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $2 to indicate a word transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. The chip select (CS) signal is driven high since the appropriate address setup bit in the chip select control register is set to 1. Clock 2 (C2) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) low to identify the transfer as user and drives data onto D[31:16] and asserts the appropriate chip select (CS) signal. At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA. If TA was asserted the transfer of the word would be complete. Since TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to output the data and inserts a wait state instead of terminating the transfer. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E asserts the write enable (WE[1:0]) signals. If the selected device(s) is .com ready to latch the data, it latches D[31:0] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA . If TA is asserted, the transfer of the word is complete, and the MCF5206E negates CS and WE[1:0] after the rising edge of CLK. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is be terminated with an internal bus error. NOTE When address setup is enabled (ASET=1), write enables (WE[3:0]) do not assert on zero wait state write transfers. 9.3.3.3 NONBURST TRANSFER WITH ADDRESS SETUP AND HOLD. Figure 9-4 illustrates a supervisor data byte write transfer to an 8-bit port with address setup and write address hold enabled. t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:16] TA TEA ATA $ADDR C2 C3 C4 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $1 t4U.com DataShee .com CS WE[0] WE[3:1] ADDRESS SETUP WAIT STATE ADDRESS HOLD Figure 9-4. Byte Write Transfer from an 8-Bit Port (One Wait State, Address Setup, Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and access type and mode (ATM) is driven low to identify the transfer as data. The read/write (R/W) signal is driven low for a write cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $1 to indicate a byte transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. The chip select (CS) signal is driven high since the appropriate address setup bit in the chip select control register is set to 1. Clock 2 (C2) .com 9-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) high to identify if the transfer as supervisor, drives data onto D[31:16] and asserts the appropriate chip select (CS). At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA. If TA was asserted the transfer of the word would be complete. Since TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to output the data and inserts a wait state instead of terminating the transfer. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E asserts the write enable (WE[1:0]) signals. If the selected device(s) is ready to latch the data, it latches D[31:0] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the word is complete. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. Clock 4 (C4) The MCF5206E negates the chip select (CS) and write enable (WE[1:0]) signals and continues to drive the address, data and attribute signals until after the next rising edge of CLK. .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee NOTE When address setup is enabled (ASET=1), write enables (WE[3:0]) do not assert on zero wait state write transfers. 9.3.3.4 BURST TRANSFER AND CHIP SELECTS. If the burst enable bit in the appropriate control register (Chip Select Control Register or Default Memory Control Register) is set to 1, and the operand size is larger than the port size of the memory being accessed, the MCF5206E performs word, longword and line transfers in burst mode. When burst mode is selected, the size of the transfer (indicated by SIZ[1:0]) reflects the size of the operand being read - not the size of the port being accessed (i.e. a line transfer is indicated by SIZ[1:0] = $3 and a longword transfer is indicated by SIZ[1:0] = $0, regardless of the size of the port or the number of transfers required to access the data). The MCF5206E supports burst-inhibited transfers for memory devices that are unable to support bursting. For this type of bus cycle, the burst enable bit in the Chip Select Control Registers (CSCRs) or Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) must be cleared. Figure 9-5 illustrates a supervisor code longword read transfer to a 16-bit port with address setup and address hold disabled. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-13 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:16] TA TEA ATA $ADDR C2 C3 $ADDR + 2 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $0 t4U.com DataShee .com CS WE[3:0] Figure 9-5. Longword Burst Read Transfer from a 16-Bit Port (No Wait States, No Address Setup, No Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The burst read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and access type and mode (ATM) is driven high to identify the transfer as code. The read/write (R/W) and write enable (WE[3:0]) signals are driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven low to indicate a longword transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle and asserts the appropriate chip select (CS) for the address being accessed. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) high to identify the transfer as supervisor. The selected device(s) places the addressed data onto D[31:16] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of .com 9-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:16]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first word of the longword is complete. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. Clock 3 (C3) During C3, the MCF5206E increments A[1:0] to indicate the second word in the longword transfer. The selected device(s) places the addressed data onto D[31:16] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C3, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:16]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the second word of the longword is complete and the transfer terminates and the chip select (CS) is negated. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. 9.3.3.5 BURST TRANSFER WITH ADDRESS SETUP. Figure 9-6 illustrates a longword user code read from a 16-bit port with address setup enabled and read address hold disabled. .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:16] TA TEA ATA $ADDR C2 C3 C4 $ADDR + 2 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $0 t4U.com DataShee .com CS WE[3:0] ADDRESS SETUP ADDRESS SETUP Figure 9-6. Longword Burst Read Transfer from a 16-Bit Port (No Wait States, Address Setup, No Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The burst read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and access type and mode (ATM) is driven high to identify the transfer as reading code. The read/write (R/W) and write enable (WE[3:0]) signals are driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven low to indicate a longword transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. The chip select (CS) signal is driven high since the appropriate address setup bit in the chip select control register is set to 1. .com 9-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 2 (C2) Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) low to identify if the transfer as user. The appropriate chip select (CS) signal is asserted. The selected device(s) places the addressed data onto D[31:16] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:16]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first word of the longword is complete and chip select (CS) is negated after the next rising edge of CLK. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. Clock 3 (C3) During C3, the MCF5206E increments A[1:0] to indicate the second word in the longword transfer. The chip select (CS) signal is driven high since the appropriate address setup bit in the chip select control register is set to 1. Clock 4 (C4) The selected device(s) places the addressed data onto D[31:16] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C4, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is .com asserted, latches the current value of D[31:16]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the second word of the longword is complete and the transfer terminates and the chip select (CS) is negated. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. NOTE When address setup is enabled (ASET=1), write enables (WE[3:0]) do not assert on zero wait state write transfers. 9.3.3.6 BURST TRANSFER WITH ADDRESS SETUP AND HOLD. Figure 9-7 illustrates a supervisor data word read transfer from an 8-bit port with address setup and read address hold enabled. t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W TT[1:0] ATM SIZ[1:0] D[31:24] TA TEA ATA C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 $ADDR $ADDR + 1 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $2 t4U.com DataShee .com CS WE[3:0] ADDRESS SETUP ADDRESS HOLD Figure 9-7. Word Burst Read Transfer from an 8-Bit Port (No Wait States, Address Setup, Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The burst read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the MCF5206E places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The transfer type (TT[1:0]) signals identify the specific access type and access type and mode (ATM) is driven low to identify the transfer as reading data. The read/write (R/W) and write enable (WE[3:0]) signals are driven high for a read cycle, and the size signals (SIZ[1:0]) are driven to $2 to indicate a word transfer. The MCF5206E asserts transfer start (TS) to indicate the beginning of a bus cycle. The chip select (CS) signal is driven high since the appropriate address setup bit in the chip select control register is set to 1. .com 9-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock 2 (C2) Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... During C2, the MCF5206E negates transfer start (TS), drives access type and mode (ATM) high to identify the transfer as supervisor. The appropriate chip select (CS) signal is asserted. The selected device(s) places the addressed data onto D[31:24] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C2, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the first byte of the word is complete and chip select (CS) is negated after the next rising edge of CLK. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E continues to drive address and bus attributes since the read address hold bit in the appropriate chip select control register is set to 1. Clock 4(C4) During C3, the MCF5206E increments A[0] to indicate the second byte in the word transfer. The chip select (CS) signal is driven high since the appropriate address setup bit in the chip select control register is set to 1. .com t4U.com DataShee Clock 5(C5) The selected device(s) places the addressed data onto D[31:24] and asserts the transfer acknowledge (TA). At the end of C5, the MCF5206E samples the level of TA and if TA is asserted, latches the current value of D[31:24]. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the second word of the longword is complete and the transfer terminates and the chip select (CS) is negated. If TA is negated, the MCF5206E continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. The MCF5206E continues to sample TA on successive rising edge of CLK until it is asserted. If the bus monitor timer is enabled and TA is not asserted before the programmed bus monitor time is reached, the cycle is terminated with an internal bus error. Clock 6 (C6) The MCF5206E continues to drive address and bus attributes since the read address hold bit in the appropriate chip select control register is set to 1. NOTE When address setup is enabled (ASET=1), write enables (WE[3:0]) do not assert on zero wait state write transfers. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-19 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 9.3.4 External Master Chip Select Operation The MCF5206E can monitor bus transfers by other bus masters and assert chip select and transfer termination signals during these transfers. Assertion of chip select and termination signals occurs when the bus is granted to another bus master and TS is asserted by the external master as an input to the MCF5206E . The MCF5206E registers the value of A[27:0], R/W and SIZ[1:0] on the rising edge of CLK in which TS is asserted. NOTE If the pins A[27:24]/CS[7:4]/WE[0:3] are not assigned to output address signals, a value of $0 is assigned internally to these signals. Also, TT[1:0] and ATM are not examined during external master transfers. The mask bits: SC, SD, UC, UD, and C/I in the Chip Select Mask Registers (CSMR) are not used during external master transfers. The MCF5206E examines the address, direction and size of the transfer and on the next rising edge of CLK, begins assertion of the proper sequence of memory control signals. If the transfer is decoded to be a chip select address and the chip select is enabled for the direction of the transfer (read and/or write enabled), the appropriate chip select and write enables are asserted. If the chip select is enabled for external master automatic acknowledge, TA is driven and asserted at the appropriate time. The MCF5206E does not drive address during external bus master accesses that are decoded as chip select or .com default memory transfers. The external master must provide the correct address to the external memory at the appropriate time. If the address of the transfer is neither a chip select or a DRAM address, the SIM reads the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR). If the external master automatic acknowledge (EMAA) bit in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) is set, the MCF5206E drives transfer acknowledge (TA) as an output and asserts transfer acknowledge after the number of clocks programmed in the wait state bits (WS) in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR). 9.3.4.1 EXTERNAL MASTER NONBURST TRANSFER. The general-purpose chip selects support burst and nonbursting peripherals and memory for external master accesses. If an external chip select device can not be accessed using burst transfers, you can program the burst-enable bit in the appropriate Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) or in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) to a 0. If the burst-enable bit is set to 1, and the external master initiates a transfer where the transfer size is greater than the programmed port size, the MCF5206E asserts the chip select control signals for a burst transfer. If the burst enable bit is set to 0, the external master should never initiate a transfer with the size specified as larger than the programmed port size. Figure 9-8 illustrates a longword read transfer initiated by an external master to a 32-bit port. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 9-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W SIZ[1:0] D[31:0] TA TEA ATA $ADDR C2 C3 C4 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CS WE[3:0] t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 9-8. External Master Longword Read Transfer from a 32-Bit Port (No Wait State, No Address Setup, No Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The write cycle starts in C1. During C1, the external master places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. The MCF5206E registers the external master address, read/write and size signals. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the external master negates transfer start (TS). The MCF5206E compares the external master address to the internal chip select addresses and enables the appropriate chip select for assertion. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E asserts the appropriate chip select and since the EMAA bit in the appropriate Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) is set to one, asserts transfer acknowledge (TA). The selected device drive data onto D[31:0]. At the end of C3, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the longword is .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-21 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. complete. If TA is negated, the external master continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. Clock 4 (C4) At the start of clock 4, the MCF5206E negates CS and TA, completing the external master transfer. After the next rising edge of CLK, the MCF5206E three states TA. The external master can assert TS starting another transfer. 9.3.4.2 EXTERNAL MASTER BURST TRANSFER. The timing of the assertion and negation of the general-purpose chip selects and write enables during external master accesses can be programmed on a chip select basis. The address setup and hold features of the chip selects are not used during nonburst external master accesses. The address setup and hold features can insert CLK cycles where the chip select is negated, during burst cycles. During external master read transfers, the MCF5206E drives the activated chip select signal negated for one CLK cycle for each of the address setup and read address hold bits that are set to 1. During external master write transfers, the MCF5206E drives the activated chip select signal negated for one CLK cycle for each of the address setup and write address hold bits that are set to 1. Figure 9-9 illustrates a bursting longword read transfer from a 16-bit port with no address setup and no address hold. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 9-22 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W SIZ[1:0] $ADDR C2 C3 C4 C5 $ADDR + 2 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... D[31:16] TA TEA ATA t4U.com CS WE[3:0] DataShee .com Figure 9-9. External Master Longword Read Transfer from a 16-bit Port (No Wait State, No Address Setup, No Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the external master places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. At the end of C1, the MCF5206E registers the external master address, read/write and size signals. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the external master negates transfer start (TS). The MCF5206E compares the external master address to the internal chip select addresses and enables the appropriate chip select and transfer acknowledge (TA) for assertion. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E asserts the appropriate chip select and since the EMAA bit in the appropriate Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) is set to one and wait states are set to zero, asserts transfer acknowledge (TA). The selected device drives data onto D[31:16]. At the end of C3, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-23 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. transfer of the first word of the longword is complete. If TA is negated, the external master continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. Clock 4 (C4) At the start of clock 4, the external master increments the address to indicate the second word of the longword transfer. The MCF5206E continues to assert CS and TA and the selected slave outputs the data indicated by the new address on D[31:16]. At the end of clock 4, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the second word of the longword is complete. If TA is negated, the external master continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. Clock 5 (C5) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... At the start of clock 5, the MCF5206E negates CS and TA, completing the external master transfer. After the next rising edge of CLK, the MCF5206E three states TA. The external master can assert TS starting another transfer. NOTE Write enables (WE[3:0]) do not assert on zero wait state external master write transfers. 9.3.4.3 EXTERNAL MASTER BURST TRANSFER WITH ADDRESS SETUP AND .com HOLD. Figure 9-10 illustrates a longword bursting read transfer from a 16-bit port with either address setup or read address hold enabled. t4U.com DataShee .com 9-24 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module . C1 CLK TS A[27:0] R/W SIZ[1:0] D[31:16] TA TEA ATA $ADDR C2 C3 C4 C5 $ADDR + 2 $0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CS WE[3:0] t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 9-10. External Master Longword Read Transfer from a 16-Bit Port (No Wait State, With Address Setup Or Read Address Hold) Clock 1 (C1) The read cycle starts in C1. During C1, the external master places valid values on the address bus (A[27:0]) and transfer control signals. At the end of C1, the MCF5206E registers the external master address, read/write and size signals. Clock 2 (C2) During C2, the external master negates transfer start (TS). The MCF5206E compares the external master address to the internal chip select addresses and enables the appropriate chip select and transfer acknowledge (TA) for assertion. Clock 3 (C3) The MCF5206E asserts the appropriate chip select and since the EMAA bit in the appropriate Chip Select Control Register (CSCR) is set to one and wait states are set to zero, asserts transfer acknowledge (TA). The selected device drives data onto D[31:16]. At the end of C3, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-25 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. transfer of the first word of the longword is complete. If TA is negated, the external master continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. Clock 4 (C4) At the start of clock 4, the external master increments the address to indicate the second word of the longword transfer. The MCF5206E negates CS and TA. Clock 5 (C5) At the start of clock 5, the MCF5206E asserts CS and TA. The selected slave outputs the data indicated by the address on D[31:16]. At the end of clock 4, the external master samples the level of TA. If TA is asserted, the transfer of the second word of the longword is complete. If TA is negated, the external master continues to sample TA and inserts wait states instead of terminating the transfer. After the next rising edge of CLK, the MCF5206E negates CS and TA, completing the external master transfer. After the next rising edge of CLK, the MCF5206E three states TA. The external master can assert TS starting another transfer. NOTE Write enables (WE[3:0]) do not assert on zero wait state external master write transfers. .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9.4 PROGRAMMING MODEL 9.4.1 Chip Select Registers Memory Map Table 9-4 shows the memory map of all the chip select module registers. The internal registers in the chip select module are memory-mapped registers offset from the MBAR address pointer. The following lists several keynotes regarding the programming model table: * Addresses not assigned to a register and undefined register bits are reserved for future expansion. Write accesses to these reserved address spaces and reserved register bits have no effect; read accesses return zeros. * The reset value column indicates the register initial value at reset. Certain registers may be uninitialized at reset, i.e., they may contain random values after reset. .com 9-26 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 9-4. Memory Map of Chip Select Registers ADDRESS MBAR + $64 MBAR + $68 NAME CSAR0 CSMR0 WIDTH 16 32 DESCRIPTION Chip Select Address Register - Bank 0 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 0 Chip Select Module RESET VALUE 0000 00000000 3C1F, 3C5F, 3C9F, 3CDF, 3D1F, 3D5F, 3D9F, or 3DDF AA set by IRQ7 at reset PS1 set by IRQ4 at reset PS0 set by IRQ1 at reset uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH=WR=R D=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH=WR=R D=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH=WR=R D=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH=WR=R D=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH=WR=R D=0) uninitialized uninitialized ACCESS R/W R/W MBAR + $6E CSCR0 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 0 R/W MBAR + $70 CSAR1 CSMR1 16 32 Chip Select Address Register - Bank 1 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 1 R/W R/W Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MBAR + $74 MBAR +$ 7A CSCR1 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 1 R/W MBAR + $7C MBAR + $80 CSAR2 CSMR2 16 32 Chip Select Address Register - Bank 2 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 2 R/W R/W t4U.com MBAR + $86 CSCR2 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 2 R/W DataShee MBAR + $88 MBAR + $8C CSAR3 CSMR3 16 32 Chip Select Address Register - Bank 3 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 3 .com R/W R/W MBAR + $92 CSCR3 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 3 R/W MBAR + $94 MBAR + $98 CSAR4 CSMR4 16 32 Chip Select Address Register - Bank 4 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 4 R/W R/W MBAR + $9E CSCR4 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 4 R/W MBAR + $A0 MBAR + $A4 CSAR5 CSMR5 16 32 Chip Select Address Register - Bank 5 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 5 R/W R/W MBAR + $AA CSCR5 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 5 R/W MBAR + $AC MBAR + $B0 CSAR6 CSMR6 16 32 Chip Select Address Register - Bank 6 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 6 R/W R/W .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-27 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 9-4. Memory Map of Chip Select Registers (Continued) ADDRESS NAME WIDTH DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH=WR=R D=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH=WR=R D=0) 0000 ACCESS MBAR + $B6 CSCR6 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 6 R/W MBAR + $B8 MBAR + $BC CSAR7 CSMR7 16 32 Chip Select Address Register - Bank 7 Chip Select Mask Register - Bank 7 R/W R/W MBAR + $C2 CSCR7 16 Chip Select Control Register - Bank 7 R/W Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MBAR + $C6 DMCR 16 Default Memory Control Register R/W 9.4.2 Chip Select Controller Registers 9.4.2.1 CHIP SELECT ADDRESS REGISTER (CSAR0 - CSAR7). Each CSAR determines the base address of the corresponding chip select pin. Each CSAR is a 16-bit read/write register. CSAR0 is initialized to $0000 at reset and CSAR1-CSAR7 are unaffected (uninitialized) by reset. . t4U.com DataShee Chip Select Address Register(CSAR0) 15 BA31 RESET: .com 11 10 BA26 0 9 BA25 0 8 BA24 0 7 BA23 0 6 BA22 0 5 BA21 0 4 BA20 0 3 BA19 0 2 BA18 0 MBAR + 064 1 BA17 0 0 BA16 0 14 BA30 0 13 BA29 0 12 BA28 0 BA27 0 0 . Chip Select Address Register (CSAR1 - CSAR7) 15 BA31 RESET: 14 BA30 - 13 BA29 - 12 BA28 - 11 BA27 - 10 BA26 - 9 BA25 - 8 BA24 - 7 BA23 - 6 BA22 - 5 BA21 - 4 BA20 - 3 BA19 - 2 BA18 - 1 BA17 - 0 BA16 - - .com 9-28 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module BA31-BA16 - Base Address This field defines the base address location of memory dedicated to each chip select. These bits are compared to ColdFire core address bus bits 31-16 to determine if the chip select memory is being accessed. During external master accesses these bits are compared as shown in Table 9-5. Table 9-5. BA Field Comparisons for External Master Transfers BA BIT BA31 - BA28 BA27 BA26 COMPARED TO $0 $0 A[27] $0 A[26] $0 A[25] $0 A[24] A[23:16] CONDITIONS Always A[27]/CS[7]/WE[0] does not output A[27] A[27]/CS[7]/WE[0] outputs A[27] A[26]/CS[6]/WE[1] does not output A[26] A[26]/CS[6]/WE[1] outputs A[26] A[25]/CS[5]/WE[2] does not output A[25] A[25]/CS[5]/WE[2] outputs A[25] A[24]/CS[4]/WE[3] does not output A[24] A[24]/CS[4]/WE[3] outputs A[24] Always Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... BA25 BA24 BA23 - BA16 t4U.com 9.4.2.2 CHIP SELECT MASK REGISTER (CSMR0 - CSMR7). Each CSMR determines the address mask for each of the chip selects as well the definition of which types of accesses are allowed for these signals. Each CSMR is a 32-bit read/write control register. CSMR0 is initialized to $00000000 by reset and CSMR7 - CSMR1 are unaffected .com (uninitialized) by reset. At reset, CS[0] is activated as the global chip select. A write to CSMR0 deactivates this function. CSMR1 has an additional control bit CPU that allows you to mask CPU space (including interrupt acknowledge) transfers. Chip Select Mask Register(CSMR0) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 DataShee MBAR +$68 17 16 BAM31 BAM30 BAM29 BAM28 BAM27 BAM26 BAM25 BAM24 BAM23 BAM22 BAM21 BAM20 BAM19 BAM18 BAM17 BAM16 RESET: 0 0 14 0 0 13 0 0 12 0 0 11 0 0 10 0 0 9 0 0 8 0 0 7 0 0 6 0* 0 5 0 0 4 SC 0 0 3 SD 0 0 2 UC 0 0 1 UD 0 0 0 0 15 RESET: 0 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-29 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Mask Register(CSMR1) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 MBAR +$74 18 17 16 BAM31 BAM30 BAM29 BAM28 BAM27 BAM26 BAM25 BAM24 BAM23 BAM22 BAM21 BAM20 BAM19 BAM18 BAM17 BAM16 RESET: - 14 0 13 0 12 0 11 0 10 0 9 0 8 0 7 0 6 0 5 C/I - 4 SC - 3 SD - 2 UC - 1 UD - 0 0 15 RESET: 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Chip Select Mask Register(CSMR2 - CSMR7) 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 BAM31 BAM30 BAM29 BAM28 BAM27 BAM26 BAM25 BAM24 BAM23 BAM22 BAM21 BAM20 BAM19 BAM18 BAM17 BAM16 RESET: - 14 0 13 0 12 0 11 0 10 0 9 0 8 0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 SC - 3 SD - 2 UC - 1 UD - 0 0 15 RESET: t4U.com 0 DataShee .com BAM [31:16] - Base Address Mask This field defines the chip select block size through the use of address mask bits. Any bit set to 1 masks the corresponding base address register (CSAR) bit (the base address bit becomes a ``don't care'' in the decode). 0 = Corresponding address bit is used in chip select address decode. 1 = Corresponding address bit is not used in chip select address decode. C/I, SC, SD, UC, UD - CPU Space, Supervisor Code, Supervisor Data, User Code, User Data Transfer Mask These fields allows specific types of transfers to be inhibited from accessing a chip select. If a transfer mask bit is cleared, a transfer of that type can access the corresponding chip select. If a transfer mask bit is set to 1, an transfer of that type can not access the corresponding chip select. The transfer mask bits are: C/I = CPU space and Interrupt Acknowledge Cycle mask (CS[1] only) SC = Supervisor Code mask SD = Supervisor Data mask UC = User Code mask UD = User Data mask .com 9-30 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. For each transfer mask bit: Chip Select Module 0 = Do not mask this type of transfer for the chip select. A transfer of this type can occur for this chip select. 1 = Mask this type of transfer from the chip select. If this type of transfer is generated, this chip select activation is not activated. NOTE The C/I, SC, SD, UC, and UD bits are ignored during external master transfers. Therefore, an external master transfer can activate a chip select regardless of the transfer masks. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... NOTE In determining whether an external master transfer address hits in a chip select, the portion of the address bus that is unavailable externally is regarded as "0's." That is, the external master transfer address always has A[31:28] as 0's and those bits of A[27:24] that are not programmed to be external address bits as 0's. For a chip select to be activated by an external master, the address bits that are unavailable to the external master must either be set to 0 in the CSAR or be masked in the CSMR. .com t4U.com DataShee 9.4.2.3 CHIP SELECT CONTROL REGISTER (CSCR0 - CSCR7). Each CSCR controls the acknowledge, external master support, port size, burst and activation features of each of the chip selects. Each CSCR is a 16-bit read/write register. For CSCR1 - CSCR7, bits BRST, ASET, WRAH, RDAH, WR and RD are initialized to 0 by reset while, all other bits are unaffected (uninitialized) by reset. For CSCR0, bits BRST, and EMAA are initialized to 0 by reset, while bits WS3 - WS0, ASET, WRAH, RDAH, WR, and RD are initialized to 1 by reset. The determination of the reset value of bits AA, PS1, and PS0 in the CSCR0 register is controlled by the logic level at the last rising edge of CLK while reset is asserted, on pins IRQ7, IRQ4 and IRQ1, respectively. CS[0] is the global (boot) chip select and as such, allows address decoding for boot ROM before system initialization occurs. (see Section 6: Bus Operations). Table 9-6 shows how the logic levels on pins IRQ4 and IRQ1 correspond to the port sizes for CS[0]; Table 9-7 shows the logic levels of IRQ7 to enable or disable the automatic acknowledge function for CS[0]. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-31 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 9-6. IRQ4 and IRQ1 Selection of CS[0] Port Size IRQ4 0 0 1 1 IRQ1 0 1 0 1 BOOT CS[0] PORT SIZE 32-bit port 8-bit port 16-bit port 16-bit port Table 9-7. IRQ7 Selection of CS[0] Acknowledge Generation Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... IRQ7 0 1 Chip Select Control Register(CSCR0) 15 RESET: BOOT CS[0] AA Disabled Enabled with 15 wait states Address MBAR + $6E 14 0 13 WS3 1 12 WS2 1 11 WS1 1 10 WS0 1 9 BRST 0 8 AA IRQ7 7 PS1 IRQ4 6 PS0 IRQ1 5 4 3 2 1 WR 1 0 RD 1 EMAA ASET WRAH RDAH 0 1 1 1 t4U.com 0 DataShee Chip Select Control Register(CSCR1-7) 15 RESET: .com 10 WS0 9 BRST 0 8 AA 7 PS1 6 PS0 5 4 3 2 1 WR 0 0 RD 0 14 0 13 WS3 - 12 WS2 - 11 WS1 - EMAA ASET WRAH RDAH 0 0 0 0 WS[3:0] - Wait States On accesses initiated by the ColdFire core when AA=1, this field de fines the number of wait states inserted before an internal transfer acknowledge is generated. If TA is asserted by the external system before the indicated number of wait states are generated, the assertion of TA ends the cycle. On accesses initiated by an external master when EMAA=1, this field defines the number of wait states inserted before TA is asserted. .com 9-32 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module BRST - Burst Enable This field specifies the burst capability of the memory associated with each chip select. 0 = Break all transfers that are larger than the specified port size into individual nonburst transfers that are no larger than the specified port size (e.g. a longword transfer to an 8-bit port would be broken into four individual byte transfers) 1 = Allow burst transfers to the chip selected address space for all transfers that are larger than the specified port size(e.g. longword transfers to 8- and 16-bit ports, word transfers to 8-bit ports as well as line transfers to 8-, 16- and 32-bit ports) AA - Auto Acknowledge Enable for ColdFire core initiated Transfers This field controls the assertion of the internal transfer acknowledge during accesses initiated by the ColdFire core that hit in the corresponding chip select address space. 0 = Wait for external transfer acknowledge for accesses initiated by the ColdFire core 1 = Generate internal transfer acknowledge with the number of wait states specified by WS[3:0] for accesses initiated by the ColdFire core. If AA=1 and TA is asserted by the external system before the indicated number of wait states are generated, the external transfer acknowledge ends the transfer. PS[1:0] - Port Size .com This field specifies the width of the data associated with each chip select. It determines which byte lanes are driven with valid data during write cycles and which byte lanes are sampled for valid data during read cycles. EMAA - External Master Automatic Acknowledge Enable This field controls the driving and assertion of TA during accesses initiated by an external master that hit in the corresponding chip select address space. 0 = Do not drive TA as an output during accesses initiated by an external master and wait for external transfer acknowledge 1 = Drive TA as an output for accesses initiated by an external master and insert the number of wait states specified by WS[3:0] NOTE Because TA is an output when EMAA = 1, TA must not be driven by the external system. If TA is asserted by the external system during external master transfer and EMAA = 1, damage to the part could occur. Refer to Section 6: Bus Operations for more information on the assertion and driving of TA during external master accesses. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-33 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. ASET - Address Setup Enable This field controls the assertion of chip select with respect to assertion of a valid address. 0 = Assert chip select on the rising edge of CLK that address is asserted. See Figure 9-11. 1 = Delay assertion of chip select for one CLK cycle after address is asserted. See Figure 9-12. CLK TS Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ADDR CS WE Figure 9-11. Chip select and Write Enable Assertion with ASET = 0 Timing t4U.com CLK TS ADDR CS WE DataShee .com Figure 9-12. Chip select and Write Enable Assertion with ASET = 1 Timing NOTE WE asserts one clock after the assertion of CS. During write transfers, if ASET = 1, both CS and WE are delayed by one clock. WRAH - Write Address Hold Enable This field controls the address, data and attribute hold time after the termination (TA, ATA, TEA, or internal transfer acknowledge) of a write cycle that hits in the chip select address space. .com 9-34 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module 0 = Do not hold address, data, and attribute signals an extra cycle after CS and WE negate on writes. See Figure 9-13. 1 = Hold address, data, and attribute signals one cycle after CS and WE negate on writes. See Figure 9-14. Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 1. CLK TS ADDR Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DATA ATTR R/W CS WE TA t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 9-13. Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 0 CLK TS ADDR DATA ATTR R/W CS WE TA Figure 9-14. Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 1 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-35 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. RDAH - Read Address Hold Enable This field controls the address and attribute hold time after the termination (TA, ATA, TEA or internal transfer acknowledge) during a read cycle that hits in the chip select address space. 0 = Do not hold address and attributes an extra cycle after CS negates on reads. See Figure 9-15. 1 = Hold address and attributes one cycle after CS negates on reads. See Figure 9-16. CLK Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TS ADDR DATA ATTR R/W CS t4U.com DataShee .com WE TA Figure 9-15. Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 0 .com 9-36 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module CLK TS ADDR DATA ATTR R/W Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CS WE TA Figure 9-16. Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 1 WR - Write Enable This field controls the assertion of chip select and write enable on write cycles. .com t4U.com DataShee 0 = Disable this chip select during write transfers 1 = Chip select and write enables assert on writes that hit in the chip select address space RD - Read Enable This field controls the assertion of chip select on read cycles. 0 = Disable this chip select during read transfers 1 = Chip select asserts on read transfers that hit in the chip select address space 9.4.2.4 DEFAULT MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER (DMCR). All memory not associated with the eight chip select address spaces or two DRAM bank address spaces is considered default memory. The DMCR controls the acknowledge, port size, burst and address hold features for all default memory space. The DMCR is a 16-bit read/write register. At system reset, the DMCR is initialized to $0000. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-37 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Default Memory Control Register(DMCR) 15 RESET: Address MBAR + $C6 10 WS0 0 9 BRST 0 8 AA 0 7 PS1 0 6 PS0 0 5 EMAA 0 4 0 3 2 1 0 0 0 14 0 13 WS3 0 12 WS2 0 11 WS1 0 WRAH RDAH 0 0 0 WS[3:0] - Wait States On accesses initiated by the ColdFire core when AA=1, this field defines the number of wait states inserted before an internal transfer acknowledge is generated. If TA is asserted by the external system before the indicated number of wait states are generated, the external transfer acknowledge ends the cycle. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... On accesses initiated by an external master when EMAA=1, this field defines the number of waits states to be inserted before TA is asserted. BRST - Burst Enable This field specifies the burst capability of the default memory space. 0 = Break all transfers that are larger than the specified port size into individual nonburst transfers that are no larger than the specified port size (e.g. a longword transfer to an 8-bit port would be broken into four individual byte transfers) 1 = Allow burst transfers to the default memory space for all transfers that are larger .com than the specified port size(e.g. longword transfers to 8- and 16-bit ports, word transfers to 8-bit ports as well as line transfers to 8-, 16- and 32-bit ports) AA - Auto-Acknowledge Enable for ColdFire Core-Initiated Transfers This field controls the assertion of the internal transfer acknowledge during accesses initiated by the ColdFire core that access default memory space. 0 = Wait for external transfer acknowledge for accesses initiated by the ColdFire core 1 = Generate internal transfer acknowledge with the number of wait states specified by WS[3:0] for accesses initiated by the ColdFire core If AA=1 and TA is asserted by the external system before the indicated number of wait states are generated, the assertion of TA ends the transfer. NOTE Since the default memory address space incorporates all address space not specified as chip select or DRAM address space, be careful when setting the AA bit in the DMCR. If AA=1, an access to any address outside of the chip select and DRAM address spaces is terminated normally with an internal transfer acknowledge regardless of whether any memory exists in that location. If you need an Access Fault Exception to occur when a transfer attempts to access an address t4U.com DataShee .com 9-38 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module outside of the chip select and DRAM address spaces, set AA to 0 in the DMCR and enable the Bus Timeout Monitor. PS[1:0] - Port Size This field specifies the width of the data associated with the default memory space. It determines which byte lanes are driven with valid data during write cycles and which byte lanes are sampled for valid data during read cycles. Table 9-8. Port Size Encodings PS[1:0] PORT WIDTH 32-bit port 8-bit port 16-bit port 16-bit port PORTION OF DATA BUS USED D[31:0] D[31:24] D[31:16] D[31:16] 00 01 10 11 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... EMAA - External Master Automatic Acknowledge Enable This field controls the driving and assertion of TA during accesses initiated by an external master. 0 = Do not drive TA as an output during accesses initiated by an external master and wait for external transfer acknowledge 1 = Drive TA as an output for accesses initiated by an external master and insert the .com number of wait states specified by WS[3:0] NOTE Because TA is an output when EMAA = 1, TA must not be driven by the external system. If TA is asserted by the external system during external master transfer and EMAA = 1, damage to the part may occur. Refer toSection 6: Bus Operations for more information on the assertion and driving of TA during external master accesses. NOTE Because the default memory address space incorporates all address space not specified as chip select or DRAM address space, be careful when setting the EMAA bit in the DMCR. If EMAA=1, an access initiated by an external master to any address outside of the chip select and DRAM address spaces are terminated normally with an internal transfer acknowledge regardless of whether any memory exists in that location. If you need an Access Fault Exception to occur when a transfer attempts to access an address outside of the chip select and DRAM address spaces, the external system must provide a transfer error acknowledge termination, because the internal t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-39 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bus Timeout Monitor does not monitor external master initiated transfers. WRAH - Write Address Hold Enable This field controls the address, data and attribute hold time after the termination (TA, ATA, TEA, or internal transfer acknowledge) of a write cycle that hits in the default memory address space. 0 = Do not hold address extra cycle after the transfer is terminated on writes. See Figure 9-11. 1 = Hold address one cycle after the transfer is terminated on writes. See Figure 9-12. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CLK TS ADDR DATA t4U.com ATTR R/W CS WE TA DataShee .com Figure 9-17. Default Memory Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 0 .com 9-40 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module . CLK TS ADDR DATA ATTR R/W Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CS WE TA Figure 9-18. Default Memory Address Hold Timing with WRAH = 1 RDAH - Read Address Hold Enable This field controls the address hold time after the termination (TA, ATA, TEA, or internal transfer acknowledge) of a read cycle that hits in the default memory address space. .com 0 = Do not hold address extra cycle after the transfer is terminated on reads. See Figure 9-12. 1 = Hold address one cycle after the transfer is terminated on reads. See Figure 9-13. t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-41 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CLK TS ADDR DATA ATTR R/W Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CS WE TA t4U.com Figure 9-19. Default Memory Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 0 .com CLK TS ADDR DATA DataShee ATTR R/W CS WE TA Figure 9-20. Default Memory Address Hold Timing with RDAH = 1 .com 9-42 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Chip Select Module t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 9-43 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Chip Select Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 9-44 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 SECTION 10 PARALLEL PORT (GENERAL-PURPOSE I/O) MODULE 10.1 INTRODUCTION The MCF5206E provides eight general-purpose input/output signals that can be used on a pin-by-pin basis. This subsection describes the operation and programming model of the parallel port registers and the direction-control and data registers. 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 10.2 PARALLEL PORT OPERATION The MCF5206E parallel port module has eight signals that you can select as inputs or outputs on a pin-by-pin basis. These pins are multiplexed with the MCF5206E emulation pins and are programmed to their parallel port function through the Pin Assignment Register (PAR). Refer to the SIM subsection 6.3.2.10 Pin Assignment Register for programming description. t4U.com 10.3 PROGRAMMING MODEL 10.3.1 Parallel Port Registers.com Memory Map Table 10-1 shows the memory map of all the parallel port registers. The internal registers in the parallel port module are memory-mapped registers offset from the MBAR address pointer. Refer to the SIM section for programming of the MBAR. The following key notes apply to the programming model table: * Addresses not assigned to a register and undefined register bits are reserved for future expansion. Write accesses to these reserved address spaces and reserved register bits have no effect; read accesses return zeros. * The reset value column indicates the register initial value at reset. Certain registers can be uninitialized at reset. * The access column indicates if the corresponding register allows both read/write functionality (R/W), read-only functionality (R), or write-only functionality (W). Any readaccess attempts to a write-only register will return zeros. A write access to a read-only register attempt will be ignored and no write will occur. Table 10-1. Memory Map of Parallel Port Registers ADDRESS MBAR + $1C5 MBAR + $1C9 NAME PPDDR PPDAT WIDTH 8 8 DESCRIPTION Port A Data Direction Register Port A Data Register RESET VALUE $00 $00 ACCESS R/W R/W DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 10-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 10.3.2 Parallel Port Registers 10.3.2.1 PORT A DATA DIRECTION REGISTER (PADDR). The data direction register allows you to select the signal direction of each parallel port signal. There is one DDR bit in the PADDR for each parallel port signal. The data direction control bits will only affect the direction of the associated pin if you program that pin as a general- purpose I/O signal in the Pin Assigment Register (PAR). Refer to SIM subsection 6.3.2.10 Pin Assigment Register(PAR) for programming details. The DDR is an 8-bit read/write register. At system reset, all bits are initialized to zero. Data Direction Register (DDR) 7 6 5 4 3 Address MBAR + $1C5 2 1 0 DDR7 DDR6 DDR5 DDR4 DDR3 DDR2 DDR1 DDR0 RESET: 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 R/W DDR[7:0] - Data Direction Bits[7:0] For each of the data direction bits, you can select the direction of the signal as follows: 0 = Signal is an input 1 = Signal is an output .com Table 10-2 indicates how the bits in the data direction register are assigned to the PP[7:4]/ DDATA[3:0] and PP[3:0]/PST[3:0] signal pins. t4U.com DataShee 9 Table 10-2. Data Direction Register Bit Assignments DATA DIRECTION REGISTER BIT DDR7 DDR6 DDR5 DDR4 DDR3 DDR2 DDR1 DDR0 OUTPUT PIN PP[7]/DDATA[3] PP[6]/DDATA[2] PP[5]/DDATA[1] PP[4]/DDATA[0] PP[3]/PST[3] PP[2]/PST[2] PP[1]/PST[1] PP[0]/PST[0] 10 11 12 13 14 15 10.3.2.2 PORT A DATA REGISTER (PADAT). The parallel port data register reflects the current status of the parallel port signals. If you configure a parallel port signal as an input, the value in the register corresponds to the logical voltage level present at the pin. If you configure the parallel port signal as an output, the value in the register corresponds to the logical voltage level driven onto the pin. .com 10-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) Module The Parallel Port Data Register is an 8-bit read/write register. At system reset, the PADAT is initialized to zeros. Parallel Port Data Register(PPDAT) 7 DAT7 RESET: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address MBAR + $1C9 3 DAT3 0 2 DAT2 0 1 DAT1 0 0 DAT0 0 6 DAT6 0 5 DAT5 0 4 DAT4 0 0 R/W NOTE Bits in PADAT are valid for the pins configured as generalpurpose I/O only. If you configure a pin to output Background Debug mode signals, the value of PADAT is not valid. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... NOTE You can write to the PADAT register at anytime. A write to a bit corresponding to an input signal will seemingly have no affect. However, if a pin change from an input to an output, the value most recently WRITTEN into the PADAT will be the value driven onto the pin. DAT[7:0] - Parallel Port Data Register bits[7:0] Each bit in the Parallel Port Data Register corresponds to a particular signal pin as indicated .com in Table 10-3. The values in this register are controlled as follows: * For parallel port signals programmed to outputs: -- For PADAT read: register bit indicates logical voltage level at the pin -- For PADAT write: drive indicated logical voltage level onto associated pin * For parallel port signals programmed to inputs: -- For PADAT read: register bit indicates current logical voltage level of pin -- For PADAT write: has no affect unless pin direction is changed to output. Refer to the NOTE above. Table 10-4. Data Register Bit Assignments DATA REGISTER BITS DAT7 DAT6 DAT5 DAT4 DAT3 DAT2 DAT1 DAT0 OUTPUT PIN PP[7]/DDATA[3] PP[6]/DDATA[2] PP[5]/DDATA[1] PP[4]/DDATA[0] PP[3]/PST[3] PP[2]/PST[2] PP[1]/PST[1] PP[0]/PST[0] t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 10-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) Module Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 t4U.com DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 10-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 SECTION 11 DRAM CONTROLLER 11.1 INTRODUCTION The DRAM controller (DRAMC) provides a glueless interface between the ColdFire(R) core and external DRAM. The DRAMC supports two banks of DRAM. Each DRAM bank can be from 128 KByte to 256 MByte. The DRAMC can support DRAM bank widths of 8, 16, or 32 bits. Two row address strobe (RAS[1:0]) signals are provided externally to access the two DRAM banks. Data byte lanes are enabled using the four column address strobe (CAS[3:0]) signals. The DRAM write (DRAMW) signal indicates if the DRAM transfer is a read or a write. The DRAMC handles address multiplexing internally, allowing for a glueless DRAM interface. The DRAMC has an internal refresh timer that generates CAS-before-RAS refresh cycles. You can program RAS and CAS waveform timing and refresh rates. External master use of the DRAMC for accessing the DRAM banks is also supported. 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com 11.1.1 Features The following list summarizes the key DRAMC features: .com DataShee * Supports two banks of DRAM * Supports Normal Mode, Fast Page Mode, and Burst Page Mode * Supports EDO DRAMs * Supports glueless row address/column address multiplexing * Programmable RAS and CAS timings * Programmable refresh timer for CAS-before-RAS refresh * Supports external master use of the DRAMC 9 10 11 12 11.2 DRAM CONTROLLER I/O 11.2.1 Control Signals The DRAMC has seven control signal signals: CAS[0], CAS[1], CAS[2], CAS[3], RAS[0], RAS[1], and DRAMW. 11.2.1.1 ROW ADDRESS STROBES (RAS[0], RAS[1]). These active-low output signals provide control for the row address strobe (RAS) input pins on industry-standard DRAMs. There is one RAS output for each DRAM bank: RAS[0] controls DRAM bank 0 and RAS[1] controls DRAM bank 1. RAS timing can be customized to match the specifications of the DRAM being used by programming the DRAMC Timing Register (see Section 11.4.2.2 DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR)). 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 11.2.1.2 COLUMN ADDRESS STROBES (CAS[0], CAS[1], CAS[2], CAS[3]). These active-low output signals provide control for the column address strobe (CAS) input pins on industry-standard DRAMs. The CAS signals are used to enable data byte lanes: CAS[0] controls access to D[31:24], CAS[1] to D[23:16], CAS[2] to D[15:8], and CAS[3] to D[7:0]. CAS[3:0] should be used for a 32-bit wide DRAM bank, CAS[1:0] for a 16-bit wide DRAM bank, and CAS[0] for an 8-bit wide DRAM bank. Table 11-1 shows which CAS signals are asserted based on the operand size, the DRAM port size and the address bits A[1:0]. For DRAM transfers SIZ[1:0] always matches the operand size. Table 11-1. CAS Assertion CAS[0] OPERAND SIZE PORT SIZE SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A[1] 0 0 8-BIT 0 1 1 1 0 0 BYTE 16-BIT 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A[0] D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 D[7:0] 1 1 CAS[1] CAS[2] CAS[3] 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 32-BIT 0 1 DataShee .com 0 1 1 0 0 8-BIT 1 0 1 1 WORD 0 16-BIT 1 0 1 0 32-BIT 1 0 1 0 0 8-BIT LONGWORD 0 0 1 1 0 16-BIT 32-BIT 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 11-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 4U. t D a t a S h e ec o m www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 11-1. CAS Assertion (Continued) CAS[0] OPERAND SIZE PORT SIZE SIZ[1] SIZ[0] A[1] 0 0 8-BIT LINE 16-BIT 32-BIT 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 A[0] CAS[1] DRAM Controller 1 CAS[2] CAS[3] D[7:0] 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CAS timing can be customized to match the specifications of the DRAM by programming the DRAM Controller Timing Register (see Section 11.4.2.2 DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR)). 11.2.1.3 DRAM WRITE (DRAMW). This active-low output signal is asserted during DRAM write cycles, and negated during DRAM read cycles. The DRAMW signal is negated during refresh cycles.The DRAMW signal is provided in addition to the R/W signal to allow refreshes to occur during nonDRAM cycles (regardless of the state of the R/W signal). The R/W signal indicates the direction of all bus transfers, while DRAMW is only valid during DRAM transfers. t4U.com DataShee 11.2.2 Address Bus .com The address bus includes 24 dedicated address signals, A[23:0], and supports as many as four additional configurable address signals, A[27:24] (refer to Section 7.3.2.10 Pin Assignment Register (PAR)). The DRAM address appears only on the pins configured to be address signals. The maximum size of DRAM that can be connected to each bank is limited by the number of address signals available (see Table 11-2). Table 11-2. Maximum DRAM Bank Sizes AVAILABLE ADDRESS SIGNALS A[23:0] A[24:0] A[25:0] A[26:0] A[27:0] MAXIMUM DRAM SIZE 16 MBytes 32 MBytes 64 MBytes 128 MBytes 256 MBytes 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 For transfers initiated by the ColdFire core, the DRAMC outputs both the row address and the column address, allowing the address bus to be directly connected to external DRAM. The internal address multiplexing can be selectively enabled for transfers initiated by an external master by programming the DAEM bit in the DCTR (see Section 11.4.2.2 DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR)). .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 11.2.3 Data Bus The DRAM banks can be configured to be 8, 16, or a 32-bits wide. A 32-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:0], a 16-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:16] and an 8-bit port must reside on data bus bits D[31:24]. This requirement ensures that the MCF5206E correctly transfers valid data to 8, 16 and 32-bit ports. Figure 11-1 illustrates the connection of the data bus to 8-, 16-, and 32-bit ports. EXTERNAL DATA BUS 32-BIT PORT D[31:24] D[23:16] D[15:8] D[7:0] BYTE 0 BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 16-BIT PORT BYTE 0 BYTE 2 BYTE 1 BYTE 3 6 7 8 BYTE 0 8-BIT PORT BYTE 1 BYTE 2 BYTE 3 t4U.com Figure 11-1. MCF5206E Interface to Various Port Sizes .com 11.3 DRAM CONTROLLER OPERATION DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 The DRAMC provides a glueless interface to industry-standard DRAMs. The following sections describe the reset operation, definition of DRAM banks, normal mode, Fast Page Mode, burst page mode, Extended Data-Out DRAM support, refresh operation, and external master operation. NOTE All timing diagrams in the following sections illustrate the fastest possible waveform timing; however, in all cases, the DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR) can be programmed to generate slower waveform timing. 11.3.1 Reset Operation The MCF5206E supports two types of external hardware reset--Master Reset and Normal Reset. Master Reset resets the entire MCF5206E including all functions of the DRAMC. Normal Reset resets all of the functions of the MCF5206E with the exception of the DRAMC Refresh Controller. During Normal Resets, the Refresh Controller continues to generate refresh cycles at the programmed rate and with the programmed cycle timing. .com 11-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE DRAM Controller 1 Master Reset must be asserted for all power-on resets. Failure to assert Master Reset on power-on reset could result in unpredictable DRAMC behavior. 11.3.1.1 MASTER RESET. During a master reset all registers in the DRAMC are initialized to a known state and all DRAMC operation is halted. The DRAM refresh counter does not count and DRAM refresh cycles are not generated. Any DRAM transfer or refresh cycle in progress is immediately terminated. A master reset is accomplished by asserting and negating the RSTI and HIZ signals simultaneously, these signals are both synchronized (with setup) to the falling edge of CLK (see Section 6.11 reset Operation). 2 3 4 5 6 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... NOTE During a master reset, the DCCR is to $000 (giving the slowest refresh rate) and the DCTR is reset to $0000 (giving the fastest waveform timing). After a Master Reset, the user should program the DRAMC Refresh Register (DCRR) and the DRAMC Timing Register (DCTR) such that refresh cycles are generated at the required rate and with the required timing for the DRAM in the system. In general, DRAMs require an initial pause after power-up and require a minimum number of DRAM cycles to be run .com is ready for use. This before the DRAM "wake-up" sequence must be handled via software. t reset 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11.3.1.2 NORMAL RESET. Normal reset is used when the DRAM contains valid data which needs to be maintained through reset. The DRAMC Refresh Register (DCRR), DRAMC Timing Register (DCTR), and the internal DRAMC Refresh controller are unaffected by normal reset. All other MCF5206E registers are reset to the same values during normal resets as during Master Resets. During normal reset, DRAM refreshes occurs at the programmed rate and with the programmed DRAM cycle timing. A normal reset is accomplished by asserting the RSTI signal while negating the HIZ signal. Resets generated by the internal software watchdog timer are normal resets. 11 12 13 14 15 16 11.3.2 Definition of DRAM Banks The DRAMC supports as many as two banks of DRAM. You can program each bank independently except for the RAS and CAS waveform timing (programming the DCTR affects the waveform timing for both banks). 11.3.2.1 BASE ADDRESS AND ADDRESS MASKING. The transfer address generated by the ColdFire core or by an external master is compared to the unmasked bits of the base address programmed for each bank in the DRAMC Address Registers (DCAR0 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DCAR1). The bits that are masked is determined by the value programmed in the BAM field in the DRAMC Mask Registers (DCMR0 - DCMR1). The masking of address bits is used to define the address space of the DRAM bank. Address bits that are masked are not used in the comparison with the transfer address. The base address field (BA31-BA17) in the DCARs and the base address mask field (BAM31-BAM17) in the DCMRs correspond to transfer address bits 31-17. Clearing (unmasking) all bits in the BAM field makes the address space 128 KBytes. For the address space of a DRAM bank to be contiguous, address bits should be masked (BAM bits set to a 1) in ascending order starting with A[17]. For example, if the DCARs and DCMRs are programmed as shown in Table 11-3, DRAM bank 0 would have a 16 MByte address space starting at address $04000000, while DRAM bank 1 would have a 1 MByte address space starting at address $05000000. A transfer with A[31:24] = $04 accesses DRAM bank 0, and a transfer address with A[31:20] = $050 accesses DRAM bank 1. Table 11-3. DRAM Bank Programming Example 1 DRAM BANK 0 1 DCAR $0400 $0500 DCMR $00FE0000 $000E0000 DRAM ADDRESS SPACE 16 Mbyte 1 Mbyte ADDRESS MATCH $04xxxxxx $050xxxxx 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 Refer to Section 11.4.2.3 DRAM Controller Address Register (DCAR0 - DCAR1) and Section 11.4.2.4 DRAM Controller Mask Register (DCMR0 - DCMR1) for further details. NOTE The ColdFire core outputs 32 bits of address to the internal bus controller. Of these 32 bits, only A[27:0] are output to pins on the MCF5206E . The output of A[27:24] are dependent on the setting of PAR3-PAR0 in the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM. NOTE The MCF5206E compares the address for the current bus transfer with the address and mask bits in the Chip Select Address Registers (CSARs), DRAM Controller Address Registers (DCARs) and the Chip Select Mask Registers (CSMRs) and DRAM Controller Mask Register (DCMRs), .com 11-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 looking for a match. The priority is listed in Table 11-4 (from highest priority to lowest priority): Table 11-4. Chip Select, DRAM and Default Memory Address Decoding Priority Highest priority Chip select 0 Chip select 1 Chip select 2 Chip select 3 Chip select 4 Chip select 5 Chip select 6 Chip select 7 DRAM Bank 0 DrRAM Bank 1 Default Memory 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Lowest priority t4U.com The MCF5206E compares the address and mask in chip select 0 - 7 (chip select 0 is compared first), then the address and mask in DRAM 0 - 1. If the address does not match in either or these, the MCF5206E uses the control bits in the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) to control the bus transfer. If the Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) control bits are used, no chip select or DRAM control signals are asserted during the transfer. .com 11.3.2.2 ACCESS PERMISSIONS. DRAM bank accesses can be restricted based on transfer direction and attributes. Each DRAM bank can be enabled for read and/or write transfers using the WR and RD bits in the DCCRs. Each DRAM bank can have supervisor data, supervisor code, user data, and user code transfers masked from their address space using the SD, SC, UD, and UC bits in the DCMRs. The transfer address must match, the transfer direction must be enabled, and transfer attributes must be unmasked for a transfer to a DRAM bank to occur. DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 For example, if the DCARs, DCMRs, and DCCRs are programmed as shown in Table 115, DRAM bank 0 would start at address $04000000, and be 16 MBytes, read/write, and available for supervisor transfers only. DRAM bank 1 would start at address $05000000 and be 1 MBytes, read-only, and available to all address spaces. If a user data read transfer was attempted to address $04000000, the transfer would not access DRAM bank 0, because user space transfers are masked. The transfer would not access DRAM bank 1 because the addresses do not match. Therefore, a Default Memory transfer would occur. If a user data write transfer was attempted to address $05000000, the transfer would not access DRAM bank 0 because the addresses do not match. The transfer would not access DRAM bank 1 because this bank is not enabled for writes. Therefore, a Default Memory transfer would occur. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 11-5. DRAM Bank Programming Example 2 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DRAM BANK 0 1 DCAR $0400 $0500 DCMR $00FE0006 $000E0000 DCCR $03 $01 ADDRESS MATCH $04xxxxxx $050xxxxx TRANSFER TYPE supervisor-only all transfer types READ/WRITE read/write read-only Refer to Section 11.4.2.4 DRAM Controller Mask Register (DRMR0 - DCMR1) and Section 11.4.2.5 DRAM Controller Control Register (DCCR0 - DCCR1) for further details. 11.3.2.3 TIMING. The timing of RAS and CAS assertion and negation can be customized to meet the timing specifications for the specific DRAM being used. This programmed waveform timing is used for both banks. Refer to Section 11.4.2.2 DRAM Controller Timer Register (DCTR) for further details. 11.3.2.4 PAGE MODE. Each bank can be configured for normal mode, fast page mode, or burst page mode. Normal mode DRAM cycles supply a row address and a column address for each transfer. Fast page mode DRAM cycles supply a row address and a column address for the first transfer to a page and only a column address on successive transfers to that page. Burst page mode is a combination of normal mode and fast page mode. For transfers where the port size is larger or the same as the operand size (nonburst transfers), burst page mode operates the same as normal mode. For transfers where the operand size is larger than the port size (burst transfers), burst page mode operates the same as fast page mode. Refer to 11.3.3 Normal Mode Operation, 11.3.4 .com Fast Page Mode Operation, 11.3.5 Burst Page Mode Operation, and Section 11.4.2.5 DRAM Controller Control Register (DCCR0 - DCCR1) for further details. 11.3.2.5 PORT SIZE/PAGE SIZE. Each DRAM bank can be programmed for 8-, 16-, or 32-bit port sizes. Each bank can also have an internal bank page size of 512 byte, 1 kbyte, or 2 kbyte. Refer to Section 11.4.2.5 DRAM Controller Control Register (DCCR0 DCCR1) for further details. 11.3.2.6 ADDRESS MULTIPLEXING. The MCF5206E provides internal address multiplexing of the row address and column address for DRAM transfers. The internal address multiplexing is used for all ColdFire core initiated DRAM transfers and can selectively be used for external master initiated DRAM transfers. No external logic is required in the system to handle DRAM address multiplexing when the internal multiplexing is used. In addition, the multiplexing scheme allows a single printed circuit board layout to support multiple DRAM memory sizes (allowing for easy memory upgrades). A subset of the address pins should be connected directly to the address inputs of the DRAM to supply the row address and column address. The DRAM port size and bank page size determine which address pins should be connected to the address inputs of the DRAM. In Figure 11-2, the address multiplexing scheme is illustrated for an 8-bit DRAM with 9 address inputs using a 512 byte page size (PS=01 and BPS=00 in the DCCR). In this case, the DRAM address inputs (DA[x]) would be connected to the MCF5206E 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 11-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 address pins (A[x]) in the following order: A[9] to DA[0], A[10] to DA[1], A[11] to DA[2], A[12] to DA[3], A[13] to DA[4], A[14] to DA[5], A[15] to DA[6], A[16] to DA[7], and A[17] to DA[8]. When the ColdFire core initiates a transfer to an address location in the DRAM, the MCF5206E drives the internal transfer address IA[27:0] onto the MCF5206E address pins A[27:0] and asserts RAS. This places the internal transfer address bits IA[17:9] into the DRAM as the row address. Then the MCF5206E internally multiplexes and drive the internal transfer address bits IA[8:0] onto the MCF5206E address pins A[17:9] and asserts CAS. This places the internal transfer address bits IA[8:0] into the DRAM as the column address. INTERNAL TRANSFER ADDRESS MCF5206E ADDRESS PINS A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] DRAM ADDRESS INPUTS DA[8] DA[7] DA[6] DA[5] DA[4] DA[3] DA[2] DA[1] DA[0] 2 3 4 5 6 7 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] IA[0] ROW ADDRESS GENERATION DataShee 8 .com 9 DA[8] DA[7] DA[6] DA[5] DA[4] DA[3] DA[2] DA[1] DA[0] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] IA[0] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] 10 11 COLUMN ADDRESS GENERATION 12 13 14 15 16MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-9 Figure 11-2. Address Multiplexing For 8-bit DRAM With 512 Byte Page Size The port size (PS) and the bank page size (BPS) determine which address bus pins are used to drive the row address and column address. Tables 11-6,11-7, and 11-8 show which internal transfer address bits are driven on each address pin during the assertion of RAS and during the assertion of CAS for all combinations of port size (PS) and bank page .com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... size (BPS). The shaded address pins in each PS/BPS configuration outputs the row address during the assertion of RAS and the column address during the assertion of CAS. These signals should be connected to the DRAM address inputs. The number of address signals used depends on the size of the DRAM. Because byte CAS signals (CAS[3:0]) are provided, A[0] is unnecessary for 16-bit DRAMs and A[1:0] are unnecessary for 32-bit DRAMs. 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 11-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 Table 11-6. 8-bit Port Size Address Multiplexing ConfigurationsMCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 8-BIT BPS = 512 BYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] COLUMN ADDRESS IA[26] IA[26] IA[24] IA[24] IA[22] IA[22] IA[20] IA[20] IA[18] IA[18] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] IA[0] MCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 8-BIT BPS = 1 KBYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] COLUMN ADDRESS IA[26] IA[26] IA[24] IA[24] IA[22] IA[22] IA[20] IA[20] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] MCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 8-BIT BPS = 2 KBYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] COLUMN ADDRESS IA[26] IA[26] IA[24] IA[24] IA[22] IA[22] IA[10] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] IA[0] IA[10] IA[9] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] t4U.com DataShee A[14] .com IA[4] IA[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] IA[0] IA[9] 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-11 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc...MCF5206E ADDRESS PIN Table 11-7. 16-bit Port Size Address Multiplexing Configurations PS = 16-BIT BPS = 512 BYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] COLUMN ADDRESS IA[27] IA[25] IA[25] IA[23] IA[23] IA[21] IA[21] IA[19] IA[19] IA[17] IA[17] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] MCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 16-BIT BPS = 1 KBYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] COLUMN ADDRESS IA[27] IA[25] IA[25] IA[23] IA[23] IA[21] IA[21] IA[19] IA[19] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] MCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 16-BIT BPS = 2 KBYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] COLUMN ADDRESS IA[27] IA[25] IA[25] IA[23] IA[23] IA[21] IA[21] IA[10] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] IA[10] IA[9] A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 A[15] .com IA[6] IA[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[1] IA[9] 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 11-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 Table 11-8. 32-bit Port Size Address Multiplexing ConfigurationsMCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 32-BIT BPS = 512 BYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] CAS IA[26] IA[26] IA[24] IA[24] IA[22] IA[22] IA[20] IA[20] IA[18] IA[18] IA[16] IA[16] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] MCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 32-BIT BPS = 1 KBYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] CAS IA[26] IA[26] IA[24] IA[24] IA[22] IA[22] IA[20] IA[20] IA[18] IA[18] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] MCF5206E ADDRESS PIN PS = 32-BIT BPS = 2 KBYTE ROW ADDRESS IA[27] IA[26] IA[25] IA[24] IA[23] IA[22] IA[21] IA[20] IA[19] IA[18] IA[17] IA[16] IA[15] IA[14] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] CAS IA[26] IA[26] IA[24] IA[24] IA[22] IA[22] IA[20] IA[20] IA[10] IA[9] IA[8] IA[7] IA[6] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[10] IA[9] 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[27] A[26] A[25] A[24] A[23] A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... A[22] A[21] A[20] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] t4U.com DataShee A[14] .com IA[6] IA[14] A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] A[9] IA[13] IA[12] IA[11] IA[10] IA[9] IA[5] IA[4] IA[3] IA[2] IA[9] 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 The BPS field in each DCCR defines the DRAMC internal page size. The internal page size is used by the DRAMC to determine whether a transfer is a page hit or a page miss. The page size of the DRAM used in the bank is not always the same as the DRAMC internal page size. For example, if a 2 KByte page size is selected and an 8-bit wide DRAM is used, 11 address bits and 1 CAS signal are needed to define the page. However, if a 2 KByte page size is selected and a 32-bit wide DRAM is used, only 9 address signals and 4 CAS signals are needed to define the page. Using a DRAM which has a larger page size than is listed in the Actual DRAM Page Size column of Table 11-9 for a given internal page size and port size gives no performance advantage. To allow for future upgrades to larger DRAMs without requiring multiple printed circuit board layouts, the page size must remain constant. After the page size has been selected, use the tables to determine which address pins to use for the maximum DRAM size. These traces can then be routed to the DRAM socket on the printed circuit board. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-13 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Table 11-9. Bank Page Size Versus Actual DRAM Page Size BANK PAGE SIZE (BPS) 512 Bytes PORT SIZE 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits PAGE ADDRESS A[8:0] A[8:1] A[8:2] A[9:0] A[9:1] A[9:2] A[10:0] A[10:1] A[10:2] ACTUAL DRAM PAGE SIZE 512 Bytes 256 Bytes 128 Bytes 1 KBytes 512 Bytes 256 Bytes 2 KBytes 1 KBytes 512 Bytes 1 KByte s 2 KBytes 6 7 8 From a hardware point of view, a smaller DRAM is simply not connected to the upper address pins. When a larger DRAM is installed, all address pins are connected. From a software point of view, the DRAMC Mask Register (DCMR) contents are modified to mask more of the address bits for the larger DRAM. The bank page size (BPS) in the DRAMC Control Register (DCCR) must remain the same, even if the larger DRAM can support a larger page size. If the BPS field is changed, the address multiplexing also changes-- requiring a different printed circuit board layout. For example, suppose the system DRAM is 8 bits wide and can range from 1 MByte (1 M x 8 bits) to 4 MBytes (4 M x 8 bits), with a page size of 1 KByte. Referring to Table 11-8, address pins A[10:19] and A[21] should be routed to the DRAM socket pins. For the 4 M .com x 8 DRAM, the MCF5206E address pins A[10:19] and A[21] are connected to the DRAM address inputs A[0:10] (see Figure 11-3). For the 1 M x 8 DRAM, the MCF5206E address pins A[10:19] are connected to the DRAM address inputs A[0:9] (see Figure 11-4). Because the address connections for the 1 M x 8 are a subset of those for the 4 M x 8, the address multiplexing scheme allows a system using the MCF5206E to upgrade the memory size without requiring different printed circuit board layouts. The only required change is the number of bits masked in the DCMR. It should be noted that the page size, in this example, is determined by the 1 M x 8 DRAM (9 column address bits gives a page size of 1 KByte), and that even though the 4 M x 8 DRAM could support a 2 KByte page size, the page size must be programmed to 1 KByte to keep the address multiplexing the same. t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 11-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 For the 4 M x 8 DRAM, the DCCR and DCMR would be programmed as follows: DCCR: $57 (port size = 8 bits, page size = 1KByte, burst page mode, read/write) DCMR: $001E0000 (A[20:17] are masked => 4 MByte) A[21] A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] MCF5206E A[13] A[12] A[11] A[10] RAS[0] CAS[0] DRAMW D[31:24] A[10] A[9] A[8] A[7] A[6] A[5] A[4] A[3] A[2] A[1] A[0] RAS CAS WE D[7:0] 4M x 8 DRAM 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Figure 11-3. Diagram for 4 MByte DRAM with 8 bit Port and 1 KByte Page For the 1 M x 8 DRAM, the DCCR and DCMR would be programmed as follows: DCCR: $57 (port size = 8 bits, page size = 1KByte, burst page mode, read/write) DCMR: $000E0000 (A[19:17] are masked => 1 MByte). .com A[19] A[18] A[17] A[16] A[15] A[14] A[13] MCF5206E A[12] A[11] A[10] RAS[0] CAS[0] DRAMW D[31:24] A[9] A[8] A[7] A[6] A[5] A[4] A[3] A[2] A[1] A[0] RAS CAS WE D[7:0] 1M x 8 DRAM t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 11-4. Diagram for 1 MByte DRAM with 8 Bit Port and 1 KByte Page 11.3.3 Normal Mode Operation Normal mode is the simplest form of DRAM transfer. In this mode, row addresses and column addresses are supplied for every transfer. For DRAM transfers initiated by the ColdFire core that access a bank programmed for normal mode, the MCF5206E supplies a row address on the address bus, drives DRAMW to indicate whether a read or a write .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... is occurring and asserts RAS. The MCF5206E then drives the column address onto the same address pins and asserts CAS. When the cycle is complete, both RAS and CAS are negated. 11.3.3.1 NONBURST TRANSFER IN NORMAL MODE. A nonburst transfer to DRAM occurs when the operand size is the same or smaller than the DRAM port size (e.g.,longword transfer to a 32-bit port, or byte transfer to a 16-bit port). Nonburst transfers always start with the assertion of TS. The start of a transfer to a DRAM bank can be delayed by the DRAMC until the programmed RAS precharge time is met. A transfer to a different DRAM bank than the previous transfer is never delayed due to RAS precharge because that bank has already been precharged. The timing of nonburst reads and nonburst writes is identical in normal page mode, with the exception of when the DRAM drives data on reads and when the MCF5206E drives data on writes. The fastest possible nonburst transfer in normal mode requires 3 clocks with a 1.5 clock RAS precharge time. You can program the DCTR to generate slower normal mode transfers. Figure 11-5 shows the timing of a back-to-back nonburst byte-read transfer to an 8-bit port in normal mode. .com 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 11-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. . H1 CLK L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 DRAM Controller 1 H9 2 ROW COL ROW COL A[27:9] 3 4 RAS CAS[0] 5 DRAMW Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... D[31:24] 6 7 8 TS INTERNAL TA t4U.com DataShee Figure 11-5. Byte Read Transfers in Normal Mode with 8-bit DRAM .com Clock H1 The first DRAM-read transfer starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on the A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $1 indicating a byte transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on the address bus. Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS and drives the column address on the address bus. Clock L2 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on the address bus. At this point, the DRAM turns on its output drivers and begins driving data on D[31:24]. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-17 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H3 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the current transfer is completed and the data on the D[31:24] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E registers the read data driven by the DRAM and negates the internal transfer acknowledge, RAS and CAS[0], ending the first byte-read transfer. This begins the RAS precharge. Once CAS[0] is negated, the DRAM disables its output drivers, and the data bus is three-stated. Clock H6 Clock H6 is the earliest the next transfer initiated by the ColdFire core can start. The second DRAM byte-read transfer starts in H6. During H6, the MCF5206E drives the row address on the A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM-read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $1 indicating a byte transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L6 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on the address bus. Clock H7 .com 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee The MCF5206E negates TS and drives the column address on the address bus. Clock L7 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on the address bus. At this point, the DRAM turns on its output drivers and begins driving data on D[31:24]. Clock H8 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the current transfer will be completed and the data on the D[31:24] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H9 The MCF5206E registers the read data driven by the DRAM and negates the internal transfer acknowledge, RAS and CAS[0], ending the first byte-read transfer. This begins the RAS precharge. Once CAS[0] is negated, the DRAM disables its output drivers, and the data bus is three-stated. 11.3.3.2 BURST TRANSFER IN NORMAL MODE. A burst transfer to DRAM is generated when the operand size is larger than the DRAM bank port size (e.g., line transfer to a 32-bit port, longword transfer to an 8-bit port). On all DRAM transfers, the 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 11-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1MCF5206E asserts TS only once. The start of the secondary transfers of a burst is delayed by the DRAMC until the programmed RAS precharge time is reached. The timing of burst reads and burst writes is identical in normal page mode, with the exception of when the DRAM drives data on reads and when the MCF5206E drives data on writes. The fastest possible burst transfer in normal mode requires 3 clocks for the first transfer of the burst and 4 clocks for the secondary transfers (including a 1.5 clock RAS precharge time). You can program the DCTR to generate slower normal mode transfers. Figure 11-6 shows the timing of a burst longword write transfer to a 16-bit port in normal mode. H1 L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 2 3 4 5 6 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CLK A[27:9] ROW COL ROW COL 7 RAS CAS[1:0] t4U.com DataShee DRAMW 8 .com 9 10 D[31:16] TS INTERNAL TA 11 12 13 14 15 16MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-19 Figure 11-6. Longword Write Transfer in Normal Mode with 16-bit DRAM Clock H1 The first DRAM write transfer of the burst starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW low indicating a DRAM write transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $0 indicating a longword transfer, and asserts TS. The address driven on the A[27:9] corresponds to the DRAM row address for the first transfer of the burst. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. .com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, drives the column address on A[27:9], and begins driving the data on D[31:16] for the first word write of the longword burst. Clock L2 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on the A[27:9]. Clock H3 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate the first word transfer of the longword burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge, RAS and CAS[1:0], ending the first word write transfer of the longword burst. This begins the RAS precharge. The MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], and begins driving the data on D[31:16] for the second word write of the longword burst. Clock L4/H5 The MCF5206E continues to negate RAS to meet the precharge time. Clock L5 .com 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 After the RAS precharge time is reached, the MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H6 The MCF5206E drives the column address on A[27:9]. Clock L6 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H7 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate the first word transfer of the longword burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H8 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge, RAS and CAS[1:0], ending the second word write transfer of the longword burst. This begins the RAS precharge. When the burst write is completed, D[31:0] is three-stated. .com 11-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 11.3.4 Fast Page Mode Operation DRAM Controller 1 Fast page mode operation allows faster successive transfers to locations in DRAM that have the same row address. All locations with the same row address are said to be on the same "page." Successive transfers that have the same row address as the initial transfer are called "page hits," while successive transfers with different row addresses are called "page misses." On the initial transfer to a page, the DRAMC stores the row address. The address of a successive transfer is compared with the stored row address to determine if the transfer is a page hit or a page miss. For a page size of 512 Bytes (BPS=$0 in the DCTR), bits 319 of the transfer address must match the corresponding bits stored as the active row address to be a page hit. For a page size of 1 KByte (BPS=$1), bits 31-10 of the transfer address must match the corresponding bits of the active row address to be a page hit. For a page size of 2 KBytes (BPS=$2), bits 31-11 of the transfer address must match the corresponding bits of the active row address to be a page hit. Fast page mode transfers are facilitated by having the RAS signal remain asserted while asserting CAS to access successive column locations determined by the column address. Once RAS asserts on a transfer to a page, the page is said to be "open" and RAS remains asserted on all successive transfers to that page. If a transfer to a location in the current DRAM bank is a page hit, only the column address is driven and CAS asserted. In fast page mode, RAS negates (precharge), "closing" the current page, under the following conditions: .com 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 1. A transfer occurs to an address in the current DRAM bank that is a page miss 2. A transfer occurs to an address in the other DRAM bank 3. The MCF5206E loses bus mastership 4. A refresh cycle is pending In each of these cases, the RAS negates and the DRAMC does not allow an access to that bank until the RAS precharge time is met. 11.3.4.1 BURST TRANSFER IN FAST PAGE MODE. A burst transfer to DRAM is generated when the operand size is larger than the DRAM bank port size (e.g., line transfer to a 32-bit port, longword transfer to an 8-bit port). Burst transfers can access from two to 16 segments of data in a single transfer. On all DRAM transfers the MCF5206E asserts TS only once. The internal TA is asserted to indicate the transfer of each segment of data. The start of the secondary transfers of a burst are delayed by the DRAMC until the programmed RAS precharge time is reached. The timing of burst reads and burst writes is identical in fast page mode, with the exception of when the DRAM drives data on reads and when the MCF5206E drives data on writes. The fastest possible burst transfer in normal mode takes 3 clocks for the initial transfer, 2 clocks for secondary transfers with a 0.5 clock CAS precharge time and a 1.5 clock RAS precharge time. You can program the DCTR to generate slower fast page mode transfers. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-21 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 A[27:9] ROW COL COL Figure 11-7 shows the timing of a word write transfer to an 8-bit port in fast page mode. H1 CLK L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RAS CAS[0] DRAMW 6 7 8 D[31:24] TS t4U.com INTERNAL TA DataShee 9 Figure 11-7. Word Write Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 8-Bit DRAM Clock H1 The first byte write transfer of the word burst starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW low indicating a DRAM write transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $2 indicating a word transfer, and asserts TS. The address driven on A[27:9] corresponds to the row address for the first byte transfer of the burst. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, drives the column address on A[27:9], and begins driving the data on D[31:24]. Clock L2 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. .com 11-22 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock H3 DRAM Controller 1 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the first byte transfer of the word burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge, and CAS[0] ending the first byte write transfer of the word burst. At this point, the new page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. The negation of CAS[0] begins the CAS precharge. The MCF5206E drives the next column address on A[27:9] and the next data is driven on D[31:24]. Clock L4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H5 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the first byte transfer of the word burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H6 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS[0] ending the final byte write of the word burst. Because .com page mode, MCF5206E continues the bank is in fast to assert RAS. The negation of CAS[0] begins the CAS precharge. When the burst write is completed, the MCF5206E three-states D[31:0]. 11.3.4.2 PAGE HIT READ TRANSFER IN FAST PAGE MODE. A read transfer to an open page results in a page-hit read. The timing of page-hit reads differs from the timing of page-hit writes (page-hit writes are described in Section 11.3.4.3 Page-Hit Write Transfer in Fast Page Mode). The start of a page-hit read transfer to a DRAM bank in fast page mode can be delayed by the DRAMC until the programmed CAS precharge time is reached. The fastest possible nonburst page-hit read transfer in fast page mode takes 2 clocks with a 0.5 clock CAS precharge time. The fastest possible burst page-hit read transfer in fast page mode takes 2 clocks for the initial transfer, and 2 clocks for all secondary reads with a 0.5 clock CAS precharge time. You can program the DCTR to generate slower fast page mode transfers. Figure 11-8 shows the timing of a nonburst read opening a page and a subsequent pagehit read being generated. The first transfer that opens the page is a longword read transfer from a 32-bit port in fast page mode. The first read transfer is followed by a second pagehit longword read transfer. The timing of a page-hit read transfer is the same regardless of whether the page was opened by a burst read, burst write, nonburst read, or nonburst write transfer. t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-23 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 CLK H1 L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 3 A[27:9] ROW COL COL 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RAS CAS[3:0] DRAMW 6 7 8 D[31:0] TS t4U.com INTERNAL TA DataShee 9 Figure 11-8. Longword Read Transfer Followed by a Page Hit Longword Read Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 32-Bit DRAM Clock H1 The longword read transfer starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $0 indicating a longword transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, and drives the column address on A[27:9]. .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Clock L2 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[3:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the DRAM turns on its output drivers and drives data on D[31:0]. .com 11-24 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock H3 DRAM Controller 1 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the longword read transfer will be completed and that data on D[31:0] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS[3:0], ending the longword read transfer. At this point the new page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. Once CAS[3:0] are negated the DRAM three-states D[31:0]. The negation of CAS[3:0] begins the CAS precharge. Clock H6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H6 is the earliest the next transfer initiated by the ColdFire core can start. In this case, a page-hit longword read is shown. The page-hit longword read transfer starts in H6. During H6, the MCF5206E drives the column address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $0 indicating a longword transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L6 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[3:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point, the DRAM drives data on D[31:0]. Clock H7 .com t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the longword read transfer will be completed and that data on D[31:0] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H8 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS[3:0], ending the page-hit longword read transfer. Since the DRAM bank is in Fast Page Mode, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. Once CAS[3:0] are negated the DRAM three-states D[31:0]. The negation of CAS[3:0] begins the CAS precharge. 11.3.4.3 PAGE-HIT WRITE TRANSFER IN FAST PAGE MODE. A write transfer to an open page results in a page-hit write. The timing of page-hit write transfers differs from the timing of page-hit read transfers. On a page-hit write transfer, CAS is asserted one cycle later than in a page-hit read transfer. This difference is due to the write data not being driven until the cycle after TS is asserted while data must be set up prior to CAS assertion. The start of a page-hit write transfer to a DRAM bank in fast page mode can be delayed by the DRAMC until the programmed CAS precharge time is reached. The fastest possible nonburst page-hit write transfer in fast page mode requires 3 clocks. The fastest possible burst page-hit write transfer in fast page mode requires 3 clocks for the initial transfer and 2 clocks for all secondary writes. You can program the DCTR to generate slower fast page mode transfers. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-25 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 CLK Figure 11-9 shows the timing of a page being opened by a word write transfer to a 16-bit port in Fast Page Mode. The first word write transfer is followed by a page-hit word write transfer. The timing of the page-hit write transfer is the same regardless of whether the page was opened by a burst read, burst write, nonburst read, or nonburst write transfer. H1 L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 H9 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... A ROW COL COL RAS 6 7 8 CAS[1:0] DRAMW D[31:16] t4U.com TS DataShee 9 .com INTERNAL TA 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 11-9. Word Write Transfer Followed by a Page-Hit Word Write Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 16-bit DRAM Clock H1 The first word write transfer starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW low indicating a DRAM write transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $2 indicating a word transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, drives the column address on A[27:9], and begins driving the data on D[31:16]. .com 11-26 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock L2 DRAM Controller 1 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H3 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the word write transfer will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS[1:0], ending the first word write transfer. At this point, the new page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. The negation of CAS[1:0] begins the CAS precharge. When the write is completed, the MCF5206E three-states D[31:0]. Clock H6 Clock H6 is the earliest the next transfer initiated by the ColdFire core can start. In this case, a page-hit word write transfer is shown. The word write transfer starts in H6. During H6, the MCF5206E drives the column address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW low indicating a DRAM write transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $2 indicating a word transfer, and asserts TS. Clock H7 The MCF5206E negates TS, drives the column address on A[27:9], and begins driving the .com data on D[31:16]. Clock L7 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H8 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the word write transfer will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H9 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS[1:0], ending the second word write transfer. Because the DRAM bank is in fast page mode, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. The negation of CAS[1:0] begins the CAS precharge. When the write is completed, the MCF5206E three-states D[31:0]. 11.3.4.4 PAGE MISS TRANSFER IN FAST PAGE MODE. There is a potential performance penalty when using fast page mode. If a DRAM transfer misses the open page, the start of the transfer will be delayed while RAS precharges. Therefore, fast page mode can increase performance when many successive transfers hit .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-27 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... in the same page, but can also decrease performance when successive transfers hit in different pages. In cases where a page is open in one bank and a transfer hits in the other bank, the transfer is not delayed because the second bank has already been precharged. The fastest possible page miss transfer in fast page mode requires 4 clocks. The total number of clocks in a page miss transfer is the RAS precharge time, which causes the start of the transfer to be delayed (1 cycle for the fastest page miss transfer), plus the length of a fast page mode transfer to a new page (3 cycles for the fastest page miss transfer). Figure 11-10 shows the timing of a page miss transfer in fast page mode. In this example, a page is opened by a byte read transfer to an 8-bit port. Then a second byte read transfer starts internally which misses the open page. Therefore, RAS must be precharged and a new page must be opened. The timing of the page-miss write transfer is the same as the timing of a page-miss read transfer. 6 7 H1 CLK L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 H9 L9 H10 L10 H11 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee A ROW COL .com ROW COL RAS 10 11 12 13 CAS[0] DRAMW D[31:24] TS Internal TA 14 15 16 Figure 11-10. Byte Read Transfer Followed by a Page-Miss Byte Read Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 8-Bit DRAM .com 11-28 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock H1 DRAM Controller 1 The first DRAM read transfer starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $1 indicating a byte transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, and drives the column address on A[27:9]. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock L2 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the DRAM drives data on D[31:24]. Clock H3 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the byte read transfer will be completed and data on D[31:24] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS[0], ending the first byte read transfer. At this point, the new page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. Once CAS[0] is negated, the DRAM disables its output drivers and D[31:0] is three-stated. The negation of CAS[0] begins the CAS precharge. Clock H5/L5 A byte read transfer to the same DRAM bank is generated internally by the ColdFire core. This transfer misses the open page. Clock H6 The ColdFire core initiated a DRAM transfer on the previous cycle that misses the open page. Therefore, the MCF5206E negates RAS, beginning the RAS precharge. Once the RAS precharge time has been reached, a transfer to a new page can start. Clock H7 The byte read transfer to a new page starts in H7. During H7, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $1 indicating a byte transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L7 .com t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-29 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The RAS precharge time has been met, so the MCF5206E asserts RAS is to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H8 The MCF5206E negates TS, and drives the column address on A[27:9]. Clock L8 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the DRAM drives data on D[31:24]. Clock H9 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the byte read transfer will be completed and data on D[31:24] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H10 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS[0], ending the first byte read transfer. At this point, the new page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. Once CAS[0] is negated, the DRAM disables its output drivers and D[31:0] is three-stated. The negation of CAS[0] begins the CAS precharge. 11.3.4.5 BUS ARBITRATION. If the.com bus mastership while a page is MCF5206E loses open (RAS is asserted), RAS is precharged. The RAS precharge timing depends on whether an active fast page mode DRAM transfer is in progress, whether a non-DRAM transfer is in progress, or whether the external bus is idle. If the BL bit in the SIMR is cleared and BG is negated while an active fast page mode DRAM transfer is in progress, BD remains asserted until the transfer is complete. Once the DRAM transfer completes, the MCF5206E negates BD and begin precharging RAS. In the case where the BL bit in the SIMR is cleared and BG is negated while a nonDRAM transfer is in progress and a page is open, the MCF5206E begins precharging RAS on the cycle following the negation of BG, even though BD remains asserted until the completion of the nonDRAM transfer. If the BL bit in the SIMR is cleared and BG is negated while the external bus is idle and a page is open, the MCF5206E negates BD and begins precharging RAS on the cycle following the negation of BG. When the BL bit in the SIMR is set to 1 and BG is asserted, the bus is locked with the MCF5206E . If BG is negated while the bus is locked and a page is open, RAS and BD remains asserted, because the MCF5206E maintains bus mastership regardless of BG when the bus is locked. 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 11-30 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE DRAM Controller 1 Fast page mode is not supported for external master DRAM transfers. A DRAM bank programmed for fast page mode, operates in fast page mode for ColdFire core initiated transfers, but operates in burst page mode for external master initiated transfers. Figure 11-11 shows the effect of bus arbitration on the DRAM signals when the external bus is idle and a page is open in fast page mode. H1 CLK L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... A[27:9] ROW COL 6 RAS CAS 7 8 TS t4U.com INTERNAL TA DataShee .com 9 10 BG BD 11 Figure 11-11. Bus Arbitration in Fast Page Mode Clock H1 A Fast Page Mode transfer starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], and asserts TS. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, and drives the column address on A[27:9]. Clock L2 12 13 14 15 16MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-31 .com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MCF5206E asserts CAS to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H3 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the current transfer will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge and CAS, ending the transfer. At this point, a page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. The negation of CAS begins the CAS precharge. Clock H6 After the bus has idled for two clocks, BG is negated (while the BL bit in the SIMR is cleared). Clock H7 The MCF5206E then three-states the external bus signals, negates RAS (closing the page), and negates BD, relinquishing mastership of the bus. The negation of RAS begins the RAS precharge. .com 11.3.5 Burst Page-Mode Operation 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Burst page mode performs fast page mode transfers only for burst transfers. A burst transfer to DRAM occurs any time the operand size is larger than the DRAM bank port size (e.g., line transfer to a 32-bit port, longword transfer to an 8-bit port). After completing the burst, the MCF5206E negates RAS, closing the page. Because all secondary transfers of a burst are guaranteed to be page hits, a page miss never occurs in burst page mode. Nonburst transfers occur as in normal mode. Therefore, burst page mode always provides the same or better performance than normal mode. The timing of read and write transfers is identical in burst page mode, with the exception of when the DRAM drives data on reads and when the MCF5206E drives data on writes. The fastest possible burst transfer in burst page mode requires three clocks for the first transfer and two clocks on the secondary transfers. The fastest possible nonburst transfer in burst page mode requires three clocks. You can program the DCTR to generate slower burst page mode transfers. Figure 11-12 shows a longword write transfer followed by a word read transfer to a 16-bit port with burst page mode enabled for the bank. The burst longword write transfer is handled as in fast page mode with the initial word transfer of the burst taking three cycles and the secondary word transfer taking two cycles. However, in burst page mode, the MCF5206E precharges RAS once the burst transfer is complete. The second transfer (a word read) is executed as in normal mode as it is not a burst transfer. .com 11-32 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 H1 CLK L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 H9 L9 H10 L10 H11 2 ROW COL COL ROW COL A[27:9] 3 4 RAS CAS[1:0] 5 DRAMW Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... D[31:16] 6 7 8 TS INTERNAL TA t4U.com DataShee Figure 11-12. Longword Write Transfer Followed by a Word Read Transfer in Burst .com Page Mode with 16-Bit DRAM Clock H1 The first word write transfer of the longword burst starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW low indicating a DRAM write transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $0 indicating a longword transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, drives the column address on A[27:9], and begins driving the data on D[31:16]. Clock L2 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-33 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H3 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the first word transfer of the longword burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H4 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge, and CAS[1:0], ending the first word write transfer of the longword burst. At this point, the new page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. The negation of CAS[1:0] begins the CAS precharge. The MCF5206E drives the next column address on A[27:9] and the next data on D[31:16]. Clock L4 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H5 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the first word transfer of the longword burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H6 The MCF5206E negates the internal .com transfer acknowledge, RAS, and CAS[1:0], ending the final write transfer of the longword burst. Because the bank is in burst page mode, MCF5206E precharges RAS at the end of the burst. The negation of RAS begins the RAS precharge. When the burst write is completed, the MCF5206E three-states D[31:0]. Clock H8 Clock H8 is the earliest the next transfer initiated by the ColdFire core can start. Because this next DRAM cycle is a nonburst word read transfer, it is handled as a normal mode transfer. During Clock H8, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $2 indicating a word transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L8 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H9 The MCF5206E negates TS, and drives the column address on A[27:9] .com 11-34 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock L9 DRAM Controller 1 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the DRAM drives the data on D[31:16]. Clock H10 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the current transfer will be completed and the data on D[31:16] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H11 The MCF5206E registers the read data driven by the DRAM, and negates the internal transfer acknowledge, RAS and CAS[1:0], ending the word read transfer. This begins the RAS precharge. Once CAS is negated, the DRAM disables its output drivers and D[31:0] is three-stated. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 11.3.6 Extended Data-Out (EDO) DRAM Operation Extended data-out (EDO) DRAMs do not three-state their output drivers at the negation of CAS on page read transfers as do fast-page-mode DRAMs. Instead, data remains valid until some time (typically 5 ns) after the next falling edge of CAS. This allows CAS to be precharged without the output data going invalid. The result is that a system using slower, less expensive EDO DRAM can achieve the same performance as a system using faster, more expensive fast-page-mode DRAMs. The MCF5206E supports EDO DRAM with a CAS timing that takes advantage of the read data remaining valid after CAS negates. To enable the EDO CAS timing for both DRAM banks, set the EDO Enable bit in the DCTR to 1. When set to 1, CAS negates one-half clock cycle earlier for fast-page-mode and burst-page-mode transfers than when the EDO Enable bit is cleared. At higher clock frequencies, the EDO CAS timing allows slower, less expensive EDO DRAMs to be used, since the CAS precharge starts before data is registered on read transfers. For the fastest timing in fast page mode or burst page mode, having the EDO Enable bit set gives one clock of CAS precharge time, rather than onehalf of a clock with the EDO Enable bit cleared. Since EDO DRAM continues to drive data after a read as long as RAS is asserted, be careful with the system design using EDO DRAM to ensure bus contention does not occur when a nonDRAM transfer occurs while a page is open in fast page mode. NOTE Failure to use normal mode or burst page mode with EDO DRAM without external circuitry to control the DRAM output drivers could result in damage to the MCF5206E and the system. .com t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-35 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 RAS Figure 11-13 shows the timing of a word read in Fast Page Mode followed by a page miss word read using 8-bit wide EDO DRAM (the EDO bit in the DCTR is set). H1 CLK L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 H9 L9 H10 L10 H11 L11 A[27:9] ROW COL COL ROW COL 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CAS[0] 6 7 8 DRAMW D[31:24] TS t4U.com INTERNAL TA DataShee 9 .com Figure 11-13. Word Read Transfer Followed by a Page Miss Byte Read Transfer in Fast Page Mode with 8-Bit EDO DRAM Clock H1 The first byte read transfer of the burst word transfer starts in H1. During H1, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM write transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $2 indicating a byte transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L1 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Clock H2 The MCF5206E negates TS, drives the column address on A[27:9]. Clock L2 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the EDO DRAM drives data on D[31:24]. .com 11-36 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock H3 DRAM Controller 1 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the first byte read transfer of the word burst will be completed and the data on D[31:24] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock L3 With EDO DRAM, data is driven continuously on a read after the falling edge of CAS until the next falling edge of CAS or until the rising edge of RAS. This allows the MCF5206E to negate CAS[0] on L3 to allow more CAS precharge time. The negation of CAS[0] begins the CAS precharge. Clock H4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge, ending the first byte read transfer of the word burst. At this point, the new page has been opened; therefore, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. The MCF5206E drives the next column address on A[27:9]. Clock L4 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point, the EDO DRAM begins driving the data on D[31:24]. Clock H5 .com t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the first byte read transfer of the word burst will be completed and the data on D[31:24] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock L5 With EDO DRAM, data is driven continuously on a read after the falling edge of CAS until the next falling edge of CAS or until the rising edge of RAS. This allows the MCF5206E to negate CAS[0] on L3 to allow more CAS precharge time. The negation of CAS[0] begins the CAS precharge. Clock H6 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge, ending the final byte read transfer of the word burst. Because the bank is in fast page mode, MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. Because RAS remains asserted, the EDO DRAM continues to drive the data from the previous read transfer on D[31:24]. Clock H7/L7 A byte read transfer to the same DRAM bank is generated internally by the ColdFire core. This transfer misses the open page. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-37 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H8 The ColdFire core initiated a DRAM transfer on the previous cycle that missed the open page. Therefore, the MCF5206E negates RAS, beginning the RAS precharge. Once the RAS precharge time has been reached, a transfer to a new page can start. Once RAS is negated, the EDO DRAM disables its output drivers and D[31:0] is three-stated. Clock H9 The byte read transfer to a new page starts in H9. During H9, the MCF5206E drives the row address on A[27:9], drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read transfer, drives SIZ[1:0] to $1 indicating a byte transfer, and asserts TS. Clock L9 Now that the RAS precharge time has been reached, the MCF5206E asserts RAS is to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H10 The MCF5206E negates TS, drives the column address on A[27:9]. Clock L10 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this .com point the EDO DRAM drives data on D[31:24]. Clock H11 The internal transfer acknowledge asserts to indicate that the first byte read transfer of the word burst will be completed and the data on D[31:24] will be registered on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H12 The MCF5206E negates the internal transfer acknowledge, ending the byte-read transfer. Because the bank is in fast page mode, MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. Because RAS remains asserted, the EDO DRAM continues to drive the data from the previous read transfer on D[31:24]. 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11.3.7 Refresh Operation The DRAMC supports CAS-before-RAS refresh. Refresh cycles can be generated while nonDRAM transfers are actively using the external bus. Only transfers accessing the DRAM banks delays a refresh cycle. Both DRAM banks are refreshed on each refresh cycle. The value stored in the RC field of the DCRR determines the rate at which the refresh controller internally requests refreshes in the DRAMC. The DRAMC does not immediately 11-38 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 initiate a refresh cycle if a DRAM transfer is occurring when the internal refresh request is made. The DRAMC waits until the active DRAM transfer is complete and then initiates the DRAM refresh cycle. Refresh cycles occur immediately after the internal refresh request is made during idle bus cycles and during nonDRAM transfers. NOTE Add margin when determining the value to program into the RC field of the DCRR so that a refresh cycle delayed by the longest possible DRAM transfer does not violate the refresh rate specified for the DRAMs being used. Programming the RC field in the DCRR to $000 causes internal refresh requests to occur at the slowest rate--once every 65,536 system clock cycles. Programming the RC field in the DCRR to $001 causes internal refresh requests to occur at the fastest rate--once every 16 system clocks. If multiple refresh requests occur while waiting for a DRAM transfer to finish, only one refresh cycle is generated. Writing to the DCRR causes an internal refresh request to occur and the refresh counter to be reloaded. If the DCRR is written while a refresh request is pending, only one refresh cycle is generated. If the DCRR is written while a refresh cycle is in progress, another refresh cycle is not generated after the one in progress completes. The refresh period is the amount of time between internal refresh requests. The refresh period can be calculated from the value programmed in the RC field of the DCRR using .com the following equations: For RC>$000: Refresh period = RC x16 x (1/system clock frequency) For RC=$000: Refresh period = 65536 x (1/system clock frequency) When the DRAMC initiates a refresh cycle, it delays any DRAM transfer initiated by the ColdFire core or by an external master until the RAS precharge is complete at the end of refresh cycle. If a DRAM transfer is initiated by the ColdFire core while a refresh cycle is in progress and the MCF5206E is not the bus master, bus request (BR) is not asserted until after the refresh completes. A master reset terminates any active refresh cycle and resets the refresh controller. Master reset is required on all power-on resets. During a master reset, refresh cycles do not occur; after a master reset, refreshes occur at the slowest rate (DCRR is initialized to $0000). 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-39 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE During a master reset, the DCCR is reset to $000 (giving the slowest refresh rate) and the DCTR is reset to $0000 (giving the fastest waveform timing). After a master reset, the initialization sequence should program the DRAMC Refresh Register (DCRR) and the DRAMC Timing Register (DCTR) such that refresh cycles are generated at the required rate and with the required timing for the DRAM in the system. In general, DRAMs require an initial pause after power-up and require a minimum number of DRAM cycles to be run before the DRAM is ready for use. This initialization sequence must be handled through software. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 Normal reset does not affect a refresh cycle in progress and does not reset the refresh controller. Refreshes occur during a normal reset with the timing specified in the DCTR and at the rate specified in the DCRR. 11.3.8 External Master Use of the DRAM Controller The DRAMC can support external master-initiated transfers. When an external master is the bus master, the MCF5206E registers all available address signals, R/W, and SIZ[1:0] on the rising edge of clock when TS is asserted. Based on the address, direction, and data size, the DRAMC asserts RAS, CAS, DRAMW, and conditionally drives the address bus. .com t4U.com DataShee 9 NOTE If you do not want the MCF5206E DRAMC to respond on external master transfers, TS should not be asserted to the MCF5206E during external master transfers. However, the MCF5206E continues to generate DRAM refresh cycles while the bus is granted to an external master. NOTE The driving of the data on writes and the latching of data on reads based on the data size and port size of the DRAM is the responsibility of the external master. The MCF5206E does not drive the data bus when it is not master of the external bus. The MCF5206E can delay the access to DRAM for an external master initiated transfer if a refresh request is pending or if the programmed RAS precharge time has not been reached. If there is a refresh cycle in progress or if there is a refresh request pending when an external master starts a DRAM transfer, the MCF5206E does not start driving the row address and assert RAS until the RAS precharge time has been reached after completing the refresh cycle. If a refresh request occurs during an external master DRAM transfer, the refresh cycle is delayed until the external master DRAM transfer is completed. If the programmed RAS precharge time from the previous DRAM transfer has not been 11-40 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 reached, the MCF5206E does not start driving the row address and assert RAS until the precharge time has been reached. For external master DRAM transfers, the MCF5206E drives TA as an output. TA is asserted to signify the end of each transfer (or subtransfer in the case of a burst). The assertion of TA can be used for latching data on read transfers and can also be used by the external master to trigger the driving of new write data for successive transfers during bursts. When using the MCF5206E to multiplex the address for external master DRAM transfers (DAEM bit in the DCTR is set), the external master must stop driving the address bus during the clock cycle after TS is asserted. This allows the MCF5206E to drive the row address and the column address on A[27:9] at the appropriate times. If the external master cannot three-state the address bus, the driving of the address by the MCF5206E should be disabled and the address multiplexing for external master transfers must be handled in the external system. If address multiplexing for external master transfers is to be handled in the external system, the DRAMC must be configured to three-state the address bus during these transfers by clearing the DAEM bit in the DCTR. This does not affect the operation of TA, RAS, CAS, or DRAMW during external master DRAM transfers. NOTE The MCF5206E does not drive the address for external master .com chip select or default memory transfers. 11.3.8.1 EXTERNAL MASTER NONBURST TRANSFER IN NORMAL MODE. An external master nonburst transfer to DRAM is generated when the operand size is the same or smaller than the DRAM port size (e.g., longword transfer to a 32-bit port or byte transfer to a 16-bit port). The external master must assert TS at the start of all non-burst transfers. The timing of nonburst reads and nonburst writes is identical in normal page mode, with the exception of when the DRAM drives data on reads and when the external master drives data on writes. The fastest possible nonburst transfer in normal mode requires 5 clocks. You can program the DCTR to generate slower normal mode transfers. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-41 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 RAS Figure 11-14 illustrates the timing of an external master DRAM byte read transfer followed by a byte write transfer to a 8-bit port in normal mode. H1 CLK L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 H9 L9 H10 L10 H11 L11 A[27:0] ROWA COLA ROWA COLA 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CAS[0] 6 7 8 DRAMW D[31:24] TS t4U.com R/W DataShee $1 9 SIZ[1:0] TA .com $1 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 11-14. External Master Byte Read Transfer Followed by Byte Write Transfer in Normal Mode with 16-Bit DRAM Clock H1/L1 An external master is the current bus master. The external master starts a DRAM transfer by driving A[27:0], driving R/W high indicating a read transfer, driving SIZ[1:0] to $1 indicating a byte transfer, and asserting TS. These inputs to the MCF5206E must be set up with respect to the rising edge of CLK H2. Clock H2 On the rising edge of CLK when TS is asserted, the MCF5206E registers the address and attribute signals. The MCF5206E internally decodes these signals and determine if the external master transfer is a DRAM access. The external master negates TS and must three-state A[27:0] after the rising edge of CLK H2, if the internal address multiplexing is to be used. .com 11-42 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock H3 DRAM Controller 1 The MCF5206E has determined that the external master transfer is a DRAM access, so the MCF5206E drives A[27:0] with the same value as was registered on the rising edge of H2. A[27:9] contains the DRAM row address. The MCF5206E also drives DRAMW high, indicating a DRAM read cycle. Clock L3 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H4 The MCF5206E internally multiplexes the address and drives out the column address on A[27:9]. The MCF5206E also actively drives TA negated. Clock L4 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the DRAM drives the data on D[31:24]. Clock H5 The MCF5206E asserts the TA signal to indicate that the byte read transfer will be completed and the read data will be valid on D[31:24] on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H6 .com 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 The MCF5206E then negates RAS, CAS[0], and TA and three-states A[27:0], ending the byte-read transfer. The negation of RAS starts the RAS precharge. Once A[27:0] has three-stated, the external master can start another transfer. In this case, the external master starts a DRAM byte write transfer immediately by driving A[27:0], driving R/W low indicating a write transfer, driving SIZ[1:0] to $1 indicating a byte transfer, and asserting TS. The external master must drive the data in the correct byte lanes based on the data size and the port size of the DRAM, and must drive the data to meet the timing specifications of the DRAM. In this case, the external master should drive the write data on D[31:24]. Clock H7 The MCF5206E three-states TA. On the rising edge of CLK where TS is asserted, the MCF5206E registers the address and attribute signals. The MCF5206E internally decodes these signals and determines if the external master transfer is a DRAM access. The external master must three-state A[27:0] after the rising edge of CLK H2, if the internal address multiplexing is to be used. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-43 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H8 The MCF5206E has determined that the external master transfer is a DRAM access, so the MCF5206E drives the A[27:0] with the same value as was registered on the rising edge of H2. A[27:9] contains the row address for the DRAM. The MCF5206E also drives DRAMW low, indicating a DRAM write cycle. Clock L8 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H9 The MCF5206E internally multiplexes the address and drives out the column address on A[27:9]. The MCF5206E also actively drives TA negated. Clock L9 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. The external master must set up and hold the data with respect to the falling edge of CAS[0] based on the DRAM specifications. Clock H10 The MCF5206E asserts the TA signal to indicate that the byte write transfer will be .com completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H11 The MCF5206E then negates RAS, CAS[0], and TA, and three-state the address bus, ending the byte write transfer. The negation of RAS starts the RAS precharge. Once A[27:0] has three-stated, the external master can start another transfer. Clock H12 The MCF5206E three-states TA. 11.3.8.2 EXTERNAL MASTER BURST TRANSFER IN NORMAL MODE. A burst transfer to DRAM is generated when the operand size is larger than the DRAM bank port size (e.g., line transfer to a 32-bit port, longword transfer to an 8-bit port). On DRAM burst transfers, the external master should assert TS only once. The start of the secondary transfers of a burst is delayed by the DRAMC until the programmed RAS precharge time is met. The timing of external master burst reads and burst writes is identical in normal page mode, with the exception of when the DRAM drives data on reads and when the external master drives data on writes. 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 11-44 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 The fastest possible external master burst transfer in normal mode requires 5 clocks for the first transfer of the burst and 4 clocks for the secondary transfers (including a 1.5 clock RAS precharge time). You can program the DCTR to generate slower normal mode transfers. Figure 11-15 illustrates the timing of a external master longword write transfer to a 16-bit DRAM in normal mode. The timing of the first transfer of the burst operates the same as the nonburst case. After the first transfer of the burst completes, TA is negated and the row address is driven again by the MCF5206E . The MCF5206E asserts RAS after the RAS precharge time is met and the transfer completes the same as in the nonburst case. Driving the write data in the correct byte lanes at the proper time to meet the specifications of the DRAM is the responsibility of the external master. H1 L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 H9 L9 H10 L10 H11 2 3 4 5 6 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CLK A[27:0] ROW COL ROW COL RAS 7 8 CAS[1:0] t4U.com DRAMW DataShee .com 9 10 11 D[31:16] TS R/W SIZ[1:0] $0 12 TA Figure 11-15. External Master Longword Write Transfer in Normal Mode with 16-Bit DRAM Clock H1/L1 An external master is the current bus master. The external master starts a DRAM transfer by driving A[27:0], driving R/W low indicating a write transfer, driving SIZ[1:0] to $0 indicating a longword transfer, and asserting TS. These inputs to the MCF5206E must be set up with respect to the rising edge of CLK H2. The external master must drive the data .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-45 13 14 15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... in the correct byte lanes based on the data size and the port size of the DRAM, and must drive the data to meet the timing specifications of the DRAM. In this case, the external master should drive the write data on D[31:16]. Clock H2 On the rising edge of CLK when TS is asserted, the MCF5206E registers the address and attribute signals. It internally decodes these signals and determines if the external master transfer is a DRAM access. The external master negates TS and must three-state A[27:0] after the rising edge of CLK H2, if the internal address multiplexing is to be used. Clock H3 The MCF5206E has determined that the external master transfer is a DRAM access, so the MCF5206E drives A[27:0] with the same value as was registered on the rising edge of H2. A[27:9] contain the DRAM row address. The MCF5206E also drives DRAMW low indicating a DRAM write cycle. Clock L3 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H4 .com The MCF5206E internally multiplexes the address and drives out the column address on A[27:9]. The MCF5206E also actively drives TA negated. 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Clock L4 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. The external master must set up and hold the first word of data on D[31:16] with respect to the falling edge of CAS[1:0] based on the DRAM specifications. Clock H5 The MCF5206E asserts the TA signal to indicate that the first word write transfer of the longword burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H6 The MCF5206E negates RAS, CAS[1:0], and TA, ending the first word transfer of the longword burst. The negation of RAS starts the RAS precharge. The MCF5206E drives the row address again for second word transfer of the longword burst write. Clock L7 Once the RAS precharge time has been met, the MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. .com 11-46 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Clock H8 DRAM Controller 1 The MCF5206E internally increments and multiplexes the address and drives out the column address on A[27:9] for the second word transfer of the longword burst write. Clock L8 Clock L8 is the same as Clock L4. The MCF5206E asserts CAS[1:0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. The external master must set up and hold the second word of data on D[31:16] with respect to the falling edge of CAS[1:0] based on the DRAM specifications. Clock H9 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H9 is the same as Clock H5. The MCF5206E asserts the TA signal to indicate that the second word write transfer of the longword burst will be completed on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H10 The MCF5206E negates RAS, CAS[1:0], and TA, and three-states A[27:0], ending the second word transfer of the longword burst. The negation of RAS starts the RAS precharge. Once A[27:0] has three-stated, the external master can start another transfer. Clock H11 The MCF5206E three-states TA. .com t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11.3.8.3 EXTERNAL MASTER BURST TRANSFER IN BURST PAGE MODE. Burst page mode does fast page mode transfers only for burst transfers. A burst transfer to DRAM is generated any time the operand size is larger than the DRAM bank port size (e.g., line transfer to a 32-bit port, longword transfer to an 8-bit port). After completing the burst transfer, the MCF5206E negates RAS, closing the page. Because all secondary transfers of a burst are guaranteed to be page hits, a page miss never occurs in burst page mode. Nonburst transfers occur as in normal mode (for nonburst transfers in burst page mode, refer to Section 11.3.8.1 External Master Non Burst Transfer in Normal Mode). Therefore, burst page mode always provides the same or better performance than normal mode. Because the DRAMC does not support fast page mode for external master transfers, a DRAM bank programmed for either burst page mode or fast page mode operates as burst page mode. The timing of read transfers and write transfers is identical in burst page mode, with the exception of when the DRAM drives data on reads and when the external master drives data on writes. The fastest possible external master burst transfer in burst page mode requires 5 clocks for the first transfer of the burst and two clocks for the secondary transfers. The fastest .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-47 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CLK possible nonburst transfer in burst page mode requires 5 clocks. You can program the DCTR to generate slower burst-page-mode transfers. Figure 11-16 illustrates the timing of a word read transfer to an 8-bit DRAM in burst page mode. In burst page mode after the first byte transfer of the burst is complete, RAS remains asserted while CAS[0] and TA are negated and the column address of the second byte transfer of the burst is driven. After the CAS precharge time is met, CAS[0] asserts for the second byte read transfer. When the second byte read transfer is completed, RAS, CAS[0], and TA are negated, ending the burst transfer. H1 L1 H2 L2 H3 L3 H4 L4 H5 L5 H6 L6 H7 L7 H8 L8 H9 6 7 A[27:0] ROW COL COL RAS t4 8.com U 9 CAS DataShee DRAMW .com D[31:24] 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 TS R/W SIZ[1:0] $2 TA Figure 11-16. External Master Word Read Transfer in Burst Page Mode with 8-Bit DRAM Clock H1/L1 An external master is the current bus master. The external master starts a DRAM burst word-write transfer by driving A[27:0], driving R/W high indicating a read transfer, driving .com 11-48 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 SIZ[1:0] to $2 indicating a word transfer, and asserting TS. These inputs to the MCF5206E must be set up with respect to the rising edge of CLK H2. Clock H2 On the rising edge of CLK when TS is asserted, the MCF5206E registers the address and attribute signals. It internally decodes these signals and determines if the external master transfer is a DRAM access. The external master negates TS and must three-state A[27:0] after the rising edge of CLK H2, if the internal address multiplexing is to be used. Clock H3 The MCF5206E has determined that the external master transfer is a DRAM access, so the MCF5206E drives A[27:0] with the same value as was registered on the rising edge of H2. A[27:9] contain the DRAM row address. The MCF5206E also drives DRAMW high indicating a DRAM read cycle. Clock L3 The MCF5206E asserts RAS to indicate the row address is valid on A[27:9]. Clock H4 The MCF5206E internally multiplexes the address and drives out the column address on A[27:9]. The MCF5206E also actively drives TA negated. Clock L4 .com 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 The MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the DRAM drives the data on D[31:24]. Clock H5 The MCF5206E asserts the TA signal to indicate that the first byte read transfer of the burst will be completed and the read data will be valid on D[31:24] on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H6 The MCF5206E negates CAS[0], and TA, ending the first byte read transfer of the burst. Because the bank is in burst page mode, the MCF5206E continues to assert RAS. The negation of CAS[0] starts the CAS precharge. The MCF5206E drives the column address on A[27:9] for second byte read transfer of the burst. Clock L6 After the CAS precharge time is met, the MCF5206E asserts CAS[0] to indicate the column address is valid on A[27:9]. At this point the DRAM drives the data bus. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-49 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Clock H7 The MCF5206E asserts the TA signal to indicate that the first byte read transfer of the burst will be completed and the read data will be valid on D[31:24] on the next rising edge of CLK. Clock H8 The MCF5206E negates RAS, CAS[0], and TA, and three-states A[27:0], ending the final byte read transfer of the burst. Because the bank is in burst page mode, MCF5206E negates RAS when the burst transfer is completed. The negation of RAS starts the RAS precharge. Once A[27:0] has three-stated, the external master can start another transfer. Clock H9 The MCF5206E three-states TA. 11.3.8.4 LIMITATIONS. Because the external and internal address buses differ in size and address multiplexing occurs for transfers to DRAM, certain limitations exist for external master use of the DRAMC. * Fast page mode is not available for external master transfers. If a bank has this featured enabled, then burst page mode is used for external master transfers and fast page mode is used for ColdFire core-initiated transfers. * The UC, UD, SC, and SD mask bits are ignored during external master-initiated transfers. Therefore, if UC, UD, SC, and SD are all masked, that bank is available for external master transfers even though the bank is unavailable for ColdFire coreinitiated transfers. * In determining whether an external master transfer address hits in a DRAM bank, the bits of the internal address bus which are unavailable externally are regarded as $0. A[31:28] are always be set to $0 and A[27:24] are conditionally (based on PAR) be set to $0. In order for a bank to be accessible for external-master transfers, the address bits that are unavailable to the external master must either be set to 0 in the DCAR or be masked in the DCMR. * DRAM bank size is limited by the availability of A[27:24] as determined by the PAR control register. .com 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11.4 PROGRAMMING MODEL 11.4.1 DRAM Controller Registers Memory Map Table 11-10 shows the memory map of all the DRAMC registers. The internal registers in the DRAM controller are memory-mapped registers offset from the MBAR address pointer. The following lists several key notes regarding the programming model table: .com 11-50 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 * Addresses not assigned to a register and undefined register bits are reserved for future expansion. Write accesses to these reserved address spaces and reserved register bits have no effect; read accesses return zeros. * The reset value column indicates the register initial value at master reset and normal reset. Certain registers are uninitialized upon reset--they may contain random values after reset. * The access column indicates if the corresponding register allows both read/write functionality (R/W), read-only functionality (R), or write-only functionality (W). If a read access to a write-only register is attempted, zeros are returned. If a write access to a read-only register is attempted, the access is ignored and no write occurs. Table 11-10. Memory Map of DRAM Controller Registers ADDRESS NAME DCRR WIDTH 16 DESCRIPTION DRAM Controller Refresh RESET VALUE Master Reset: $0000 Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: $0000 Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: $00 Normal Reset: $00 Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: $00 Normal Reset: $00 ACCESS R/W 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MBAR + $46 MBAR + $4A DCTR 16 DRAM Controller Timing Register R/W MBAR + $4C DCAR0 16 DRAM Controller Address Register - Bank 0 R/W MBAR + $50 DCMR0 32 DRAM Controller Mask Register - Bank 0 R/W t4U.com MBAR + $57 DCCR0 8 DRAM Controller Control Register- Bank 0 R/W DataShee .com MBAR + $58 DCAR1 16 DRAM Controller Address Register - Bank 1 R/W 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MBAR + $5C DCMR1 32 DRAM Controller Mask Register - Bank 1 R/W MBAR + $63 DCCR1 8 DRAM Controller Control Register - Bank 1 R/W 11.4.2 DRAM Controller Registers 11.4.2.1 DRAM CONTROLLER REFRESH REGISTER (DCRR). The DRAM Controller Refresh Register (DCRR) controls the number of system clocks between refresh cycles. The DCRR is a 16-bit read/write control register. The DCRR is set to $0000 by master reset (corresponding to the slowest refresh rate) and is unaffected by normal reset. DRAM Controller Refresh Counter(DCRR) Address MBAR + $46 15 0 0 14 0 0 13 0 0 12 0 0 11 RC11 0 - 10 RC10 0 - 9 RC9 0 - 8 RC8 0 - 7 RC7 0 - 6 RC6 0 - 5 RC5 0 - 4 RC4 0 - 3 RC3 0 - 2 RC2 0 - 1 RC1 0 - 0 RC0 0 - MASTER RESET: NORMAL RESET: .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-51 D a t a S h4 Ue t o m e .c www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RC11 - RC0 - Refresh Count This field controls the frequency of refresh requests. The value stored in this field is multiplied by 16 system clocks to determine the refresh period. The refresh period can range from 16 system clocks to 65,536 system clocks. An RC field value of all zeros corresponds to 65,536 system clocks. Any write to the DCRR forces a refresh cycle to occur. The refresh period can be calculated using the following equations: For RC>$000: Refresh period = RC x16 x (1/system clock frequency) For RC=$000: Refresh period = 65536 x (1/system clock frequency) 11.4.2.2 DRAM CONTROLLER TIMING REGISTER (DCTR). The DCTR controls the waveform timing for all DRAM transfers. The fields in this register control the RAS and CAS waveform timing for all types of DRAM transfers provided by the DRAMC. The DCTR is a 16-bit read/write control register. The DCTR is set to $0000 by master reset and is unaffected by normal reset. DRAM Controller Timing Register(DCTR) Address MBAR + $4A 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 15 DAEM 0 14 EDO 0 13 0 0 12 RCD 0 - 11 0 0 10 9 8 - 7 - 6 RP1 0 - 5 RP0 0 - 4 0 0 3 CAS 0 - 2 0 0 1 CP 0 - 0 CSR 0 - DataShee RSH1 RSH0 0 0 - MASTER RESET: NORMAL RESET: .com 0 0 0 0 - - 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 DAEM - Drive Multiplexed Address During External Master DRAM transfers This field controls the MCF5206E output driver enables for the external address bus during external master transfers that hit in DRAM address space. If DAEM is set to 1, the portion of A[27]/CS[7]/WE[0], A[26]/CS[6]/WE[1], A[25]/CS[5]/WE[2], A[24]/CS[4]/WE[3] that are configured as address signals are driven along with A[23:0] to provide row and column address multiplexing for external masters. This field does not affect the address multiplexing for DRAM transfers initiated by the ColdFire core. 0 = Do not drive the external address signals as outputs during external master DRAM transfers 1 = Drive the external address signals as outputs to provide row and column address multiplexing during external master DRAM transfers EDO - Extended Data-Out Enable This field controls page mode CAS timing. If the DRAM banks are populated with extended data-out DRAM, the EDO Enable bit can be set to take advantage of the CAS timing allowed by EDO DRAMs. The EDO Enable bit, along with the CAS and CP bits, .com 11-52 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA D a t a S h4 U . tc o m ee www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 control the CAS assertion and negation time during fast page mode and burst page mode transfers. Refer to Figure 11-21 for a timing diagram of EDO DRAM page mode transfers. 0 = DRAM banks are populated with standard DRAM, do not use EDO CAS timing 1 = DRAM banks are populated with EDO DRAM, use EDO CAS timing NOTE If neither fast page mode or burst page mode are enabled in the DRAM Control Register (DCCR), the EDO Enable bit has no effect on the DRAM waveform timing. RCD - RAS-to-CAS Delay Time This field controls the number of system clocks between the assertion of RAS and the assertion of CAS for transfers in normal mode and for the initial transfer to a page in fast page mode and burst page mode. Because the column address is always driven 0.5 system clocks prior to the assertion of CAS, RCD affects the driving of the column address. RCD does not affect refresh cycles. Refer to Figure 11-17 for normal mode timing. Refer to Figures 11-18 and 11-19 for fast page mode and burst page mode timing. 0 = RAS asserts 1.0 system clock before the assertion of CAS 1 = RAS asserts 2.0 system clocks before the assertion of CAS 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com CLK TS A DRAMW Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 9 10 11 RAS CAS D INTERNAL TA RCD RSH RP 12 13 Figure 11-17. Normal Mode DRAM Transfer Timing 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-53 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 CLK 3 4 5 TS A DRAMW RAS CAS Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 D INTERNAL TA RCD RSH CP CAS CP Figure 11-18. Fast Page Mode or Burst Page Mode DRAM Transfer Timing t4U.com CLK TS A DRAMW RAS CAS D internal TA RCD RSH CP CAS CP DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 11-19. Fast Page Mode or Burst Page Mode DRAM Transfer Timing RSH1 - RSH0 - RAS Hold Time This field controls the number of system clocks that RAS remains asserted after the assertion of CAS. This field controls RAS active timing for transfers in normal mode and for the initial transfer in fast page mode and burst page mode. Refer to Figure 11-17 for .com 11-54 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 normal mode timing. Refer to Figures 11-19 and 11-21 for fast-page-mode and burstpage-mode timing. For transfers in normal mode: 00 = RAS negates 1.5 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 01 = RAS negates 2.5 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 10 = RAS negates 3.5 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 11 = Reserved For the initial transfer in fast page mode and burst page mode with EDO Enable = 0: 00 = RAS negates 1.5 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 01 = RAS negates 2.5 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 10 = RAS negates 3.5 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 11 = Reserved For initial transfer in fast page mode and burst page mode with EDO Enable = 1: 00 = RAS negates 1.0 system clock after the assertion of CAS 01 = RAS negates 2.0 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 10 = RAS negates 3.0 system clocks after the assertion of CAS 11 = Reserved RP1 - RP0 - RAS Precharge Time .com This field controls the number of system clocks RAS precharges when the bus master requires back-to-back DRAM transfers in normal mode. RP also controls the number system clocks RAS precharges after a refresh cycle or when a page is closed in fast page mode or burst page mode. Refer to Figure 11-22 for refresh cycle timing. Refer to Figure 11-17 for normal mode timing. Refer to Figure 11-20 for fast page-mode timing. 00 = RAS precharges for 1.5 system clocks 01 = RAS precharges for 2.5 system clocks 10 = RAS precharges for 3.5 system clocks 11 = Reserved 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-55 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 CLK 3 4 5 TS A DRAMW RAS CAS Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 D INTERNAL TA CAS RP Figure 11-20. Fast Page Mode Page Hit and Page Miss DRAM Transfer Timing CAS - Column Address Strobe Time This field, together with the EDO field, controls the number of system clocks that CAS asserts on transfers once a page is open in fast page mode and burst page mode. Refer .com to Figure 11-18 for timing diagrams of fast-page-mode or burst-page- mode transfers to standard DRAMs and Figure 11-21 for fast-page-mode or burst-page-mode transfers to EDO DRAMs. For EDO = 0: 0 = CAS is asserted for 1.5 system clocks 1 = CAS is asserted for 2.5 system clocks For EDO = 1: 0 = CAS is asserted for 1.0 system clock 1 = CAS is asserted for 2.0 system clocks t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 11-56 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 CLK TS A DRAMW RAS CAS 2 3 4 5 6 RCD RSH CP CAS CP Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... D INTERNAL TA Figure 11-21. Fast Page Mode or Burst Page Mode EDO DRAM Transfer Timing CP - CAS Precharge Time This field, together with the EDO field, controls the number of system clocks that CAS is negated after a page mode transfer. This field controls CAS timing for fast page mode and burst page mode. Refer to Figures 11-6 and 11-7 for timing diagrams illustrating CAS .com precharge timing in fast page mode and burst page mode using standard and EDO DRAMs. For EDO Enable = 0: 0 = CAS is negated for 0.5 system clocks 1 = CAS is negated for 1.5 system clocks For EDO Enable = 1: 0 = CAS is negated for 1.0 system clock 1 = CAS is negated for 2.0 system clocks CSR - CAS Setup Time for CAS Before RAS Refresh This field controls the number of system clocks between the assertion of CAS and the assertion of RAS during refresh cycles. This field does not affect normal mode, fast page mode, or burst-page-mode transfer timing. Refer to Figure 11-22 for refresh cycle timing. 0 = CAS asserts 1.0 system clock before the assertion of RAS 1 = CAS asserts 2.0 system clocks before the assertion of RAS 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-57 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 CLK 3 4 RAS CAS DRAMW 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... where CSR tCNRN = RCD + RSH -1.5 CLK 1.5 CLK tCNRN RP 6 7 8 Figure 11-22. CAS Before RAS Refresh Cycle Timing NOTE The DCTR should not be written while an external master transfer is in progress. The DCTR should be programmed as part of the initialization sequence and external master DRAM transfers should not be attempted until it has been written. Failure to do so results in unpredictable operation. .com t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 11.4.2.3 DRAM CONTROLLER ADDRESS REGISTERS (DCAR0 - DCAR1). Each DCAR holds the base address of the corresponding DRAM bank. Each DCAR is a 16-bit read/write control register. All bits in DCAR0 - DCAR1 are unaffected by either master reset or normal reset. DRAM Controller Address Register(DCAR) Address MBAR + $4C (Bank0) Address MBAR + $58 (Bank1) 31 BA31 - 30 BA30 - 29 BA29 - 28 BA28 - 27 BA27 - 26 BA26 - 25 BA25 - 24 BA24 - 23 BA23 - 22 BA22 - 21 BA21 - 20 BA20 - 19 BA19 - 18 BA18 - 17 BA17 - 16 0 NORMAL OR MASTER RESET: BA31-BA17 - Base Address This field defines the base address location of each DRAM bank. These bits are compared to bits 31-17 of the transfer address to determine if the DRAM bank is being accessed. NOTE In determining whether an external master transfer address hits in a DRAM bank, the portion of the address bus that is unavailable externally is regarded as $0. That is, the external master transfer address always has A[31:28] as $0 and those bits of A[27:24] that are not programmed to be external .com 11-58 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 address bits as $0. In order for a bank to be accessible to an external master, the address bits that are unavailable to the external master must either be set to 0 in the DCAR or be masked in the DCMR. 11.4.2.4 DRAM CONTROLLER MASK REGISTER (DCMR0 - DCMR1). Each DCMR holds the address mask for each of the DRAM banks as well the definition of which types of transfers are allowed for the DRAM banks. Each DCMR is a 32-bit read/write control register. All bits in DCMR0 - DCMR1 are unaffected by either Master Reset or normal reset. DRAM Controller Mask Register(DCMR) Address MBAR + $50 (Bank 0) Address MBAR + $5C (Bank 1) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 - BAM31 BAM30 BAM29 BAM28 BAM27 BAM26 BAM25 BAM24 BAM23 BAM22 BAM21 BAM20 BAM19 BAM18 BAM17 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... NORMAL OR MASTER RESET: - - - - 11 - 10 - 9 - 8 - 7 - 6 - 5 - 4 SC 3 SD 2 UC 1 UD 0 0 - 15 - 14 - 13 - 12 - NORMAL OR MASTER RESET: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 - - - - 0 t4U.com BAM [31:17] - Base Address Mask This field defines the DRAM address space through the use of address mask bits. Any bit .com set to 1 masks the corresponding base address register (DCAR) bit (the base address bit becomes a ``don't care'' in the address comparison). Unmasked base address bits are compared to the ColdFire core or external master transfer address to determine if the transfer is accessing a DRAM address space. 0 = Corresponding address bit is used in DRAM bank decode 1 = Corresponding address bit is a ``don't care'' in DRAM bank decode SC, SD, UC, UD - Supervisor Code, Supervisor Data, User Code, User Data Transfer Mask This field masks allows specific types of transfers to be inhibited from accessing the DRAM bank. If a transfer mask bit is cleared, a transfer of that type can access the corresponding DRAM bank. If a transfer mask bit is set to 1, an transfer of that type can not access the corresponding DRAM bank. The transfer mask bits are: SC = Supervisor Code mask SD = Supervisor Data mask UC = User Code mask UD = User Data mask DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-59 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... For each transfer mask bit: 0 = Do not mask this type of transfer for the DRAM bank. A transfer of this type can access the DRAM bank. 1 = Mask this type of transfer for the DRAM bank. A transfer of this type cannot access the DRAM bank. NOTE The SC, SD, UC, and UD bits are ignored during external master transfers. Therefore, an external master transfer can access the DRAM banks regardless of the transfer masks. NOTE In determining whether an external master transfer address hits in a DRAM bank, the portion of the address bus that is unavailable externally is regarded as $0. That is, the external master transfer address always has A[31:28] as $0 and those bits of A[27:24] that are not programmed to be external address bits as $0. In order for a bank to be accessible to an external master, the address bits that are unavailable to the external master must either be set to 0 in the DCAR or be masked in the DCMR. 11.4.2.5 DRAM CONTROLLER CONTROL REGISTER (DCCR0 - DCCR1). Each DCCR specifies the port size, page size, page mode, and activation of each of the DRAM banks. Each DCCR is an 8-bit read/write control register. Master reset and normal reset set all bits to zero. DRAM Controller Control Register(DCCR) Address MBAR + $57 (Bank0) Address MBAR + $63 (Bank1) 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 7 PS1 0 6 PS0 0 5 BPS1 0 4 BPS0 0 3 PM1 0 2 PM0 0 1 WR 0 0 RD 0 NORMAL OR MASTER RESET: PS - Port Size This field specifies the data width of the DRAM bank. PS determines the byte lanes that data will be driven on during write cycles and the byte lanes that data is sampled from during read cycles. 00 = 32-bit port size - Data sampled and driven on D[31:0] 01 = 8-bit port size - Data sampled and driven on D[31:24] only 10 = 16-bit port size - Data sampled and driven on D[31:16] only 11 = 16-bit port size - Data sampled and driven on D[31:16] only .com 11-60 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DRAM Controller 1 BPS - Bank Page Size This field defines the bank page size for each DRAM bank for fast page mode and burst page mode. 00 = 512 Byte page size 01 = 1 KByte page size 10 = 2 KByte page size 11 = Reserved PM - Page Mode Select This field selects the type of DRAM transfers generated for each DRAM bank: normal mode, fast page mode, or burst-page-mode transfers. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 00 = Normal Mode 01 = Burst Page Mode 10 = Reserved 11 = Fast Page Mode WR - Write Enable This field controls whether the DRAM bank can be accessed during write transfers. 0 = Do not activate DRAM control signals on write transfers 1 = Activate DRAM control signals on write transfers RD - Read Enable .com This field controls whether the DRAM bank can be accessed during read transfers. 0 = Do not activate DRAM control signals on read transfers 1 = Activate DRAM control signals on read transfers t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11.5 DRAM INITIALIZATION EXAMPLE The following sample assembly program illustrates a DRAM initialization procedure. DRAM bank 0 is configured for a 4 MByte DRAM starting at address $00100000. The DRAM port size is programmed to 32-bits (1 MByte x 32), the page size to 512 Bytes, and fast page mode is enabled. The Module Base Address Register (MBAR) is first written with the MODULE_BASE value. This locates all the MCF5206E internal modules at address $00004000. Then the DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR) is initialized to give the fastest possible DRAM transfer waveform timing. The DRAM Controller Refresh Register (DCRR) is then written causing DRAM refresh cycles to be generated once every 512 clocks (12.8 sec for a 40 MHz system clock/9.5 sec for a 54 MHz system clock). Once the DCRR is written, a refresh cycle is immediately generated and refresh cycles are generated at the newly programmed rate. Next, DRAM Controller Address Register 0 (DCAR0) is written, making the starting address of DRAM bank 0 $00100000. DRAM Controller Mask Register 0 (DCMR0) is then written such that transfer address bits 18 - 16 are masked, making the DRAM bank 0 address space 1 MByte. Therefore, DRAM bank 0 address space ranges .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 11-61 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DRAM Controller Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... from $00100000 - $001EFFFF. DRAM Controller Control Register 0 (DCCR0) is then written making DRAM bank 0 have a 32-bit port size, a 512 Byte bank page size, generate fast-page-mode transfers, and be enabled for both read transfers and write transfers. At this point, DRAM bank 0 is initialized; however, DRAM read and write transfers will not be generated until the global chip select is disabled by writing CSMR0. # # set up variables # MODULE_BASE equ 0x00004001# base address of internal module registers DRAM0_BASE equ 0x0010# base address for Bank 0 DRAM DCRRequ 0x46# DRAMC Refresh Register DCTRequ 0x4a# DRAMC Timing Register DCAR0equ 0x4c# DRAMC Address Register 0 DCMR0equ 0x50# DRAMC Mask Register 0 DCCR0equ 0x57# DRAMC Control Register 0 CSMR0equ 0x68# chip select Mask Register 0 # # DRAMC initialization # move.l #MODULE_BASE, d0 # initialize MBAR movec d0, mbar move.l #MODULE_BASE, a0 # a0 points to the module base address move.w #0x00, d0 # initialize for fastest DRAM cycle timing move.w d0, (DCTR, a0) # (RCD=RSH1=RSH0=RP1=RP0=CAS=CP=CSR=0) .com move.w #0x20, d0 # refresh every 512 clocks (15.4 uS @ 33 Mhz) move.w d0, (DCRR, a0) move.w #DRAM0_BASE, d0 # set DRAM0 start address at 0x00100000 move.w d0, (DCAR0, a0) move.l #0x000e0000, d0 # mask low order bits for 1Mbyte address space move.l d0, (DCMR0, a0) # DRAM0 address space is 0x0010-0x001effff move.b #0x0f, d0 # 32-bit port, 512-byte page, fast page mode, move.b d0, (DCCR0, a0) # readable/writable # The global chip select activates for ALL external transfers after reset until # it is disabled. Therefore, before a DRAM transfer can be done, the global chip # select must be disabled by writing CSMR0. 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 11-62 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules SECTION 12 UART MODULES The MCF5206E contains two universal asynchronous/synchronous receiver/transmitters (UARTs) that act independently. Each UART is clocked by the system clock, which eliminates the need for an external crystal. This section applies to both UARTs, which are identical. Refer to Section 12.4 for addressing differences. Each UART module, shown in Figure 12-1, consists of the following major functional areas: * Serial Communication Channel Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... * 16-Bit Baud-RateTimer * Internal Channel Control Logic * Interrupt Control Logic CTS SERIAL COMMUNICATION CHANNEL RTS RXD TXD t4U.com DataShee .com SYSTEM CLOCK TIN (EXT CLK) 16-BIT TIMER FOR BAUD RATE GENERATION INTERNAL CHANNEL CONTROL LOGIC INTERRUPT CONTROL LOGIC Figure 12-1. UART Block Diagram .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 12.1 MODULE OVERVIEW The MCF5206E contains two independent UART modules. Features of each UART module include the following: * UART clocked by the system clock or external clock (TIN) * Full duplex asynchronous/synchronous receiver/transmitter channel * Quadruple-buffered receiver * Double-buffered transmitter * Independently programmable baud rate for receiver and transmitter selectable from: -- timer-generated baud rate or external clock Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... * Programmable data format: -- Five to eight data bits plus parity -- Odd, even, no parity, or force parity -- .563 to 2 stop bits in x16 mode (asynchronous)/1or 2 stop bits in synchronous mode * Programmable channel modes: -- -- -- -- Normal (full duplex) Automatic echo Local loopback Remote loopback t4U.com DataShee .com * Automatic wakeup mode for multidrop applications * Four maskable interrupt conditions * Parity, framing, break, and overrun error detection * False start bit detection * Line-break detection and generation * Detection of breaks originating in the middle of a character * Start/end break interrupt/status 12.1.1 Serial Communication Channel The communication channel provides a full duplex asynchronous/synchronous receiver and transmitter using an operating frequency derived from the system clock or from an external clock tied to the TIN pin. The transmitter accepts parallel data from the CPU; converts it to a serial bit stream; inserts the appropriate start, stop, and optional parity bits; then outputs a composite serial data stream on the channel transmitter serial data output (TxD). Refer to Section 12.3.2.1 Transmitter for additional information. .com 12-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules The receiver accepts serial data on the channel receiver serial data input (RxD); converts it to parallel format; checks for a start bit, stop bit, parity (if any), or any error condition; and transfers the assembled character onto the bus during read operations. The receiver can be polled or interrupt driven. Refer to Section 12.3.2.2 Receiver for additional information. 12.1.2 Baud-Rate Generator/Timer The 16-bit timer, clocked by the system clock, can function as an asynchronous x16 clock. In addition, you can tie an external clock to one of the TIN pins of a MCF5206E timer for use as a synchronous or asynchronous clocking source for the UART. The baud-rate timer is part of each UART and not related to the ColdFire timer modules. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 12.1.3 Interrupt Control Logic An internal interrupt request signal (IRQ) notifies the MCF5206E interrupt controller of an interrupt condition. The output is the logical NOR of all (as many as four) unmasked interrupt status bits in the UART Interrupt Status Register (UISR). You program the UART Interrupt Mask Register (UIMR) to determine which interrupts will be valid in the UISR. You program the UART module interrupt level in the MCF5206E interrupt controller external to the UART module. You can configure the UART to supply the vector from the UART Interrupt Vector Register (UIVR) or program the SIM to provide an autovector when a UART interrupt is acknowledged. You can also program the interrupt level, priority within the level, and autovectoring capability in the SIM register ICR_U1. .com t4U.com DataShee 12.2 UART MODULE SIGNAL DEFINITIONS The following paragraphs contain a brief description of the UART module signals. Figure 12-2 shows both the external and internal signal groups. NOTE The terms assertion and negation are used throughout this section to avoid confusion when dealing with a mixture of active-low and active-high signals. The term assert or assertion indicates that a signal is active or true, independent of the level represented by a high or low voltage. The term negate or negation indicates that a signal is inactive or false. 12.2.1 Transmitter Serial Data Output (TxD) This signal is the transmitter serial data output. The output is held high ('`mark'' condition) when the transmitter is disabled, idle, or operating in the local loopback mode. Data is shifted out on this signal on the falling edge of the clock source, with the least significant bit transmitted first. All UART pins are muxed with the parallel port. On UART 2, RTS is .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. muxed with RSTO at the pin. Their functionality is determined by programming the Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM. ADDRESS BUS FOUR-CHARACTER RECEIVEBUFFER INTERNAL INTERFACETO CPU CONTROL CONTROL UARTMODULE INTERNAL BUS TWO-CHARACTER TRANSMITBUFFER RXD DATA Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CTS INPUT PORT RTS OUTPUT PORT IRQ SYSTEMCLOCK 16-BITTIMER/ BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIN(EXTCLK) t4U.com EXTERNAL INTERFACE SIGNALS LOGIC TXD DataShee .com Figure 12-2. External and Internal Interface Signals 12.2.2 Receiver Serial Data Input (RxD) This signal is the receiver serial data input. Data received on this signal is sampled on the rising edge of the clock source, with the least significant bit received first. 12.2.3 Request-To-Send (RTS) You can program this active-low output signal to be automatically negated and asserted by either the receiver or transmitter. When connected to the clear-to-send (CTS) input of a transmitter, this signal controls serial data flow. 12.2.4 Clear-To-Send (CTS) This active-low input is the clear-to-send input and can generate an interrupt on changeof-state. .com 12-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 12.3 OPERATION UART Modules The following paragraphs describe the operation of the baud-rate generator, transmitter and receiver, and other operating modes of the UART module. 12.3.1 Baud-Rate Generator/Timer The timer references made here relative to clocking the UART are different than the MCF5206E timer module that is integrated on the bus of the ColdFire core. The UART has a baud generator based on an internal baud-rate timer that is dedicated to the UART. You can program the Clock Select Register (USCR) to enable the baud-rate timer or an external clock source from TIN to generate baud rates. When the baud-rate timer is used, a prescaler supplies an asynchronous 32x clock source to the baud-rate timer. The baudrate timer register value is programmed with the UBG1 and UBG2 registers. See Section 12.4.1.12 Timer Upper Preload Register 1 (UBG1) and Section 12.4.1.13 Timer Upper Preload Register 2 (UBG2) for more information. An external TIN clock source, when enabled in the USCR, can generate an x1 or x16 asynchronous or synchronous clock to the UART receiver and transmitter. Figure 12-3 shows the relationship of clocking sources. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com TOUT TIN MCF5206E TIMERMCF5206E UART BAUD RATE OUTPUT PROGRAMMED IN USCR x1 PRESCALAR BAUD RATE TIN x16 PRESCALAR TIMER OUTPUT TIN INTERNAL TIMER x32 PRESCALAR SYSTEM CLOCK Figure 12-3. Baud-Rate Timer Generator Diagram .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 12.3.2 Transmitter and Receiver Operating Modes The functional block diagram of the transmitter and receiver, including command and operating registers, is shown in Figure 12-4. The following paragraphs describe these functions in reference to this diagram. For detailed register information, refer to subsection 12.4 Register Description and Programming. 12.3.2.1 TRANSMITTER. The transmitter is enabled through the UART command register (UCR) located within the UART module. The UART module signals the CPU when it is ready to accept a character by setting the transmitter-ready bit (TxRDY) in the UART status register (USR). Functional timing information for the transmitter is shown in Figure 12-5. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The transmitter converts parallel data from the CPU to a serial bit stream on TxD. It automatically sends a start bit followed by * The programmed number of data bits * An optional parity bit * The programmed number of stop bits The least significant bit is sent first. Data is shifted from the transmitter output on the falling edge of the clock source. After the transmission of the stop bits, if a new character is not available in the transmitter .com holding register, the TxD output remains in the high (mark condition) state, and the transmitter-empty bit (TxEMP) in the USR is set. Transmission resumes and the TxEMP bit is cleared when the CPU loads a new character into the UART transmitter buffer (UTB). If the transmitter receives a Disable command, it continues operating until the character (if one is present) in the transmit-shift register is completely shifted out of transmitter TxD. If the transmitter is reset through a software command, operation ceases immediately (refer to subsection Section 12.4.1.5 Command Register (UCR)). The transmitter is reenabled through the UCR to resume operation after a disable or software reset. If clear-to-send operation is enabled, CTS must be asserted for the character to be transmitted. If CTS is negated in the middle of a transmission, the character in the shift register is transmitted and following the completion of STOP bits TxD, enters in the mark state until CTS is asserted again. If the transmitter is forced to send a continuous low condition by issuing a Send-Break command, the transmitter ignores the state of CTS. You can program the transmitter to automatically negate the request-to-send (RTS) output on completion of a message transmission. If the transmitter is programmed to operate in this mode, RTS must be manually asserted before a message is transmitted. In applications where the transmitter is disabled after transmission is complete and RTS is appropriately programmed, RTS is negated one bit time after the character in the shift register is completely transmitted. You must manually enable the transmitter by setting the enable-transmitter bit in the UART Command Register (UCR). t4U.com DataShee .com 12-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules UART SERIAL CHANNEL UART COMMAND REGISTER (UCR) W EXTERNAL INTERFACE UART MODE REGISTER 1 (UMR1) UART MODE REGISTER 2 (UMR2) R/W R/W UART STATUS REGISTER (USR) R Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TRANSMIT BUFFER (UTB) (2 REGISTERS) TRANSMIT HOLDING REGISTER TRANSMIT SHIFT REGISTER W TXD RECEIVER HOLDING REGISTER 1 RECEIVER HOLDING REGISTER 2 R FIFO RECEIVER HOLDING REGISTER 3 RECEIVE BUFFER (URB) (4 REGISTERS) RECEIVER SHIFT REGISTER RXD t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 12-4. Transmitter and Receiver Functional Diagram .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. C1 IN TRANSMISSION TxD C1 C2 C3 BREAK C4 C6 TRANSMITTER ENABLED 5 TxRDY (SR[2]) (SR2) Disable 7 Trans. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... INTERNAL MODULE SELECT CS W C1 W C2 W C3 W START BREAK 6 W C4 W STOP BREAK W W W C6 C5 NOT TRANSMITTED CTS 1 t4U.com RTS2 MANUALLY ASSERTED BY BIT- SET COMMAND MANUALLY ASSERTED Notes: 1. Timing shown for UMR2[4]=1 2. Timing shown for UMR2[5]=1 NOTES: .com 3. CN=Transmit 8-bit character 1 1. TIMING SHOWN FOR UMR2(4) = 4. W= Write 2. TIMING SHOWN FOR UMR2(5) = 1 5. Transmitter enabled by configuring TCx bits in UCR (see Table 11-9) 3. CN = TRANSMIT CHARACTER 6. Start break/Stop break programmed by MISCx bits in UCR (see Table 11-8) 7. Transmitter is enabled and disabled using software control 4. W = WRITE DataShee Negated since transmit buffer and shift register are empty (last character has been shifted out) Figure 12-5. Transmitter Timing Diagram .com 12-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules 12.3.2.2 RECEIVER. The receiver is enabled through the UCR located within the UART module. Functional timing information for the receiver is shown in Figure 12-6. The receiver looks for a high-to-low (mark-to-space) transition of the start bit on RxD. When a transition is detected, the state of RxD is sampled each 16x clock for eight clocks, starting one-half clock after the transition (asynchronous operation) or at the next rising edge of the bit time clock (synchronous operation). If RxD is sampled high, the start bit is not valid and the search for the valid start bit repeats. If RxD is still low, a valid start bit is assumed and the receiver continues to sample the input at one-bit time intervals at the theoretical center of the bit. This process continues until the proper number of data bits and parity (if any) is assembled and one stop bit is detected. Data on the RxD input is sampled on the rising edge of the programmed clock source. The least significant bit is received first. The data is then transferred to a receiver holding register and the RxRDY bit in the USR is set. If the character length is less than eight bits, the most significant unused bits in the receiver holding register are cleared. The Rx RDY bit in the USR is set at the one-half point of the stop bit. After the stop bit is detected, the receiver immediately looks for the next start bit. However, if a nonzero character is received without a stop bit (framing error) and RxD remains low for one-half of the bit period after the stop bit is sampled, the receiver operates as if a new start bit is detected. The parity error (PE), framing error (FE), overrun error (OE), and received break (RB) conditions (if any) set error and break flags in the USR at the received character boundary and are valid only when the RxRDY bit in the USR is set. .com If a break condition is detected (RxD is low for the entire character including the stop bit), a character of all zeros is loaded into the receiver holding register and the Receive Break (RB) and RxRDY bits in the USR are set. The RxD signal must return to a high condition for at least one-half bit time before a search for the next start bit begins. The receiver will detect the beginning of a break in the middle of a character if the break persists through the next character time. When the break begins in the middle of a character, the receiver places the damaged character in the receiver first-in-first-out (FIFO) stack and sets the corresponding error conditions and RxRDY bit in the USR. The break persists until the next character time, the receiver places an all-zero character into the receiver FIFO, and sets the corresponding RB and RxRDY bits in the USR. Interrupts can be enabled on receive break. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. RxD C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C6, C7, C8 ARE LOST DUE TO RECEIVER DISABLED RECEIVER ENABLED RxRDY (SR0) 2 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... FFULL (SR1) 2.5 INTERNAL MODULE SELECT CS R C1 OVERRUN (SR4) R STATUS DATA C5 LOST RR RRRR STATUS DATA STATUS DATA STATUS DATA C2 C3 C4 t4U.com DataShee .com 1 RTS (OP0) UOP1[0]=1 UOP(0) = 1 NOTES: 1. Timing shown for UMR1[7]=1 NOTES: shown for UMR1[6]=0 2. Timing 2.5Timing shown for UMR1[6]=1 1 1. Timing shown for MR1(7) = 3.2. Timing shown for MR1(6) = 0 R=Read 4.3. R = Read 5-8 bit character CN=Received 4. C = Received Character N RESET BY COMMAND Figure 12-6. Receiver Timing Diagram .com 12-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules 12.3.2.3 FIFO STACK. The FIFO stack is used in the UART receiver buffer logic. The FIFO stack consists of three receiver holding registers. The receive buffer consists of the FIFO and a receiver shift register connected to the RxD (refer to Figure 12-4). Data is assembled in the receiver shift register and loaded into the top empty receiver holding register position of the FIFO. Thus, data flowing from the receiver to the CPU is quadruple buffered. In addition to the data byte, three status bits, parity error (PE), framing error (FE), and received break (RB) are appended to each data character in the FIFO; overrun error (OE) is not appended. By programming the error-mode bit (ERR) in the channel's mode register (UMR1), you can provide status in character or block modes. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The RxRDY bit in the USR is set whenever one or more characters are available to be read by the CPU. A read of the receiver buffer produces an output of data from the top of the FIFO stack. After the read cycle, the data at the top of the FIFO stack and its associated status bits are `'popped,'' and the receiver shift register can add new data at the bottom of the stack. The FIFO-full status bit (FFULL) is set if all three stack positions are filled with data. Either the RxRDY or FFULL bit can be selected to cause an interrupt. In the character mode, status provided in the USR is given on a character-by-character basis and thus applies only to the character at the top of the FIFO. In the block mode, the status provided in the USR is the logical OR of all characters coming to the top of the FIFO stack since the last reset error command. A continuous logical OR function of the corresponding status bits is produced in the USR as each character reaches the top of the .com FIFO stack. The block mode is useful in applications where the software overhead of checking each character's error cannot be tolerated. In this mode, entire messages are received and only one data integrity check is performed at the end of the message. This mode has a datareception speed advantage; however, each character is not individually checked for error conditions by software. If an error occurs within the message, the error is not recognized until the final check is performed, and no indication exists as to which message character is at fault. In either mode, reading the USR does not affect the FIFO. The FIFO is popped only when the receive buffer is read. The USR should be read prior to reading the receive buffer. If all three of the FIFO receiver holding registers are full when a new character is received, the new character is held in the receiver shift register until a FIFO position is available. If an additional character is received during this state, the contents of the FIFO are not affected. However, the previous character in the receiver shift register is lost and the OE bit in the USR is set when the receiver detects the start bit of the new overrunning character. To support control flow capability, you can program the receiver to automatically negate and assert RTS. When in this mode, the receiver automatically negates RTS when a valid start bit is detected and the FIFO stack is full. When a FIFO position becomes available, t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. the receiver asserts RTS. Using this mode of operation prevents overrun errors by connecting the RTS to the CTS input of the transmitting device. To use the RTS signals on UART 2, you must set up the MCF5206E Pin Assignment Register (PAR) in the SIM to enable the corresponding I/O pins for these functions. If the FIFO stack contains characters and the receiver is disabled, the CPU can still read the characters in the FIFO. If the receiver is reset, the FIFO stack and all receiver status bits, corresponding output ports, and interrupt request are reset. No additional characters are received until the receiver is re-enabled. 12.3.3 Looping Modes Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... You can configure the UART to operate in various looping modes as shown in Figure 127. These modes are useful for local and remote system diagnostic functions. The modes are described in the following paragraphs with additional information available in subsection 12.4 Register Description and Programming. You should only switch between modes while the transmitter and receiver are disabled because the selected mode is activated immediately on mode selection, even if this occurs in the middle of character transmission or reception. In addition, if a mode is deselected, the device switches out of the mode immediately, except for automatic echo and remote echo loopback modes. In these modes, the deselection occurs just after the receiver has sampled the stop bit (this is also the one-half point). For automatic echo mode, the transmitter stays in this mode until the entire stop bit has been retransmitted. .com t4U.com DataShee 12.3.3.1 AUTOMATIC ECHO MODE. In this mode, the UART automatically retransmits the received data on a bit-by-bit basis. The local CPU-to-receiver communication continues normally but the CPU-to-transmitter link is disabled. While in this mode, received data is clocked on the receiver clock and retransmitted on TxD. The receiver must be enabled but not the transmitter. Instead, the transmitter is clocked by the receiver clock. Because the transmitter is not active, the TxEMP and TxRDY bits in USR are inactive and data is transmitted as it is received. Received parity is checked but not recalculated for transmission. Character framing is also checked but stop bits are transmitted as received. A received break is echoed as received until the next valid start bit is detected. 12.3.3.2 LOCAL LOOPBACK MODE. In this mode, TxD is internally connected to RxD. This mode is useful for testing the operation of a local UART module channel by sending data to the transmitter and checking data assembled by the receiver. In this manner, correct channel operations can be assured. Both transmitter and CPU-to-receiver communications continue normally in this mode. While in this mode, the RxD input data is ignored, the TxD is held marking, and the receiver is clocked by the transmitter clock. The transmitter must be enabled but not the receiver. 12.3.3.3 REMOTE LOOPBACK MODE. In this mode, the channel automatically transmits received data on the TxD output on a bit-by-bit basis. The local CPU-to- .com 12-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules transmitter link is disabled. This mode is useful for testing remote channel receiver and transmitter operation. While in this mode, the receiver clocks the transmitter. Because the receiver is not active, the CPU cannot read received data. All status conditions are inactive. Received parity is not checked and is not recalculated for transmission. Stop bits are transmitted as received. A received break is echoed as received until the next valid start bit is detected. RxD INPUT Rx CPU DISABLED Tx DISABLED Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TxD OUTPUT (a) Automatic Echo Rx CPU Tx DISABLED RxD INPUT t4U.com DISABLED TxD OUTPUT DataShee .com (b) Local Loopback DISABLED CPU DISABLED Rx DISABLED RxD INPUT Tx DISABLED TxD OUTPUT (c) Remote Loopback Figure 12-7. Looping Modes Functional Diagram .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-13 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 12.3.4 Multidrop Mode You can program the UART to operate in a wakeup mode for multidrop or multiprocessor applications. Functional timing information for the multidrop mode is shown in Figure 128. You select the mode by setting bits 3 and 4 in UART mode register 1 (UMR1). This mode of operation connects the master station to several slave stations (maximum of 256). In this mode, the master transmits an address character followed by a block of data characters targeted for one of the slave stations. The slave stations channel receivers are disabled; however, they continuously monitor the data stream sent out by the master station. When the master sends an address character, the slave receiver channel notifies its respective CPU by setting the RxRDY bit in the USR and generating an interrupt (if programmed to do so). Each slave station CPU then compares the received address to its station address and enables its receiver if it wants to receive the subsequent data characters or block of data from the master station. Slave stations not addressed continue to monitor the data stream for the next address character. Data fields in the data stream are separated by an address character. After a slave receives a block of data, the slave station CPU disables the receiver and reinitiates the process. A transmitted character from the master station consists of a start bit, a programmed number of data bits, an address/data (A/D) bit flag, and a programmed number of stop bits. The A/D bit identifies the type of character being transmitted to the slave station. The character is interpreted as an address character if the A/D bit is set or as a data character if the A/D bit is cleared. You select the polarity of the A/D bit by programming bit 2 of UMR1. You should also program UMR1 before enabling the transmitter and loading the .com corresponding data bits into the transmit buffer. In multidrop mode, the receiver continuously monitors the received data stream, regardless of whether it is enabled or disabled. If the receiver is disabled, it sets the RxRDY bit and loads the character into the receiver holding register FIFO stack, provided the received A/D bit is a one (address tag). The character is discarded if the received A/D bit is a zero (data tag). If the receiver is enabled, all received characters are transferred to the CPU via the receiver holding register stack during read operations. In either case, the data bits are loaded into the data portion of the stack while the A/D bit is loaded into the status portion of the stack normally used for a parity error (USR bit 5). Framing error, overrun error, and break detection operate normally. The A/D bit takes the place of the parity bit; therefore, parity is neither calculated nor checked. Messages in this mode can still contain error detection and correction information. One way to provide error detection, if 8-bit characters are not required, is to use software to calculate parity and append it to the 5-, 6-, or 7-bit character. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 12-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules MASTER STATION TxD A/D ADDR 1 1 C0 A/D 0 A/D ADDR 1 2 TRANSMITTER ENABLED TxRDY (USR2) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... INTERNAL CS MODULE SELECT W UMR1[4:3]=11 UMR1(4:3) = 11 UMR1[2]=1 1 UMR1(2) = W W ADDR1 W UMR1[2]=0 UMR1(2) = 0 UMR1[2]=1 UMR1(2) = 1 W W ADDR2 PERIPHERAL STATION RxD A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D A/D 0 0 ADDR 1 1 C0 0 ADDR 1 2 t4U.com RECEIVER ENABLED DataShee .com INTERNAL CS MODULE SELECT W UMR1(4-3) = 11 WR ENABLE ADDR R R STATUS DATA C0 R R STATUS DATA ADDR Figure 12-8. Multidrop Mode Timing Diagram .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 12.3.5 Bus Operation This subsection describes the operation of the bus during read, write, and interruptacknowledge cycles to the UART module. All UART module registers must be accessed as bytes. 12.3.5.1 READ CYCLES. The CPU with zero wait states accesses the UART module because the MCF5206E system clock is also used for the UART module. The UART module responds to reads with byte data on D[7:0]. Reserved registers return logic zero during reads. 12.3.5.2 WRITE CYCLES. The CPU with zero wait states accesses the UART module. The UART module accepts write data on D[7:0]. Write cycles to read-only registers and reserved registers complete in a normal manner without exception processing; however, the data is ignored. 12.3.5.3 INTERRUPT ACKNOWLEDGE CYCLES. The UART module can arbitrate for interrupt servicing and supply the interrupt vector when it has successfully won arbitration. The vector number must be provided if interrupt servicing is necessary; thus, the interrupt vector register (UIVR) must be initialized. The interrupt vector number generated by the IVR is used if the autovector is not enabled in the SIM Interrupt Control Register (ICR). If the UIVR is not initialized and the ICR is not programmed for autovector, a spurious interrupt exception is taken if interrupts are generated. This works in conjunction with the MCF5206E interrupt controller, which allows a programmable Interrupt Priority Level (IPL) .com for the interrupt. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 12.4 REGISTER DESCRIPTION AND PROGRAMMING This subsection contains a detailed description of each register and its specific function as well as flowcharts of basic UART module programming. 12.4.1 Register Description Writing control bytes into the appropriate registers controls the UART operation. A list of UART module registers and their associated addresses is shown in Table 12-1. NOTE All UART module registers are accessible only as bytes. You should change the contents of the mode registers (UMR1 and UMR2), clock-select register (UCSR), and the auxiliary control register (UACR) bit 7 only after the receiver/transmitter is issued a software RESET command--i.e., channel operation must be disabled. You should be careful if the register contents are changed during receiver/transmitter operations as unpredictable results can occur. For the registers discussed in the following pages, the numbers above the register description represent the bit position in the register. The register description contains the .com 12-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules mnemonic for the bit. The values shown below the register description are the values of those register bits after a hardware reset. A value of U indicates that the bit value is unaffected by reset. The read/write status is shown in the last line. Table 12-1. UART Module Programming Model UART 1 MBAR+$140 MBAR+$144 MBAR+$148 MBAR+$14C MBAR+$150 MBAR+$154 MBAR+$158 MBAR+$15C UART 2 MBAR+$180 MBAR+$184 MBAR+$188 MBAR+$18C MBAR+$190 MBAR+$194 MBAR+$198 MBAR+$19C REGISTER READ (R/W = 1) Mode Register (UMR1, UMR2) Status Register (USR) DO NOT ACCESS1 Receiver Buffer (URB) Input Port Change Register (UIPCR) Interrupt Status Register (UISR) Baud Rate Generator Prescale MSB (UBG1) Baud Rate Generator Prescale LSB (UBG2) REGISTER WRITE (R/W = 0) Mode Register (UMR1, UMR2) Clock-Select Register (UCSR) Command Register (UCR) Transmitter Buffer (UTB) Auxiliary Control Register (UACR) Interrupt Mask Register (UIMR) Baud Rate Generator Prescale MSB (UBG1) Baud Rate Generator Prescale LSB (UBG2) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DO NOT ACCESS1 MBAR+$170 MBAR+$174 MBAR+$178 MBAR+$17C NOTES: 1. 2. MBAR+$1B0 MBAR+$1B4 MBAR+$1B8 MBAR+$1BC Interrupt Vector Register (UIVR) Input Port Register (UIP) DO NOT ACCESS1 DO NOT ACCESS1 Interrupt Vector Register (UIVR) DO NOT ACCESS1 Output Port Bit Set CMD (UOP1)2 t4U.com Output Port Bit Reset CMD (UOP0)2 This address is used for factory testing and should not be read. Reading this location results in undesired effects and possible incorrect transmission or reception of characters. Register contents can also be changed. .com Address-triggered commands. DataShee 12.4.1.1 MODE REGISTER 1 (UMR1). UMR1 controls some of the UART module configuration. This register can be read or written at any time and is accessed when the mode register pointer points to UMR1. The pointer is set to UMR1 by RESET or by a set pointer command using the control register. After reading or writing UMR1, the pointer points to UMR2. UMR1 7 6 5 ERR 4 PM1 3 PM0 MBAR + $140,MBAR + $180 2 PT 1 B/C1 0 B/C0 RXRT RXIRQ S RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 READ/WRITE SUPERVISOR OR USER RxRTS -- Receiver Request-to-Send Control 1 = On receipt of a valid start bit, RTS is negated if the UART FIFO is full. RTS is reasserted when the FIFO has an empty position available. 0 = The receiver has no effect on RTS. The RTS is asserted by writing a one to the Output Port Bit Set Register (UOP1) .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. You can use this feature for flow control to prevent overrun in the receiver by using the RTS output to control the CTS input of the transmitting device. If both the receiver and transmitter are programmed for RTS control, RTS control is disabled for both because such a configuration is incorrect. See Section 12.4.1.2 Mode Register 2 (UMR2) for information on programming the transmitter RTS control. On UART 2, RTS is muxed. RxIRQ -- Receiver Interrupt Select 1 = FFULL is the source that generates IRQ 0 = RxRDY is the source that generates IRQ ERR -- Error Mode This bit controls the meaning of the three FIFO status bits (RB, FE, and PE) in the USR. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1 = Block mode--The values in the channel USR are the accumulation (i.e., the logical OR) of the status for all characters coming to the top of the FIFO since the last reset error status command for the channel was issued. Refer to Section 12.4.1.5 Command Register (UCR) for more information on UART module commands. 0 = Character mode--The values in the channel USR reflect the status of the character at the top of the FIFO. NOTE You must use ERR = 0 to obtain the correct A/D flag .com information when in multidrop mode. PM1-PM0 -- Parity Mode These bits encode the type of parity used for the channel (see Table 12-2). The parity bit is added to the transmitted character and the receiver performs a parity check on incoming data. These bits can alternatively select multidrop mode for the channel. PT -- Parity Type This bit selects the parity type if parity is programmed by the parity mode bits; if multidrop mode is selected, it configures the transmitter for data character transmission or address character transmission. Table 12-2 lists the parity mode and type or the multidrop mode for each combination of the parity mode and the parity type bits. Table 12-2. PMx and PT Control Bits PM1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 PM0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 PARITY MODE With Parity With Parity Force Parity Force Parity No Parity Multidrop Mode Multidrop Mode PT 0 1 0 1 X 0 1 PARITY TYPE Even Parity Odd Parity Low Parity High Parity No Parity Data Character Address Character t4U.com DataShee .com 12-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules "Force parity low" means forcing a 0 parity bit. "Force parity high" forces a 1 parity bit. B/C1-B/C0 -- Bits per Character These bits select the number of data bits per character to be transmitted. The character length listed in Table 12-3 does not include start, parity, or stop bits. Table 12-3. B/Cx Control Bits B/C1 0 0 1 1 B/C0 0 1 0 1 BITS/CHARACTER 5 Bits 6 Bits 7 Bits 8 Bits Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 12.4.1.2 MODE REGISTER 2 (UMR2). UMR2 controls some of the UART module configuration. It is accessed when the mode register pointer points to UMR2, which occurs after any access to UMR1. Accesses to UMR2 do not change the pointer. UMR2 7 CM1 RESET: 0 0 0 6 CM0 5 TXRT S 4 TXCT S 3 SB3 2 SB2 MBAR + $180 1 SB1 0 SB0 t4U.com DataShee .com 0 0 0 0 0 READ/WRITE SUPERVISOR OR USER CM1-CM0 -- Channel Mode These bits select a channel mode as listed in Table 12-4. See Section 12.3.3 Looping Modes for more information on the individual modes. Table 12-4. CMx Control Bits CM1 0 0 1 1 CM0 0 1 0 1 MODE Normal Automatic Echo Local Loopback Remote Loopback TxRTS -- Transmitter Ready-to-Send This bit controls the negation of the RTS signal. In applications where the transmitter is disabled after transmission is complete, setting this bit causes the OP bit to be cleared automatically one bit time after the characters (if any) in the channel transmit shift register and the transmitter holding register are completely transmitted, including the programmed number of stop bits. This feature automatically terminates message transmission. You can perform this process by following these steps: .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-19 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1. Program the UART for the automatic-reset mode: UMR2[5]=1 2. Enable the transmitter 3. Assert the transmitter request-to send control: UOP1[0]=1 4. Send the message 5. Disable the transmitter after the TxRDY bit but not the TxEMP bit in the USR becomes asserted. The last character will be transmitted and the UOP0[0] bit will be set causing the transmitter request-to-send control to be negated. If both the receiver and the transmitter in the same channel are programmed for RTS control, RTS control is disabled for both because of this incorrect configuration. 1 = If both TxRDY and TXEMP bits in the UART Status Register (USR) are set, there will be no change on RTS. For TXRTS to be set to 1 in this condition, customers must set the UART Output Port Set Data Register (UOP1). 0 = The transmitter has no effect on RTS. TxCTS -- Transmitter Clear-to-Send 1 = Enables clear-to-send operation. The transmitter checks the state of the CTS input each time it is ready to send a character. If CTS is asserted, the character .com is transmitted. If CTS is negated, the channel TxD remains in the high state (mark condition) and the transmission is delayed until CTS is asserted. Changes in CTS while a character is being transmitted do not affect transmission of that character. 0 = The CTS has no effect on the transmitter. SB3-SB0 -- Stop-Bit Length Control These bits select the length of the stop bit appended to the transmitted character as listed in Table 12-5. Stop-bit lengths of 9/16 to two bits, in increments of 1/16 bit, are programmable for character lengths of six, seven, and eight bits. For a character length of five bits, 1-1/16 to two bits are programmable in increments of 1/16 bit. In all cases, the receiver only checks for a high condition at the center of the first stop-bit position--i.e., one bit time after the last data bit or after the parity bit, if parity is enabled. If an external 1x clock is used for the transmitter, UMR2 bit 3 = 0 selects one stop bit, and UMR2 bit 3 = 1 selects two stop bits for transmission. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 12-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 12-5. SBx Control Bits SB3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SB2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 SB1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 SB0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 LENGTH 6-8 BITS 0.563 0.625 0.688 0.750 0.813 0.875 0.938 1.000 1.563 1.625 1.688 1.750 1.813 1.875 1.938 2.000 LENGTH 5 BITS 1.063 1.125 1.188 1.250 1.313 1.375 1.438 1.500 1.563 1.625 1.688 1.750 1.813 1.875 1.938 2.000 UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 12.4.1.3 STATUS REGISTER (USR). The USR indicates the status of the characters in the receive FIFO and the status of the transmitter and receiver. The RB, FE, and PE bits USR 7 RB RESET: t4U.com MBAR + $184 6 FE 5 PE 4 3 2 1 0 DataShee .com OE TXEMP TXRDY 0 0 0 FFULL RXRDY 0 0 0 0 0 READ ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER are cleared by the Reset Error Status command in the UCR if the RB bit has not been read. Also, RB, FE, PE and OE can also be cleared by reading the Receive buffer (RE). RB -- Received Break 1 = An all-zero character of the programmed length has been received without a stop bit. The RB bit is valid only when the RxRDY bit is set. A single FIFO position is occupied when a break is received. Additional entries into the FIFO are inhibited until RxD returns to the high state for at least one-half bit time, which is equal to two successive edges of the internal or external clock x 1 or 16 successive edges of the external clock x 16. The received break circuit detects breaks that originate in the middle of a received character. However, if a break begins in the middle of a character, it must persist until the end of the next detected character time. 0 = No break has been received. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-21 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. FE -- Framing Error 1 = A stop bit was not detected when the corresponding data character in the FIFO was received. The stop-bit check occurs in the middle of the first stop-bit position. The bit is valid only when the RxRDY bit is set. 0 = No framing error has occurred. PE -- Parity Error 1 = When the with-parity or force-parity mode is programmed in the UMR1, the corresponding character in the FIFO was received with incorrect parity. When the multidrop mode is programmed, this bit stores the received A/D bit. This bit is valid only when the RxRDY bit is set. 0 = No parity error has occurred. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.com OE -- Overrun Error 1 = One or more characters in the received data stream have been lost. This bit is set on receipt of a new character when the FIFO is full and a character is already in the shift register waiting for an empty FIFO position. When this occurs, the character in the receiver-shift register and its break-detect, framing-error status, and parity error, if any, are lost. The reset-error status command in the UCR clears this bit. 0 = No overrun has occurred. .com DataShee .com 12-22 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules TxEMP -- Transmitter Empty 1 = The transmitter has underrun (both the transmitter holding register and transmitter shift registers are empty). This bit is set after transmission of the last stop bit of a character if there are no characters in the transmitter-holding register awaiting transmission. 0 = The transmitter buffer is not empty. Either a character is currently being shifted out or the transmitter is disabled. You can enable/disable the transmitter by programming the TCx bits in the UCR. TxRDY -- Transmitter Ready 1 = The transmitter-holding register is empty and ready to be loaded with a character. This bit is set when the character is transferred to the transmitter shift register. This bit is also set when the transmitter is first enabled. Characters loaded into the transmitter holding register while the transmitter is disabled are not transmitted. 0 = The CPU has loaded the transmitter-holding register or the transmitter is disabled. FFULL -- FIFO Full 1 = Three characters have been received and are waiting in the receiver buffer FIFO. 0 = The FIFO is not full but can contain as many as two unread characters. RxRDY -- Receiver Ready .com 1 = One or more characters have been received and are waiting in the receiver buffer FIFO. 0 = The CPU has read the receiver buffer and no characters remain in the FIFO after this read. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-23 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 12.4.1.4 CLOCK-SELECT REGISTER (UCSR). The UCSR selects the internal clock (timer mode) or the external clock in synchronous or asynchronous mode. To use the timer mode for either the receiver and transmitter channel, program the UCSR to the value $DD. The transmitter and receiver can be programmed to different clock sources. UCSR 7 RCS3 RESET: 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 6 RCS2 5 RCS1 4 RCS0 3 TCS3 2 TCS2 MBAR + $184 1 TCS1 0 TCS0 WRITE ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RCS3-RCS0 -- Receiver Clock Select These bits select the clock source for the receiver channel. Table 12-6 details the register bits necessary for each mode. Table 12-6. RCSx Control Bits RCS3 1 1 1 RCS2 1 1 1 RCS1 0 1 1 RCS0 1 0 1 MODE TIMER Ext. clk. x 16 Ext. clk. x 1 t4U.com DataShee .com TCS3-TCS0 -- Transmitter Clock Select These bits determine the clock source of the UART transmitter channel. Table 12-7. TCSx Control Bits TCS3 1 1 1 TCS2 1 1 1 TCS1 0 1 1 TCS0 1 0 1 SET 1 TIMER Ext. clk. x 16 Ext. clk. x 1 12.4.1.5 COMMAND REGISTER (UCR). The UCR supplies commands to the UART. You can specify multiple commands in a single write to the UCR if the commands are not conflicting - e.g., reset-transmitter and enable-transmitter commands cannot be specified in a single command. UCR 7 -- RESET: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 5 4 3 TC1 2 TC0 MBAR + $188 1 RC1 0 RC0 MISC2 MISC1 MISC0 WRITE ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER .com 12-24 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. MISC3-MISC0 -- Miscellaneous Commands These bits select a single command as listed in Table 12-8. Table 12-8. MISCx Control Bits MISC2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 MISC1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 MISC0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 COMMAND No Command Reset Mode Register Pointer Reset Receiver Reset Transmitter Reset Error Status Reset Break-Change Interrupt Start Break Stop Break UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The commands are described as follows: Reset Mode Register Pointer The reset mode register pointer command causes the mode register pointer to point to UMR1. Reset Receiver The reset receiver command resets the receiver. The receiver is immediately disabled, .com the FFULL and RxRDY bits in the USR are cleared, and the receiver FIFO pointer is reinitialized. All other registers are unaltered. Use this command instead of the receiverdisable command whenever the receiver configuration is changed (it places the receiver in a known state). Reset Transmitter The reset transmitter command resets the transmitter. The transmitter is immediately disabled and the TxEMP and TxRDY bits in the USR are cleared. All other registers are unaltered. Use this command instead of the transmitter-disable command whenever the transmitter configuration is changed (it places the transmitter in a known state). Reset Error Status The reset error status command clears the RB, FE, PE, and OE bits in the USR. This command is also used in the block mode to clear all error bits after a data block is received. Reset Break-Change Interrupt The reset break-change interrupt command clears the delta break (DBx) bit in the UISR. t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-25 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Start Break The start break command forces TxD low. If the transmitter is empty, the start of the break conditions can be delayed by as much as two bit times. If the transmitter is active, the break begins when transmission of the character is complete. If a character is in the transmitter shift register, the start of the break is delayed until the character is transmitted. If the transmitter holding register has a character, that character is transmitted before the break. The transmitter must be enabled for this command to be accepted. The state of the CTS input is ignored for this command. Stop Break Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The stop break command causes TxD to go high (mark) within two bit times. Characters stored in the transmitter buffer, if any, are transmitted. TC1-TC0 -- Transmitter Commands These bits select a single command as listed in Table 12-9. Table 12-9. TCx Control Bits TC1 0 0 1 1 TC0 COMMAND 0 No Action Taken 1 Transmitter Enable 0 Transmitter Disable 1 Do Not .com Use t4U.com DataShee The definitions of the transmitter command options are as follows: No Action Taken The ``no action taken'' command causes the transmitter to stay in its current mode. If the transmitter is enabled, it remains enabled; if disabled, it remains disabled. Transmitter Enable The ``transmitter enable'' command enables operation of the channel's transmitter. The TxEMP and TxRDY bits in the USR are also set. If the transmitter is already enabled, this command has no effect. Transmitter Disable The ``transmitter disable'' command terminates transmitter operation and clears the TxEMP and TxRDY bits in the USR. However, if a character is being transmitted when the transmitter is disabled, the transmission of the character is completed before the transmitter becomes inactive. If the transmitter is already disabled, this command has no effect. .com 12-26 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Do Not Use Do not use this bit combination because the result is indeterminate. RC1-RC0 -- Receiver Commands These bits select a single command as listed in Table 12-10. Table 12-10. RCx Control Bits RC1 0 0 1 1 RC0 0 1 0 1 COMMAND No Action Taken Receiver Enable Receiver Disable Do Not Use UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... No Action Taken The ``no action taken'' command causes the receiver to stay in its current mode. If the receiver is enabled, it remains enabled; if disabled, it remains disabled. Receiver Enable The ``receiver enable'' command enables operation of the channel's receiver. If the UART module is not in multidrop mode, this command also forces the receiver into the searchfor-start-bit state. If the receiver is already enabled, this command has no effect. .com Receiver Disable The ``receiver disable'' command immediately disables the receiver. Any character being received is lost. The command has no effect on the receiver status bits or any other control register. If the UART module is programmed to operate in the local loopback mode or multidrop mode, the receiver operates even though this command is selected. If the receiver is already disabled, this command has no effect. Do Not Use Do not use this bit combination because the result is indeterminate. 12.4.1.6 RECEIVER BUFFER (URB). The receiver buffer contains three receiverholding registers and a serial shift register. The RxD pin is connected to the serial shift register while the holding registers act as a FIFO. The CPU reads from the top of the stack t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-27 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. while the receiver shifts and updates from the bottom of the stack when the shift register has been filled (see Figure 12-4). URB 7 RB7 RESET: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6 RB6 5 RB5 4 RB4 3 RB3 2 RB2 MBAR + $18C 1 RB1 0 RB0 READ ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER RB7-RB0 -- These bits contain the character in the receiver buffer. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 12.4.1.7 TRANSMITTER BUFFER (UTB). The transmitter buffer consists of two registers: the transmitter-holding register and the transmitter shift register (see Figure 124). The holding register accepts characters from the bus master if the TxRDY bit in the channel's USR is set. A write to the transmitter buffer clears the TxRDY bit, inhibiting additional characters until the shift register is ready to accept more data. When the shift register is empty, it checks the holding register for a valid character to be sent (TxRDY bit cleared). If a valid character is present, the shift register loads the character and reasserts the TxRDY bit in the USR. Writes to the transmitter buffer when the channel's UART Status Register (USR) TxRDY bit is clear and when the transmitter is disabled have no effect on the transmitter buffer. UTB 7 TB7 RESET: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 TB6 5 TB5 DataShee .com 4 TB4 3 TB3 2 TB2 MBAR + $18C 1 TB1 0 TB0 WRITE ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER TB7-TB0 -- These bits contain the character in the transmitter buffer. 12.4.1.8 INPUT PORT CHANGE REGISTER (UIPCR). The UIPCR shows the current state and the change-of-state for the CTS pin. UIPCR 7 0 RESET: 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 0 5 0 4 COS 3 1 2 1 MBAR + $190 1 1 0 CTS READ ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER .com 12-28 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bits 7, 6, 5, 3, 2, 1 -- Reserved by Motorola. UART Modules COS -- Change-of-State 1 = A change-of-state (high-to-low or low-to-high transition), lasting longer than 25- 50 s has occurred at the CTS input. When this bit is set, you can program the UART Auxiliary Control Register (UACR) to generate an interrupt to the CPU. 0 = No change-of-state has occurred since the last time the CPU read the UART Input Port Change Register (UIPCR). A read of the UIPCR also clears the UART Interrupt Status Register (UISR)COS bit. CTS -- Current State Starting two serial clock periods after reset, the CTS bit reflects the state of the CTS pin. If the CTS pin is detected as asserted at that time, the COS bit is set, which initiates an interrupt if the Input Enable Control (IEC) bit of the UACR register is enabled. 1 = The current state of the CTS input is logic one. 0 = The current state of the CTS input is logic zero. 12.4.1.9 AUXILIARY CONTROL REGISTER (UACR). UACR 7 RESET: Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MBAR + $190 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 IEC t4U.com DataShee .com 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SUPERVISOR OR USER 0 WRITE ONLY IEC -- Input Enable Control 1 = UISR bit 7 is set and generates an interrupt when the COS bit in the UART Input Port Change Register (UIPCR) is set by an external transition on the CTS input (if bit 7 of the interrupt mask register (UIMR) is set to enable interrupts). 0 = Setting the corresponding bit in the UIPCR has no effect on UISR bit 7. 12.4.1.10 INTERRUPT STATUS REGISTER (UISR). The UISR provides enables for all potential interrupt sources. The UART Interrupt Mask Register (UIMR) masks the contents of this register. If a flag in the UISR is set and the corresponding bit in UIMR is also set, the internal interrupt output is asserted. If the corresponding bit in the UIMR is cleared, the state of the bit in the UISR has no effect on the interrupt output. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-29 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE The UIMR does not mask reading of the UISR. True status is provided regardless of the contents of UIMR. A UART module reset clears the contents of UISR. UISR 7 COS RESET: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 -- 5 -- 4 -- 3 -- 2 DB MBAR + $194 1 0 RXRDY TXRDY READ ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... COS -- Change-of-State 1 = A change-of-state has occurred at the CTS input and has been selected to cause an interrupt by programming bit 0 of the UACR. 0 = COS bit in the UIPCR is not selected. DB -- Delta Break 1 = The receiver has detected the beginning or end of a received break. 0 = No new break-change condition to report. Refer to Section 12.4.1.5 Command Register (UCR) for more information on the reset break-change interrupt command. RxRDY -- Receiver Ready or FIFO Full UMR1 bit 6 programs the function of this bit. It is a duplicate of either the FFULL or RxRDY bit of USR. TxRDY -- Transmitter Ready This bit is the duplication of the TxRDY bit in USR. 1 = The transmitter holding register is empty and ready to be loaded with a character. 0 = The CPU loads the transmitter-holding register or the transmitter is disabled. Characters loaded into the transmitter-holding register when TxRDY=0 are not transmitted. 12.4.1.11 INTERRUPT MASK REGISTER (UIMR). The UIMR selects the corresponding bits in the UISR that cause an interrupt. By setting the bit, the interrupt is enabled. If one of the bits in the UISR is set and the corresponding bit in the UIMR is also set, the internal interrupt output is asserted. If the corresponding bit in the UIMR is zero, .com t4U.com DataShee .com 12-30 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules the state of the bit in the UISR has no effect on the interrupt output. The UIMR does not mask the reading of the UISR. UIMR 7 COS RESET: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 -- 5 -- 4 -- 3 -- 2 DB MBAR + $194 1 FFULL 0 TXRDY WRITE ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... COS -- Change-of-State 1 = Enable interrupt 0 = Disable interrupt DB -- Delta Break 1 = Enable interrupt 0 = Disable interrupt FFULL -- FIFO Full 1 = Enable interrupt 0 = Disable interrupt TxRDY -- Transmitter Ready 1 = Enable interrupt 0 = Disable interrupt .com t4U.com DataShee 12.4.1.12 TIMER UPPER PRELOAD REGISTER 1 (UBG1). This register holds the eight most significant bits of the preload value the timer uses for providing a given baud rate. The minimum value that can be loaded on the concatenation of UBG1 with UBG2 is $0002. This register is write only and cannot be read by the CPU. 12.4.1.13 TIMER UPPER PRELOAD REGISTER 2 (UBG2). This register holds the eight least significant bits of the preload value the timer uses for providing a given baud rate. The minimum value that can be loaded on the concatenation of UBG1 with UBG2 is $0002. This register is write only and cannot be read by the CPU. 12.4.1.14 INTERRUPT VECTOR REGISTER (UIVR). The UIVR contains the 8-bit vector number of the internal interrupt. UIVR 7 IVR7 RESET: 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 6 IVR6 5 IVR5 4 IVR4 3 IVR3 2 IVR2 MBAR + $1B0 1 IVR1 0 IVR0 READ/WRITE SUPERVISOR OR USER .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-31 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. IVR7-IVR0 -- Interrupt Vector Bits This 8-bit number indicates the offset from the base of the vector table where the address of the exception handler for the specified interrupt is located. The UIVR is reset to $0F, which indicates an uninitialized interrupt condition. 12.4.1.14.1 Input Port Register (UIP). The UIP register shows the current state of the CTS input. UIP 7 -- 6 -- 5 -- 4 -- 3 -- 2 -- MBAR + $1B4 1 -- 0 CTS Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RESET: 1 READ ONLY 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SUPERVISOR OR USER CTS -- Current State 1 = The current state of the CTS input is logic one. 0 = The current state of the CTS input is logic zero. The information contained in this bit is latched and reflects the state of the input pin at the time that the UIP is read. NOTE .com This bit has the same function and value as the UIPCR bit 0. 12.4.1.14.2 Output Port Data Registers (UOP1, UOP0). The RTS output is set by a bit set command (writing to UOP1) and is cleared by a bit reset command (writing to UOP0). UOP1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 MBAR + $148 0 RTS RESET: -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 0 t4U.com DataShee WRITE ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER RTS -- Output Port Parallel Output 1 = A write cycle to the OPset address asserts the RTS signal. 0 = This bit is not affected by writing a zero to this address. NOTE The output port bits are inverted at the pins so the RTS set bit provides an asserted RTS pin. .com 12-32 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bit Reset UOP0 7 -- RESET: -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 6 -- 5 -- 4 -- 3 -- 2 -- 1 -- MBAR + $1BC 0 RTS UART Modules WRITE ONLY SUPERVISOR OR USER RTS -- Output Port Parallel Output 1 = A write cycle to the OP bit reset address negates RTS. 0 = This bit is not affected by writing a zero to this address. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 12.4.2 Programming Figure 11-9 shows the basic interface software flowchart required for operation of the UART module. The routines are divided into these three categories: 1. UART Module Initialization 2. I/O Driver 3. Interrupt Handling 12.4.2.1 UART MODULE INITIALIZATION. The UART module initialization routines consist of SINIT and CHCHK. SINIT is called at system initialization time to check UART .com operation. Before SINIT is called, the calling routine allocates two words on the system stack. On return to the calling routine, SINIT passes information on the system stack to reflect the status of the UART. If SINIT finds no errors, the receiver and transmitter are enabled. The CHCHK routine performs the actual checks as called from the SINIT routine. When called, SINIT places the UART in the local loopback mode and checks for the following errors: * Transmitter Never Ready * Receiver Never Ready * Parity Error * Incorrect Character Received 12.4.2.2 I/O DRIVER EXAMPLE. The I/O driver routines consist of INCH and OUTCH. INCH is the terminal input character routine and obtains a character from the receiver. OUTCH is sends a character to the transmitter. 12.4.2.3 INTERRUPT HANDLING. The interrupt-handling routine consists of SIRQ, which is executed after the UART module generates an interrupt caused by a change in break (beginning of a break). SIRQ then clears the interrupt source, waits for the next change-in-break interrupt (end of break), clears the interrupt source again, then returns from exception processing to the system monitor. t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-33 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 12.5 UART MODULE INITIALIZATION SEQUENCE The following steps are required to properly initialize the UART module: Command Register (UCR) 1. Reset the receiver and transmitter. 2. Program the vector number for a UART module interrupt. However, if the UART Interrupt Control Register (ICR_U1) is programmed to generate an autovector, the UART Interrupt Vector Register (UIVR) must be programmed with an autovector number. Interrupt Mask Register (UIMR) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. Enable the desired interrupt sources. Auxiliary Control Register (UACR) 1. Initialize the Input Enable Control (IEC) bit. 2. Select timer mode and clock source, if necessary. Clock Select Register (UCSR) 1. Select the receiver and transmitter clock. Use timer as source, if required. .com t4U.com DataShee Mode Register 1 (UMR1) 1. If required, program operation of Receiver Ready-to-Send (RxRTS Bit). 2. Select Receiver-Ready or FIFO-Full Notification (R/F Bit). 3. Select character or block-error mode (ERR Bit). 4. Select parity mode and type (PM and PT Bits). 5. Select number of bits per character (B/Cx Bits). Mode Register 2 (UMR2) 1. Select the mode of operation (CMx bits). 2. If required, program operation of Transmitter Ready-to-Send (TxRTS Bit). 3. If required, program operation of Clear-to-Send (TxCTS Bit). 4. Select stop-bit length (SBx Bits). Command Register (UCR) Enable the receiver and transmitter. .com 12-34 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules ENABLA ENABLE SERIAL MODULE SINIT INITIATE: CHANNEL INTERRUPTS ENABLE RECEIVER ANY ERRORS ? N Y Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CHK1 CALL CHCHK ASSERT REQUEST TO SEND SINITR RETURN SAVE CHANNEL STATUS t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 11-9. UART Software Flowchart (1 of 5) .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-35 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CHCHK CHCHK PLACE CHANNEL IN LOCAL LOOPBACK MODE (NOTE: IN LOOPBACK MODE TRANSMITTER MUST BE ENABLED, NOT RECEIVER) ENABLE TRANSMITTER CLEAR STATUS WORD Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TxCHK N IS TRANSMITTER READY ? N SNDCHR N Y WAITED TOO LONG ? Y SET TRANSMITTERNEVER-READY FLAG Y t4U.com SEND CHARACTER TO TRANSMITTER RxCHK HAS CHARACTER BEEN RECEIVED ? Y DataShee .com N WAITED TOO LONG ? SET RECEIVERNEVER-READY FLAG N Y A B Figure 11-9. UART Software Flowchart (2 of 5) .com 12-36 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules A FRCHK HAVE FRAMING ERROR ? Y SET FRAMING ERROR FLAG PRCHK RSTCHN B N DISABLE TRANSMITTER RESTORE TO ORIGINAL MODE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RETURN HAVE PARITY ERROR ? Y SET PARITY ERROR FLAG A CHRCHK GET CHARACTER FROM RECEIVER N t4U.com DataShee .com SAME AS TRANSMITTED CHARACTER ? N SET INCORRECT CHARACTER FLAG Y B .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-37 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SIRQ ABRKI WAS IRQ CAUSED BY BEGINNING OF A BREAK ? Y CLEAR CHANGE-INBREAK STATUS BIT ABRKI1 INCH N DOES CHANNEL A RECEIVER HAVE A CHARACTER ? Y PLACE CHARACTER IN D0 N Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... HAS END-OF-BREAK IRQ ARRIVED YET ? Y CLEAR CHANGE-INBREAK STATUS BIT RETURN N t4U.com REMOVE BREAK CHARACTER FROM RECEIVER FIFO DataShee .com REPLACE RETURN ADDRESS ON SYSTEM STACK AND MONITOR WARM START ADDRESS SIRQR RTE .com 12-38 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. UART Modules OUTCH IS TRANSMITTER READY ? Y N Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... SEND CHARACTER TO TRANSMITTER RETURN t4U.com Figure 11-9. UART Software Flowchart (5 of 5) .com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 12-39 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com UART Modules Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 12-40 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 SECTION 13 M-BUS MODULE 13.1 OVERVIEW Motorola bus (M-Bus) is a two-wire, bidirectional serial bus that provides a simple, efficient method of data exchange between devices. It is compatible with the widely used I2C bus standard1. This two-wire bus minimizes the interconnection between devices. 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... This bus is suitable for applications requiring occasional communications over a short distance between many devices. The flexible M-Bus allows additional devices to be connected to the bus for expansion and system development. The interface operates up to 100 kbps with maximum bus loading and timing. The M-Bus system is a true multimaster bus including collision detection and arbitration that prevents data corruption if two or more masters attempt to control the bus simultaneously. This feature allows for complex applications with multiprocessor control. It can also be used for rapid testing and alignment of end products via external connections to an assembly line .com computer. t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 13.2 INTERFACE FEATURES The M-Bus module has the following key features: * Compatibility with I2C Bus standard * Multimaster operation * Software-programmable for one of 64 different serial clock frequencies * Software-selectable acknowledge bit * Interrupt-driven byte-by-byte data transfer * Arbitration-lost interrupt with automatic mode switching from master to slave * Calling address identification interrupt * Start and stop signal generation/detection * Repeated START signal generation * Acknowledge bit generation/detection * Bus-busy detection 1. 2 I C-Bus is a proprietary Phillips interface bus. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-1 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 A block diagram of the complete M-Bus Module is shown in Figure 13-1. ADDR IRQ DATA REGISTERS AND COLDFIRE INTERFACE ADDR_DECODE DATA_MUX 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CTRL_REG FREQ_REG ADDR_REG STATUS_REG DATA_REG 6 7 INPUT SYNC START, STOP, AND ARBITRATION CONTROL IN/OUT DATA SHIFT REGISTER t4 8.com U 9 CLOCK CONTROL DataShee .com ADDRESS COMPARE 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SCL SDA Figure 13-1. M-Bus Module Block Diagram 13.3 M-BUS SYSTEM CONFIGURATION The M-Bus system uses a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL) for data transfer. All devices connected to these two signals must have open drain or open collector outputs. The logic AND function is exercised on both lines with pullup resistors. The default state of the M-Bus is as a slave receiver out of reset. Thus, when not programmed to be a master or responding to a slave transmit address, the M-Bus should always return to the default state of slave receiver. .com 13-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE For further information on M-Bus system configuration, protocol, and restrictions please refer to the Philip's I2C Standard M-Bus Module 1 2 3 4 13.4 M-BUS PROTOCOL Normally, a standard communication is composed of four parts: (1) START signal, (2) slave address transmission, (3) data transfer, and (4) STOP signal. They are described briefly in the following sections and illustrated in Figure 13-2. MSB SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LSB 8 9 MSB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LSB 8 9 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... SDA AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 R/W XXX D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 6 NO STOP ACK SIGNAL BIT START SIGNAL CALLING ADDRESS READ/ ACK WRITE BIT DATA BYTE 7 8 MSB SCL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LSB 8 9 MSB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 LSB 8 9 t4U.com DataShee .com SDA AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 R/W XX AD7 AD6 AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 R/W 9 10 11 START SIGNAL CALLING ADDRESS READ/ ACK WRITE BIT REPEATED START SIGNAL NEW CALLING ADDRESS READ/WRITE NO STOP ACK SIGNAL BIT Figure 13-2. M-Bus Standard Communication Protocol 13.4.1 START Signal When the bus is free, i.e., no master device is engaging the bus (both SCL and SDA lines are at logic high), a master can initiate communication by sending a START signal. As shown in Figure 13-2, a START signal is defined as a high-to-low transition of SDA while SCL is high. This signal denotes the beginning of a new data transfer (each data transfer can contain several bytes of data) and awakens all slaves. 12 13 14 13.4.2 Slave Address Transmission The first byte of data transferred by the master immediately after the START signal is the slave address. This is a seven-bit calling address followed by a R/W bit. The R/W bit tells the slave data transfer direction. No two slaves in the system can have the same address. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-3 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 In addition, if the MCF5206E is master, it must not transmit an address that is equal to its slave address. The MCF5206E cannot be master and slave at the same time. Only the slave with a calling address that matches the one transmitted by the master will responds by returning an acknowledge bit by pulling the SDA low at the 9th clock (see Figure 13-2). 13.4.3 Data Transfer 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Once successful slave addressing is achieved, the data transfer can proceed on a byte-bybyte basis in the direction specified by the R/W bit sent by the calling master. Each data byte is 8 bits long. Data can be changed only while SCL is low and must be held stable while SCL is high, as shown in Figure 13-2. There is one clock pulse on SCL for each data bit with the MSB being transferred first. Each byte data must be followed by an acknowledge bit, which is signalled from the receiving device by pulling the SDA low at the ninth clock. One complete data byte transfer needs nine clock pulses. If the slave receiver does not acknowledge the master, the SDA line must be left high by the slave. The master can then generate a stop signal to abort the data transfer or a start signal (repeated start) to commence a new calling. If the master receiver does not acknowledge the slave transmitter after a byte transmission, it means'`end of data'' to the slave. The slave releases the SDA line for the master to generate STOP or START signal. 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee 13.4.4 Repeated START Signal .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 As shown in Figure 13-2, a repeated START signal is a START signal generated without first generating a STOP signal to terminate the communication. The master uses this method to communicate with another slave or with the same slave in different mode (transmit/receive mode) without releasing the bus. 13.4.5 STOP Signal The master can terminate the communication by generating a STOP signal to free the bus. However, the master can generate a repeated START by issuing a START signal followed by a calling command without generating a STOP signal first. This is called repeated START. A STOP signal is defined as a low-to-high transition of SDA while SCL at logical "1" (see Figure 13-2). Note that a master can generate a STOP even if the slave has done an acknowledgment at which point the slave must release the bus. 13.4.6 Arbitration Procedure M-Bus is a true multimaster bus that allows more than one master to be connected on it. If two or more masters try to simultaneously control the bus, a clock synchronization procedure determines the bus clock, for which the low period is equal to the longest clock low period and the high is equal to the shortest one among the masters. A data arbitration procedure determines the relative priority of the contending masters. A bus master loses arbitration if it transmits logic "1" while another master transmits logic "0." The losing masters .com 13-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. M-Bus Module immediately switch over to slave-receive mode and stop driving SDA output. In this case, the transition from master to slave mode does not generate a STOP condition. Meanwhile, hardware sets a status bit to indicate loss of arbitration. 1 2 3 4 13.4.7 Clock Synchronization Because wire-AND logic is performed on SCL line, a high-to-low transition on SCL line affects all the devices connected on the bus. The devices start counting their low period when the master drives the SCL line low. Once a device clock has gone low, it holds the SCL line low until the clock high state is reached. However, the change of low to high in this device clock may not change the state of the SCL line if another device clock is still within its low period. Therefore, synchronized clock SCL is held low by the device with the longest low period. Devices with shorter low periods enter a high wait state during this time (see Figure 13-3). When all devices concerned have counted off their low period, the synchronized clock SCL line is released and pulled high. There is then no difference between the device clocks and the state of the SCL line and all the devices start counting their high periods. The first device to complete its high period pulls the SCL line low again. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 WAIT SCL1 START COUNTING HIGH PERIOD t4U.com SCL2 DataShee .com 9 10 SCL INTERNAL COUNTER RESET 11 12 13 14 Figure 13-3. Synchronized Clock SCL 13.4.8 Handshaking The clock synchronization mechanism can be used as a handshake in data transfer. Slave devices can hold the SCL low after completion of one byte transfer (9 bits). In such cases, it halts the bus clock and forces the master clock into wait states until the slave releases the SCL line. 13.4.9 Clock Stretching Slaves can use the clock synchronization mechanism to slow down the transfer bit rate. After the master has driven SCL low the slave can drive SCL low for the required period and .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-5 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 then release it. If the slave SCL low period is greater than the master SCL low period, the resulting SCL bus signal low period is stretched. 13.5 PROGRAMMING MODEL Five registers are used in the M-Bus interface and the internal configuration of these registers is discussed in the following paragraphs.The programmer's model of the M-Bus interface is shown below in Table 13-1. 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Table 13-1. M-Bus Interface Programmer's Model ADDRESS MBAR+$1E0 MBAR+$1E4 MBAR+$1E8 MBAR+$1EC MBAR+$1F0 M-BUS MODULE REGISTERS M-Bus Address register (MADR) M-Bus Frequency Divider Register (MFDR) M-Bus Control Register (MBCR) M-Bus Status Register (MBSR) M-Bus Data I/O Register (MBDR) 6 7 8 A block diagram of the M-Bus system is shown in Figure 13-1. 13.5.1 M-Bus Address Register (MADR) This register contains the address the M-Bus responds to when addressed as a slave; note that it is not the address sent on the bus during the address transfer. M-Bus Address Register (MADR) 7 ADR7 RESET 0 Read/Write 6 ADR6 0 Address MBAR+$1E0 2 ADR2 0 1 ADR1 0 0 0 ADR3 0 t4U.com DataShee 9 .com 5 4 3 ADR5 0 ADR4 0 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Supervisor or User Mode ADR7-ADR1 -- Slave Address Bit 1 to bit 7 contain the specific slave address to be used by the M-Bus module. NOTE The default mode of M-Bus is slave mode for an address match on the bus. 13.5.2 M-Bus Frequency Divider Register (MFDR) M-Bus Frequency Divider Register (MFDR) 7 RESET 0 Read/Write 6 0 5 MBC5 0 4 MBC4 0 3 MBC3 0 Address MBAR+$1E4 2 MBC2 0 1 MBC1 0 0 MBC0 0 Supervisor or User Mode MBC5-MBC0 -- M-Bus Clock Rate 5-0 This field is used to prescale the clock for bit rate selection. Due to the potential slow rise and fall times of the SCL and SDA signals, the bus signals are sampled at the prescaler 13-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. M-Bus Module frequency. The serial bit clock frequency is equal to the CPU clock divided as shown in Table 13-2, which also shows the serial bit clock frequency for a 33 MHz internal operating frequency2. Note that the MFDR frequency value can be changed at any point in a program. Table 13-2. MBUS Prescaler Values MBC5-0 (HEX) 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F DIVIDER (DEC) MBC5-0 (HEX) DIVIDER (DEC) 20 22 24 26 28 32 36 40 48 56 64 72 80 96 112 128 160 192 224 256 320 384 448 512 640 768 896 1024 1280 1536 1792 2048 1 2 3 4 t4U.com 28 20 30 21 34 22 40 23 44 24 48 25 56 26 68 27 80 28 88 29 104 2A 128 2B 144 2C 160 2D 192 2E 240 2F 288 .com30 320 31 384 32 480 33 576 34 640 35 768 36 960 37 1152 38 1280 39 1536 3A 1920 3B 2304 3C 2560 3D 3072 3E 3840 3F Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 2. In previous implementations of the M-Bus (e.g., MC68307), the MBC[5] bit was not implemented. Clearing this bit in software maintains complete compatibility with such products. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-7 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 13.5.3 M-Bus Control Register (MBCR) M-Bus Control Register (MBCR) 7 MEN RESET 0 Read/Write 6 MIEN 0 5 MSTA 0 4 MTX 0 3 TXAK 0 2 RSTA 0 Address MBAR+$1E8 1 0 0 0 Supervisor or User Mode 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MEN -- M-Bus Enable This bit controls the software reset of the entire M-Bus module. 1 = The M-Bus module is enabled. This bit must be set before any other MBCR bits have any effect. 0 = The module is reset and disabled. This is the power-on reset situation. When low, the interface is held in reset but registers can still be accessed. If the M-Bus module is enabled in the middle of a byte transfer, the interface behaves as follows: the slave mode ignores the current transfer on the bus and starts operating whenever a subsequent start condition is detected. Master mode will not be aware that the bus is busy; therefore, if a start cycle is initiated, the current bus cycle can become corrupt. This would ultimately result in either the current bus master or the M-Bus module losing arbitration, after which bus operation would return to normal. MIEN -- M-Bus Interrupt Enable 1 = Interrupts from the M-Bus module are enabled. An M-Bus interrupt occurs provided .com the MIF bit in the status register is also set. 0 = Interrupts from the M-Bus module are disabled. This does not clear any currently pending interrupt condition. MSTA -- Master/Slave Mode Select Bit At reset, this bit is cleared. When this bit is changed from 0 to 1, a START signal is generated on the bus, and the master mode is selected. When this bit is changed from 1 to 0, a STOP signal is generated and the operation mode changes from master to slave. MSTA is cleared without generating a STOP signal when the master loses arbitration. 1 = Master Mode 0 = Slave Mode MTX -- Transmit/Receive mode select bit This bit selects the direction of master and slave transfers. When addressed as a slave this bit should be set by software according to the SRW bit in the status register. In master mode, this bit should be set according to the type of transfer required. Therefore, for address cycles, this bit is always high. 1 = Transmit 0 = Receive 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 13-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. M-Bus Module TXAK -- Transmit Acknowledge Enable This bit specifies the value driven onto SDA during acknowledge cycles for both master and slave receivers. Note that writing this bit only applies when the M-Bus is a receiver, not a transmitter. 1 = No acknowledge signal response is sent (i.e., acknowledge bit = 1) 0 = An acknowledge signal is sent out to the bus at the 9th clock bit after receiving one byte data RSTA -- Repeat Start Writing a 1 to this bit generates a repeated START condition on the bus, provided it is the current bus master. This bit is always read as a low. Attempting a repeated start when the bus is owned by another master results in loss of arbitration. Note that this bit is not readable. 1 = Generate repeat start cycle 1 2 3 4 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 13.5.4 M-Bus Status Register (MBSR) This status register is read-only with the exception of bit 1 (MIF) and bit 4 (MAL), which can be cleared by software. All bits are cleared on reset except bit 7 (MCF) and bit 0 (RXAK), which are set (=1) at reset. M-Bus Status Register (MBSR) 7 MCF RESET 1 Read/Write 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 0 2 SRW 0 MAAS .com MBB MAL Address MBAR+$1EC 1 MIF 0 0 RXAK 1 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 Supervisor or User Mode MCF -- Data Transferring Bit While one byte of data is being transferred, this bit is cleared. It is set by the falling edge of the 9th clock of a byte transfer. 1 = Transfer complete 0 = Transfer in progress MAAS -- Addressed as a Slave Bit When its own specific address (M-Bus Address Register) is matched with the calling address, this bit is set. The CPU is interrupted provided the MIEN is set. Next, the CPU must check the SRW bit and set its TX/RX mode accordingly. Writing to the M-Bus Control Register clears this bit. 1 = Addressed as a slave 0 = Not addressed .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-9 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 MBB -- Bus Busy Bit This bit indicates the status of the bus. When a START signal is detected, the MBB is set. If a STOP signal is detected, it is cleared. 1 = Bus is busy 0 = Bus is idle MAL -- Arbitration Lost Hardware sets the arbitration lost bit (MAL) when the arbitration procedure is lost. Arbitration is lost in the following circumstances: 1. SDA sampled as low when the master drives a high during an address or data-transmit cycle. 2. SDA sampled as a low when the master drives a high during the acknowledge bit of a data-receive cycle. 3. A start cycle is attempted when the bus is busy. 4. A repeated start cycle is requested in slave mode. 5. A stop condition is detected when the master did not request it. This bit must be cleared by software by writing a low to it. SRW -- Slave Read/Write When MAAS is set, this bit indicates the value of the R/W command bit of the calling address sent from the master. This bit is valid .comcomplete transfer has occurred and no only when 1) a other transfers have been initiated and 2) M-Bus is a slave and has an address match. Checking this bit, the CPU can select slave transmit/receive mode according to the command of the master. 1 = Slave transmit, master reading from slave 0 = Slave receive, master writing to slave MIF -- M-Bus Interrupt The MIF bit is set when an interrupt is pending, which causes a processor interrupt request (provided MIEN is set). MIF is set when one of the following events occurs: 1. Complete one byte transfer (set at the falling edge of the 9th clock) 2. Receive a calling address that matches its own specific address in slave-receive mode 3. Arbitration lost 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 This bit must be cleared by software by writing a low to it in the interrupt routine. RXAK -- Received Acknowledge The value of SDA during the acknowledge bit of a bus cycle. If the received acknowledge bit (RXAK) is low, it indicates an acknowledge signal has been received after the completion of .com 13-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. M-Bus Module 8 bits data transmission on the bus. If RXAK is high, it means no acknowledge signal has been detected at the 9th clock. 1 = No acknowledge received 0 = Acknowledge received 1 2 3 13.5.5 M-Bus Data I/O Register (MBDR) M-Bus Data I/O Register (MBDR) 7 D7 RESET 0 Read/Write 6 D6 0 5 D5 0 4 D4 0 3 D3 0 Address MBAR+$1F0 2 D2 0 1 D1 0 0 D0 0 4 Supervisor or User Mode Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... When an address and R/W bit is written to the MBDR and the M-Bus is the master, a transmission starts. When data is written to the MBDR, a data transfer is initiated. The most significant bit is sent first in both cases. In the master receive mode, reading the MBDR register allows the read to occur but also initiates next byte data receiving. In slave mode, the same function is available after it is addressed. 6 7 8 13.6 M-BUS PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES 13.6.1 Initialization Sequence Reset will put the M-Bus Control Register to its default status. Before the interface can transfer serial data, you must perform an initialization procedure as follows: .com t4U.com DataShee 1. Update the Frequency Divider Register (MFDR) and select the required division ratio to obtain SCL frequency from system clock. 2. Update the M-Bus Address Register (MADR) to define its slave address. 3. Set the MEN bit of the M-Bus Control Register (MBCR) to enable the M-Bus interface system. 4. Modify the bits of the M-Bus Control Register (MBCR) to select master/slave mode, transmit/receive mode, and interrupt enable or not. 9 10 11 12 13 14 13.6.2 Generation of START After completion of the initialization procedure, you can transmit serial data by selecting the '`master transmitter'' mode. If the device is connected to a multi-master bus system, you must test the state of the M-Bus Busy Bit (MBB) to check whether the serial bus is free. If the bus is free (MBB=0), the start condition and the first byte (the slave address) can be sent. The data written to the data register comprises the slave-calling address and the LSB set to indicate the direction of transfer required from the slave. The bus free time (i.e., the time between a STOP condition and the following START condition) is built into the hardware that generates the START cycle. Depending on the relative frequencies of the system clock and the SCL period, you may have to wait until the .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-11 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 M-Bus is busy after writing the calling address to the MBDR before proceeding with the following instructions. An example of a program that generates the START signal and transmits the first byte of data (slave address) is shown below: CHFLAGMOVE.BMBSR,-(A7); CHECK THE MBB BIT OF THE BTST.B#5, (A7)+ BNE.SCHFLAG; STATUS REGISTER. IF IT IS ; SET, WAIT UNTIL IT IS CLEAR TXSTARTMOVE.BMBCR,-(A7); SET TRANSMIT MODE BSET.B#4,(A7) MOVE.B(A7)+, MBCR MOVE.BMBCR, -(A7);SET MASTER MODE BSET.B#5, (A7); i.e. GENERATE START CONDITION MOVE.B(A7)+, MBCR; MOVE.BCALLING,-(A7); TRANSMIT THE CALLING MOVE.B(A7)+, MBDR; ADDRESS, D0=R/W MBFREEMOVE.BMBSR,-(A7); CHECK THE MBB BIT OF THE BTST.B#5, (A7)+; STATUS REGISTER. IF IT IS BEQ.SMBFREE; CLEAR, WAIT UNTIL IT IS SET 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 13.6.3 Post-Transfer Software Response Transmission or reception of a byte sets the data transferring bit (MCF) to 1, which indicates one byte communication is finished. The M-Bus interrupt bit (MIF) is also set; an interrupt .com will be generated if the interrupt function is enabled during initialization by setting the MIEN bit. Software must clear the MIF bit in the interrupt routine first. The MCF bit is cleared by reading from the M-Bus Data I/O Register (MDR) in receive mode or writing to MDR in transmit mode. Software can service the M-bus I/O in the main program by monitoring the MIF bit if the interrupt function is disabled. Polling should monitor the MIF bit rather than the MCF bit because that operation is different when arbitration is lost. When an interrupt occurs at the end of the address cycle, the master is always in transmit mode, i.e. the address is transmitted. If master receive mode is required, indicated by R/W bit in MBDR, then the MTX bit should be toggled at this stage. During slave-mode address cycles (MAAS=1), the SRW bit in the status register is read to determine the direction of the subsequent transfer and the MTX bit is programmed accordingly. For slave-mode data cycles (MAAS=0), the SRW bit is not valid. The MTX bit in the control register should be read to determine the direction of the current transfer. The following is an example of a software response by a '`master transmitter'' in the interrupt routine (see Figure 13-4). DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 13-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. ISRLEA.LMBSR,-(A7); LOAD EFFECTIVE ADDR. BCLR.B#1,(A7)+; CLEAR THE MIF FLAG MOVE.BMBCR,-(A7); PUSH ADDRESS ON STACK, BTST.B#5,(A7)+; CHECK THE MSTA FLAG BEQ.SSLAVE; BRANCH IF SLAVE MODE MOVE.BMBCR,-(A7); PUSH ADDRESS ON STACK, BTST.B#4,(A7)+; CHECK THE MODE FLAG BEQ.SRECEIVE; BRANCH IF IN RECEIVE MODE MOVE.BMBSR,-(A7); PUSH ADDRESS ON STACK, BTST.B#0,(A7)+; CHECK ACK FROM RECEIVER BNE.B END; IF NO ACK, END OF TRANSMISSION TRANSMITMOVE.BDATABUF,-(A7); STACK DATA BYTE MOVE.B(A7)+, MBDR; TRANSMIT NEXT BYTE OF DATA M-Bus Module 1 2 3 4 13.6.4 Generation of STOP Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... A data transfer ends with a STOP signal generated by the'`master'' device. A master transmitter can generate a STOP signal after all the data has been transmitted. The following is an example showing how a master transmitter generates a stop condition. MASTXMOVE.BMBSR, -(A7); IF NO ACK, BRANCH TO END BTST.B#0,(A7)+ BNE.B END MOVE.BTXCNT,D0; GET VALUE FROM THE ; TRANSMITTING COUNTER BEQ.SEND; IF NO MORE DATA, BRANCH TO ; END .com MOVE.BDATABUF,-(A7); TRANSMIT NEXT BYTE OF DATA MOVE.B(A7)+,MBDR MOVE.BTXCNT,D0; DECREASE THE TXCNT SUBQ.L#1,D0 MOVE.BD0,TXCNT BRA.SEMASTX; EXIT ENDLEA.LMBCR,-(A7); GENERATE A STOP CONDITION BCLR.B#5,(A7)+ EMASTXRTE; RETURN FROM INTERRUPT 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 If a master receiver wants to terminate a data transfer, it must inform the slave transmitter by not acknowledging the last byte of data, which can be done by setting the transmit acknowledge bit (TXAK) before reading the 2nd last byte of data. Before reading the last byte of data, a STOP signal must be generated first. The following is an example showing how a master receiver generates a STOP signal. MASRMOVE.BRXCNT,D0;DECREASE RXCNT SUBQ.L#1,D0 MOVE.BD0,RXCNT BEQ.SENMASR; LAST BYTE TO BE READ MOVE.BRXCNT,D1; CHECK SECOND LAST BYTE EXTB>LD1 SUBI.L#1,D1; TO BE READ BNE.SNXMAR; NOT LAST ONE OR SECOND LAST LAMARBSET.B#3,MBCR; SECOND LAST, DISABLE ACK .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-13 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 ; TRANSMITTING BRANXMAR ENMASRBCLR.B#5,MBCR; LAST ONE, GENERATE'STOP' ; SIGNAL NXMARMOVE.BMBDR,RXBUF; READ DATA AND STORE RTE 13.6.5 Generation of Repeated START 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... At the end of data transfer, if the master still wants to communicate on the bus, it can generate another START signal followed by another slave address without first generating a STOP signal. A program example is as shown. RESTARTMOVE.BMBCR,-(A7); ANOTHER START (RESTART) BSET.B#2, (A7) MOVE.B(A7)+, MBCR MOVE.BCALLING,-(A7); TRANSMIT THE CALLING MOVE.BCALLING,-(A7); ADDRESS, D0=R/WMOVE.B(A7)+, MBDR 6 7 13.6.6 Slave Mode In the slave interrupt service routine, the module addressed as slave bit (MAAS) should be tested to check if a calling of its own address has just been received. If MAAS is set, software should set the transmit/receive mode select bit (MTX bit of MBCR) according to the R/W command bit (SRW). Writing to the MBCR clears the MAAS automatically. The only time .com MAAS is read as set is from the interrupt at the end of the address cycle where an address match occurred; interrupts resulting from subsequent data transfers have MAAS cleared. A data transfer can now be initiated by writing information to MBDR, for slave transmits, or dummy reading from MBDR, in slave-receive mode. The slave drives SCL low in between byte transfers. SCL is released when the MBDR is accessed in the required mode. In the slave transmitter routine, the received acknowledge bit (RXAK) must be tested before transmitting the next byte of data. Setting RXAK means an '`end-of-data'' signal from the master receiver, after which it must be switched from transmitter mode to receiver mode by software. A dummy read then releases the SCL line so that the master can generate a STOP signal. t4 8.com U 9 DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 13.6.7 Arbitration Lost If several masters try to simultaneously engage the bus, only one master wins and the others lose arbitration. The devices that lost arbitration are immediately switched to slave receive mode by the hardware. Their data output to the SDA line is stopped, but SCL is still generated until the end of the byte during which arbitration was lost. An interrupt occurs at the falling edge of the ninth clock of this transfer with MAL=1 and MSTA=0. If one master tries to transmit or do a START while the bus is being engaged by another master, the hardware will: (1) inhibit the transmission, (2) switch the MSTA bit from 1 to 0 without generating STOP condition, (3) generate an interrupt to CPU and, (4) set the MAL to indicate .com 13-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. M-Bus Module the failed attempt to engage the bus. When considering these cases, the slave service routine should test the MAL first and the software should clear the MAL bit if it is set. 1 2 3 4 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee .com 9 10 11 12 13 14 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 13-15 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com M-Bus Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 Y CLEAR MIF MASTER MODE N ? 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TX TX/RX RX Y ? ARBITRATION LOST ? N LASTBYTE TRANSMITTED ? Y CLEAR MAL N 6 7 8 RXAK=0 ? N LAST BYTE TO BEREAD ? Y N MAAS=1 Y MAAS=1 ? ? Y N ADDRESSY CYCLE Y (READ) SRW=1 N DATA CYCLE RX Y ENDOF ADDR CYCLE (MASTERRX) Y 2NDLAST BYTE TO BEREAD t4U.com ? N ? ? TX/RX ? N GENERATE .com STOPSIGNAL N (WRITE) Y TX ACK FROM RECEIVER DataShee 9 WRITE NEXT BYTE TO MBDR SETTXAK =1 SETTX MODE ? N WRITEDATA TO MBDR TXNEXT BYTE READDATA FROM MBDR AND STORE 10 11 12 13 SWITCHTO RXMODE SETRX MODE SWITCH TO RX MODE DUMMYREAD FROM MBDR GENERATE STOPSIGNAL READ DATA FROM MBDR ANDSTORE DUMMYREAD FROM MBDR DUMMYREAD FROM MBDR RTE 14 15 Figure 13-4. Flow-Chart of Typical M-Bus Interrupt Routine .com 13-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 SECTION 14 TIMER MODULE 14.1 OVERVIEW OF THE TIMER MODULE The MCF5206E contains two general-purpose16-bit timers. This section of the manual documents how the 16-bit timers operate. 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The output of an 8-bit prescaler clocks each 16-bit timer. The prescaler input can be the system clock, the system clock divided by 16, or the timer input (TIN) pin. Figure 14-1 is a block diagram of the timer module. Both timer pins are multiplexed with the DMA request function. Their function is defined by programming bits 8 and 9 of the PAR (Pin Assignment Register). 14.2 OVERVIEW OF KEY FEATURES The general-purpose 16-bit timer unit has the following features: * Maximum period of 5 seconds at.comseconds at 40 MHz. 54 MHz & 6.7 * 18.5 ns resolution at 54 MHz & 25 ns at 40 MHz * Programmable sources for the clock input, including external clock * Input-capture capability with programmable trigger edge on input pin * Output-compare with programmable mode for the output pin * Free run and restart modes * Maskable interrupts on input capture or reference-compare t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 14-1 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Timer Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 GENERAL-PURPOSE TIMER 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 15 7 EVENT REG 0 TIMER CLOCK GENERATOR SYSTEM CLOCK OR SYSTEM CLOCK/16 0 MODE REGISTER PRESCALER MODE BITS DIVIDER CLOCK 0 TIMER COUNTER BUS TIN 15 6 7 8 CAPTURE DETECTION 0 15 REFERENCE REGISTER TOUT 0 15 CAPTURE REGISTER DATA BUS (16) IRQ t4U.com DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Figure 14-1. Timer Block Diagram Module Operation 14.3 GENERAL-PURPOSE TIMER UNITS The general-purpose timer units provide the following features: * You can program timers to count and compare to a reference value stored in a register or capture the timer value at an edge detected on the TIN pin * An 8-bit prescalar output clocks the timers * You can program the prescalar clock input * Programmed events generate interrupts * You can configure the TOUT pin to toggle or pulse on an event The maximum resolution of each timer is one system clock cycle (18.5 ns at 54 MHz). To obtain the maximum period, divide the system clock by 16, set the prescaler value to divide by 256, and load the reference value with ones. This maximum period is 268,435,456 cycles (4.97 seconds at 54 MHz). .com 14-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 14.3.1 Selecting the Prescaler Timer Module 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 You can select the prescalar clock from the main clock (divided by 1 or by 16) or from the corresponding timer input TIN pin. TIN is synchronized to the internal clock. The synchronization delay is between two and three main clocks. TIN must meet the setup time spec shown in the AC Electrical Specs section. The ICLK bits of the corresponding Timer Mode Register (TMR) select the clock input source. The prescaler is programmed to divide the clock input by values from 1 to 256. The prescalar output is used as an input to the 16-bit counter. 14.3.2 Capture Mode The timer has a 16-bit Timer Capture Register (TCR) that latches the counter value when the corresponding input capture-edge detector senses a defined transition of TIN. The capture edge (CE) bits in the TMR select the type of transition triggering the capture. A capture event sets the Timer Event Register (TER) bit and issues a maskable interrupt. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 14.3.3 Configuring the Timer for Reference Compare You can configure the timer to count until it reaches a reference value at which time it either starts a new time count immediately or continues to run. The free run/restart (FRR) bit of the TMR selects either mode. When the timer reaches the reference value, the TER bit is set and issues an interrupt if the output reference interrupt (ORI) enable bit in TMR is set. t4U.com 14.3.4 Configuring the Timer for Output Mode The timer can send an output signal on the timer output (TOUT) pin when it reaches the reference value as selected by the output mode (OM) bit in the TMR. This signal can be an active-low pulse or a toggle of the current output under program control. .com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14.4 PROGRAMMING MODEL 14.4.1 Understanding the General-Purpose Timer Registers You can modify the timer registers at any time. Table 14-1 illustrates the programming model. Table 14-1. Programming Model for Timers TIMER 1 ADDRESS MBAR+$100 MBAR+$104 MBAR+$108 MBAR+$10C MBAR+$111 TIMER 2 ADDRESS MBAR+$120 MBAR+$124 MBAR+$128 MBAR+$12C MBAR+$131 Reserved TIMER MODULE REGISTERS Timer Mode Register (TMR) Timer Reference Register (TRR) Timer Capture Register (TCR) Timer Counter (TCN) Timer Event Register (TER) .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 14-3 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Timer Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 14.4.1.1 TIMER MODE REGISTER (TMR). TMR is a 16-bit memory-mapped register. This register programs the various timer modes and is cleared by reset. Timer Mode Register (TMR) 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 PRESCALER VALUE (PS7 - PS0) RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Read/Write Address MBAR+$100, MBAR+$120 5 4 3 2 1 0 OM ORI FRR ICLK1 -ICLK0 RST 0 0 0 0 0 0 Supervisor or User Mode 8 0 7 6 CE1 -CE0 0 0 PS7-PS0 -- Prescaler Value The prescaler is programmed to divide the clock input by values from 1 to 256. The value 00000000 divides the clock by 1; the value 11111111 divides the clock by 256. Prescalar value = $[PS7 - PS0] + 1 CE1-CE0 -- Capture Edge and Enable Interrupt 11 = Capture on any edge and enable interrupt on capture event 10 = Capture on falling edge only and enable interrupt on capture event 01 = Capture on rising edge only and enable interrupt on capture event 00 = Disable interrupt on capture event OM -- Output Mode 1 = Toggle output 0 = Active-low pulse for one system clock cycle (18.5 ns at 54 MHz) .com 6 7 t4 8.com U 9 DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ORI -- Output Reference Interrupt Enable 1 = Enable interrupt upon reaching the reference value 0 = Disable interrupt for reference reached (does not affect interrupt on capture function) NOTE If ORI is set when the REF event is asserted in the Timer Event Register (TER), an immediate interrupt occurs. If ORI is cleared while an interrupt is asserted, the interrupt negates. FRR -- Free Run/Restart 1 = Restart: Timer count is reset immediately after reaching the reference value 0 = Free run: Timer count continues to increment after reaching the reference value CLK1-CLK0 -- Input Clock Source for the Timer 11 = TIN pin (falling edge) 10 = Master system clock divided by 16. Note that this clock source is not synchronized to the timer; thus successive time-outs may vary slightly in length 01 = Master system clock 00 = Stops counter. After the counter is stopped, the value in the Timer Counter (TCN) register remains constant. .com 14-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Timer Module RST -- Reset Timer This bit performs a software timer reset identical to that of an external reset. All timer registers takes on their corresponding reset values. While this bit is zero, the other register values can still be written, if necessary. A transition of this bit from one to zero is what resets the register values. The counter/timer/prescaler is not clocked unless the timer is enabled. 1 = Enable timer 0 = Reset timer (software reset) 14.4.1.2 TIMER REFERENCE REGISTER (TRR). The TRR is a 16-bit register containing the reference value that is compared with the free-running timer counter (TCN) as part of the output-compare function. TRR is a memory-mapped read/write register. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TRR is set at reset. The reference value is not matched until TCN equals TRR, and the prescaler indicates that the TCN should be incremented again. Thus, the reference register is matched after (TRR+1) time intervals. Timer Reference Register (TRR) Address MBAR+$104,MBAR+$124 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 16-BIT REFERENCE COMPARE VALUE REF15 - REF0 RESET 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Read/Write Supervisor or User Mode t4U.com 14.4.1.3 TIMER CAPTURE REGISTER (TCR). The TCR is a 16-bit register that latches the value of the timer counter (TCN) during a capture operation when an edge occurs on the .com TIN pin, as programmed in the TMR. TCR appears as a memory-mapped read-only register and is cleared at reset. Timer Capture Register (TCR) Address MBAR+$108,MBAR+$128 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 16-BIT CAPTURE COUNTER VALUE CAP15 - CAP0 RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Read Only Supervisor or User Mode DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 14.4.1.4 TIMER COUNTER (TCN). TCN is a memory-mapped 16-bit up counter that you can read at any time. A read cycle to TCN yields the current timer value and does not affect the counting operation. A write of any value to TCN causes it to reset to all zeros. Timer Counter Register (TCN) Address MBAR+$10C, MBAR+$12C 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 16-BIT TIMER COUNTER VALUE COUNT15 - COUNT0 RESET 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Read/Write Supervisor or User Mode .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 14-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Timer Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 14.4.1.5 TIMER EVENT REGISTER (TER). The TER is an 8-bit register that reports events the timer recognizes. When the timer recognizes an event, it sets the appropriate bit in the TER, regardless of the corresponding interrupt-enable bits (ORI and CE) in the TMR. TER appears as a memory-mapped register and can be read at any time. You should write a one to a bit to clear it (writing a zero does not affect bit value); more than one bit can be cleared at a time. The REF and CAP bits must be cleared before the timer will negate the IRQ to the interrupt controller. Reset clears this register. Timer Event Register (TER) Address MBAR+$111,MBAR+$131 4 0 3 0 2 0 1 REF 0 0 CAP 0 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RESET 7 0 6 0 5 0 RESERVED READ AS 0 Read/Write 6 7 8 Supervisor or User Mode Bits 7-2 -- Reserved for future use. These bits are currently 0 when read. CAP -- Capture Event If a one is read from this bit, the counter value has been latched into the TCR. The CE bit in the TMR enables the interrupt request caused by this event. You should write a one to this bit to clear the event condition. REF -- Output Reference Event If a one is read from this bit, the counter has reached the TRR value. The ORI bit in the TMR enables the interrupt request caused by this event. You should write a one to this bit to clear the event condition. Example code: Timer Initialization There are two timers on the MCF5206E . With a 54MHZ clock, the maximum period is 5 seconds and a resolution of 18.5 ns. They can be free running or count to a value and reset. The following examples set up the timers: Timer 1 will count to $AFAF, toggle its output, and reset back to $0000. This will continue infinitely until the timer is disabled or a reset occurs. No interrupts are set. Prescale is set at 256 and the system clock is divided by 16, therefore resolution is (16*(256))/25MHz = 163.84us. Timeout period is (16*256*44976)/25mhz = 7.369s. ($0 - $AFAF = 44976 decimal) Timer 2 will be free-running and send out a logic pulse every time it compares the count value in the TRR register. value, which for now, is randomly chosen as $1234. Prescale is set at 127 with the sys_clock initially divided by 16 (by setting bits 2&1 of the TMR register to 10 therefore, resolution is (16*(127))/25mhz = 81.28us. Interrupts are NOT enabled. .com t4U.com DataShee 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 .com 14-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE The timers were initialized in the SIM to have interrupt values. The examples below have the interrupts disabled. The initialization in the SIM configuration was for reference. The Timers CANNOT provide interrupt vectors, only autovectors. Timer Module 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Autovectors and ICRs have been set up as follows. The interrupt levels and priorities were chosen by random for demonstrative purposes. You should define the interrupt level and priorities for your specific application. SIMR register The SIMR is set up as follows: Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1)Disable watchdog when FREEZE is asserted (bit 7) 2)Disable bus monitor when FREEZE is asserted (bit 6) 3)5206 will negate the /BD signal move.b move.b #%11000000,D0 D0,SIMR; ;set up the SIMR (pg 7-9) t4U.com NOTE* The timer & MBUS peripherals cannot provide interrupt vectors. .com Timer & MBUS peripherals are only autovectored. Interrupt values were chosen randomly for demonstrative purposes. You should change these for your own application needs. move.b move.b #%10000100,D0 ;set up Timer 1 Interrupt D0,ICR9 ;Level 2 interrupt, Priority 0, ;Autovector=ON, ;avect 24+1=25 DataShee 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 move.b #%10001001,D0 ;set up Timer 2 Interrupt move.b D0,ICR10 ;Level 2 interrupt, Priority 1, ;Autovector=ON,avect 24+2=26, move.b #%10001010,D0 ;set up MBUS Interrupt move.b D0,ICR11 ;Level 2 interrupt, Priority 2, ;Autovector=On,AVECT 24+3 = 27 move.b #%00011011,D0 ;set up UART1 Interrupt move.b D0,ICR12 ;Level 6 interrupt, Priority 3, ;Autovector=Off move.b #%00001001,D0 ;set up UART2 Interrupt move.b D0,ICR13 ;Level 1 interrupt, Priority 1, ;Autovector=Off .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 14-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Timer Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Timer 1 TMR register Bits 15:8 sets the prescale to 256 ($FF) Bits 7:6 set for no interrupt ("00") Bits 5:4 sets output mode for "toggle". No interrupts("10") Bits 3 set for "restart" ("1") Bits 2:1 set the clocking source to system clock/16 ("10") Bit 0 enables/disables the timer ("0") 6 7 move.w move.w move.w to zero move.w #$FF2C,D0 D0,TMR1 ;; #$0000,D0 D0,TCN1 ; ;Setup the Timer mode register (TMR1) Bit 1 is set to 0 to disable the timer ; writing to the timer counter with any value resets it t4 8.com U 9 TRR1 register The TRR register is set to $AFAF. The timer will count up to this value (TCN = TRR), toggle the "TOUT" pin, and reset the TCN to $0000. .com move.w move.w #$AFAF,D0 D0,TRR1 ;Setup the Timer reference register (TRR1) DataShee 10 11 12 13 14 15 Other registers used for TIMER 1 TCR1 TER1 Timer 2 ;TIMER1 Capture Register, 16-bit, R ;TIMER1 Event Register, 8-bit, R/W TMR2 register Bits 15:8 set the prescale to 127 ($7F) Bits 7:6 set the capture mode and interrupt ("00") Bits 5:4 set the output mode for "pulse" and no interrupt ("00") Bits 3 set for free-running ("0") Bits 2:1 set the clocking source to clk/16 ("10") 16 .com 14-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bit 1 enables the timer move.w move.w move.w move.w move.w move.w #$7F04,D0 D0,TMR2 ; #$1234,D0 D0,TRR2 ; #$0000,D0 D0,TCN2 ; Timer Module ("0") ;Setup the Timer mode register (TMR2) 1 2 3 ;Set the Timer reference to $1234 ;writing to the timer counter with any value resets it to zero 0ther registers used TCR2 ;TIMER2 Capture Register, 16-bit, R ;TIMER2 Event Register, 8-bit, R/W 4 5 6 7 8 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TER2 DataShee .com 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 14-9 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Timer Module Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 t4U.com DataShee 9 .com 10 11 12 13 14 15 .com 14-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA 16 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 15 DEBUG SUPPORT This section details the hardware debug support functions within the ColdFire(R) 5200 Family of processors. The general topic of debug support is divided into three separate areas: Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 1. Real-Time Trace Support 2. Background Debug Mode (BDM) 3. Real-Time Debug Support Each of the three areas is addressed in detail in the following subsections. The logic required to support these three areas is contained in a debug module, which is shown in the system block diagram in Figure 15-1. .com COLDFIRE CPU CORE INTERNAL BUSES t4U.com DataShee DEBUG MODULE TRACE PORT DDATA, PST COMMUNICATION PORT DSCLK, DSI, DSO Figure 15-1. Processor/Debug Module Interface 15.1 REAL-TIME TRACE In the area of debug functions, one fundamental requirement is support for real-time trace functionality (i.e., definition of the dynamic execution path). The ColdFire Family solution is to include a parallel output port providing encoded processor status and data to an external development system. This port is partitioned into two 4-bit nibbles: one nibble allows the processor to transmit information concerning the execution status of the core (processor status, PST[3:0]), while the other nibble allows data to be displayed (debug data, DDATA[3:0]). .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. The processor status timing is synchronous with the processor clock (CLK) and the status may not be related to the current bus transfer. Table 15-1 below shows the encodings of these signals. Table 15-1. Processor PST Definition PST[3:0] (HEX) $0 $1 $2 $3 $4 $5 $6 (BINARY) 0000 0001 0010 0011 0100 0101 0110 0111 1000 1001 1010 1011 1100 1101 1110 1111 Continue execution Begin execution of an instruction Reserved Entry into user-mode Begin execution of PULSE or WDDATA instruction Begin execution of taken branch Reserved Begin execution of RTE instruction Begin 1-byte transfer on DData Begin 2-byte transfer on DData Begin 3-byte transfer on DData Begin 4-byte transfer on DData Exception processing Emulator-mode entry exception processing Processor is stopped, waiting for interrupt Processor is halted DEFINITION Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $7 $8 $9 $A $B $C $D $E $F t4U.com DataShee These encodings are asserted for multiple cycles. .com The processor status outputs can be used with an external image of the program to completely track the dynamic execution path of the machine. The tracking of this dynamic path is complicated by any change-of-flow operation. Within the ColdFire instruction set architecture, most branch instructions are implemented using PC-relative addressing. Accordingly, the external program image can determine branch target addresses. Additionally, there are a number of instructions that use some type of variant addressing, i.e., the calculation of the target instruction address is not PC-relative or absolute but involves the use of a program-visible register. The simplest example of a branch instruction using a variant addressing mode is the compiled code for a C language case statement. Typically, the evaluation of this statement uses the variable of an expression as an index into a table of offsets, where each offset points to a unique case within the structure. For these types of change-of-flow operations, the ColdFire processor uses the debug pins to output a sequence of information. 1. Identify a taken branch has been executed using the PST[3:0]=$5. 2. Using the PST pins, signal the target address is to be displayed on the DDATA pins. The encoding identifies the number of bytes that are displayed and is optional. 3. The new target address is optionally available on subsequent cycles using the nibblewide DDATA port. The number of bytes of the target address displayed on this port is .com 15-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. a configurable parameter (2, 3, or 4 bytes). Debug Support The nibble-wide DDATA port includes two 32-bit storage elements for capturing the CPU core bus information. These two elements effectively form a FIFO buffer connecting the core bus to the external development system. The FIFO buffer captures variant branch target addresses along with certain operand read/write data for eventual display on the DDATA output port. The execution speed of the ColdFire processor is affected only when both storage elements contain valid data waiting to be dumped onto the DDATA port. In this case, the processor core stalls until one FIFO entry is available. In all other cases, data output on the DDATA port does not impact execution speed. From the processor core perspective, the PST outputs signal the first AGEX cycle of an instruction's execution. Most single-cycle instructions begin and complete their execution within a given machine cycle. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Because the processor status (PST[3:0]) values of $C, $D, $E, and $F define a multicycle mode or a special operation, the PST outputs are driven with these values until the mode is exited or the operation completed. All the remaining fields specify information that is updated each machine cycle. The status values of $8, $9, $A, and $B qualify the contents of the DDATA output bus. These encodings are driven onto the PST port one machine cycle before the actual data is displayed on DDATA. Figure15-2 shows the execution of an indirect JMP instruction with the lower 16 bits of the .com target address being displayed on the DDATA output. In this diagram, the indirect JMP branches to address "target." The processor internally forms the PST marker ($9) one cycle before the address begins to appear on the DDATA port. The target address is displayed on DDATA for four consecutive clocks, starting with the least-significant nibble. The processor continues execution, unaffected by the DDATA bus activity. t4U.com DataShee Last JMP (A0) Target Target + $4 Internal PST Internal DDATA PST Pins DDATA Pins DSOC AGEX DSOC AGEX IAG IC IAG $5 $0 DSOC IC $9 $0 $5 $0 AGEX DSOC $0 3:0 $9 $0 AGEX TARGET 7:4 $0 3:0 11:8 TARGET 7:4 11:8 15:12 15:12 Figure 15-2. Pipeline Timing Example (Debug Output) The ColdFire instruction set architecture (ISA) includes a PULSE opcode. This opcode generates a unique PST encoding when executed (PST = $4). This instruction can define logic analyzer triggers for debug and/or performance analysis. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Additionally, a WDDATA opcode is supported that lets the processor core write any operand (byte, word, longword) directly to the DDATA port, independent of any Debug module configuration. This opcode also generates the special PST = $4 encoding when executed. 15.2 BACKGROUND DEBUG MODE (BDM) ColdFire 5200 processors support a modified version of the BDM functionality found on Motorola's CPU32 Family of parts. BDM implements a low-level system debugger in the microprocessor hardware. Communication with the development system is handled via a dedicated, high-speed serial command interface (BDM port). Unless noted otherwise, the BDM functionality provided by ColdFire 5200 processors is a proper subset of the CPU32 functionality. The main differences include the following: Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... * ColdFire implements the BDM controller in a dedicated hardware module. Although some BDM operations do require the CPU to be halted (e.g., CPU register accesses), other BDM commands such as memory accesses can be executed while the processor is running. * DSCLK, DSI, and DSO are treated as synchronous signals, where the inputs (DSCLK and DSI) must meet the required input setup and hold timings, and the output (DSO) is specified as a delay relative to the rising edge of the processor clock. * On CPU32 parts, DSO could signal hardware that a serial transfer can start. ColdFire clocking schemes restrict the use of this bit. Because DSO changes only when DSCLK is high, DSO cannot be used to indicate the start of a serial transfer. The development system should use either a free-running DSCLK or count the number of clocks in any .com given transfer. * The Read/Write System Register commands (RSREG/WSREG) have been replaced by Read/Write Control Register commands (RCREG/WCREG). These commands use the register coding scheme from the MOVEC instruction. * Read/Write Debug Module Register commands (RDMREG/WDMREG) have been added to support Debug module register accesses. * CALL and RST commands are not supported. * Illegal command responses can be returned using the FILL and DUMP commands. * For any command performing a byte-sized memory read operation, the upper 8 bits of the response data are undefined. The referenced data is returned in the lower 8 bits of the response. * The debug module forces alignment for memory-referencing operations: long accesses are forced to a 0-modulo-4 address; word accesses are forced to a 0-modulo-2 address. An address error response can no longer be returned. t4U.com DataShee 15.2.1 CPU Halt Although some BDM operations can occur in parallel with CPU operation, unrestricted BDM operation requires the CPU to be halted. A number of sources can cause the CPU to halt, including the following (as shown in order of priority): .com 15-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support 1. The occurrence of the catastrophic fault-on-fault condition automatically halts the processor. The halt status is posted on the PST port ($F). 2. The occurrence of a hardware breakpoint (reference subsection Section 15.3 Realtime Debug Support) can be configured to generate a pending halt condition in a manner similar to the assertion of the BKPT signal. In some cases, the occurrence of this type of breakpoint halts the processor in an imprecise manner. Once the hardware breakpoint is asserted, the processor halts at the next sample point. See Section 15.3.2 Theory of Operation for more detail. 3. The execution of the HALT (also known as BGND on the 683xx devices) instruction immediately suspends execution and posts the halt status ($F) on the PST outputs. By default, this is a supervisor instruction and attempted execution while in user mode generates a privilege-violation exception. A User Halt Enable (UHE) control bit is provided in the Configuration/Status Register (CSR) to allow execution of HALT in user mode. 4. The assertion of the BKPT input pin is treated as an pseudo-interrupt, i.e., the halt condition is made pending until the processor core samples for halts/interrupts. The processor samples for these conditions once during the execution of each instruction. If there is a pending halt condition at the sample time, the processor suspends execution and enters the halted state. The halt status ($F) is reflected in the PST outputs. The halt source is indicated in CSR[27:24]; for simultaneous halt conditions, the highest priority source is indicated. There are two special cases to be considered that involve the assertion of the BKPT pin. After RSTI is negated, the processor waits for 16 clock cycles before beginning reset exception processing. If the BKPT input pin is asserted within the first eight cycles after RSTI is negated, the processor enters the halt state, signaling that status on the PST outputs ($F). While in this state, all resources accessible via the Debug module can be referenced. Once the system initialization is complete, the processor response to a BDM GO command depends on the set of BDM commands performed while "breakpointed." Specifically, if the processor's PC register was loaded, the GO command causes the processor to exit the halt state and pass control to the instruction address contained in the PC. In this case, the normal reset exception processing is bypassed. Conversely, if the PC register was not loaded, the GO BDM command causes the processor to exit the halt state and continue with reset exception processing. ColdFire 5200 processors also handle a special case with the assertion of BKPT while the processor is stopped by execution of the STOP instruction. For this case when the BKPT is asserted, the processor exits the stopped mode and enters the halted state. Once halted, the standard BDM commands may be exercised. When the processor is restarted, it continues with the execution of the next sequential instruction, i.e., the instruction following the STOP opcode. The Debug module Configuration/Status Register (CSR) maintains status defining the condition that caused the CPU to halt. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-5 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 15.2.2 BDM Serial Interface Once the CPU is halted and the halt status reflected on the PST outputs (PST[3:0]=$F), the development system can send unrestricted commands to the Debug module. The Debug module implements a synchronous protocol using a three-pin interface: development serial clock (DSCLK), development serial input (DSI), and development serial output (DSO). The development system serves as the serial communication channel master and is responsible for generation of the clock (DSCLK). The operating range of the serial channel is DC to onehalf of the processor frequency. The channel uses a full duplex mode, where data is transmitted and received simultaneously by both master and slave devices. CPU CLK Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... PSTCLK DSCLK DSII BDM STATE MACHINE DSO NEXT STATE t4U.com Figure 15-3. DBM Serial Transfer .com DataShee Both DSCLK and DSI are synchronous inputs and must meet input setup and hold times with respect to CLK. DSCLK essentially acts as a pseudo "clock enable" and is sampled on the rising edge of CLK. If the setup time of DSCLK is met, then the internal logic transitions on the rising edge of CLK, and DSI is sampled on the same CLK rising edge. The DSO output is specified as a delay from the DSCLK-enabled CLK rising edge. All events in the .com 15-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support Debug module's serial state machine are based on the rising edge of the microprocessor clock. Refer to Section 17: Electrical Characteristics. CLK DSCLK DSI Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DSO Figure 15-4. BDM Signal Sampling The basic packet of information is a 17-bit word (16 data bits plus a status/control bit), as shown here. 16 S/C 15 DATA FIELD [15:0] .com 0 t4U.com DataShee Status/Control The status/control bit indicates the status of CPU-generated messages (always single word with the data field encoded as listed in Table 15-2). Command and data transfers initiated by the development system should clear bit 16. The current implementation ignores this bit; however, Motorola has reserved this bit for future enhancements. Table 15-2. CPU-Generated Message Encoding S/C BIT 0 0 1 1 1 DATA xxxx $FFFF $0000 $0001 $FFFF MESSAGE TYPE Valid data transfer Command complete; status OK Not ready with response; come again TEA-terminated bus error cycle; data invalid Illegal command Data Field The data field contains the message data to be communicated between the development system and the Debug module. 15.2.3 BDM Command Set ColdFire 5200 processors support a subset of BDM instructions from the current 683xx parts as well as extensions to provide access to new hardware features. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 15.2.3.1 BDM COMMAND SET SUMMARY. The BDM command set is summarized in Table 15-3. Subsequent paragraphs contain detailed descriptions of each command. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 15-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 15-3. BDM Command Summary COMMAND Read A/D Register Write A/D Register Read Memory Location Write Memory Location MNEMONIC RAREG/RDREG WAREG/WDREG READ WRITE Debug Support Dump Memory Block DUMP Fill Memory Block FILL Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Resume Execution No Operation Read Control Register Write Control Register Read Debug Module Register Write Debug Module Register NOTE: GO NOP RCREG WCREG RDMREG WDMREG DESCRIPTION CPUIMPACT1 Read the selected address or data register and return the result Halted via the serial BDM interface The data operand is written to the specified address or data Halted register via the serial BDM interface Read the sized data at the memory location specified by the Cycle longword address Steal Cycle Write the operand data to the memory location specified by the longword address Steal Used in conjunction with the READ command to dump large blocks of memory. An initial READ is executed to set up the Cycle starting address of the block and to retrieve the first result. Steal Subsequent operands are retrieved with the DUMP command. Used in conjunction with the WRITE command to fill large blocks of memory. An initial WRITE is executed to set up the Cycle starting address of the block and to supply the first operand. Steal Subsequent operands are written with the FILL command. The pipeline is flushed and refilled before resuming instruction Halted execution at the current PC NOP performs no operation and may be used as a null Parallel command Read the system control register Halted Write the operand data to the system control register Halted Read the Debug module register Parallel Write the operand data to the Debug module register Halted t4U.com DataShee 1. General command effect and/or requirements on CPU operation: Halted - The CPU must be halted to perform this command .com Steal - Command generates a bus cycle which is interleaved with CPU accesses Parallel - Command is executed in parallel with CPU activity Refer to command summaries for detailed operation descriptions. 15.2.3.2 COLDFIRE BDM COMMANDS. All ColdFire Family BDM commands include a 16bit operation word followed by an optional set of one or more extension words. 15 OPERATION 10 9 0 8 R/W 7 6 5 0 4 0 3 A/D 2 REGISTER 0 OP SIZE EXTENSION WORD(S) Operation Field The operation field specifies the command. R/W Field The R/W field specifies the direction of operand transfer. When the bit is set, the transfer is from the CPU to the development system. When the bit is cleared, data is written to the CPU or to memory from the development system. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Operand Size For sized operations, this field specifies the operand data size. All addresses are expressed as 32-bit absolute values. The size field is encoded as listed in Table 15-4. Table 15-4. BDM Size Field Encoding ENCODING 00 01 10 11 OPERAND SIZE Byte Word Long Reserved BIT VALUES 8 bits 16 bits 32 bits Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Address / Data (A/D) Field The A/D field is used in commands that operate on address and data registers in the processor. It determines whether the register field specifies a data or address register. A one indicates an address register; zero, a data register. Register Field In commands that operate on processor registers, this field specifies which register is selected. The field value contains the register number. Extension Word(s) (as required): Certain commands require extension words for addresses and/or immediate data. Addresses require two extension words because only absolute long addressing is permitted. Immediate data can be either one or two words in length; byte and word data each require .com a single extension word; longword data requires two words. Both operands and addresses are transferred by most significant word first. In the following descriptions of the BDM command set, the optional set of extension words are defined as the "Operand Data." 15.2.3.3 Command Sequence Diagram. A command sequence diagram (see Figure 14-4) illustrates the serial bus traffic for each command. Each bubble in the diagram represents a single 16-bit transfer across the bus. The top half in each diagram corresponds to the data transmitted by the development system to the debug module; the bottom half corresponds to the data returned by the debug module in response to the development system commands. Command and result transactions are overlapped to minimize latency. The cycle in which the command is issued contains the development system command mnemonic (in this example, "read memory location"). During the same cycle, the debug module responds with either the lowest order results of the previous command or with a command complete status (if no results were required). During the second cycle, the development system supplies the high-order 16 bits of the memory address. The Debug module returns a "not ready" response ($10000) unless the received command was decoded as unimplemented, in which case the response data is the illegal command ($1FFFF) encoding. If an illegal command response occurs, the development system should retransmit the command. NOTE t4U.com DataShee .com 15-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. The "not ready" response is ignored unless a memory bus cycle is in progress. Otherwise, the debug module can accept a new serial transfer after eight system clock periods. Debug Support In the third cycle, the development system supplies the low-order 16 bits of a memory address. The debug module always returns the "not ready" response in this cycle. At the completion of the third cycle, the debug module initiates a memory read operation. Any serial transfers that begin while the memory access is in progress return the "not ready" response. Results are returned in the two serial transfer cycles following the completion of memory access. The data transmitted to the debug module during the final transfer is the opcode for the following command. Should a memory access generate a bus error, an error status ($10001) is returned in place of the result data. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... COMMANDS TRANSMITTED TO THE DEBUG MODULE COMMAND CODE TRANSMITTED DURING THIS CYCLE HIGH-ORDER 16 BITS OF MEMORY ADDRESS LOW-ORDER 16 BITS OF MEMORY ADDRESS NONSERIAL-RELATED ACTIVITY SEQUENCE TAKEN IF OPERATION HAS NOT COMPLETED NEXT COMMAND CODE NEXT CMD LS RESULT NEXT CMD "NOT READY" t4U.com DataShee .com READ CONTROL MEMORY MEMORY REGISTER REGISTER LOCATION LOCATION READ (LONG) ??? MS ADDR "NOT READY" XXX "ILLEGAL" LS ADDR "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "NOT READY" XXX "NOT READY" XXXXX XXX MS RESULT XXX BERR DATA UNUSED FROM THIS TRANSFER SEQUENCE TAKEN IF ILLEGAL COMMAND IS RECEIVED BY DEBUG MODULE RESULTS FROM PREVIOUS COMMAND RESPONSES FROM THE DEBUG MODULE SEQUENCE TAKEN IF BUS ERROR OCCURS ON MEMORY ACCESS HIGH- AND LOW-ORDER 16 BITS OF RESULT Figure 15-5. Command Sequence Diagram 15.2.3.4 Command Set Descriptions. The BDM command set is summarized in Table 153. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Note All the accompanying valid BDM results are defined with the most significant bit of the 17-bit response (S/C) as 0. Invalid command responses (Not Ready; TEA-terminated bus cycle; Illegal Command) return a 1 in the most significant bit of the 17bit response (S/C). Motorola reserves unassigned command opcodes for future expansion. All unused command formats within any revision level will perform a NOP and return the ILLEGAL command response. 15.2.3.4.1 Read A/D Register (RAREG/RDREG). Read the selected address or data register and return the 32-bit result. A bus error response is returned if the CPU core is not halted. Formats: 15 14 $2 13 12 11 10 $1 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 A/D 2 1 REGISTER 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RAREG/RDREG Command 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 t4U.com DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] DataShee .com RAREG/RDREG Result Command Sequence: RAREG/RDREG ??? XXX MS RESULT XXX BERR NEXT CMD LS RESULT NEXT CMD "NOT READY" Operand Data: None Result Data: The contents of the selected register are returned as a longword value. The data is returned most significant word first. 15.2.3.4.2 Write A/D Register (WAREG/WDREG). The operand (longword) data is written to the specified address or data register. All 32 register bits are altered by the write. A bus error response is returned if the CPU core is not halted. .com 15-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Command Formats: 15 14 $2 13 12 11 10 $0 DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 A/D 2 Debug Support 1 REGISTER 0 WAREG/WDREG Command Command Sequence: WDREG/WAREG ??? MS DATA "NOT READY" XXX BERR LS DATA "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Operand Data: Longword data is written into the specified address or data register. The data is supplied most significant word first. Result Data: Command complete status ($0FFFF) is returned when register write is complete. .com t4U.com DataShee 15.2.3.4.3 Read Memory Location (READ). Read the operand data from the memory location specified by the longword address. The address space is defined by the contents of the low-order 5 bits {TT, TM} of the address attribute register (AATR). The hardware forces the low-order bits of the address to zeros for word and longword accesses to ensure that operands are always accessed on natural boundaries: words on 0-modulo-2 addresses, longwords on 0-modulo-4 addresses. Formats: 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $9 ADDRESS [31:16] ADDRESS [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $0 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 Byte READ Command 15 X 14 X 13 X 12 X 11 X 10 X 9 X 8 X 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [7:0] Byte READ Result .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-13 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support 15 14 $1 13 12 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 11 10 $9 ADDRESS [31:16] ADDRESS [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $4 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 Word READ Command 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [15:0] Word READ Result 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $9 ADDRESS [31:16] ADDRESS [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Long READ Command 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] Long READ Result Command Sequence: .com READ (B/W) ??? MS ADDR "NOT READY" LS ADDR "NOT READY" READ CONTROL MEMORY MEMORY REGISTER LOCATION LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" XXX NEXT CMD RESULT XXX BERR NEXT CMD "NOT READY" t4U.com DataShee READ (LONG) ??? MS ADDR "NOT READY" LS ADDR "NOT READY" READ CONTROL MEMORY MEMORY LOCATION REGISTER LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" XXX XXX MS RESULT XXX BERR NEXT CMD LS RESULT NEXT CMD "NOT READY" Operand Data: The single operand is the longword address of the requested memory location. Result Data: The requested data is returned as either a word or longword. Byte data is returned in the least significant byte of a word result, with the upper byte undefined. Word results return 16 .com 15-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. bits of significant data; longword results return 32 bits. Debug Support A successful read operation returns data bit 16 cleared. If a bus error is encountered, the returned data is $10001. 15.2.3.4.4 Write Memory Location (WRITE). Write the operand data to the memory location specified by the longword address. The address space is defined by the contents of the low-order 5 bits {TT, TM} of the address attribute register (AATR). The hardware forces the low-order bits of the address to zeros for word and longword accesses to ensure that operands are always accessed on natural boundaries: words on 0-modulo-2 addresses, longwords on 0-modulo-4 addresses. Formats: Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $8 9 8 7 6 $0 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 ADDRESS [31:16] ADDRESS [15:0] X X X X X X X X DATA [7:0] Byte WRITE Command 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $8 ADDRESS [31:16] ADDRESS [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $4 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 t4U.com DataShee .com DATA [15:0] Word WRITE Command 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $8 ADDRESS [31:16] ADDRESS [15:0] DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 Long WRITE Command .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Command Sequence: WRITE (B/W) ??? MS ADDR "NOT READY" LS ADDR "NOT READY" DATA "NOT READY" WRITE MEMORY CONTROL MEMORY LOCATION REGISTER LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" XXX NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" XXX BERR Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... NEXT CMD "NOT READY" WRITE (LONG) ??? MS ADDR "NOT READY" LS ADDR "NOT READY" MS DATA "NOT READY" t4U.com LS DATA "NOT READY" WRITE MEMORY MEMORY CONTROL LOCATION LOCATION REGISTER XXX "NOT READY" XXX NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" XXX BERR NEXT CMD "NOT READY" DataShee .com Operand Data: Two operands are required for this instruction. The first operand is a longword absolute address that specifies a location to which the operand data is to be written. The second operand is the data. Byte data is transmitted as a 16-bit word, justified in the least significant byte; 16- and 32-bit operands are transmitted as 16 and 32 bits, respectively. Result Data: Successful write operations return a status of $0FFFF. A bus error on the write cycle is indicated by the assertion of bit 16 in the status message and by a data pattern of $0001. 15.2.3.4.5 Dump Memory Block (DUMP). DUMP is used in conjunction with the READ command to dump large blocks of memory. An initial READ is executed to set up the starting address of the block and to retrieve the first result. The DUMP command retrieves subsequent operands. The initial address is incremented by the operand size (1, 2, or 4) and saved in a temporary register (Address Breakpoint High (ABHR)). Subsequent DUMP .com 15-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support commands use this address, perform the memory read, increment it by the current operand size, and store the updated address in ABHR. NOTE The DUMP command does not check for a valid address in ABHR--DUMP is a valid command only when preceded by another DUMP, NOP or by a READ command. Otherwise, an illegal command response is returned. The NOP command can be used for intercommand padding without corrupting the address pointer. The size field is examined each time a DUMP command is given, allowing the operand size to be dynamically altered. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Command Formats: 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $D 9 8 7 6 $0 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 Byte DUMP Command 15 X 14 X 13 X 12 X 11 X 10 X 9 X 8 X 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [7:0] t4U.com 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $D Byte DUMP Result 9 DataShee 5 $4 4 3 2 $0 1 0 .com 8 7 6 Word DUMP Command 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [15:0] Word DUMP Result 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $D 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 Long DUMP Command 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] Long DUMP Result .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Command Sequence: DUMP (B/W) ??? READ MEMORY LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" NEXT CMD RESULT XXX "ILLEGAL" NEXT CMD "NOT READY" XXX BERR NEXT CMD "NOT READY" DUMP (LONG) ??? READ MEMORY LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" NEXT CMD MS RESULT NEXT CMD LS RESULT NEXT CMD "NOT READY" Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... XXX "ILLEGAL" NEXT CMD "NOT READY" XXX BERR Operand Data: None Result Data: Requested data is returned as either a word or longword. Byte data is returned in the least significant byte of a word result. Word .com bits of significant data; longword reresults return 16 sults return 32 bits. Status of the read operation is returned as in the READ command: $0xxxx for success, $10001 for a bus error. t4U.com DataShee .com 15-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support 15.2.3.4.6 Fill Memory Block (FILL). FILL is used in conjunction with the WRITE command to fill large blocks of memory. An initial WRITE is executed to set up the starting address of the block and to supply the first operand. The FILL command writes subsequent operands. The initial address is incremented by the operand size (1, 2, or 4) and is saved in ABHR after the memory write. Subsequent FILL commands use this address, perform the write, increment it by the current operand size, and store the updated address in ABHR. NOTE The FILL command does not check for a valid address in ABHR--FILL is a valid command only when preceded by another FILL, NOP or by a WRITE command. Otherwise, an illegal command response is returned. The NOP command can be used for intercommand padding without corrupting the address pointer. The size field is examined each time a FILL command is processed, allowing the operand size to be altered dynamically. Formats: 15 X 14 $1 X X X X X 13 12 11 10 $C X X 9 8 7 6 $0 DATA [7:0] 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Byte FILL Command .com 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $C DATA [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $4 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 DataShee Word FILL Command 15 14 $1 13 12 11 10 $C DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 Long FILL Command .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-19 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Command Sequence: FILL(LONG) (B/W) ??? MS DATA "NOT READY" XXX "ILLEGAL" LS DATA "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "NOT READY" WRITE MEMORY LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" XXX BERR NEXT CMD "NOT READY" Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... (B/W) FILL (LONG) ??? DATA "NOT READY" XXX "ILLEGAL" WRITE MEMORY LOCATION NEXT CMD "NOT READY" XXX "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" XXX BERR NEXT CMD "NOT READY" t4U.com Operand Data: A single operand is data to be written to the memory location. Byte data is transmitted as a 16-bit word, justified in the least significant byte; 16- and 32-bit operands are transmitted as 16 and 32 bits, respectively. .com Result Data: Status is returned as in the WRITE command: $0FFFF for a successful operation and $10001 for a bus error during a write. DataShee 15.2.3.4.7 Resume Execution (GO). The pipeline is flushed and refilled before resuming normal instruction execution. Prefetching begins at the current PC and current privilege level. If either the PC or SR is altered during BDM, the updated value of these registers is used when prefetching begins. Formats: 15 14 $0 13 12 11 10 $C 9 8 7 6 $0 5 4 3 2 $0 1 0 GO Command .com 15-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Command Sequence: Debug Support GO ??? NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" Operand Data: None Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Result Data: The "command complete" response ($0FFFF) is returned during the next shift operation. 15.2.3.4.8 No Operation (NOP). NOP performs no operation and can be used as a null command, where required. Formats: 15 $0 12 11 $0 8 7 $0 4 3 $0 0 t4U.com .com NOP Command DataShee Command Sequence: Sync_PC Operand Data: None Result Data: The "command complete" response ($0FFFF) is returned during the next shift operation. 15.2.3.4.9 Read Control Register (RCREG). Read the selected control register and return the 32-bit result. Accesses to the processor/memory control registers are always 32 bits in size, regardless of the implemented register width. The second and third words of the command effectively form a 32-bit address the Debug module uses to generate a special bus cycle to access the specified control register. The 12-bit Rc field is the same as that used by the MOVEC instruction. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-21 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Formats 15 14 $2 $0 $0 13 12 11 10 $9 $0 9 8 7 6 $8 $0 RC 5 4 3 2 $0 $0 1 0 RCREG Command 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] RCREG Result Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Rc encoding: Table 15-5. Control Register Map Rc $002 $004 $005 $801 $80E $80F $C04 $C0F REGISTER DEFINITION Cache Control Register (CACR) Access Control Unit 0 (ACR0) Access Control Unit 1 (ACR1) Vector Base Register (VBR) Status Register (SR) Program Counter (PC) RAM Base Address Register (RAMBAR) Module Base Address Register (MBAR) .com t4U.com DataShee Command Sequence: RCREG ??? MS ADDR EXT WORD "NOT READY" MS ADDR EXT WORD "NOT READY" READ MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" XXX MS RESULT XXX BERR NEXT CMD LS RESULT NEXT CMD "NOT READY" Operand Data: The single operand is the 32-bit Rc control register select field. Result Data: The contents of the selected control register are returned as a longword value. The data is returned by most significant word first. For those control register widths less than 32 bits, only the implemented portion of the register is guaranteed to be correct. The remaining bits .com 15-22 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support of the longword are undefined. As an example, a read of the 16-bit SR returns the SR in the lower word and undefined data in the upper word. 15.2.3.4.10 Write Control Register (WCREG). The operand (longword) data is written to the specified control register. The write alters all 32 register bits. Formats: 15 14 $2 $0 $0 DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] 13 12 11 10 $8 $0 9 8 7 6 $8 $0 Rc 5 4 3 2 $0 $0 1 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... WCREG Command Command Sequence: WCREG ??? EXT WORD MS ADDR "NOT READY" MS ADDR EXT WORD "NOT READY" MS DATA "NOT READY" t4U.com LS DATA "NOT READY" .com WRITE CONTROL MEMORY REGISTER LOCATION XXX "NOT READY" XXX NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" XXX BERR NEXT CMD "NOT READY" DataShee See Table 15-6 for Rc encodings. Operand Data: Two operands are required for this instruction. The first long operand selects the register to which the operand data is to be written. The second operand is the data. Result Data: Successful write operations return a status of $0FFFF. Bus errors on the write cycle are indicated by the assertion of bit 16 in the status message and by a data pattern of $0001. 15.2.3.4.11 Read Debug Module Register (RDMREG). Read the selected Debug Module Register and return the 32-bit result. The only valid register selection for the RDMREG command is the CSR (DRc = $0). .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-23 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Command Formats: 15 14 $2 13 12 11 10 $D 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 2 DRc 1 0 RDMREG BDM Command 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] RDMREG BDM Result DRc encoding: Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Table 15-6. Definition of DRc Encoding - Read DRC[3:0] $0 $1-$F DEBUG REGISTER DEFINITION Configuration/Status Reserved MNEMONIC CSR INITIAL STATE $0 - Command Sequence: t4U.com RDMREG ??? XXX MS RESULT .com XXX "ILLEGAL" NEXT CMD LS RESULT NEXT CMD "NOT READY" DataShee Operand Data: None Result Data: The contents of the selected debug register are returned as a longword value. The data is returned most significant word first. 15.2.3.4.12 Write Debug Module Register (WDMREG). The operand (longword) data is written to the specified Debug Module Register. All 32 bits of the register are altered by the write. The DSCLK signal must be inactive while CPU execution of the WDEBUG instruction is performed. .com 15-24 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Command Format: 15 14 $2 13 12 11 10 $C DATA [31:16] DATA [15:0] 9 8 7 6 $8 5 4 3 2 Debug Support 1 DRC 0 WDMREG BDM Command DRc encoding: Table 15-7. Definition of DRc Encoding - Write DRc[3:0] DEBUG REGISTER DEFINITION Configuration/Status Reserved Bus Attributes And Mask Trigger Definition PC Breakpoint PC Breakpoint Mask Reserved Operand Address High Breakpoint MNEMONIC CSR AATR TDR PBR PBMR - ABHR ABLR DBR DBMR INITIAL STATE $0 - $0005 $0 - - - - - - - Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $0 $1-$5 $6 $7 $8 $9 $A-$B $C $D $E $F t4U.com DataShee .com Operand Address Low Breakpoint Data Breakpoint Data Breakpoint Mask Command Sequence: WDMREG ??? MS DATA "NOT READY" XXX "ILLEGAL" LS DATA "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "NOT READY" NEXT CMD "CMD COMPLETE" Operand Data: Longword data is written into the specified debug register. The data is supplied most significant word first. Result Data: Command complete status ($0FFFF) is returned when register write is complete. 15.2.3.4.13 Unassigned Opcodes. Motorola reserves unassigned command opcodes. All unused command formats within any revision level perform a NOP and return the ILLEGAL command response. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-25 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 15.3 REAL-TIME DEBUG SUPPORT ColdFire processors provide support for the debug of real-time applications. For these types of embedded systems, the processor cannot be halted during debug but must continue to operate. The foundation of this area of debug support is that while the processor cannot be halted to allow debugging, the system can tolerate small intrusions into the real-time operation. As discussed in the previous subsection, the debug module provides a number of hardware resources to support various hardware breakpoint functions. Specifically, three types of breakpoints are supported: PC with mask, operand address range, and data with mask. These three basic breakpoints can be configured into one- or two-level triggers with the exact trigger response also programmable. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 15.3.1 Theory of Operation The breakpoint hardware can be configured to respond to triggers in several ways. The desired response is programmed into the Trigger Definition Register. In all situations where a breakpoint triggers, an indication is provided on the DDATA output port, when not displaying captured operands or branch addresses, as shown in Table 15-8. Table 15-8. DDATA[3:0], CSR[31:28] Breakpoint Response DDATA[3:0], CSR[31:28] BREAKPOINT STATUS $000x No Breakpoints Enabled $001x Waiting for Level 1 Breakpoint .com $010x Level 1 Breakpoint Triggered $101x Waiting for Level 2 Breakpoint $110x Level 2 Breakpoint Triggered All other encodings are reserved for future use. t4U.com DataShee The breakpoint status is also posted in the CSR. The BDM instructions load and configure the desired breakpoints using the appropriate registers. As the system operates, a breakpoint trigger generates a response as defined in the TDR. If the system can tolerate the processor being halted, a BDM-entry can be used. With the TRC bits of the TDR equal to $1, the breakpoint trigger causes the core to halt as reflected in the PST = $F status. For PC breakpoints, the halt occurs before the targeted instruction is executed. For address and data breakpoints, the processor may have executed several additional instructions. As a result, trigger reporting is considered imprecise. If the processor core cannot be halted, the special debug interrupt can be used. With this configuration, TRC bits of the TDR equal to $2, the breakpoint trigger is converted into a debug interrupt to the processor. This interrupt is treated higher than the nonmaskable level 7 interrupt request. As with all interrupts, it is made pending until the processor reaches a sample point, which occurs once per instruction. Again, the hardware forces the PC breakpoint to occur immediately (before the execution of the targeted instruction). This is possible because the PC breakpoint comparison is enabled at the same time the interrupt .com 15-26 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support sampling occurs. For the address and data breakpoints, the reporting is considered imprecise because several additional instructions may be executed after the triggering address or data is seen. Once the debug interrupt is recognized, the processor aborts execution and initiates exception processing. At the initiation of the exception processing, the core enters emulator mode. After the standard 8-byte exception stack is created, the processor fetches a unique exception vector, 12, from the vector table (Refer to the ColdFire Programmer's Reference Manual Rev 1.0 MCF5200PRM/AD). Execution continues at the instruction address contained in this exception vector. All interrupts are ignored while in emulator mode. You can program the debug-interrupt handler to perform the necessary context saves using the supervisor instruction set. As an example, this handler may save the state of all the program-visible registers as well as the current context into a reserved memory area. Once the required operations are completed, the return-from-exception (RTE) instruction is executed and the processor exits emulator mode. Once the debug interrupt handler has completed its execution, the external development system can then access the reserved memory locations using the BDM commands to read memory. If a hardware breakpoint (e.g., a PC trigger) is left unmodified by the debug interrupt service routine, another debug interrupt is generated after the RTE instruction completes execution. 15.3.1.1 EMULATOR MODE. Emulator mode is used to facilitate non-intrusive emulator .com functionality. This mode can be entered in three different ways: * The EMU bit in the CSR may be programmed to force the ColdFire processor to begin execution in emulator mode. This bit is only examined when RSTI is negated and the processor begins reset exception processing. It may be set while the processor is halted before the reset exception processing begins. Refer to Section 15.2.1 CPU Halt. * A debug interrupt always enters emulation mode when the debug interrupt exception processing begins. * The TCR bit in the CSR may be programmed to force the processor into emulation mode when trace exception processing begins. During emulation mode, the ColdFire processor exhibits the following properties: * All interrupts are ignored, including level seven. * If the MAP bit of the CSR is set, all memory accesses are forced into a specially mapped address space signalled by TT = $2, TM = $5 or $6. This includes the stack frame writes and the vector fetch for the exception which forced entry into this mode. * If the MAP bit in the CSR is set, all caching of memory accesses is disabled. Additionally, the SRAM module is disabled while in this mode. The return-from-exception (RTE) instruction exits emulation mode. The processor status output port provides a unique encoding for emulator mode entry ($D) and exit ($7). .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-27 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 15.3.1.2 DEBUG MODULE HARDWARE. 15.3.1.2.1 Reuse of Debug Module Hardware. The Debug Module implementation provides a common hardware structure for both BDM and breakpoint functionality. Several structures are used for both BDM and breakpoint purposes. Table 15-9 identifies the shared hardware structures. Table 15-9. Shared BDM/Breakpoint Hardware REGISTER AATR ABHR DBR BDM FUNCTION Bus Attributes for All Memory Commands Address for All Memory Commands Data for All BDM Write Commands BREAKPOINT FUNCTION Attributes for Address Breakpoint Address for Address Breakpoint Data for Data Breakpoint Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The shared use of these hardware structures means the loading of the register to perform any specified function is destructive to the shared function. For example, if an operand address breakpoint is loaded into the Debug Module, a BDM command to access memory overwrites the breakpoint. If a data breakpoint is configured, a BDM write command overwrites the breakpoint contents. t4U.com 15.3.2 Concurrent BDM and Processor Operation The debug module supports concurrent operation of both the processor and most BDM commands. BDM commands can be executed while the processor is running, except for the .com operations that access processor/memory registers: * Read/Write Address and Data Registers * Read/Write Control Registers For BDM commands that access memory, the debug module requests the ColdFire core's bus. The processor responds by stalling the instruction fetch pipeline and then waiting until all current core bus activity is complete. At that time, the processor relinquishes the core bus to allow the debug module to perform the required operation. After the conclusion of the Debug module core bus cycle, the processor reclaims ownership of the core bus. The development system must be careful when configuring the Breakpoint Registers if the processor is executing. The debug module does not contain any hardware interlocks; therefore Motorola recommends that the TDR be disabled while the Breakpoint Registers are being loaded. At the conclusion of this process, the TDR can be written to define the exact trigger. This approach guarantees that no spurious breakpoint triggers occur. Because there are no hardware interlocks in the debug unit, no BDM operations are allowed while the CPU is writing the Debug Registers (SDSCLK must be inactive). DataShee .com 15-28 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NOTE When a BDM command is serially shifted into a ColdFire microprocessor, the debug module requests the use of the internal bus to perform the required operation. Under certain conditions, the processor may never grant the internal bus to the debug module causing the BDM command to never be performed. Specifically, the internal bus grant may be witheld from the debug module if the processor is executing a tight loop where the entire loop is contained within one aligned longword. Examples include: align4 label1:nop bra.blabel1 Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... OR align4 label2:bra.wlabel2 t4U.com The workaround is to force the loop to be aligned ACROSS two longwords. Given this alignment, the processor correctly grants the internal bus to the debug module. 15.3.3 Programming Model DataShee .com In addition to the existing BDM commands that provide access to the processor's registers 31 15 0 ABLR ABHR 15 7 0 AATR PBR PBMR DBR DBMR TDR CSR ADDRESS BREAKPOINT REGISTERS ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE TRIGGER REGISTER PC BREAKPOINT REGISTERS DATA BREAKPOINT REGISTERS TRIGGER DEFINITION REGISTER CONFIGURATION/STATUS REGISTER Figure 15-6. Debug Programming Model and the memory subsystem, the debug module contains a number of registers to support the required functionality. All of these registers are treated as 32-bit quantities, regardless of the actual number of bits in the implementation. The registers, known as the Debug .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-29 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Control Registers (DRc), are addressed using a 4-bit value as part of two new BDM commands (WDREG, RDREG). These registers are also accessible from the processor's supervisor programming model through the execution of the WDEBUG instruction (Figure 15-5 illustrates the debug module programming model). Thus, the breakpoint hardware within the Debug module can be accessed by the external development system using the serial interface, or by the operating system running on the processor core. It is the responsibility of the software to guarantee that all accesses to these resources are serialized and logically consistent. The hardware provides a locking mechanism in the CSR to allow the external development system to disable any attempted writes by the processor to the Breakpoint Registers (setting IPW =1). 15.3.3.1 ADDRESS BREAKPOINT REGISTERS (ABLR, ABHR). The Address Breakpoint Registers define an upper (ABHR) and a lower (ABLR) boundary for a region in the operand logical address space of the processor that can be used as part of the trigger. The ABLR and ABHR values are compared with the ColdFire CPU core address signals, as defined by the setting of the TDR. 15.3.3.2 ADDRESS ATTRIBUTE BREAKPOINT REGISTER (AATR). The AATR defines the address attributes and a mask to be matched in the trigger. The AATR value is compared with the ColdFire CPU core address attribute signals, as defined by the setting of the TDR. The AATR is accessible in supervisor mode as debug control register $6 using the WDEBUG instruction and via the BDM port using the WDMREG command. The lower five bits of the AATR are also used for BDM command definition to define the address space for memory references as described in subsection 15.3.2.1 Reuse of the Debug Module .com Hardware. 15 RM 14 SZM 13 12 TTM 11 10 TMM 8 7 R 6 SZ 5 4 TT 3 2 TM 0 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee AATR Bit Definitions RM[15]-Read/Write Mask This field corresponds to the R-field. Setting this bit causes R to be ignored in address comparisons. SZM[14:13]-Size Mask This field corresponds to the SZ field. Setting a bit in this field causes the corresponding bit in SZ to be ignored in address comparisons. TTM[12:11]-Transfer Type Mask This field corresponds to the TT field. Setting a bit in this field causes the corresponding bit in TT to be ignored in address comparisons. TMM[10:8]-Transfer Modifier Mask This field corresponds to the TM field. Setting a bit in this field causes the corresponding bit in TM to be ignored in address comparisons. .com 15-30 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. R[7]-Read/Write This field is compared with the R/W signal of the processor's local bus. Debug Support SZ[6:5]--Size This field is compared to the size signals of the processor's local bus. These signals indicate the data size for the bus transfer. 00 = Longword 01 = Byte 10 = Word 11 = Reserved TT[4:3]--Transfer Type This field is compared with the transfer type signals of the processor's local bus. These signals indicate the transfer type for the bus transfer. These signals are always encoded as if the ColdFire is in the ColdFire IACK mode. 00 = Normal Processor Access 01 = Reserved 10 = Emulator Mode Access 11 = Acknowledge/CPU Space Access These bits also define the TT encoding for BDM memory commands. In this case, the 01 encoding generates an alternate master access (For backward compatibility). TM[2:0]--Transfer Modifier This field is compared with the transfer modifier signals of the processor's local bus. These signals provide supplemental information for each transfer type. These signals are always encoded as if the processor is operating in the ColdFire IACK mode. The encoding for normal processor transfers (TT = 0) is: 000 = Explicit Cache Line Push 001 = User Data Access 010 = User Code Access 011 = Reserved 100 = Reserved 101 = Supervisor Data Access 110 = Supervisor Code Access 111 = Reserved The encoding for emulator mode transfers (TT = 10) is: 0xx = Reserved 100 = Reserved 101 = Emulator Mode Data Access 110 = Emulator Mode Code Access 111 = Reserved .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-31 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. The encoding for acknowledge/CPU space transfers (TT = 11) is: 000 = CPU Space Access 001 = Interrupt Acknowledge Level 1 010 = Interrupt Acknowledge Level 2 011 = Interrupt Acknowledge Level 3 100 = Interrupt Acknowledge Level 4 101 = Interrupt Acknowledge Level 5 110 = Interrupt Acknowledge Level 6 111 = Interrupt Acknowledge Level 7 15.3.3.3 PROGRAM COUNTER BREAKPOINT REGISTER (PBR, PBMR). The PC Breakpoint Registers define a region in the instruction address space of the processor that can be used as part of the trigger. The PBR value is masked by the PBMR value, allowing only those bits in PBR that have a corresponding zero in PBMR to be compared with the processor's program counter register as defined in the TDR. BITS FIELD RESET R/W 31 ADDRESS W 0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Program Counter Breakpoint Register (PBR) t4U.com DataShee .com BITS FIELD RESET R/W 31 MASK W 0 Program Counter Breakpoint Mask Register (PBMR) 15.3.3.4 DATA BREAKPOINT REGISTER (DBR, DBMR). The Data Breakpoint Registers define a specific data pattern that can be used as part of the trigger into debug mode.The DBR value is masked by the DBMR value, allowing only those bits in DBR that have a corresponding zero in DBMR to be compared with the ColdFire CPU core data signals, as defined in the TDR. BITS FIELD RESET R/W W 31 ADDRESS 0 Data Breakpoint Register (DBR) .com 15-32 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support BITS FIELD RESET R/W 31 MASK W 0 Data Breakpoint Mask Register (DBMR) The data breakpoint register supports both aligned and misaligned operand references. The relationship between the processor core address, the access size, and the corresponding location within the 32-bit core data bus is shown in Table 15-12. Table 15-10. Access Size and Operand Location Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CORE ADDRESS[1:0] 00 01 10 11 0x 1x -x ACCESS SIZE Byte Byte Byte Byte Word Word Long OPERAND LOCATION Data[31:24] Data[23:16] Data[15:8] Data[7:0] Data[31:16] Data[15:0] Data[31:0] t4U.com DataShee .com 15.3.3.5 TRIGGER DEFINITION REGISTER (TDR). The TDR configures the operation of the hardware breakpoint logic within the Debug module and controls the actions taken under the defined conditions. The breakpoint logic can be configured as a one- or two-level trigger, where bits [29:16] of the TDR define the 2nd level trigger, bits [13:0] define the first level trigger, and bits [31:30] define the trigger response. Reset clears the TDR. 31 TRC 15 00 14 30 29 EBL 13 EBL 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 DI 5 DI 20 EAI 4 EAI 19 EAR 3 EAR 18 EAL 2 EAL 17 EPC 1 EPC 16 PCI 0 PCI EDLW EDWL EDWU EDLL 12 11 10 9 EDLM EDUM EDUU 8 7 6 EDLW EDWL EDWU EDLL EDLM EDUM EDUU TDR Bit Definitions TRC-Trigger Response Control The trigger response control determines how the processor is to respond to a completed .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-33 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. trigger condition. The trigger response is always displayed on the DDATA pins. 00=displayed on DDATA pins only 01=processor halt 10=debug interrupt 11=reserved EBL-Enable Breakpoint Level If set, this bit serves as the global enable for the breakpoint trigger. If cleared, all breakpoints are disabled. EDLW-Enable Data Breakpoint for the Data Longword If set, this bit enables the data breakpoint based on the core data bus (KD) KD[31:0] longword. The assertion of any of the ED bits enables the data breakpoint. If all bits are cleared, the data breakpoint is disabled. EDWL-Enable Data Breakpoint for the Lower Data Word If set, this bit enables the data breakpoint based on the KD[15:0] word. EDWU-Enable Data Breakpoint for the Upper Data Word If set, this bit enables the data breakpoint trigger based on the KD[31:16] word. EDLL-Enable Data Breakpoint for the Lower Lower Data Byte .com If set, this bit enables the data breakpoint trigger based on the KD[7:0] byte. EDLM-Enable Data Breakpoint for the Lower Middle Data Byte If set, this bit enables the data breakpoint trigger based on the KD[15:8] byte. EDUM-Enable Data Breakpoint for the Upper Middle Data Byte If set, this bit enables the data breakpoint trigger based on the KD[23:16] byte. EDUU-Enable Data Breakpoint for the Upper Upper Data Byte If set, this bit enables the data breakpoint trigger based on the KD[31:24] byte. DI-Data Breakpoint Invert This bit provides a mechanism to invert the logical sense of all the data breakpoint comparators. This can develop a trigger based on the occurrence of a data value not equal to the one programmed into the DBR. The assertion of any of the EA bits enables the address breakpoint. If all three bits are cleared, this breakpoint is disabled. EAI-Enable Address Breakpoint Inverted If set, this bit enables the address breakpoint based outside the range defined by ABLR and ABHR. .com 15-34 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support EAR-Enable Address Breakpoint Range If set, this bit enables the address breakpoint based on the inclusive range defined by ABLR and ABHR. EAL-Enable Address Breakpoint Low If set, this bit enables the address breakpoint based on the address contained in the ABLR. EPC-Enable PC Breakpoint If set, this bit enables the PC breakpoint. Clearing this bit disables the PC breakpoint. PCI-PC Breakpoint Invert If set, this bit allows execution outside a given region as defined by PBR and PBMR to enable a trigger. If cleared, the PC breakpoint is defined within the region defined by PBR and PBMR. 15.3.3.6 CONFIGURATION/STATUS REGISTER (CSR). The Configuration/Status Register defines the operating configuration for the processor and memory subsystem. In addition to defining the microprocessor configuration, this register also contains status information from the breakpoint logic. The CSR is cleared during system reset. The CSR can 31 STATUS 15 MAP 14 TRC 13 EMU 12 DDC 28 27 FOF 11 26 TRG 10 UHE 25 HALT 9 24 BKPT 8 7 6 5 IPI 23 RESERVED 4 SSM 3 0 2 0 1 0 17 16 IPW 0 0 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com BTB 0 NPL CSR Bit Definitions be read and written by the external development system and written by the supervisor programming model. Status-Breakpoint Status This 4-bit field defines provides read-only status information concerning the hardware breakpoints. This field is defined as follows: $0 = no breakpoints enabled $1 = waiting for level 1 breakpoint $2 = level 1 breakpoint triggered $5 = waiting for level 2 breakpoint $6 = level 2 breakpoint triggered The CSR[30-28] bits are translated and output on the DDATA[3:1] signals where x is the .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-35 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DDATA[0] bit. 000x = no breakpoints enabled 001x = waiting for level 1 breakpoint 010x = level 1 breakpoint triggered 101x = waiting for level 2 breakpoint 110x = level 2 breakpoint triggered This breakpoint status is also output on the DDATA port when the bus is not displaying ColdFire CPU core captured data. A write to the TDR resets this field. FOF-Fault-on-Fault If this read-only status bit is set, a catastrophic halt has occurred and forced entry into BDM. This bit is cleared on a read of the CSR. TRG-Hardware Breakpoint Trigger If this read-only status bit is set, a hardware breakpoint has halted the processor core and forced entry into BDM. This bit is cleared on a read from the CSR or when the processor is restarted. Halt-Processor Halt If this read-only status bit is set, the processor has executed the HALT instruction and forced entry into BDM. This bit is cleared on a read from the CSR or when the processor is restarted. .com BKPT-BKPT Assert If this read-only status bit is set, the BKPT signal was asserted, forcing the processor into BDM. This bit is cleared on a read from the CSR or when the processor is restarted. IPW-Inhibit Processor Writes to Debug Registers If set, this bit inhibits any processor-initiated writes to the debug module's programming model registers. This bit can be modified only by commands from the external development system. MAP-Force Processor References in Emulator Mode If set, this bit forces the processor to map all references while in emulator mode to a special address space, TT = 10, TM = 101 (data) and 110 (text). If cleared, all emulator-mode references are mapped into supervisor text and data spaces. TRC-Force Emulation Mode on Trace Exception If set, this bit forces the processor to enter emulator mode when a trace exception occurs. EMU-Force Emulation Mode If set, this bit forces the processor to begin execution in emulator mode. This bit is examined only when RSTI is negated, as the processor begins reset exception processing. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 15-36 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Debug Support DDC-Debug Data Control This 2-bit field provides configuration control for capturing operand data for display on the DDATA port. The encoding is as follows: 00 = no operand data is displayed 01 = capture all internal write data 10 = capture all internal read data 11 = capture all internal read and write data In all cases, the DDATA port displays the number of bytes defined by the operand reference size, i.e., byte displays 8 bits, word displays 16 bits, and long displays 32 bits. UHE-User Halt Enable This bit selects the CPU privilege level required to execute the HALT instruction. 0 = HALT is a privileged, supervisor-only instruction 1 = HALT is a nonprivileged, supervisor/user instruction BTB-Branch Target Bytes This 2-bit field defines the number of bytes of branch target address to be displayed on the DDATA outputs. The encoding is as follows: 00 = 0 bytes 01 = lower two bytes of the target address 10 = lower three bytes of the target address 11 = entire four-byte target address The bytes are always displayed in a least-significant-to-most-significant order. The processor captures only those target addresses associated with taken branches using a variant addressing mode. This includes JMP and JSR instructions using address register indirect or indexed addressing modes, all RTE and RTS instructions as well as all exception vectors. NPL-Nonpipelined Mode If set, this bit forces the processor core to operate in a nonpipeline mode of operation. In this mode, the processor effectively executes a single instruction at a time with no overlap. IPI-Ignore Pending Interrupts If set, this bit forces the processor core to ignore any pending interrupt requests signalled on KIPL[2:0] while executing in single-instruction-step mode. SSM-Single-Step Mode If set, this bit forces the processor core to operate in a single-instruction-step mode. While in this mode, the processor executes a single instruction and then halts. While halted, any of the BDM commands can be executed. On receipt of the GO command, the processor executes the next instruction and then halts again. This process continues until the single-instruction-step mode is disabled. Reserved All bits labeled Reserved or "0" are currently unused and reserved for future use. These bits should always be written as 0. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 15-37 t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 15.4 MOTOROLA RECOMMENDED BDM PINOUT The ColdFire BDM connector is a 26-pin Berg connector arranged 2x13, shown in Figure 15-6. DEVELOPER RESERVED2 GND GND RESET* +5V1 GND 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 BKPT DSCLK DEVELOPER RESERVED2 DSI DSO PST3* PST1 DDATA3* DDATA1 GND MOTOROLA RESERVED CLK_CPU TEA Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... PST2 PST0 DDATA2 DDATA0* MOTOROLA RESERVED GND VCC_CPU t4U.com NOTES: .com 1. Supplied by target 2. Pins reserved for BDM developer use. Contact developer. * Denotes a vectored signal DataShee Figure 15-7. 26-Pin Berg Connector Arranged 2x13 15.4.1 Differences Between the ColdFire BDM and a CPU32 BDM 1. DSCLK, BKPT, and DSDI must meet the setup and hold times relative to the rising edge of the processor clock to prevent the processor from propagating metastable states. 2. DSO transitions relative to the rising edge of DSCLK only. In the CPU32 BDM, DSO transitions between serial transfers to indicate to the development system that a command has successfully completed. The ColdFire BDM does not support this feature. 3. The development system must note that the DSO is not valid during the first rising edge of DSCLK. Instead, the first rising edge of DSCLK causes DSO to transmit the MSB of DSO. A serial transfer is illustrated in Figure 15-8. .com 15-38 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. DSCLK DSI DSO 16 16 15 15 1 0 0 Figure 15-8. Serial Transfer Illustration t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 15-39 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Debug Support Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 15-40 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 16 IEEE 1149.1 TEST ACCESS PORT (JTAG) The MCF5206E includes dedicated user-accessible test logic that is fully compliant with the IEEE standard 1149.1 Standard Test Access Port and Boundary Scan Architecture. Use the following description in conjunction with the supporting IEEE document listed above. This section includes the description of those chip-specific items that the IEEE standard requires as well as those items specific to the MCF5206E implementation. The MCF5206E JTAG test architecture implementation currently supports circuit board test strategies that are based on the IEEE standard. This architecture provides access to all of the data and chip control pins from the board edge connector through the standard four-pin test access port (TAP) and the active-low JTAG reset pin, TRST. The test logic itself uses a static design and is wholly independent of the system logic, except where the JTAG is subordinate to other complimentary test modes (see Section 15: Debug Support section for more information). When in subordinate mode, the JTAG test logic is placed in reset and the TAP pins can be used for other purposes in accordance with the rules and restrictions set forth using a JTAG compliance-enable pin. The MCF5206E JTAG implementation can: .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee * Perform boundary-scan operations to test circuit board electrical continuity * Bypass the MCF5206E device by reducing the shift register path to a single cell * Sample the MCF5206E system pins during operation and transparently shift out the result * Set the MCF5206E output drive pins to fixed logic values while reducing the shift register path to a single cell * Protect the MCF5206E system output and input pins from backdriving and random toggling (such as during in-circuit testing) by placing all system signal pins to highimpedance state NOTE The IEEE Standard 1149.1 test logic cannot be considered completely benign to those planning not to use JTAG capability. You must observe certain precautions to ensure that this logic does not interfere with system or debug operation. Refer to Section 16.6 Disabling the IEEE 1149.1 Standard Operation. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 16-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (JTAG) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 16.1 OVERVIEW Figure 16-1 is a block diagram of the MCF5206E implementation of the 1149.1 IEEE Standard. The test logic includes several test data registers, an instruction register, instruction register control decode, and a 16-state dedicated TAP controller. TEST DATA REGISTERS BOUNDARY SCAN REGISTER V+ TDI IDCODE REGISTER Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... M U X BYPASS t4U.com 3-BIT INSTRUCTION DECODE M U X DataShee TDO .com 3-BIT INSTRUCTION REGISTER V+ TMS TAP CONTROLLER V+ TCK TRST Figure 16-1. JTAG Test Logic Block Diagram 16.2 JTAG PIN DESCRIPTIONS The MCF5206E JTAG pin is defined to be a compliance-enable input per Section 3.8 of the IEEE Standard 1149.1a-1993 entitled "Subordination of this Standard within a Higher Level Test Strategy." When JTAG is a logic 0, the MCF5206E is in JTAG mode; when JTAG is a logic 1, the MCF5206E is in Debug mode. .com 16-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Access Port (JTAG) IEEE 1149.1 Test When the compliance-enable is set for JTAG mode, the pin descriptions in Table 16-1 apply. Table 16-1. JTAG Pin Descriptions PIN TCK TMS TDI TDO TRST DESCRIPTION A test clock input that synchronizes test logic operations A test mode select input with a default internal pullup resistor that is sampled on the rising edge of TCK to sequence the TAP controller A serial test data input with a default internal pullup resistor that is sampled on the rising edge of TCK A three-state test data output that is actively driven only in the Shift-IR and Shift-DR controller states and only updates on the falling edge of TCK An active-low asynchronous reset with a default internal pullup resistor that forces the TAP controller into the test-logic-reset state. Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 16.3 JTAG REGISTER DESCRIPTIONS 16.3.1 JTAG Instruction Shift Register The MCF5206E IEEE 1149.1 Standard implementation uses a 3-bit instruction-shift register without parity. This register transfers its value to a parallel hold register and applies one of six possible instructions on the falling edge of TCK when the TAP state machine is in the update-IR state. To load the instructions into the shift portion of the register, place the serial data on the TDI pin prior to each rising edge of TCK. The MSB of the instruction shift register is the bit closest to the TDI pin and the LSB is the bit closest to the TDO pin. .com t4U.com DataShee Table 16-2 lists the public customer-usable instructions that are supported along with their encoding. Table 16-2. JTAG Instructions INSTRUCTION EXTEST IDCODE SAMPLE/ PRELOAD HIGHZ CLAMP BYPASS ABBR EXT IDC SMP HIZ CMP BYP CLASS Required Optional Required Optional Optional Required IR[2:0] 000 001 100 101 110 111 INSTRUCTION SUMMARY Select BS register while applying fixed values to output pins and asserting functional reset Selects IDCODE register for shift Selects BS register for shift, sample, and preload without disturbing functional operation Selects the bypass register while three-stating all output pins and asserting functional reset Selects bypass while applying fixed values to output pins and asserting functional reset Selects the bypass register for data operations The IEEE 1149.1 Standard requires the EXTEST, SAMPLE/PRELOAD, and BYPASS instructions. IDCODE, CLAMP and HIGHZ are optional standard instructions that the MCF5206E implementation supports and are described in the 1149.1. 16.3.1.1 EXTEST INSTRUCTION. The external test instruction (EXTEST) selects the boundary-scan register. The EXTEST instruction forces all output pins and bidirectional pins configured as outputs to the preloaded fixed values (with the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction) and held in the boundary-scan update registers. The EXTEST instruction can .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 16-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (JTAG) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. also configure the direction of bidirectional pins and establish high-impedance states on some pins. The EXTEST instruction becomes active on the falling edge of TCK in the update-IR state when the data held in the instruction-shift register is equivalent to octal 0. 16.3.1.2 IDCODE. The IDCODE instruction selects the 32-bit IDcode register for connection as a shift path between the TDI pin and the TDO pin. This instruction lets you interrogate the MCF5206E to determine its version number and other part identification data. The IDcode register has been implemented in accordance with IEEE 1149.1 so that the least significant bit of the shift register stage is set to logic 1 on the rising edge of TCK following entry into the capture-DR state. Therefore, the first bit to be shifted out after selecting the IDcode register is always a logic 1. The remaining 31-bits are also set to fixed values (see 16.3.2 IDCode Register) on the rising edge of TCK following entry into the capture-DR state. The IDCODE instruction is the default value placed in the instruction register when a JTAG reset is accomplished by either asserting TRST or holding TMS high while clocking TCK through at least five rising edges and the falling edge after the fifth rising edge. A JTAG reset causes the TAP state machine to enter the test-logic-reset state (normal operation of the TAP state machine into the test-logic-reset state also results in placing the default value of octal 1 into the instruction register). The shift register portion of the instruction register is loaded with the default value of octal 1 when in the Capture-IR state and a rising edge of TCK occurs. 16.3.1.3 SAMPLE/PRELOAD INSTRUCTION. The SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction .com provides two separate functions. First, it obtains a sample of the system data and control signals present at the MCF5206E input pins and just prior to the boundary scan cell at the output pins. This sampling occurs on the rising edge of TCK in the capture-DR state when an instruction encoding of octal 4 is resident in the instruction register. You can observe this sampled data by shifting it through the boundary-scan register to the output TDO by using the shift-DR state. Both the data capture and the shift operation are transparent to system operation. You are responsible for providing some form of external synchronization to achieve meaningful results because there is no internal synchronization between TCK and the system clock, CLK. The second function of the SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction is to initialize the boundary scan register update cells before selecting EXTEST or CLAMP. This is achieved by ignoring the data being shifted out of the TDO pin while shifting in initialization data. The update-DR state in conjunction with the falling edge of TCK can then transfer this data to the update cells. This data will be applied to the external output pins when one of the instructions listed above is applied. 16.3.1.4 HIGHZ INSTRUCTION. The HIGHZ instruction anticipates the need to backdrive the output pins and protect the input pins from random toggling during circuit board testing. The HIGHZ instruction selects the bypass register, forcing all output and bidirectional pins to the high-impedance state. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com 16-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Access Port (JTAG) IEEE 1149.1 Test The HIGHZ instruction goes active on the falling edge of TCK in the update-IR state when the data held in the instruction shift register is equivalent to octal 5. 16.3.1.5 CLAMP INSTRUCTION. The CLAMP instruction selects the bypass register and asserts functional reset while simultaneously forcing all output pins and bidirectional pins configured as outputs to the fixed values that are preloaded and held in the boundary-scan update registers. This instruction enhances test efficiency by reducing the overall shift path to a single bit (the bypass register) while conducting an EXTEST type of instruction through the boundary-scan register. The CLAMP instruction becomes active on the falling edge of TCK in the update-IR state when the data held in the instruction-shift register is equivalent to octal 6. 16.3.1.6 BYPASS INSTRUCTION. The BYPASS instruction selects the single-bit bypass register, creating a single-bit shift register path from the TDI pin to the bypass register to the TDO pin. This instruction enhances test efficiency by reducing the overall shift path when a device other than the MCF5206E processor becomes the device under test on a board design with multiple chips on the overall 1149.1 defined boundary-scan chain. The bypass register has been implemented in accordance with 1149.1 so that the shift register stage is set to logic zero on the rising edge of TCK following entry into the capture-DR state. Therefore, the first bit to be shifted out after selecting the bypass register is always a logic zero (to differentiate a part that supports an IDCODE register from a part that supports only the bypass register). The BYPASS instruction goes active on the falling edge of TCK in the update-IR state when the data held in the instruction shift register is equivalent to octal 7. .com t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee 16.3.2 IDcode Register An IEEE 1149.1 compliant JTAG identification register has been included on the MCF5206E . The MCF5206E JTAG instruction encoded as octal 1 provides for reading the JTAG IDcode register. The format of this register is defined below. ID code Register 31 30 29 28 27 0 26 1 25 0 24 0 23 1 22 1 21 0 20 0 19 0 18 0 17 0 16 0 VERSION NO 15 0 14 0 13 0 12 1 11 0 10 0 9 0 8 0 7 0 6 0 5 0 4 0 3 1 2 0 1 1 0 1 Bits 31-28 Version Number Indicates the revision number of the MCF5206E . Bits 27-22 Design Center Indicates the ColdFire design center. Bits 21-12 Device Number Indicates an MCF5206E . .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 16-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (JTAG) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Bits 11-1 JEDEC ID Indicates the reduced JEDEC ID for Motorola (JEDEC refers to the Joint Electron Device Engineering Council. Refer to JEDEC publication 106-A and chapter 11 of the IEEE 1149.1 Standard for further information on this field). Bit 0 Differentiates this register as the JTAG IDcode register (as opposed to the bypass register) according to the IEEE 1149.1 Standard. 16.3.3 JTAG BOUNDARY-SCAN REGISTER Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... The MCF5206E model includes an IEEE 1149.1-compliant boundary-scan register. The boundary-scan register is connected between TDI and TDO when the EXTEST or SAMPLE/PRELOAD instructions are selected. This register captures signal pin data on the input pins, forces fixed values on the output signal pins, and selects the direction and drive characteristics (a logic value or high impedance) of the bidirectional and three-state signal pins. Boundary scan bit definitions The latest (and most accurate) version of the boundary scan bit definitions can be downloaded from the ColdFire homepage on the Motorola website http://www.motorola.com/ColdFire .com t4U.com DataShee Please select the ColdFire processor of your choice and search under the product documentation hypertext button. 16.3.4 JTAG BYPASS REGISTER The MCF5206E includes an IEEE 1149.1-compliant bypass register, which creates a single bit shift register path from TDI to the bypass register to TDO when the BYPASS instruction is selected. 16.4 TAP CONTROLLER The value of TMS at the rising edge of TCK determines the current state of the TAP controller. There are basically two paths that the TAP controller can follow: The first, for executing JTAG instructions; the second, for manipulating JTAG data based on the JTAG instructions. The various states of the TAP controller are shown in Figure 16-2. For more detail on each state, refer to the IEEE 1149.1 Standard JTAG document. Do note, though, that from any state the TAP controller is in, Test-Logic-Reset can be entered if TMS is held high for at least five rising edges of TCK. .com 16-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Access Port (JTAG) IEEE 1149.1 Test 1 TEST - LOGIC - RESET TLR 0 RUN - TEST - IDLE <-- VALUE OF TMS AT RISING EDGE OF TCK 1 SELECT - DR - SCAN SeDR 0 1 CAPTURE - DR CaDR 0 SHIFT - DR ShDR 1 EXIT1 - DR E1DR 1 0 1 1 SELECT - IR - SCAN SeIR 0 CAPTURE - IR CaIR 1 1 0 RTI Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 0 SHIFT - IR ShIR 1 EXIT1 - IR E1IR 1 0 t4U.com DataShee .com PAUSE - DR PaDR 0 0 0 PAUSE - IR PaIR 0 1 0 EXIT2 - DR E2DR 0 1 EXIT2 - IR E2IR 1 UPDATE - DR UpDR 1 0 1 1 UPDATE - IR UpIR 0 Figure 16-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine 16.5 RESTRICTIONS The test logic is implemented using static logic design, and TCK can be stopped in either a high or low state without loss of data. The system logic, however, operates on a different .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 16-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (JTAG) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. system clock which is not synchronized to TCK internally. Any mixed operation requiring the use of 1149.1 test logic in conjunction with system functional logic that uses both clocks must have coordination and synchronization of these clocks done externally to the MCF5206E . 16.6 DISABLING THE IEEE 1149.1 STANDARD OPERATION There are two methods by which the MCF5206E can be used without the IEEE 1149.1 test logic being active: 1) Nonuse of the JTAG test logic by either nontermination (disconnection) or intentional fixing of TAP logic values, and 2) Intentional disabling of the JTAG test logic by assertion of the JTAG signal (entering Debug mode). There are several considerations that must be addressed if the IEEE 1149.1 logic is not going to be used once the MCF5206E is assembled onto a board. The prime consideration is to ensure that the IEEE 1149.1 test logic remains transparent and benign to the system logic during functional operation. This requires the minimum of either connecting the TRST pin to logic 0, or connecting the TCK clock pin to a clock source that will supply five rising edges and the falling edge after the fifth rising edge, to ensure that the part enters the test-logic-reset state. The recommended solution is to connect TRST to logic 0. Another consideration is that the TCK pin does not have an internal pullup as is required on the TMS, TDI, and TRST pins; therefore, it should not be left unterminated to preclude mid-level input values. Figure 16-3 shows pin values recommended for disabling JTAG with the MCF5206E in JTAG mode (JTAG=0). .com V DD t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee * TMS/BKPT TDI/DSI JTAG * * TRST/DSCLK TCK Figure 16-3. Disabling JTAG in JTAG Mode A second method of using the MCF5206E without the IEEE 1149.1 logic being active is to select debug mode by placing a logic 1 on the defined compliance enable pin, JTAG. When JTAG is a logic 1, then the IEEE 1149.1 test controller is placed in the test-logicreset state by the internal assertion of the TRST signal to the controller, and, the TAP pins function as Debug mode pins. While in JTAG mode, input pins TDI/DSI, TMS/BKPT, and .com 16-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Access Port (JTAG) IEEE 1149.1 Test TRST/DSCLK have internal pullups enabled. Figure 16-4 shows pin values recommended for disabling JTAG with the MCF5206E in Debug mode. VDD JTAG TDI /DSI DEBUG INTERFACE TMS/BKPT TRST/DSCLK TCK Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Figure 16-4. Disabling JTAG in Debug Mode 16.7 MOTOROLA MCF5206E BSDL DESCRIPTION The MCF5206E BSDL description is available on the World Wide Web at http://www.mot.com/coldfire t4U.com 16.8 OBTAINING THE IEEE 1149.1 STANDARD The IEEE 1149 Standard JTAG specification is available directly from IEEE: .com IEEE Standards Department 445 Hoes Lane P.O. Box 1331 Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331 USA http://stdsbbs.ieee.org/ Fax: 908-981-9667 Information: 908-981-0060 or 1-800-678-4333 DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 16-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com IEEE 1149.1 Test Access Port (JTAG) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 16-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 17 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS 17.1 MAXIMUM RATINGS 17.1.1 Supply, Input Voltage and Storage Temperature Table 17-1. Supply, Input Voltage and Storage Temperature Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... RATING Supply voltage Maximum Operating Voltage Minimum Operating Voltage Input voltage Storage temperature range SYMBOL VDD VDD VDD Vin Tstg VALUE -0.3 to + 4.0 +3.6 +3.0 -0.5 to+5.5 -55 to 150 UNIT V V V V oC t4U.com DataShee The ratings in the above table define maximum conditions under which the MCF5206E device may be subjected without being damaged. However, the device cannot operate normally while being exposed to these electrical extremes. This device contains circuitry that protects against damage from high static voltages or electrical fields; however, you should take normal precautions to avoid application of any voltages higher than maximum-rated voltages to this highimpedance circuit. Operational reliability improves when unused inputs are tied to an appropriate logic voltage level (e.g., either GND or VDD). .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.1.2 Operating Temperature Table 17-2. Operating Temperature CHARACTERISTIC Maximum operating junction temperature Maximum operating ambient temperature Maximum operating ambient temperature (Extended Temperature device) Minimum operating ambient temperature Minimum operating ambient temperature (Extended Temperature device) SYMBOL TJ T Amax T Amax T Amin T Amin VALUE TBD 70a 85a 0 -40 UNIT o o C C oC o o C C Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... a This published maximum operating ambient temperature should be used only as a system design guideline. All device operating parameters are guaranteed only when the junction temperature lies within the specified range. NOTE At printing, power dissipation figures were not available. Refer to the World Wide Web site at http://www.motorola.com/ ColdFire for the latest accurate power dissipation information for the MCF5206E processor. t4U.com 17.1.3 Thermal Resistance .com DataShee Table 17-3. Thermal Resistance CHARACTERISTIC Thermal resistance, junction to ambient Thermal resistance, junction to top reference qja Yjt VALUE 381 3 RATING oC/W oC/W 1q and Y parameters are simulated in accordance with EIA/JESD Standard 51-2 for natural convection. Motorola recommends the ja jt use of qja and power dissipation specifications in the system design to prevent device junction temperatures from exceeding the rated specification. System designers should be aware that device junction temperatures can be significantly influenced by the board layout and surrounding devices. Conformance to the device junction temperature specification can be verified by physical measurement in the customer's system using the Yjt parameter, the device power dissipation, and the method described in EIA/JESD Standard 51-2. 17.1.4 Output Loading Table 17-4. Output Loading CHARACTERISTIC Load Capacitance (All outputs) SYMBOL CL MAXIMUM 50 UNIT pF .com 17-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.2 DC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table 17-5. Operation voltage range Input high voltage Input low voltage Input signal undershoot Input signal overshoot Input leakage current @ GND,VDD CLK,A[27:0],D[31:0],TS,SIZ[1:0],R/W,TA,ATA,TEA,IPL[2]/IRQ[7], IPL[1]/IRQ[4],IPL[0]/IRQ[1], BG,RxD[2:1],CTS[2:1],TIN[1:0], PP[7:0]/PST[3:0],DDATA[3:0],RSTI,TCK, HIZ,JTAG HI-Z (three-state) leakage current @GND, VDD A[27:0],D[31:0],TS,TT[1:0],ATM,SIZ[1:0],R/W,TA,TDO/DSO Signal Low Input Current, VIL =0.8V TMS/BKPT,TDI/DSI,TRST/DSCLK Signal High Input Current, VIH =2.0V TMS/BKPT,TDI/DSI,TRST/DSCLK Output high voltage,IOH =8 mA(All signals except RAS[1:0],CAS[3:0], DRAMW),IOH =16mA(RAS[1:0],CAS[3:0],DRAMW) Output low voltage ,IOL =8 mA(All signals except RAS[1:0],CAS[3:0], DRAMW),IOL =16mA(RAS[1:0],CAS[3:0],DRAMW) Pin capacitance* * This specification periodically sampled but not 100% tested. DC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SYMBOL VDD VIH VIL -- -- Iin MIN 3.0 2 GND -- -- -- MAX 3.6 5.5 0.8 0.8 0.8 20 UNIT V V V V V uA CHARACTERISTIC Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... ITSI IIL IIH VOH VOL Cin -- TBD TBD 2.4 -- -- 20 TBD TBD -- 0.5 10 uA mA mA V V pF t4U.com DataShee .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-3 D a t a S 4 U . e to m he c www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.3 AC ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 17.3.1 Clock Input Timing Specifications Table 17-6. Clock Input Timing Specifications 40 MHz NAME CHARACTERISTIC MIN Frequency of Operation1 C1 C22 CLK cycle time CLK fall time(from Vh =2.4VtoVl =0.5V) CLK rise time (from Vl =0.5VtoVh =2.4V) CLK duty cycle (measured at 1.5 V) CLK pulse width high (measured at 1.5 V) CLK pulse width low (measured at 1.5 V) 0 25 -- -- 45 11.25 11.25 MAX 40.00 -- 2 2 55 13.75 13.75 MIN 0 18.5 -- -- 45 8.33 8.33 MAX 54.00 -- 2 2 55 10.19 10.19 MHz ns ns ns % ns ns 54 MHz UNIT Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... C32 C4 C4a3 C4b3 1 CLK may be stopped to conserve power. 2 Specification values are not tested. 3 Specification values listed are for maximum frequency of operation. t4U.com DataShee .com 17.3.2 Clock Input Timing Diagram C1 CLK C2 Vh Vl C3 C4a C4b Figure 17-1. Clock Input Timing .com 17-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.3.3 Processor Bus Input Timing Specifications Table 17-7. Processor Bus Input Timing Specifications 40 MHz NAME CHARACTERISTIC MIN B1a B1b B1c B1d B1e B1f B1g B1h B1i B1j B2a B2b B2c B3a B3b B4a B4b B5 B6 CONTROL INPUTS 5 TS Valid to CLK (Setup) TA, Valid to CLK (Setup) 5 1.5 ATA Valid to CLK (Setup) TEA Valid to CLK (Setup) 4.5 BG Valid to CLK (Setup) 5.5 1.5 IPL[2:0]/IRQ[7,4,1] Valid to CLK (Setup) RSTI Valid to CLK (Setup) 1.5 DSCLK to CLK (Setup) 4 6 DSI Valid to CLK (Setup) BKPT to CLK 6 CLK to Synchronous Control Input 4.5 (TS, TA, TEA, BG, DSI, DSCLK) Invalid (Hold) CLK to Asynchronous Control Input 4.5 (ATA, IPL[2:0]/IRQ[7,4,1], RSTI, BKPT) Invalid (Hold) CLK to Mode Selects Invalid (RSTI Asserted) 4.5 ADDRESS AND ATTRIBUTE INPUTS Address Input (A[27:0]) Valid to CLK (Setup) 3 Attribute Input (SIZ[1:0], R/W) Valid to CLK (Setup) 5 CLK to Address Input (A[27:0]) Invalid (Hold) .com 4.5 CLK to Address and Attribute Input (SIZ[1:0], R/W) Invalid (Hold) 4.5 DATA INPUTS Data Input (D[31:0]) Valid to CLK (Setup) 6 CLK to Data Input (D[31:0]) Invalid (Hold) 4.5 MAX -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- MIN 3.5 4.2 1 4.2 5 1 1 3 4.2 4.2 4.5 4.5 4.5 2 3.5 4.5 4.5 3 4.5 MAX -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 54 MHz UNIT t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.3.4 Input Timing Waveform Diagram * The same timings are valid for negative edge inputs CLK TSETUP 1.5V THOLD INPUT SETUP AND HOLD INVALID 1.5V VALID 1.5V INVALID trise = 1.5ns INPUT RISE TIME Vh = VIH Vl = VIL Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... tfall = 1.5ns INPUT FALL TIME Vh = VIH Vl = VIL Figure 17-2. Input Timing Waveform Requirements t4U.com DataShee .com .com 17-6 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.3.5 Processor Bus Output Timing Specifications Table 17-8. Processor Bus Output Timing Specifications 40 MHz NAME CHARACTERISTIC* MIN B7a B7b B7c B7d B7e B7f B7g B7h B8a B8b B9 B10a B10b B10c B10d B11 B12a B12b B12c B12d B13 B14 B15 B16 B17 CONTROL OUTPUTS 3 CLK to TS Valid (signal from driven or three-state) CLK to TA Valid (signal from driven or three-state) 3 3 CLK (falling) to RAS[1:0] Valid CLK (falling) to CAS[3:0] Valid 3 CLK to DRAMW Valid 3 3 CLK to BR, BD Valid CLK to RSTO Valid 3 CLK to PST[3:0], DDATA[3:0], DSO Valid 3 CLK to Control Output (TS, TA, BR, BD, RAS[1:0], DRAMW, 3 PST[3:0], DDATA[3:0], DSO, RSTO) Invalid (Output Hold) CLK (rising or falling) to CAS[3:0] Invalid (Output Hold) 3 CLK to Control Output (TS, TA) High Impedance - ADDRESS AND ATTRIBUTE OUTPUTS CLK to Address or Attribute Output (A[27:0], TT[1:0], ATM], 3 CS[7:4], WE[3:0]) Valid (signal from driven or three-state) CLK to SIZ[1:0] Valid (signal from driven or three-state) 3 CLK to R/W Valid (signal from driven or three-state) 3 CLK to Attribute Output (CS[3:0]) Valid (signal from driven or 3 three-state) .com CLK to Address or Attribute Output (A[27:0], TT[1:0], ATM, 3 SIZ[1:0], R/W, CS[7:0], WE[3:0]) Invalid (Output Hold) CLK to Address or Attribute Output (A[27:0], TT[1:0], ATM, - CS[7:4], WE[3:0]) High Impedance CLK to SIZ[1:0] High Impedance - CLK to R/W High Impedance - CLK to Attribute Output (CS[3:0]) High Impedance - DATA OUTPUTS CLK to Data Output (D[31:0]) Valid (signal from driven or three3 state) CLK to Data Output (D[31:0]) Invalid (Output Hold) 3 CLK to Data Output (D[31:0]) High Impedance - OTHER OUTPUTS HIZ to output tristated (HIZ asserted) 3 HIZ to output driven valid (HIZ negated) 3 MAX 20 19 16.5 16.5 19 21 18.5 19.5 - - 22.5 19 19.5 18.5 20.5 - 19.5 20 20 18.5 21 - 20 20 48 MIN 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 3 3 - 3 3 MAX 15 14 14 14 14 15.5 15.5 17 - - 17 16 16.5 15.5 17.5 - 16.5 17 17 15.5 17 - 15 15 36 ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 54 MHz UNIT t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee * Output timing is measured at the pin. Output specifications assume a capacitive load of 50pF. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.3.6 Output Timing Waveform Diagram CLK (POSITIVE) 1.5V THOLD OUTPUT HOLD VALID 1.5V TVALID INVALID OUTPUT VALID INVALID 1.5V VALID Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CLK (NEGATIVE) 1.5V THOLD OUTPUT VALID 1.5V TVALID INVALID t4U.com OUTPUT INVALID 1.5V VALID DataShee .com Figure 17-3. Output Timing Waveform .com 17-8 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.3.7 Processor Bus Timing Diagrams CLK B1g RSTI B1f Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... IPL[2:0]/IRQ[7,4,1] B2c t4U.com MODE SELECTS ARE REGISTERED DataShee .com THE CYCLE IN EDGE BEFORE WHICH RSTI IS RECOGNIZED AS BEING NEGATED. ON THE PREVIOUS FALLING CLK Figure 17-4. Reset Configuration Timing .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-9 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CLK B10 ADDRESS & ATTRIBUTES B11 B7a TS Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... B8a B10 ATM B10 B11 B5 DATA IN (READ) B11 B6 B13 DATA OUT (WRITE) t4U.com B15 DataShee .com B14 B10 WE[3:0] B11 B1b TA B2a B1c ATA B2b B1d TEA B2a NOTE: ADDRESS AND ATTRIBUTES REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS: A[27:0], SIZ[1:0], R/W, TT[1:0], ATM, AND CS[7:0]. Figure 17-5. Read and Write Timing .com 17-10 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics CLK B12 ADDRESS & ATTRIBUTES B10 B11 B8a TS B7a B9 B8a Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... B7f BR B8a B7f BD B8a B15 DATA OUT (WRITE) t4U.com DataShee .com B14 B1e B1e BG B2a B2a NOTE: ADDRESS AND ATTRIBUTES REFER TO THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS: A[27:0], SIZ[1:0], R/W, TT[1:0], ATM, CS[7:0] AND WE[3:0]. Figure 17-6. Bus Arbitration Timing .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-11 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CLK B10 ADDRESS B10 B11 B11 B7a B8a B7a TS B7e DRAMW B8a Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... B7c RAS[1:0] B8a B7d CAS[3:0] B8b B8b B8b B8b DATA IN (READ) DATA OUT (WRITE) B5 B6 B13 B13 B14 B15 B14 t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 17-7. DRAM Signal Timing CLK B7e DRAMW B8a B7d CAS[3:0] B8b B7c RAS[1:0] B8a Figure 17-8. DRAM Refresh Cycle Timing .com 17-12 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics CLK ALT. MASTER ADDRESS, SIZ[1:0], R/W IN ALT. MASTER TS IN B3 B4 B1a B2a B10 B10 B11 B3 B4 B1a B2a ADDRESS B12 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... B7e DRAMW B7c RAS[1:0] B8a B7d CAS[3:0] B8b B8b B7b B8a B9 B7b TA t4U.com B7b DataShee .com Figure 17-9. DRAM Control By External Master Timing .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-13 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. CLK B1h DSCLK B1h B2a B1g RSTI B2a Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... B2b B1j BKPT B2b B1i DSI B2a B1f IPL[2:0]/IRQ[7,4,1] t4U.com DataShee .com B2b B7g RSTO B8a B7h PST[3:0], DSO, DDATA[3:0] B8a NOTE: SIGNALS ABOVE ARE SHOWN IN RELATION TO THE CLOCK. NO RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN SIGNALS IS IMPLIED OR INTENDED. ALL OUTPUTS B16 HIZ B17 Figure 17-10. Miscellaneous Signal Timing .com 17-14 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.3.8 Timer Module AC Timing Specifications Table 17-9. Timer Module AC Timing Specifications 40 MHz NAME T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 CHARACTERISTIC MIN TIN[1:0] cycle time TIN[1:0] Valid to CLK (Setup) CLK to TIN[1:0] Invalid (Hold) CLK to TOUT[1:0] Valid CLK to TOUT[1:0] Invalid (Output Hold) TIN[1:0] pulse width TOUT[1:0] pulse width 3 4 4.5 3 3 1 1 MAX -- -- -- 22 -- -- -- MIN 3 2.5 4.5 3 3 1 1 MAX -- -- -- 16.5 -- -- -- clk ns ns ns ns clk clk 54 MHz UNIT Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 17.3.9 Timer Module Timing Diagram CLK TIN[1:0] IN (CAPTURE MODE SYNCHRONIZATION) TIN[1:0] IN (CLOCK MODE) T6 t4U.com DataShee T2 .com T1 T3 T2 T2 T7 T3 TOUT[1:0] OUT T4 T5 Figure 17-11. Timer Timing .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-15 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.3.10 UART Module AC Timing Specifications Table 17-10. UART Module AC Timing Specifications NAME U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U6 U7 U8 40 MHz CHARACTERISTIC MIN RxD[2:1] Valid to CLK (Setup) CLK to RxD[2:1] Invalid (Hold) CTS[2:1] Valid to CLK (Setup) CLK to CTS[2:1] Invalid (Hold) CLK to TxD[2:1] Valid CLK to TxD[2:1] Invalid (Output Hold) CLK to RTS[2:1] Valid CLK to RTS[2:1] Invalid (Output Hold) 2 4.5 2 4.5 3 3 3 3 MAX -- -- -- -- 21.5 -- 18.5 -- MIN 1.5 4.5 1.5 4.5 3 3 3 3 MAX -- -- -- -- 16 -- 15.5 -- U1 U2 U3 U4 U5 U6 U7 U8 54 MHz NAME Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 17.3.11 UART Module Timing Diagram CLK U1 RXD[2:1] IN t4U.com DataShee .com U3 CTS[2:1] IN U2 U4 U5 TXD[2:1] OUT U6 U7 RTS[2:1] OUT U8 Figure 17-12. UART Timing .com 17-16 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.3.12 M-BUS Module AC Timing Specifications 17.3.12.1 INPUT TIMING SPECIFICATIONS BETWEEN SCL AND SDA. Table 17-11. INPUT Timing Specifications Between SCL and SDA 40 MHz NAME CHARACTERISTIC MIN M11 M21 M3 Start condition hold time Clock low period SCL/SDA rise time (from Vl =0.5V to Vh =2.4V) Data hold time SCL/SDA fall time (from Vh =2.4V to Vl =0.5V) Clock high time Data setup time Start condition setup time (for repeated start condition only) Stop condition setup time 2 8 -- 0 -- 4 0 2 2 MAX -- -- 1 -- 1 -- -- -- -- MIN 2 8 -- 0 -- 4 0 2 2 MAX -- -- 1 -- 1 -- -- -- -- CLKs CLKs us ns us CLKs ns CLKs CLKs 54 MHz UNIT Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... M4 M5 M61 M7 M81 M91 t4U.com DataShee 1 Note: Units for these specifications are in processor CLK units. .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-17 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.3.12.2 OUTPUT TIMING SPECIFICATIONS BETWEEN SCL AND SDA. Table 17-12. Output Timing Specifications Between SCL and SDA 40 MHz NAME CHARACTERISTIC MIN M11,2 M21,2 M33 M41,2 Start condition hold time Clock low period SCL/SDA rise time (from Vl =0.5V to Vh =2.4V) Data hold time SCL/SDA fall time (from Vh =2.4V to Vl =0.5V) Clock high time Data setup time Start condition setup time (for repeated start condition only) Stop condition setup time 6 10 -- 7 -- 10 2 20 10 MAX -- -- -- -- TBD -- -- -- -- MIN 6 10 -- 7 -- 10 2 20 10 MAX -- -- -- -- TBD -- -- -- -- CLKs CLKs us CLKs us CLKs CLKs CLKs CLKs 54 MHz UNIT Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... M54 M61,2 M71,2 M81,2 M91,2 t4U.com 1 Note: Units for these specifications are in processor CLK units. 2 Note: Output numbers are dependent on the value programmed into the MFDR; an MFDR programmed with the maximum DataShee frequency (MFDR = 0x20) will result in minimum output timings as shown in the above table. The MBUS interface is designed to scale the actual data transition time to move it to the middle of the SCL low period. The actual position is affected by the prescale and division values programmed into the MFDR; however, numbers given in the above table are the minimum values. 3 Since SCL and SDA are open-collector-type outputs, which the processor can only actively drive low, the time required for SCL or SDA to reach a high level depends on external signal capacitance and pull-up resistor values. 4 Specified at a nominal 50pF load. .com 17.3.12.3 TIMING SPECIFICATIONS BETWEEN CLK AND SCL, SDA. Table 17-13. Timing Specifications Between CLK and SCL, SDA 40 MHz NAME CHARACTERISTIC MIN M10 M11 M121 M132 SCL, SDA Valid to CLK (Setup) CLK to SCL, SDA Invalid (Hold) CLK to SCL, SDA Valid Low CLK to SCL, SDA Invalid (Output Hold) 5.5 4.5 3 3 MAX -- -- 18.5 -- MIN 4 4.5 3 3 MAX -- -- 14 -- ns ns ns ns 54 MHz UNIT 1 Since SCL and SDA are open-collector-type outputs, which the processor can only actively drive low, this specification applies only when SCL or SDA are driven low by the processor. The time required for SCL or SDA to reach a high level depends on external signal capacitance and pull-up resistor values. 2 Since SCL and SDA are open-collector-type outputs, which the processor can only actively drive low, this specification applies only when SCL or SDA are actively being driven or held low by the processor. .com 17-18 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.3.13 M-Bus Module Timing Diagram M2 M6 M5 Vh Vl M8 M3 SCL M1 M4 M7 M9 SDA CLK Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... M10 SCL, SDA IN M11 M12 SCL, SDA OUT t4U.com SCL, SDA OUT DataShee M13 .com Figure 17-13. M-Bus Timing .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-19 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.3.14 General-Purpose I/O Port AC Timing Specifications Table 17-14. General-Purpose I/O Port AC Timing Specifications 40 MHz NAME P1 P2 P3 P4 CHARACTERISTIC MIN PP[7:0]input setup time to CLK (rising) PP[7:0] input hold time from CLK (rising) CLK to PP[7:0] Output Valid CLK to PP[7:0] Output Invalid (Output Hold) 3 4.5 3 3 MAX -- -- 19.5 -- MIN 2 4.5 3 3 MAX -- -- 17 -- ns ns ns ns 54 MHz UNIT 17.3.15 General-Purpose I/O Port Timing Diagram Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... CLK P1 PP[7:0] IN P2 P3 PP[7:0] OUT t4U.com DataShee P4 .com Figure 17-14. General-Purpose I/O Port Timing .com 17-20 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Electrical Characteristics 17.3.16 DMA Controller AC Timing Specifications Table 17-15. DMA Controller AC Timing NAME D1 D2 DREQ Valid to CLK (Setup) CLK to DREQ Invalid (Hold) 40 MHz CHARACTERISTIC MIN 4 4.5 MAX -- -- MIN 2.5 4.5 MAX -- -- ns ns 54 MHz UNIT 17.3.17 DMA Controller Timing Diagram CLK Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... D1 DREQ IN D2 Figure 17-15. DMA Timing t4U.com DataShee 17.3.18 IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) AC Timing Specifications Table 17-16. IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) AC Timing Specifications 40 MHz NAME -- J1 J2a J2b J3a J3b J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 CHARACTERISTIC MIN TCK frequency of operation TCK cycle time TCK clock pulse high width measured at 1.5V TCK clock pulse low width measured at 1.5V TCK fall time (from Vh =2.4V to Vl =0.5V) TCK rise time (from Vl =0.5V to Vh =2.4V) TDI, TMS to TCK rising (Setup) TCK rising edge to TDI, TMS Invalid (Hold) Boundary scan data valid to TCK rising edge (Setup) Boundary scan data invalid to TCK rising edge (Hold) TRST pulse width (asynchronous to clock edges) TCK falling edge to TDO valid (signal from driven or three-state) TCK falling edge to TDO high impedance TCK falling edge to boundary scan data valid (signal from driven or three-state) TCK falling edge to boundary scan data high impedance 0 100 40 40 -- -- 10 15 10 15 15 -- -- -- -- MAX 10 -- -- -- 5 5 -- -- -- -- -- 30 30 35 35 MIN 0 100 40 40 -- -- 10 15 10 15 15 -- -- -- -- MAX 10 -- -- -- 5 5 -- -- -- -- -- 30 30 35 35 MHz ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns 54 MHz UNIT .com .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 17-21 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Electrical Characteristics Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 17.3.19 IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) Timing Diagram J1 TCK J3a Vh Vl J3b J2a J4 TDI, TMS J2b J5 BOUNDARY SCAN DATA INPUTS J6 J7 J8 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... TRST J9 TDO J10 BOUNDARY SCAN DATA OUTPUTS J11 J12 t4U.com DataShee Figure 17-16..com IEEE 1149.1 (JTAG) Timing .com 17-22 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. SECTION 18 MECHANICAL DATA Y L S D D S -A-, -B-, -D- S Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... H A-B 0.20 (0.008) A-B -A- L -B- B C A-B S B B M 0.20 (0.008) 0.20 (0.008) V M P G DETAIL A DETAIL A t4U.com Z -D- A 0.20 (0.008) M DataShee .com S H A-B D S BASE METAL S 0.20 (0.008) M N C A-B S D S DETAIL C -H- 0.13 (0.005) M_ TOP & BOTTOM NOTES: 1. DIMENSIONING AND TOLERANCING PER ANSI Y14.5M, 1982. 2. CONTROLLING DIMENSION: MILLIMETER. 3. DATUM PLANE -H- IS LOCATED AT BOTTOM OF LEAD AND IS COINCIDENT WITH THE LEAD WHERE THE LEAD EXITS THE PLASTIC BODY AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PARTING LINE. 4. DATUMS -A-, -B- AND -D- TO BE DETERMINED AT DATUM PLANE -H-. 5. DIMENSIONS S AND V TO BE DETERMINED AT SEATING PLANE -C-. 6. DIMENSIONS A AND B DO NOT INCLUDE MOLD PROTRUSION. ALLOWABLE PROTRUSION IS 0.25 (0.010) PER SIDE. DIMENSIONS A AND B DO INCLUDE MOLD MISMATCH AND ARE DETERMINED AT DATUM PLANE -H-. 7. DIMENSION D DOES NOT INCLUDE DAMBAR PROTRUSION. ALLOWABLE DAMBAR PROTRUSION SHALL BE 0.08 (0.003) TOTAL IN EXCESS OF THE D DIMENSION AT MAXIMUM MATERIAL CONDITION. DAMBAR CANNOT BE LOCATED ON THE LOWER RADIUS OR THE FOOT. U_ C E -H- T R Q_ -C- SEATING PLANE W H 0.10 (0.004) DETAIL C X K .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com CCCCC CEEEC CCC CEEEC CCC F D M 0.20 (0.008) A-B J C A-B S D S SECTION B-B MILLIMETERS MIN MAX 27.90 28.10 27.90 28.10 3.35 3.85 0.22 0.38 3.20 3.50 0.22 0.33 0.65 BSC 0.25 0.35 0.11 0.23 0.70 0.90 25.35 REF 5_ 16 _ 0.11 0.19 0.325 BSC 0_ 7_ 0.13 0.30 31.00 31.40 0.13 --0_ --31.00 31.40 0.40 --1.60 REF 1.33 REF 1.33 REF INCHES MIN MAX 1.098 1.106 1.098 1.106 0.132 0.152 0.009 0.015 0.126 0.138 0.009 0.013 0.026 REF 0.010 0.014 0.004 0.009 0.028 0.035 0.998 REF 5_ 16_ 0.004 0.007 0.013 BSC 0_ 7_ 0.005 0.012 1.220 1.236 0.005 --0_ --1.220 1.236 0.016 --0.063 REF 0.052 REF 0.052 REF DIM A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 18-1 www..com Mechanical Data Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 18.1 PACKAGE DIAGRAM & PINOUT The MCF5206E is supplied in a 160-pin plastic quad flat pack package as shown: D29 GND D28 D27 D26 VDD D25 D24 D23 GND D22 D21 D20 VDD D19 D18 D17 GND D16 D15 D14 VDD D13 D12 D11 GND D10 D9 D8 VDD D7 D6 D5 GND D4 D3 D2 VDD D1 D0 81 ST/DSCLK TCK GND TDO/DSO HIZ TDI/DSI TMS/BKPT VDD JTAG GND GND CTS2 TS2/RSTO GND CLK RXD2 TXD2 CTS1 RTS1 VDD RXD1 TXD1 EQ0/TIN0 TIN1 GND Q1/TOUT0 TOUT1 SDA SCL VDD PP7/PST3 PP6/PST2 PP5/PST1 PP4/PST0 GND 3/DDATA3 2/DDATA2 1/DDATA1 0/DDATA0 VDD 121 D30 D31 DRAMW VDD CAS3 CAS2 CAS1 GND CAS0 RAS1 RAS0 VDD BG BD BR GND IRQ1/IPL0 IRQ4/IPL1 IRQ7/IPL2 ATA VDD RSTI TS TEA GND TA R/W SIZ1 VDD SIZ0 ATM TT1 GND TT0 CS3 CS2 VDD CS1 CS0 A27/CS7/WE0 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... t4U.comMCF5206E FT Top View .com DataShee 160 1 41 18.1.1 Package/Frequency Availability The following table identifies the packages and operating frequencies available for the MCF5206E processor. A26/CS6/WE1 GND AA25/CS5/WE2 A24/CS4/WE3 VDD A23 A22 GND A21 A20 VDD A19 A18 VSS A17 A16 VDD A15 A14 GND A13 A12 VDD A11 A10 GND A9 A8 VDD A7 A6 GND A5 A4 VDD A3 A2 GND A1 A0 Figure 18-1. MCF5206E Package Diagram & Pinout .com 18-2 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Table 18-1. MCF5206E Package/Frequency Availability Package Plastic Quad Flat Pack 160 lead Plastic Quad Flat Pack 160 lead Frequency 40, and 54 MHz 40 MHz Temperature 0 to 70 C -40 to +85 C Mechanical Data Part Number MCF5206E 18.2 DOCUMENTATION All MCF5206E information is available on the WWW at http://sps.motorola.com/coldfire. Hard copy information is available from Motorola literature distribution centers. Table 18-2. MCF5206E Documentation Document Number MCF5206E /D MCF5206E UM/D MCF5200PRM/AD Document Title MCF5206E Product Brief (Currently available) MCF5206E User's Manual (Est. Stocking LDC July 98) MCF5200 ColdFire Family Programmer's Reference Manual Rev. 1.0 (Currently available) Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 18.3 DEVELOPMENT TOOLS Development tools for the MCF5206E processor consist of a complete suite of compilers and debuggers available from third-party developers, as shown in the tables below. Any development tool that generates code for the Motorola ColdFire MCF5206 can do the same for the MCF5206E processor. .com t4U.com DataShee Table 18-3. Development Tools Providers COMPILERS/DEBUGGERS Diab Data Software Development Systems Integrated Systems Embedded System Products Wind River Systems Yokogawa/Orion Instruments Embedded Support Tools (EST) Noral Micrologics Lauterbach Microtek Hewlett-Packard (preprocessors only) ORDER NUMBER M5206 eAN --September 98 415-571-1700 708-368-0400 RTOS 408-542-1781 617-828-5588 510-748-4100 EMULATORS 408-747-0440 617-828-5588 508-647-1013 508-620-4521 503-645-7333 LOGIC ANALYZERS 719-590-2558 DEVELOPMENT BOARDS Now Now Now Now Now Now Now Now Now Now .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com 18-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Mechanical Data Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com .com 18-4 MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. A B APPENDIX A MCF5206E MEMORY MAP SUMMARY This section is a summary chart of the entire memory map for the MCF5206E . Table A-1. MCF5206E User Programming Model MBAR OFFSET ADDRESS NAME WIDTH DESCRIPTION RESET VALUE uninitialized (except V=0) $C0 $04 $08 $0C $10 $14 $18 $1C $1C $80 $80 $80 $00 $00 $3FFE $0000 $80 or $20 $00 $0F uninitialized Master Reset: $0000 Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: $0000 Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: $00 Normal Reset: $00 Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized ACCESS C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Appendix A-i Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... MOVEC with $C0F $003 $014 $015 $016 $017 $018 $019 $01A $01B $01C $01D $01E $01F $020 $036 $03A $040 $041 $042 $043 $046 $04A $04C $050 $057 $058 MBAR SIMR ICR1 ICR2 ICR3 ICR4 ICR5 ICR6 ICR7 ICR8 ICR9 ICR10 ICR11 ICR12 ICR13 IMR IPR RSR SYPCR SWIVR SWSR DCRR DCTR DCAR0 DCMR0 DCCR0 DCAR1 32 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 16 16 8 8 8 8 16 16 16 32 8 16 Module Base Address Register SIM Configuration Register Interrupt Control Register 1 - External IRQ1/IPL1 Interrupt Control Register 2 - External IPL2 Interrupt Control Register 3 - External IPL3 Interrupt Control Register 4 - External IRQ4/IPL4 Interrupt Control Register 5 - External IPL5 Interrupt Control Register 6 - External IPL6 Interrupt Control Register 7 - External IRQ7/IPL7 Interrupt Control Register 8 - SWT .com Interrupt Control Register 9 - Timer 1 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 10 - Timer 2 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 11 - MBUS Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 12 - UART 1 Interrupt Interrupt Control Register 13 - UART 2 Interrupt Interrupt Mask Register Interrupt Pending Register Reset Status Register System Protection Control Register Software Watchdog Interrupt Vector Register Software Watchdog Service Register DRAM Controller Refresh DRAM Controller Timing Register DRAM Controller Address Register - Bank 0 DRAM Controller Mask Register - Bank 0 DRAM Controller Control Register- Bank 0 DRAM Controller Address Register - Bank 1 W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R R/W R/W R/W W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W t4U.com DataShee .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Appendix A Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NAME DCMR1 DCCR1 CSAR0 CSMR0 WIDTH 32 8 16 32 DESCRIPTION DRAM Controller Mask Register - Bank 1 DRAM Controller Control Register - Bank 1 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 0 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 0 RESET VALUE Master Reset: uninitialized Normal Reset: uninitialized Master Reset: $00 Normal Reset: $00 0000 00000000 $3C1F, $3C5F, $3C9F, $3CDF, $3D1F, $3D5F, $3D9F, or $3DDF AAsetbyIRQ7 atreset PS1setbyIRQ4 atreset PS0setbyIRQ1 atreset uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH= WR=RD=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH= WR=RD=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH= WR=RD=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH= WR=RD=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH= WR=RD=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH= WR=RD=0) uninitialized uninitialized uninitialized (except BRST=ASET=WRAH=RDAH= WR=RD=0) ACCESS R/W R/W R/W R/W A MBAR OFFSET ADDRESS B C D E Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $05C $063 $064 $068 $06E CSCR0 16 Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 0 R/W $070 $074 $07A $07C $080 $086 $088 $08C $092 $094 $098 $09E $0A0 $0A4 $0AA $0AC $0B0 CSAR1 CSMR1 CSCR1 CSAR2 CSMR2 CSCR2 CSAR3 CSMR3 CSCR3 CSAR4 CSMR4 CSCR4 CSAR5 CSMR5 CSCR5 CSAR6 CSMR6 CSCR6 CSAR7 CSMR7 CSCR7 16 32 16 16 32 16 16 32 16 16 32 16 16 32 16 16 32 16 16 32 16 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 1 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 1 Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 1 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 2 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 2 Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 2 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 3 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 3 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W F G H I t4U.com DataShee .com Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 3 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 4 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 4 Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 4 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 5 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 5 Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 5 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 6 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 6 Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 6 Chip-Select Address Register - Bank 7 Chip-Select Mask Register - Bank 7 Chip-Select Control Register - Bank 7 J K L M N O .com $0B6 $0B8 $0BC $0C2 P Appendix A-ii DataSheet 4 U .comMCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. MBAR OFFSET ADDRESS $0C6 $0CA $100 $104 $108 $10C $111 $120 $124 $128 $12C NAME DMCR PAR TMR1 TRR1 TCR1 TCN1 TER1 TMR2 TRR2 TCR2 TCN2 TER2 UMR1,2 USR/ UCSR UCR URB/UTB UIPCR/ UACR UISR/ UIMR UBG1 UBG2 UIVR UIP UOP1 UOP0 UMR1,2 USR/ UCSR UCR URB/UTB UIPCR/ UACR UISR/ UIMR UBG1 UBG2 UIVR UIP UOP1 UOP0 PPDDR WIDTH 16 16 16 16 16 16 8 16 16 16 16 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 DESCRIPTION Default Memory Control Register Pin Assignment Register Timer 1 Mode Register Timer 1 Reference Register Timer 1 Capture Register Timer 1 Counter Timer 1 Event Register Timer 2 Mode Register Timer 2 Reference Register Timer 2 Capture Register Timer 2 Counter Timer 2 Event Register UART 1 Mode Registers UART 1 Status Register (R/W=1)/ UART 1 Clock-Select Register (R/W=0) UART 1 Command Register UART 1 Receive Buffer (R/W=1)/ UART 1 Transmit Buffer (R/W=0) UART Input Port Change Register (R/w=1);/ UART 1 Auxilary Control Register (R/W=0) UART 1 Interrupt Status Register (R/W=1); UART 1 Interrupt Mask Register (R/W=0) UART 1 Baud Rate Generator Prescale MSB RESET VALUE 0000 $00 $0000 $FFFF $0000 $0000 $00 $0000 $FFFF $0000 $0000 $00 $00 USR=$00; UCSR=$DD $00 URB=$FF; UTB=$00 UIPCR=$0F; UACR=$00 UISR=$00; UIMR=$00 uninitialized uninitialized $0F $FF UOP1[7:1]= undefined; UOP1=0 uninitialized $00 USR=$00; UCSR=$DD $00 URB=$FF; UTB=$00 UIPCR=$0F; UACR=$00 UISR=$00; UIMR=$00 uninitialized uninitialized $0F $FF UOP1[7:1]= undefined; UOP1=0 uninitialized $00 Appendix A A ACCESS R/W R/W R/W R/W R R/W R/W R/W R/W R R/W R/W R/W USR=R; UCSR=W W URB=R; UTB=W UIPCR=R; UACR=W; UISR=R; UIMR=W W W R/W R W W R/W USR=R; UCSR=W W URB=R; UTB=W UIPCR=R; UACR=W; UISR=R; UIMR=W R/W R/W R/W R W W R/W B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $131 $140 $144 $148 $14C $150 $154 $158 $15C $170 $174 $178 $17C $180 $184 $188 $18C $190 $194 $198 $19C $1B0 $1B4 $1B8 $1BC $1C5 t4U.com DataShee .com UART 1 Baud Rate Generator Prescale LSB UART 1 Interrupt Vector Register UART 1 Input Port Register UART 1 Output Port Bit Set CMD UART 1 Output Port Bit Reset CMD UART 2 Mode Registers UART 2 Status Register (R/W=1)/ UART 1 Clock-Select Register (R/W=0) UART 2 Command Register UART 2 Receive Buffer (R/W=1)/ UART 1 Transmit Buffer (R/W=0) UART 2 Input Port Change Register (R/w=1);/ UART 1 Auxilary Control Register (R/W=0) UART 2 Interrupt Status Register (R/W=1); UART 1 Interrupt Mask Register (R/W=0) UART 2 Baud Rate Generator Prescale MSB UART 2 Barud Rate Generator Prescale LSB UART 2 Interrupt Vector Register UART 2 Input Port Register UART 2 Output Port Bit Set CMD UART2 Output Port Bit Reset CMD Port A Data Direction Register .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com Appendix A-iii DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Appendix A Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. NAME PPDAT MADR MFDR MBCR MBSR MBDR DMASAR0 DMADAR0 DCR0 BCR0 DSR0 DIVR0 DMASAR1 DMADAR1 DCR1 BCR1 DSR1 DIVR1 WIDTH 8 8 8 8 8 8 32 32 16 16 8 8 32 32 16 16 8 8 DESCRIPTION Port A Data Register M-Bus Address Register M-Bus Frequency Divider Register M-Bus Control Register M-Bus Status Register M-Bus Data I/O Register Source Address Register 0 Destination Address Register 0 DMA Control Register 0 Byte Count Register 0 Status Register 0 Interrupt Vector Register 0 Source Address Register 1 Destination Address Register 1 DMA Control Register 1 Byte Count Register 1 Status Register 1 Interrupt Vector Register 1 RESET VALUE $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $0F $00 $00 $00 $00 $00 $0F ACCESS R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W A MBAR OFFSET ADDRESS B C D E Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... $1C9 $1E0 $1E4 $1E8 $1EC $1F0 $200 $204 $208 $20C $210 $214 $240 $244 $248 $24C $250 $254 F G H I t4U.com DataShee .com J K L M N O .com Appendix A-iv MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA P DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. A APPENDIX B PORTING FROM M68000 FAMILY DEVICES This section is an overview of the issues encountered when porting embedded development tools to ColdFire(R) devices when starting with the M68000 Family devices. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P B.1 C COMPILERS AND HOST SOFTWARE Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... For the purpose of this discussion, it is assumed that an embedded software development tool chain consists of a "host" portion and a "target" portion. The host portion consists of tool chain parts that execute on a desktop computer or workstation. The target portion of the tool chain runs ColdFire executables on a physical ColdFire target board. Compilers, assemblers, linkers, loaders, instruction set simulators, and the host portion of debuggers are examples of host tools. Many host tools such as linkers and loaders that work with the M68000 Family devices can also be used without modification with ColdFire processors. Although you can use an existing M68000 Family assembler and disassembler with ColdFire devices, Motorola recommends modifying the assembler so that non-ColdFire .com assembly code cannot be put together in the executable. This is especially true if the assembler assembles handwritten code. Porting the disassembler is for convenience and can be performed later. Debuggers usually are comprised of two parts. A host portion of the debugger typically issues higher level commands for the target portion of debugger target. The target portion of the debugger typically handles the exact details of the implementation of tracing, breakpoints, and other lower level details. The debugger host portion requires little modification. Most likely, the only architectural items of concern are the following: * Differences in the designed supervisor registers and stack pointers (for displaying registers) * Interpretation of exception stack frames (if not already performed by the target portion) t4U.com DataShee B.2 TARGET SOFTWARE PORT Porting ROM monitors and operating systems can begin after the compiler and assembler have been ported. For example, consider the steps involved in porting a ROM debugger. Similar issues are encountered when porting an RTOS and target applications. It is assumed that target software consists of C and assembly source code. The first step is to create executables that runs on existing M68000 Family hardware to test the conversion from M68000 Family code to the proper ColdFire subset. This step verifies that the process of code conversion does not introduce new errors. .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com Appendix B-i DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Appendix B Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. A B C D E Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... To generate a ColdFire device executable of the target debugger, you should use a compliant port of the same C compiler originally used to create the M68000 Family debugger target. This procedure prevents differences in calling convention and parameter passing from C to handwritten assembly. Another advantage to this approach is that special C flags are retained. Many C compilers have special extensions as well. Whichever approach is used, the assembly language lines that are outside the ColdFire instruction set must be identified. Any ColdFire assembler that properly flags nonColdFire instructions can be used. During the process of conversion, you can ignore instruction set issues temporarily because the target is still an M68000 Family member. Once the instruction set differences have been resolved, the architectural differences between ColdFire devices and M68000 Family devices need to be addressed. B.3 INITIALIZATION CODE The target software and firmware often execute code that identifies the type of processor. Such a process provides one port that works with various M68000 Family members and implementations. The easiest way to identify the ColdFire architecture from other M68000 Family processors is to execute an ILLEGAL opcode ($4AFC). This execution generates an exception stack frame while ensuring that the tracing is disabled. The first two bits of the exception stack frame would immediately determine whether the processor is a ColdFire processor. Motorola suggests that ColdFire architecture testing be performed immediately to avoid executing potentially undefined opcodes. Unused opcodes in the Version 2 ColdFire architecture are not guaranteed to result in an illegal instruction exception. .com F G H I t4U.com DataShee Another item to consider is that the ColdFire architecture will have integrated versions with modules yet to be defined. It may be a good idea to ensure that there are enough hooks to allow for initialization of routines. J B.4 EXCEPTION HANDLERS When dealing with exceptions in debug-oriented software, it is often necessary to extract exception stack information to obtain the SR and PC. The format word (MC68010 and higher) is typically used by generalized exception routines. Their sole purpose is to catch unexpected exceptions and to easily use vector information to identify the cause of the exception. The MC68000 exception frame is different from that of other members of the M68000 Family processors in that there is no notion of a format word. This difference would have forced target software to deal with exception stack frame differences already. The approach now in use provides guidance on handling exception stack frame differences. In many low-level exception handlers, the extraction of the stacked SR, PC, or format word is performed in a common source file or the offsets are handled in some type of header file. Interrupt handlers probably require no modification because in most cases, an interrupt occurs asynchronously with respect to normal program flow. Therefore, interrupt handlers cannot rely on items on the stack as it is often unnecessary to know exactly what was happening at the time of the interrupt. K L M N O P .com Appendix B-ii MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Appendix B System calls are often implemented by using the TRAP instruction. For trap exceptions, parameter passing is performed through data and address registers--rarely, if ever, directly through the stack. In addition, a system call typically does not need to know the stacked SR or PC information. Breakpoints are usually implemented with the TRAP instruction or an illegal instruction such as an $A-line exception. If so, the stacked SR and PC are typically used. Other items in the stack may also need to be queried, especially if the breakpoint displays a stack trace. If so, you should examine the format closely for stack misalignments at the time of the breakpoint. This stack misalignment check would be useful in applications where stack alignment is a software design goal. These same concerns for the breakpoint implementation are applicable to trace exceptions as well. A generalized exception handler can be implemented to catch unexpected exceptions. In addition to the SR and PC information, it is often necessary to obtain the vector information in the stack. Otherwise, the issues are similar to those found on breakpoints and tracing. To port ColdFire processor access error exception, it is best to start with an MC68000 bus error handler. The ColdFire device access error recovery sequence has many similarities to the procedure recommended for the MC68000. However, you should be aware that a read bus error on the ColdFire processor will not advance the program counter to the next instruction. In addition, a write bus error may be taken long after an instruction has been executed and the stacked program counter may not point to the offending instruction. The main cause of an address error exception in the M68000 Family is that program flow is forced to continue at an odd address boundary. In addition, an MC68000 reports an address error if a data byte access is initiated on an odd address. .com A B C D Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... F G H I t4U.com DataShee On a ROM monitor, it is often necessary to provide a means by which a user program is executed given a certain starting address. This is often implemented by placing an exception stack frame and then performing an RTE. If this is the case, the header files that define what a stack frame looks like would require modification to reflect the ColdFire stack frame format. B.5 SUPERVISOR REGISTERS The target software would eventually need to communicate the contents of registers to the host software. Both the host portions and target portions of a debugger must be modified to reflect the single stack pointer architecture of the ColdFire Family. In addition, the target debugger must keep a copy of the MOVEC register images in memory so that it can provide the host software register contents when asked to do so. A UNIX grep utility can find all instances of the MOVEC instruction and perform the appropriate modifications to accommodate the unidirectional MOVEC instruction. The ColdFire architecture does not distinguish between a supervisor stack and a user stack. There is only a single stack pointer, A7. One way of dealing with this issue is to emulate the dual stacks by placing some code at the beginning and end portions of exception handlers to change the stack pointer contents, if necessary, during exceptions. This approach has the disadvantage that interrupt latency would be degraded because interrupts would have to be disabled during the stack-swapping process, but enable full flexibility of the 68K stack model. K L O P .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com Appendix B-iii DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Appendix B Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. A B C D E Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... F G H I t4U.com DataShee .com J K L M N O .com Appendix B-iv MCF5206E USER'S MANUAL For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA P DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. INDEX Baud-Rate Generator 12-5 BDM command 15-29 AABR 15-32, 15-33 BDM Command Set Summary 15-8 AATR 15-28 BDM connector 15-38 ABLR/ABHR 15-28 BDM Serial Interface 15-6 Access Control Registers 4-8 Bits per Character 12-19 access error 1-6, 8-3 BKPT 2-18, 15-36 on operand writes 3-9 BKPT input pin 15-5 Access Fault Exception 8-2, 9-39 block mode 12-11, 12-18 Access Type and Mode (ATM) 6-3 break condition 12-9 ACR0, ACR1 4-3, 4-8 Breakpoint Registers 15-28, 15-30 Address / Data (A/D) Field 15-10 breakpoint response (table 16-8) 15-26 Address Attribute Breakpoint Register (AATR) 15Breakpoint Status 15-35 13, 15-15, 15-30 burst page mode 11-32, 11-47, 11-53, 11-54, 11-57 address bus 2-3, 2-4 burst transfer address error 1-6 fast page mode 11-21 Address Error Exception 3-9 normal mode 11-18 address hold 9-8, 9-34 burst transfers 4-7, 6-9, 6-16, 6-74, 9-7, 9-22, 11-44 Address masking 9-5 burst transfers and chip selects 9-13 Address Multiplexing 11-8 bursting 6-9 address multiplexing for external master transfers burst-inhibited transfer 6-22, 6-16, 6-62 11-41 Burst-Inhibited Write Transfer 6-26 address setup 9-8, 9-11, 9-34 bus arbitration 2-11, 11-30 .com address setup and hold features 9-22 operation, 6-54 Address Space Masks 8-8 protocol, 6-54, 6-61 Addressing Modes Bus Driven (BD) 2-12 index sizing and scaling 1-10 bus error 6-52, 7-11 program counter indirect 1-10 Bus Grant (BG) 2-11 register indirect 1-10 bus interface 6-1 aligned and misaligned operand references 15-33 bus lock 8-9 aligned transfers 6-67 bus lock bit 2-11 alignment 6-48 bus monitor 8-2, 8-15 alternate master transfers 2-9, 6-68, 11-41 Bus Request (BR) 2-11 Arbitration 13-8,13-10 Bus Sizing 6-7, 9-7 arbitration states 6-66 Bus Timeout Monitor 8-9, 8-13 Asynchronous Acknowledge 6-29, 6-34 BYPASS Instruction 16-5 Asynchronous Transfer Acknowledge (ATA) 2-10, 64, 6-30, 6-47, 6-52 C ATM 2-9 Automatic Echo 12-19 Cache Coherency 4-3 autovector 8-4, 8-5, 8-6, 8-10 Cache Control Register 4-6 autovectored interrupt 8-4 Cache Freeze 4-7 Autovectoring 3-10, 6-49 Cache Invalidate 4-3, 4-7 A t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee B Bank Page Size 11-61 Base Address 11-58 Base Address Mask 11-59 cache line filling 6-16 Cache Miss Fetch Algorithm 4-4 CACR 4-3, 4-6 calling address 13-3, 13-10 calling master 13-4 Capture Edge 14-4 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com Index-1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Index Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Capture Event 14-6 longword-read 6-12 Capture Mode 14-3 longword-write 9-9 CAS and RAS 11-57 operation, 6-6 CAS Precharge Time 11-57 word-write 6-15 CAS timing 11-3 DBR/DBMR 15-28 CCR 3-3 DDATA pins 15-2 change-of-flow operations 15-2 Debug Control Registers (DRc) 15-29 changing receiver configuration 12-25 Debug Data 2-17 Channel prioritization 7-14 Debug Interrupt 3-10 character mode 12-11, 12-18 Debug mode 16-2, 16-8 Chip Select Address Register (CSAR0-CSAR7) 9-28 debug module 2-17 chip selects 1-17, 2-4, 2-5, 9-5, 9-7 BDM connector 15-38 Chip-Select Control Register (CSCR0 -7) 9-31 command set 15-7 Chip-Select Control Register 0 (CSCR0) 6-85, 9-8 emulator mode 15-27 Chip-Select Mask Register (CSMR0-CSMR7) 9-29 hardware reuse 15-28 chip-selects 8-16, 9-1 interrupt 15-26 access permission 9-6 processor status 15-2 alernate master operation, 9-20 programming model 15-29 description 2-4 real-time debug 15-26 programming model, 9-26 registers CLAMP Instruction 16-5 address attribute breakpoint (AABR) 15-32, clear-to-send operation 12-6 15-33 CLK 2-12 serial interface 15-6 ColdFire BDM Commands 15-9 signals 2-16 Column Address Strobe Time 11-56 theory of operation 15-26 Column Address Strobes 2-13 Debug Programming Model 15-29 Command Debug Support format 15-12 real-time debug support Sequence Diagram 15-11 .com theory of operation 15-26 Concurrent BDM and Processor Operation 15-28 debug module hardware 15-28 Condition Code Register 3-3 reuse of debug module hardware (Rev. A) Configuration/Status Register (CSR) 15-35 15-28 Continuous Mode 7-12 shared BDM/breakpoint hardware (table Control Register Map 15-22 16-9) 15-28 CPU Halt 15-4 emulator mode 15-27 CPU privilege level 15-37 Default Memory 9-5, 9-38, 9-41 CTS 12-28 Default Memory Control Register (DMCR) 9-38 Cycle Steal 7-12 Definition of DRc Encoding - Write 15-25 Development Serial Clock 2-17 Development Serial Input 2-18 D Development Serial Output 2-18 Differences Between ColdFire and CPU32 BDM Data 15-38 Registers 15-13, 15-25 Disable command 12-6 Data Breakpoint Register (DBR, DBMR) 15-32 Disabling IEEE 1149.1 Standard Operation 16-8 data bus 2-4, 6-2 DMA data formats 1-10 Channel Data Registers 3-2 Initialization 7-14 data transfer Programming Sequence 7-14 alternate master 6-68 DMA acknowledge 7-16 asynchronous-acknowledge 6-29, 6-32 DMA channels 1-16 bursting read 6-34 DMA Module 2-15 bursting word-read, 6-16, 6-18 DMA Request 2-15, 7-3 bursting write 6-19, 6-37 Double Bus Fault 6-5 burst-inhibited read, 6-22, 6-41 DRAM 6-4, 6-5, 6-16, 6-22, 11-58, 11-59, 11-60 burst-inhibited write 6-44 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com Index-2 MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Index t4U.com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... access permissions 11-7 external bus master 6-54 alternate master use 11-40, 11-50, 11-60 external clock source 12-5 burst page mode 11-32, 11-47,11-54 External DMA Request 7-8 bus arbitration 11-30 external interrupts 6-50 fast page mode 11-21, 11-50, 11-54, 11-56 external master 2-3, 2-4, 2-10, 9-40 initialization 11-61 DRAM 11-31 limitations 11-50 external master transfer 9-31 normal mode operation 11-15, 11-41, 11-53 EXTEST Instruction 16-3 page hit 11-23, 11-25 page miss 11-27 F programming model 11-50 refresh operation 11-38 fast page mode 11-21, 11-27, 11-50, 11-53, 11-54, signals 2-13 11-56, 11-57 DRAM accesses 2-10 fault-on-fault 3-11 DRAM controller 1-16, 6-81, 11-4, 11-13, 11-50 FIFO Full 12-23 DRAM Controller Address Registers (DCAR0-1) 11FIFO stack 12-11 58 FIFO-full status bit 12-11 DRAM Controller Control Register (DCCR0-1) 11-60 fill buffer 4-1 DRAM Controller Mask Register (DCMR0-1) 11-59 Fill Memory Block (FILL) 15-19 DRAM controller refresh 2-12 format value 3-10 DRAM Controller Refresh Register (DCRR) 11-51 Framing Error 12-9, 12-22 DRAM Controller Timing Register 11-4 Free Run 14-4 DRAM Controller Timing Register (DCTR) 11-52 DRAM Page Size 11-13 DRAM port size 2-13 G DRAM write cycles 2-14 General-Purpose I/O 2-16 DRAMs 11-13 global (boot) chip select 9-31 DSCLK 15-6 global chip select 2-5, 9-1 DSI 15-6 .com Global Chip Select Operation 9-8 DSO 15-6 Dual-Address Transfer 7-5 H dummy read 13-14 halt 15-4 Dump Memory Block (DUMP) 15-16 halted state 3-11 hardware breakpoint 2-18, 15-36 E hardware divide 1-15 hardware divider 3-4 EDO DRAM 11-35, 11-53, 11-56, 11-57 hardware reset 5-3, 6-81, 8-3 emulator mode 15-27, 15-36 High Impedance 2-20 Enable Interrupt 14-4 encoding 2-9 error checking 7-14 error detection 12-14 Exception processing 1-6, 3-2, 3-5 exception stack frame 3-6 exception vector table 3-6 exceptions access errors 1-6 bus 6-5 debug interrupt 15-26 Extended Data-Out 11-52 Extended Data-Out (EDO) DRAM 11-35 Extension Word 15-10 external arbiter 6-54 External Bus 1-17 DataShee I I/O Driver Example 12-33 I2C 1-16 IDCODE 16-4 IDcode Register 16-5 ILLEGAL 15-25 illegal command 15-10 Illegal Instruction Exception 3-9 implicit ownership state 6-61 initiate communication 13-3 Input Clock Source 14-4 instruction cache 1-15, 4-1 instruction execution times 3-11 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com Index-3 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Index Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. t4U.com Instruction Fetch Pipeline 3-2, 15-28 L Instructions line write 6-19 STOP 1-6 line-fill buffer 4-1 TRAP 1-6 local loopback mode 2-15, 12-19, 12-27 internal peripheral interrupt 8-6 logical address space 1-10 internal reset 6-81, 6-84 looping modes 12-12 interrupt acknowledge cycle 6-49, 6-50, 6-52, 8-5, 8low-power stop mode 1-6 6, 9-1, 12-16 interrupt acknowledge vector 6-49 Interrupt Control 1-17, 8-3, 12-3 M Interrupt Control Register (ICR) 8-9 interrupt exception 3-10, 6-49 MAC 3-4 interrupt input signals 6-49 MAC unit 1-15 interrupt level 8-5, 8-9 MADR 13-6 Interrupt Mask Register (IMR) 8-5, 8-11 Master Reset 6-81, 11-5 interrupt masking 6-49 master reset mode 2-12, 2-20 interrupt priorities 3-5, 8-4, 8-6, 8-9 master station 12-14 interrupt priority level 2-7 Master/Slave Mode Select 13-8 interrupt request 14-6 maximum period 14-2 Interrupt request encodings 2-8 maximum resolution 14-2 interrupt request pins 2-7 MBAR 8-1, 8-7, 11-61 interrupt signals 2-5 MBCR 13-8 Interrupt Vector Register 12-31 MBDR 13-11 interrupt-acknowledge (IACK) 3-6 MBSR 13-9 interrupt-acknowledge access 6-1 M-Bus 13-8, 13-10 Interrupt-Pending Register (IPR) 8-12 address register 13-6 interrupts 1-6 arbitration lost 13-14 debug 15-26 arbitration procedure 13-4 external 8-4, 8-6 .com clock stretching 13-5 handling 12-33 clock synchronization 13-5 M-BUS 8-5 control register 13-8 requests (UART) 12-3 data I/O register 13-11 software watchdog 8-3, 8-5 data transfer 13-4 spurious 8-2 frequency divider register 13-6 timer 8-5 generation of repeated START 13-14 UART 8-5 generation of START 13-11 IPLx 6-85 generation of STOP 13-13 handshaking 13-5 initialization sequence 13-11 J post-transfer software 13-12 programming examples 13-11 JTAG 1-18, 16-2 programming model 13-6 boundary-scan register, 16-6 protocol 13-3 BYPASS instruction, 16-5 repeated START signal 13-4 CLAMP instruction 16-5 slave address transmission 13-3 HIGHZ instruction 16-4 slave mode 13-14 IDCODE instruction 16-4 START signal 13-3 IDcode register 16-5 status register 13-9 Restrictions 16-7 STOP signal 13-4 SAMPLE/PRELOAD instruction 16-4 system configuration 13-2 signals 2-18 M-bus 2-16 JTAG BOUNDARY-SCAN REGISTER 16-6 interrupts 8-5 JTAG BYPASS REGISTER 16-6 signals 2-16 JTAG Instruction Shift Register 16-3 M-Bus contention JTAG mode 16-2, 16-8 slave service routine 13-15 JTAG Pin Descriptions 16-2 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee .com Index-4 MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. M-Bus Interrupt 8-5, 13-8, 13-10 M-Bus module 1-16 M-Bus Serial Clock 2-16 M-Bus Serial Data 2-16 Memory-to-Memory Transfer 7-5 MFDR 13-6 Misaligned Operands 6-48 Module Base Address Register 8-1 Motorola Test Mode 2-20 MOVEM 6-19 MTMOD 2-17, 2-19 multidrop mode 12-14, 12-18, 12-27 Multiplexed Address 11-52 power dissipation 5-4 power management 5-4 power-on resets 2-20 preload value the timer 12-31 prescalar clock 14-3 Prescaler Value 14-4 privilege modes 1-6 Privilege Violation 3-9 privilege-violation exception 15-5 Processing States normal, exception, halted, stopped 1-6 Processor Status 2-16 processor status outputs 15-2 Program Counter Breakpoint Register (PBR, PBMR) 15-32 PROGRAMMING 1-6 programming model 1-6, 3-2 cache 4-5 chip-selects 9-26 debug model 15-29 DRAM 11-50 parallel port 10-1 supervisor 1-10 UART 12-16 user 1-9 PST Definition 15-2 PULSE opcode 15-3 Index N Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... No Operation (NOP) 15-21 nonburst external master accesses 9-22 Nonburst transfers 11-16 NOP instruction 3-9 normal mode 11-15, 11-41, 11-45, 11-53 Normal Reset 11-5, 11-40 normal reset 6-81, 6-83, 11-5 normal reset mode 2-12, 2-20 not ready 15-11 t4U.com O Operand Execution Pipeline 3-2 Operand Size 1-10, 15-10 operation 6-9 Operation Field 15-9 Output Mode 14-3, 14-4 Output Reference Event 14-6 Output Reference Interrupt Enable 14-4 overrun 12-12, 12-18 overrun error 12-22 DataShee .com R P page hit Read 11-23 Page Mode 11-8 Page Mode Select 11-61 Page-Hit Write Transfer 11-25 parallel port 1-17 signals 2-16, 8-16 Parity Error 12-22 Parity Mode 12-18 Parity Type 12-18 Pin Assignment Register (PAR) 8-16 Pipeline Timing 15-3 Pipelines 3-1 port size 6-7, 9-7, 9-33, 11-60 porting code 3-10 R/W Field 15-9 RAMBAR 5-2 RAS Hold Time 11-54 RAS Precharge Time 11-55 RAS timing 11-1 RAS-to-CAS Delay Time 11-53 Read Memory Location Command 15-10 Read A/D Register (RAREG/RDREG) 15-12 Read Control Register (RCREG) 15-21 Read Debug Register (RDREG) 15-23 Read Memory Location (READ) 15-13 Read Transfer 6-11 Read/Write (R/W) 6-2 Real-Time Debug Support 15-26 Real-Time Trace 15-1 receive buffer 12-11, 12-27 Receive Data 2-14 receive mode 13-12, 13-14 Received Break 12-21 receiver 12-12, 12-20 Receiver Clock Select 12-24 Receiver Disable 12-27 Receiver Enable 12-27 receiver FIFO 12-9 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com Index-5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Index Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Single Address Transactions 7-13 SIZx 6-9 slave address 13-6 slave stations 12-14 software 11-5 software watchdog interrupt 8-5 Software Watchdog Interrupt Vector Register (SWIVR) 8-15 Software Watchdog reset 6-81, 6-85 Software Watchdog Service Register (SWSR) 8-16 software watchdog timeout 2-13 software watchdog timer 1-18, 6-84, 8-3, 8-7, 8-13, 8-14, 11-5 Special Modes of Operation low-power stop mode 1-6 spurious breakpoint triggers 15-28 spurious interrupts 8-2, 8-19 SR 3-4 SRAM algorithm 5-3 SRAM Base Address Register 5-2 SRAM Initialization 5-3 SRAM module 5-1 SRAM register 5-1 start bit 12-9 Start Break 12-26 status register 3-9 status/control bit 15-7 stop bit 12-9 Stop .comBreak 12-26 STOP instruction 1-6, 3-9, 15-5 stop signal 13-4 Stop-Bit Length 12-20 subroutine call 3-2 supervisor mode 1-6, 3-2, 3-11 Supervisor Programming Model 1-8, 3-4 System Protection Control Register (SYPCR) 8-2, 8-13 system reset 8-2 t4U.com Receiver Interrupt 12-18 Receiver Ready 12-23 receiver shift register 12-11 Reference Compare 14-3 refresh cycles 11-57 Refresh Operation 11-38 refresh period 11-39, 11-52 refresh rate 11-39, 11-52, 11-55 Register Field 15-10 Registers address registers 1-9 condition code register 1-9 index registers 1-9 program counter 1-9 stack pointer 1-9 Status Register (SR) S-bit 1-6 vector base register 1-10 registers debug module AABR 15-32, 15-33 AATR 15-28 ABLR/ABHR 15-28 DBR/DBMR 15-28 Remote Loopback 12-19 repeated START 13-9 Request To Send 2-15, 12-6 reset 9-8 cache 4-4 operation 6-81, 11-4 RSTI pin 2-12, 6-81, 6-83, 15-5 RSTO pin 2-12, 6-82, 6-83, 6-84 Reset Break-Change Interrupt 12-25 Reset Error Status 12-25 reset exception 3-11 reset exception processing 15-5, 15-36 reset exception vector 3-2 reset input 3-11 Reset Mode Register Pointer 12-25 Reset Out 2-12 Reset Receiver 12-25 Reset Status Register (RSR) 8-13 Reset Timer 14-5 Reset Transmitter 12-25 Resume Execution (GO) 15-20 Row Address Strobes 2-13 RSTO 2-12 RTE and Format Error Exceptions 3-10 RTE instruction 15-27 RTS 12-11 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee T TAP Controller 16-6 TCK 16-3, 16-8 TDI 16-3 TDO 16-3 TEA 6-4 terminate a data transfer 13-13 Test Clock 2-18 Test Data Input 2-19 Test Data Output 2-19 Test Mode Select 2-19 Test Reset 2-18 testing remote channel receiver and transmitter operation 12-13 testing the operation of a local UART 12-12 S Signal sampling 6-5 SIM Configuration Register (SIMR) 8-8 .com Index-6 MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com MOTOROLA DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Index t4U.com three-wire mode 6-61 UART Clock-Select Register (UCSR) 12-24 Timer UART Command Register (UCR) 12-24 Programming Model 14-3 UART command register (UCR) 12-6, 12-9 timer 2-15, 12-3 UART Input Port Change Register (UIPCR) 12-28 interrupts 8-5 UART Input Port Register (UIP) 12-32 Timer Capture Register (TCR) 14-5 UART Interrupt Mask Register (UIMR) 12-30 Timer Counter (TCN) 14-5 UART Interrupt Status Register (UISR) 12-29 Timer Event Regiser (TER) 14-6 UART Interrupt Vector Register (UIVR) 12-31 Timer Input 2-15 UART Mode Register 1 (UMR1) 12-17 timer interrupts 8-5 UART Mode Register 2 (UMR2) 12-19 Timer Mode Register (TMR) 14-4 UART module timer module 1-16, 14-1 I/O driver routines 12-33 block diagram 14-2 initialization routines 12-33 Timer Output 2-15 timer upper preload registers 12-31 Timer Reference Register (TRR) 14-5 timer/counter 12-3 TIN 14-3 valid start bit 12-9 TMS 16-3 UART Module Initialization 12-33, 12-34 Trace Exception 3-9 UART Output Port Data Register (UOP0-1) 12-32 Transfer Acknowledge (TA) 2-10, 6-4 UART Receive Buffer (URB) 12-28 transfer data size 2-9 UART Status Register (USR) 12-21 Transfer Error Acknowledge (TEA) 2-11, 6-52 UART Transmitter Buffer (UTB) 12-28 transfer mask bit 9-30 UBG1, 2 12-31 Transfer Start (TS) 2-10, 6-2 Unassigned Opcodes 15-25 Transfer type encodings 2-9 user mode 1-6, 3-2 Transmit Acknowledge 13-9 User Programming Model 1-8, 3-2 Transmit Data 2-15 USR 12-11 transmit mode 13-12 Transmit/Receive mode 13-8, 13-10 V transmitter 12-12, 12-20 .com Transmitter Buffer 12-28 Vector Base Register (VBR) 3-5 Transmitter Clear-to-Send 12-20 version number 16-4 Transmitter Clock Select 12-24 Transmitter Disable 12-26 Transmitter Empty 12-23 W Transmitter Enable 12-26 WDEBUG 15-30 transmitter mode 13-14 WDMREG 15-30 Transmitter Ready 12-23 WRITE 15-19 Transmitter Ready-to-Send 12-19 Write A/D Register (WAREG/WDREG) 15-12 transmitter serial data output 12-3 Write Control Register (WCREG) 15-23 TRAP 1-6 write cycle 6-2 TRAP instruction 3-10 Write Debug Register (WDREG) 15-24 Trigger Definition Register (TDR) 15-33 write enables 2-5, 8-16, 9-1 Trigger Response Control 15-33 encoding 9-2 TRST 16-3, 16-8 Write Memory Location (WRITE) 15-15 Two masters 6-54 Write Transfer 6-14, 6-15 two-wire mode 6-54 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... DataShee U UART 2-14, 12-3, 12-5 bus operation 12-16 interrupt acknowledge cycles 12-16 interrupts 8-5 programming model 12-16 signals 2-14 Z zero wait state 9-11 zero wait-state operation 6-30, 6-47 .com MOTOROLA MCF5206E User's Manual For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com Index-7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Introduction Signal Description ColdFire Core Instruction Cache SRAM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... Bus Operation DMA Controller Module System Integration Module (SIM) Chip Select Module .com t4U.com Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) 10 DRAM Controller UART Modules MBus Module 11 12 13 DataShee Timer Module 14 Debug Support IEEE 1149.1 JTAG 15 16 Electrical Characteristics 17 Mechanical Characteristics 18 Appendix A: MCF5206E Memory Map Appendix B: Porting from M68000 A B .com For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. 1 2 3 4 5 Introduction Signal Description ColdFire Core Instruction Cache SRAM Bus Operation DMA Controller Module System Integration Module (SIM) Chip Select Module .com Freescale Semiconductor, Inc... 6 7 8 9 t4U.com 10 Parallel Port (General-Purpose I/O) 11 DRAM Controller 12 UART Modules 13 M-Bus Module 14 Timer Module 15 Debug Support 16 IEEE 1149.1 JTAG 17 Electrical Characteristics 18 Mechanical Characteristics A B Appendix A: MCF5206E Memory Map Appendix B: Porting from M68000 .com For More Information On This Product, Go to: www.freescale.com DataSheet 4 U .com